AN

AVESTA GRAMMAR
IN

COMPARISON WITH SANSKRIT

BY

Vr

WILLIAMS JACKSON

OF COLUMBIA

C:OI,LE<;K,

PART

NEW YORK

CITY

PHONOLOGY, INFLECTION, WORD-FORMATION

WITH

AN

INTRODUCTION ON THE

STUTTGART
\V.

KOHL HAMMER
1892

Inscribed
to

Professor K.

F.

Geldner

with gratitude and regard.

PREFACE.
Ihe
it

is

present

Grammar

is

work of no pretensions;

offered as a small contribution toward advancing the

Avesta cause.
formed when

It

is

first

written in part fulfilment of a design

began to study the Avesta and be-

came deeply interested in the

monument of antiquity.

true value

and importance

of that

The end

for

which the book

is

intended would per-

haps have been better accomplished, however,

if

the

work

had been a mere grammatical sketch. This was my first

But
design; and it may at another time be carried out.

work grew under my hands, it seemed desirable to

enlarge it somewhat further, and to embody additional
as the

material

which

reference might

for

be serviceable to the

general philologist, not to the specialist alone.

may

thus find

in

especially in the

it

useful

The

linguist

matter and fresh illustrations,

new readings from Geldner's

edition of

the Avesta texts.

No

attempt,

on the other hand, has been made

to

Numerous minor points have

been purposely omitted. These may perhaps later be taken
up in a more extended work including also the Old Persian
secure absolute completeness.

by the

side of the Avesta

and the Sanskrit.

Little of im-

Preface.

VJ

however,

portance,

at times certain less

been overlooked.

intentional.

familiar points

are chiefly matters that

They

al-

have received

than those that are well-known.

fuller illustration

been

has

believed,

is

symmetrical development has been aimed at

fairly

though

it

This was

had not as yet

emphasized elsewhere, or points which are

sufficiently

peculiarly individual to the Avesta.

They

will

be

easily

recognized.

The method of treatment

based throughout on the

is

Sanskrit grammar; a knowledge of Sanskrit

At every

therefore,

step,

presupposed.

have been made to

references

Grammar

Whitney's Sanskrit

is

ed.

1889;

and

pleasure here to express thanks to the author of that

for the

abundant suggestions received from

Grammar

In the

practical

in

many

it

to

respects

On

reference at present this

convenient,

and

as

transliterate.

method appears more

showing grammatical formais expected, will be employed,

useful in

is

original type,

hinted above,

itself

the whole, how-

seemed best under the circumstances to

The

work

it.

use the Avesta type

For general
tions.

might have been easier and more

it

instead of employing a transcription.

ever,

is

it

in

planned for a date not

In regard to the

it

little

book Avesta for Beginners.

far distant.

transcription

here adopted,

my

The Avestan Alphabet

and its Transcription. Stuttgart, 1890. The phonetic and
palaeographic character of each of the Avestan letters is
views have already been given

Reasons are likewise presented

there discussed.
literating

Av.

netic works.

in

by the 'turned'

The composite

a>

for trans-

3,3, so familiar in pho(as) for r~

(*)

is

also

Preface.

The choice

there explained (p. 13).

characters

r>

(i

i-,

f,

Q, n,

transliterating

The

14, 21).

fy,

and for

6, ^,

^,

method of

defended (pp.

the letters

in

Germanic

of the old

spirants

the

as

is

(h-\-v)

appearing

(t)

the

for

well

as

(}),

by h

-}-")

j, p,

fy,

the nasal

v jj

systematically representing the 'derivation stroke'

which many of the

Thus,

to

iy,

denoting the

line

pp.

17.

by

/,

,y

'tag'

$ (,-\~s}.
/),

of the

(9)

for -o, &, ro,

transliterating

is

text

monograph
the

p.

authorities

kindly aided

See Av. Alphabet

appears

the 'subscript' tag

letter.

The

p. 20.

In the

merely turned

is

correspond with the

threefold differentiation

not necessary, however, except

for

scientific

purely

written.

bet' to be used in popular articles

28.

by

in the transcription

See Av. Alphabet

may everywhere be

practise, s

the dotted

etc.

-o sp

opposite direction so as to

hooked part
s,

w,

'derivation stroke'.

case of ro / (beside
the

<j>

The same

f KJ (u-f-'o)

in

<

palaeographically are formed.

letters
6-,

'tag'

an attempt at

is

is

in

In

purposes.

'substitute alpha-

same

offered in the

wish again to repeat

my

thanks to

quoted (Av. Alphabet p. 7) who so

with advice and suggestions in regard to

there

me

the transcription adopted.

In

familiar

but be
it

reference

system

to

(cf.

the

transliteration

Whitney, Skt. Grain.

of Sanskrit,
5)

followed;

observed that for comparison with the Avesta

it

seems preferable to transcribe the palatal

(Whitney

is

the

f),

the palatal nasal

by

by v (Whitney it).
word may now be added

//

sibilant

(Whitney

#),

by

the gut-

tural nasal

fold indebtedness in

in

regard to

the present book.

The

my

mani-

general gram-

Preface.

viii

matical works from the early contribution of

Haug

through Hovelacque (Grammaire , 1868)

1862),

on

the present date have been

my

table.

(Essays,

down

Justi's

to

Hand-

buck der Zendsprache (1864) was of course consulted conConstant reference has been

tinually.

made

to Bar-

also

tholomae's Altiranische Dialekte (1883) and to his other

admirable grammatical contributions. Spiegel's Vergl. Gram,

der alteran. Sprachen (1882) was often opened, and

will

be specially acknowledged with others under the Syntax

(Part II). C. de Harlez' Manuel de r Avesta (1882), Darmesteter's Etudes Iraniennes (1883^,

W.

Geiger's

Handbuck

der Awestasprache (1879) furnished more than one good

suggestion, for which

on

grammatical

selections were

Hiibschmann

My

also

is

Acknowledgment
tributions

am much

indebted.

due to some special conIn

subjects.

made from

the

Phonology,

the rich material collected by

Kuhris ZtitsckriftJOKN. p. 323 seq. (1878).

indebtedness to that well-known standard work Brugin

mann's Grundriss der vergl. Gram. (= Elements of Compar.

Grammar

of the Indg. Languages. English translation by

Wright, Conway, Rouse, 1886 seq.)

the citations below.

was made

to Horn's

cited

in

in the

Veda

(r88oj.

Under Verbal

addition to Bartholomae's contributions below

acknowledgments are due to other authors to be

mentioned

in

connection with Syntax (Part

Pronomina im Avesta
the Inflections, but

nouns.

noticed from

Under Declension, frequent reference

Nominal/ex ion im Avesta (1885) and

Lanman's Noun- Inflection

Inflection,

may be

is

89

unfortunately

cited under the

also regret that the

II).

Caland's

came too

late for

Syntax of the Pro-

work of Kavasji

Edalji

Kanga.

Preface.

Practical Gram, of the Av. Language (1891) was not

My

received in time.
is

IX

For grammatical

noticed above.

moreover,

shall

indebtedness to Whitney's Skt. Gram.

always thank

in

training

Sanskrit,

teachers in America

my

and GermanyProfessors Perry, Hopkins, and Pischel.

To my honored instructor and friend, Professor
K. F. Geldner of Berlin,

owe, as

The book was begun when

ing debt of gratitude.

a student under his guidance; since

it

have owed, a

was

returned to America

has progressed with the aid of his constant encourage-

He

ment, suggestion, and advice.

has been kind enough,

moreover, not only to read the manuscript, as

may call
me as a

came back

to

me

Let what

student.

is

publisher,

my

good

is

to

add

my

W. Kohlhammer,

Special praise

is

due to

A. Sauberlich, whose accuracy

that

fear

The work

America.

in

it

count as

his;

own.

pleasure

Herrn

in

is

thanks

cordial
for

the

interest which, with his usual enterprise,

the work.

was sent

of the inspiration he gave

a trifling expression

the faults are

It

it

but also to look through the proof-sheets

to Stuttgart,

before they

to

the

characteristic

he has taken

his compositor,
in general

in

Herrn

so unfailing

must say that the misprints which may have

escaped notice are probably due to original

author's pen,

slips

of the

and not to inaccuracies on the part of the

type-setter

a thing which cannot always be said.

like also to

express to Messrs. Ginn

New York, my
in

last-

&

Co., of

should

Boston and

appreciation of their willing co-operation

advancing the Iranian as well as other branches of the

Oriental field in America.

Preface.

The
to

the

present part of the

Introduction,

Grammar

(Part

confined

I) is

The

Phonology, and Morphology.

prefatory sketch of the Avesta and the Religion of Zoroaster

may perhaps prove

not without use.

The second

volume (Part II), a sketch of the Syntax, with a chapter

also on Metre, is already half in print, and is shortly to
appear.
will

The numbering of

sections

in

the second part

be continued from the present part; the two

therefore be

bound together

as

single

volume

may

if

pre-

to

the

ferred.

With these words and with the suggestion

student to observe the Hints for using the Grammar, given

below, and to consult the Index,

the

favor

gestions,

of Oriental

scholars.

or criticisms,

which

the

book

Any
may be

is

offered to

corrections,
sent to

sug-

me,

be cordially appreciated and gladly acknowledged.

A. V. Williams Jackson
October 1891.

Columbia College

NEW YORK

CITY.

will

INTRODUCTION,
The Sacred Books

Avesta:

The Avesta as
The Avesta,

I.

less

called

accurately

a Sacred Book.

or Zend-Avesta, as

is

the

of the Parsis. 1

it

is

name under which

more
,

familiarly,

though

as a designation

we

The
comprise the bible and prayer-book of the Zoroastrian religion.
Avesla forms to day the Sacred Books of the Parsis or Fire-Worshippers,
as they are often termed, a small

and there

scattered here

and of

pers

profess was

their

that

holy

in

community

Persia.

scriptures

The

now in India, or still

home of these worship-

living

original

was ancient

Iran

and the

faith they

founded centuries ago by Zoroaster (Zarathushtra), one of

the great religious teachers of the East.

2.

does

The Avesta

is,

therefore, an important work,

preserving as

it

the doctrines of this ancient belief and the customs of the earliest

days of Persia.
of India.

The

It

the Vedas

do

back to a period of time nearly as

re-

represents the oldest faith of Iran

oldest parts

date

as

though its youngest parts are much later. The

which the Avesta presents was once one of the greatest
it has,
moreover, left ineffaceable traces upon the history of the world. Flourishit
became the
ing more than a thousand years before the Christian era

mote

as the Rig- Veda

religion

Achrcmenian kings, Cyrus, Darius, and Xerxes, but

its power was weakened by the
conquest of Alexander, and many of its
sacred books were lost. It revived again during the first centuries of our
religion of the great

own

era,

invasion.

but was finally broken by the Mohammedans in their victorious

Most of the Zoroastrian worshippers were then compelled through

persecution to accept the religion of the Koran ;

India for refuge, and took with them what was
1

many, however,
left

fled to

of their sacred writ-

This sketch, with additions and some alterations, is reprinted from

AVESTA, simultaneously appearing in the International Cyclopaedia ;
for which courtesy I am indebted to the kindness of the Kditor, my friend,
Professor H. T. Peck, and that of the Publishers, Messrs. Dodd, Mead & Co.,
New York.

my

article

The

Introduction:

xii

ings.

secuted

few of the

faithful

Avestn.

remained behind

in

Persia, and,

they continued to practise their religion.

It

though per-

these two scanty

is

peoples, perhaps 80,000 souls in India, and 10,000 in Persia,

The designation

3.

that

we now have

preserved to us the Avesta in the form in which

Avesta, for the scriptures,

have

it.

adopted from

is

the term Avistak, regularly employed in the Pahlavi of the Sassassian time.
But it is quite uncertain what the exact meaning and derivation of this

word may

be.

Phi.

Possibly

Avistak,

the

like

'wisdom, knowledge, the book of knowledge'.

Skt.

The

rather 'the original text, the scripture,

the law'.

Avesta', though introduced by Anquetil

du Perron,

not an accurate

The term Zand

priests
tion',

now
and

rightly

comprehend

it,

in

signify

it

means

designation 'Zend-

Zaad 'Avesta and Zend',

recurring Pahlavi phrase, Avistak ra

and Commentary'.

may

as described below, is
from the inversion of the oft-

arose by mistake

It

title.

Vlda

Perhaps, however,

Pahlavi

(cf.

Av.

or 'the

aza'titi-},

Law

the Parsi

a.s

properly denotes 'understanding, explanaand commentary of the Avesta texts,

refers to the later version

the paraphrase which

is

The proper deAvesta; the term Zend (sec below!

written in the Pahlavi language.

signation for the scriptures, therefore,

is

should be understood as the Pahlavi version and commentary.

Allusions to the Avesta;

Of

4.

its

Discovery and History of Research.

and customs of ancient

the religion, manners,

Persia,

which

we had but meagre knowledge until about a

What we did know up to that time was gathered from the

the Avesta preserves to us,

century ago.

more or

less scattered

and unsatisfactory references of the classic Greek

in Oriental writers, or from the later Per-

and Latin, from some allusions

To

sian epic literature.

direct sources, however,

we could

not then turn.

Allusions to the religion of the Magi, the faith of the Avesta, are indeed
The wise men from the East who came to
to be found in the Bible.

worship our Saviour, the babe in Bethlehem, were Magi. Centuries before
however it was Cyrus a follower of the faith of Zoroaster,
date

that

whom God

2 Chron. 36.22,23; Ezra i.i

be "returned
(Ezra 5.13
ing of the

and

called his anointed

to Jerusalem

from

his

shepherd (Isaiah 45.1,13; 44.28;

and who gave orders

captivity

in

16), the worshipper of

17; 6.1

temple

n)

at

Babylon.

that

the Jews

Darius,

moreover

Ormazd, favored the rebuild-

Jerusalem as decreed by Cyrus.

Allusions to the

ancient faith of the Persians are perhaps contained in Ezek. 8.16,

See also Apocryphal

5.

The

New

classical

Test.,

The

references

Infancy,

3.1

of Greek and

Is.

45.7,12.

10.

Roman

writers to the

teachings of Zoroaster, which we can now study in the Avesta itself, may
be said to begin with the account of the Persians given by Herodotus

Early Allusions to the Avesta.

(B.C. 450)

iu

other

various

his

History 1.131

and allusions

references

writers

To

141.

xiii

account

this

may be added

though often

preserved only in fragments

hy
'On Isis and Osiris', and Pliny,
Plutarch
including
,

clown to Agathias (A. D. 500).

the

After

6.

Mohammedan

of

conquest

we have an

Persia,

by the Arabic writer, Masudi (A. 1). 940), who tells of the
Avesta of Zeradusht (Zoroaster), and its commentary called Zend, together
with a Pazend explanation. The Abasia (Avesta) is also mentioned several
allusion

The later Mohammedan writer,

times by Al-Biriini (about A. D. 1000).
Shahrastani (A. D. 11501, sketches in outline the creed of the Magi of
An interesting reference is found in the Syriac-Arabic Lexicon
his day.
of Bar-Bahlul (A. D. 963) to an AvastaR, a book of Zardusht (Zoroaster),
composed in seven tongues
Marvian, Greek, and Hebrew.

as

Syriac

Persian

Aramaean

Segestanian,

MS. Commentary on
the New Testament (A. D. 852) by Tshb'clad
Bishop of Hadatha, near
Mosul, mention is made of the Abhastn. as having been written by ZarThese latter allusions, though late,
dusht in twelve different languages.
In an earlier Syriac
,

are

all

important, as showing the continuity, during ages, of the tradition

work as the Avesta, which contains the teachings of Zoroaster,

of such a

the prophet of Iran.

7.

there

the

was

first

From
liltle

All these allusions, however,

No

are by foreigners.

direct Iranian sources

this time,

inquiry

the

must be remembered,
accessible.

about the iyth century we find

sacred books of the Persians.
One of

moreover,

into

it

had been

till

Greek and Roman sources seems

series of investigations into the

then to have been undertaken by a European, Barnabc Brisson D.e Persaruin rriiicipatu (Paris 1590). The Italian, English, and French travelers
,

in

the Orient next added

of the Persians.

some information

Among them may

della Valle (1620),

as to the religion

be mentioned the

and customs

works of Pietro

Henry Lord (1630), Mandelso (1658), Tavernier (1678),

Chardin (1721), l)u Chinon. Most important, however, was the work of
the distinguished Oxford scholar, Thomas Hyde (1700).
It was written
in

Latin

and

entitled Historia Religionis

vcterum Persarutn.

Hyde

re-

the original texts he could not

sorted chiefly to the later Parsi sources
use
although an Avesta MS. of the Yasna seems to have been brought
;

Canterbury as early as 1633. Hyde earnestly appealed to scholars,

however, to procure MSS. of the sacred books of the Parsis, and aroused
much interest in the subject. In 1723 a copy of the Vendidacl Sadah
to

was procured by an Englishman, George Boucher, from the Parsis in Surat

and was deposited as a curiosity in the Bodleian Library at Oxford.
8.

a young

No

one, however, could read these texts of the Avesta.

Frenchman

Anquetil

du Perron

belongs the honor of

first

To
de-

Introduction

xiv

The

ciphering them.

Happening,
and sent to

in

1754,

The

Avesta.

history of his labors

some

see

to

du Perron

Paris as a specimen,

idea. of going to 1'ersia,

is

or India,

at

instructive.

the Oxford MS.,

once conceived the

and obtaining from the

knowledge of their sacred books. Though

enthusiasm he had no means to carry out his plan.
selves (he

of enlisting as a soldier

and

interesting

made from

tracings

fired

He

spirited

priests

them-

with zeal and

seized the idea

the troops that were to start for India, and in

in

November, 1754, behind the martial drum and fife this youthful scholar
marched out of Paris. The French Government, however, recognizing at
once his noble purpose, gave him his discharge from the army and presented him his passage to India.
After countless difficulties he reached
Surat, and there after innumerable discouragements, and in spite of almost
insurmountable obstacles, he succeeded in winning the confidence and favor
of the priests
with whom he was able to communicate after he had
,

He

learned the modern Persian.

gradually induced

the priests to impart

him the language of their sacred works to let him take some of the
manuscripts, and even to initiate him into some of the rites and ceremoto

He stayed among the people for seven years, and

then in 1761, he started for his home in Europe. He stopped at Oxford
nies of their religion.

before

going directly to Paris

in order

the Bodleian Library,

and compared his MSS. with the one in

be assured that he had not been im-

to

posed upon. The next ten years were devoted to work upon his MSS.
and upon a translation, and in 1771, seventeen years from the time he
had first marched out of I'aris, he gave forth to the world the results of
his untiring labors.

he called

This was the

first

translation of the Avesta,

or,

as

Zend-Avesta (Ouvrage de Zoroastre, 3 vols., Paris 1771), a

picture of the religion and manners contained in the sacred book of the
it,

Zoroastrians.

The ardent enthusiasm which hailed this discovery and open9.

ing to the world of a literature, religion, and philosophy of ancient times
was unfortunately soon dampened.
appointed

hoped
for.

in

to find

They

not
;

little

finding

the

Some

scholars

philosophical

or

like

religious

Kant

ideas

were

dis-

they had

while others missed the high literary value they had looked
considered how inaccurate, of necessity, such a first trans-

Though Anquetil du Perron had indeed learned the

still
priests
people did not know that the priestly
tradition itself had lost much during the ages of persecution or oblivion
into which the religion had fallen.
They did not sufficiently take into
lation

must

language

be.

from

the

account that Anquetil was learning one foreign tongue, the Avesta, through
nor did they know how little accurate and
another, the modern Persian
A discussion as to the authenticity.
scientific training du Perron had had.
;

Discovery of the Avesta

XV

History of Research.

It was suggested that the so-called Zend-Avesta was

of the work arose.
Foremost among
not the genuine work of Zoroaster, but was a forgery.
the detractors, it is to be regretted, was the distinguished Orientalist, Sir

He

William Jones.

claimed, in a letter published in French (1771), that

Anquetil had been duped, that the

Parsis

had palmed

off

upon him a

In England, Sir
conglomeration of worthless fabrications and absurdities.
in
William Jones was supported by Richardson and Sir John Chardin
of
the
was
unibook
France
the
In
Meiners.
genuineness
Germany, by
;

and

versally accepted,

in

one famous German scholar, Kleuker,

it

found

He translated Anquetil's work into German (1776,

ardent supporter.
of
his
for
use
the
countrymen especially the theologians and he
Riga)
an

supported the genuineness of those scriptures by classical allusions to the

For nearly

Magi.

fifty

years, however, the battle as to authenticity, still

as acquired from the priests, was supposed

Anquetil's translation,

raged.

and from which

be a true standard to judge the Avesta by,

to

selves.

beginning to grow somewhat

10.

the

to

draw

no work, unfortunately, was done on the texts themThe opinion, however, that the books were a forgery was gradually
or

little

arguments;

It

for

victory

was the advance

the

advocates

About 1825, more than

translation

fifty

the Avesta texts

less.

in the study of Sanskrit that finally

of the

authenticity

won

of the Sacred Books.

years after the appearance of du Perron's

themselves began to be studied by Sanskrit

The close affinity between the two languages had already been
noticed by different scholars; but in 1826, the more exact relation between

scholars.

shown by the Danish philologian, Rask,

and India, and who had brought back with
him to the Copenhagen library many valuable MSS. of the Avesta and of
the Pahlavi books. Rask, in a little work on the age and authenticity of
the Sanskrit and the Avesta was

who had

travelled in Persia

the Zend-Language (1826), proved the antiquity of the language,

it

to

be

distinct

investigation

from SanskriU though closely allied to

the

into

alphabet

of the

texts.

it,

showed

and made some

About the same time the

was taken up by the French Sanskrit scholar, Eugene Uurnouf.

Knowing the relation between Sanskrit and Avestan and taking up the
Avesta

reading of the texts scientifically, he at once found, through his knowledge

of Sanskrit
philological inaccuracies in Anquetil's translation.
Anquetil,
,

he saw, must often have misinterpreted his teachers

the tradition itself
must often necessarily have been defective. Instead of this untrustworthy
;

French rendering
Burnouf turned to an older Skt. translation of a pak
of the Avesta.
This was made in the 1 5th century by the Pars! Naryo,

sangh

and was based on the Pahlavi version.

By means of

this Skt.

rendering, and by applying his philologial learning, he was able to restore

Introduction

xvi

The

Avesta.

many passages where Anquetil had

sense to

was thus able

throw a

to

flood

made

often

nonsense, and

upon many an obscure

of light

lie

point.

The employment of

Skt., instead of depending upon the priestly traditions

and interpretations, was a new step; it introduced a new method. The
new discovery and gain of vantage ground practically settled the discussion

The

as to authenticity.

testimony,

moreover,

of the

ancient Persian in-

scriptions deciphered about this time by Grotefend (1802), Burnouf, I,assen,

and by Sir Henry Rawlinson showed still more, by their contents and
,

language so closely allied to the Avesta, that this work must be genuine.
The question was settled. The foundation laid by Burnouf was built upon

by such scholars as liopp, Haug, Windischmann, Westergaard, Roth, Spiegel

and to day by Bartholomae, Darmethe two latter happily still living
Mills, and especially Geldner, insteter, cle Harlez, Hiibschmann
Jusli
,

some hardly

cluding

less

known names

These

among them.

Parsis

using partly the Sanskrit key for the interpretation and meaning
of words
and partly the Parsi tradition contained in the Pahlavi transscholars,

have now been able

lation,

to give us a clear idea of the

contents as far xs the books have

come down

to us,

Avesta and

its

and we are enabled

importance of these ancient scriptures. L'pon minor points

of interpretation, of course, there are and there always will he individual
We are now prepared to take up the general
differences of opinion.
to see the true

division

and contents of the Avesta, and

to

speak of

its

Pahlavi version.

Contents, Arrangement, Extent, and Character.

The

it.

literature.

great
dition

have;

All

visions or

has

possess

survives

is

been

collected

commonly

we now

from various

classed under the following di-

1.

Yasna, including the Gathas

Vispered

3.

Yashts

4.

Minor

5.

Vendidad

texts,

as Nyaishcs,

Gahs

etc.

Fragments, from Hadhokht Nnsk

In the
(i)

together

2.

6.

12.

single manuscript contains all the texts that

we

that

books

first group

or less fragmentary con-

whatever

codices.

but a remnant of a once

has

It

even

not

we now have it, is

come down in a more

Avesta, as

first

five

divisions

etc.

two groups are recognized.

The

comprises the Vendidad, Vispered, and Vasna; these as used

in the service of

worship are traditionally classed together for liturIn the manuscripts, morethe Avesta proper.

gical purposes and form

Divisions of the

A vesta.

books themselves appear

over, these three

xvii

two

in

different forms, accord-

ing as they are accompanied, or not, by a Pahlavi version.

are kept separate as three divisions

each' part

is

books

If the

accompanied by
a rendering in Pahlavi.
On the contrary, however, these three books are
not usually recited each as a separate whole
but with the chapters of
,

usually

one book mingled with another

the

MSS.

them

often present

for

purposes
form

on

in their intermingled

account

this

of one

portions

order in which they

In this latter case the Pahlavi translation

and arranged exactly

inserted with the other,

are to be used in the service.

is

liturgical

omitted, and the collection

called the

is

in the

Vendidad Sftdah or 'Vendidad

commentary, (ii) The second group comprising

the minor prayers and the Yashts which the MSS. often include with these,
is

e.

i.

pure'

text without

Khordah Avesta or

called the

the latter there

Of

'small Avesta'.

The

no Pahlavi rendering.

is

the several divisions, including the fragments,

the

greater

part

of

and character of

contents

may now be taken up more

in detail.

The

Yasna,

of the

sacred

canon.

It

prayer,

and

it

13.

(i)

in

'sacrifice,

consists

worship',

work

the chief liturgical

is

principally of ascriptions of praise

and

are inserted the GalhSs, or 'hymns', verses from the ser-

mons of Zoroaster which are the oldest and most sacred part of the
The Yasna (Skt. yajfia) comprises 72 chapters, called Ha, Haiti.
,

Avesta.

These are the

recited

texts

The book

Yasna (Izashnc).

by the

falls

priests at the ritual

27) begins with an

and the other divinities of the religion
first

part (chap,

of the

invocation

of the holy water, zaothra

ceremony of the

into three nearly equal divisions,

it

god,

(a)

The

Ormazd,

gives texts for the consecration

and the baresma, or bundle of sacred twigs,

for the preparation and dedication of the Haovna
haoma the juice of a
certain plant
the Indian Soma
which was drunk by the priests as a
,

sacred

rite,

and

for the offering of blessed cakes, as well as meat-offering,

which likewise were partaken of by the

priests.

Interspersed through this

however, are a few chapters that deal only indirectly with the
these are Ys. 12, the later Zoroastrian creed, and Ys. 19
21, cateche-

portion,
ritual;

tical portions.

(b)Then follow the Gathas

metrical selections
revelations

lit.

'songs', 'psalms' (chap.

verses containing the teachings

or

28

exhortations

53),
,

and

The prophet exhorts men to eschew evil and

kingdom of light rather than that of darkness. These

of Zoroaster.

choose the good, the

Gathas are written in meter, and their language is more archaic and somewhat different from that used elsewhere in the Avesta. The GftthSs,
strictly

speaking,

meters, and are

are

named

The GathSs comprise

17

five

in

hymns

they are arranged according to

opening words, Ahunavaiti, Ushtavaiti etc.

number;

after the

(Ys.

2834;

43

46

475;

5*. 53), and,

II

Introduction

like the Psalms, they

seem

must

have been chanted during the

later

been

originally to have

The AvesU.

the

texts

service.

They

or metrical headings from

which

In their midst (chap. 35

42)
Yasna of the Seven Chapters (Yasna Hapttuigh&iti).
prose, and consists of a number of prayers and ascriptions

Zoroaster, like the later Buddha', preached.

is

inserted the so-called

This

is

written in

Ahura Mazda, or Ormazd, to the archangels, the

fire, the waters, and the earth.
Though next

of praise to

righteous, the

Gathas

and

souls of the
in antiquity

the Haptanghaiti represents a

language
somewhat later and more developed form of the religion, than that whicli

to

the

archaic

in

Gftthas proper was just beginning.

Under the Gathas also are included three or four specially sacred verses or formulas. These are the

in the

Ahuna Vairya

Honovar

or

Ashem Vohu (Ys.

Yenghe Hatam (Ys. 4.26),

(Ys. 27.13),

Ishyo (Ys.

54.1) and

their

words, like the Pater Noster, Gloria

first

measur

also

the

The

Patri,

27.14), Airyama
so

called

which

to

etc.,

from
in a

55 72) or the 'latter

Yasna' (aparo yasno) consists chiefly of praises and offerings of thanksthey answer.

(c)

third part (chap. 52,

giving to different divinities.

14.

The Vispered

(2)

portions of the Yasna

which

(Av. vlspl ratavu) consists

it

resembles in

of additions to

language and in form. It

is about a seventh as long

and it
comprises 24 chapters (called Karde)
In the ritual the chapters of the Vispered are inserted
the Yasna.
among those of the Yasna. It contains invocations and offerings of hom,

as

age to

'all

15-

21

The

(s)

of praise

hymns

Hence

the lords' (vtspf ratavo).

YasAts

(Av. yeiti

the

'worship

and adorations of the

name
by

Vispered.
consist

praise')

divinities or angels,

of

Yatatas

The chief Yashts are those in praise of Ardvi(hads), of the religion.

the angel
Sura
the goddess of waters (Yt. 5) the star Tishtrya (Yt. 8)
,

or divinity of truth (Yt. to),

Mithra,

the Fravashis, or departed souls of

the righteous (Yt. 13), the genius of victory, Verethraghna (Yt. 14), and
of the Kingly Glory (Yt. 19). The Yashts are written mainly in meter,
they have poetic merit, and contain much mythological and historical matter
that

may be
1

consist

6.

illustrated

by Firdausi's

The minor texts,

(4)

of brief prayers

praises

later Persian epic, the

Nyftishes,

or blessings

Shah Namah.

GaAs, Sirotahs, Afring&ns,

to

be recited daily or on

special occasions.

The Vcndidad

or demons'
or 'law against the daevas
a priestly code in 22 chapters (called Fargard}, corresponding to the Pentateuch in our Bible. Its parts vary greatly in time
and in style of composition. Much of it must be late. The first chapter
1 7.

(5)

(vidatva data),

(Farg. i)

is

is

a sort of

an Avcstnn Genesis, a

du'alistic

account of creation.

Contents and Extent of the Avesta.

xx
{

the golden age

and the coming
Chap. 2 sketches the legend of Yima
an Iranian flood. Chap. 3 teaches, among other
,

of a destructive winter,

things, the blessings of agriculture; Chap. 4 contains legal matter

of contract, assaults, punishments; Chap.

purity

518

breaches

relate mainly to the im-

from

the dead; Chap. 13

15 deal chiefly with the treatment of
17, and partly 18, are devoted to purification from
Chap. 16
In Chap. 19 is found the temptation of
sorts of uncleanness.

the dog;
several

the

In

racter.

Chap. 20

and the revelation;

Zoroaster,

ritual

22 are chiefly of medical cha-

chapters of the Vendidad are inserted

the

among

the Gathas.
1

8.

Besides

(6)

above books there are a number of fragthe Hadhdkht Nask.

There are

the

among them from

or two

ments, one

and

also quotations or passages from missing Nasks, likewise glosses

glos-

Here belong pieces from the Nirangist&n Aogemadalca ZandJ'ahlavi Glossary, and some other fragments.
These are all written in

saries.

and are parts of a once great literature. Under the

moreover, though not written in Avesta,
religious
be included the works in Pahlavi
many of which are trans-

the Avesta language,

Zoroastrian

must also

literature,

lations

from the Avesta, or contain old matter from the original scriptures.

Avesta

is

From

19.

the above contents,

be seen that our present

will

it

The Vendidad

than a Bible.

rather a Prayer-Book

Vispered,

and Yasna were gathered together by the priests for liturgical purposes.
It was the duty of the
priests to recite the whole of these sacred writings
every day, in order to preserve their own purity, and be able to perform
the rites of purification, or give remission of sins to others.
The solemn

of the Vendidad

recital

Vispered

and Yasna

compared with our church worship. The

to

correspond

the Pentateuch

when read;

might be
Vendidad would

at the sacrifice

selections from the

the preparation,

consecration,

and presentation of the holy water, the Haoma-juice, and the meat-offering,
described in the Yasna and Vispered would answer to our communion service

the

the intoning of
parts of the Yasna would be hymns
somewhat resemble the lesson and the Gcspel, or even
the Khordah Avesta, the great Yashts might perhaps be

metrical

the Gathas would

the sermon.

In

comparable to some of the more epic parts of our Bible; but as they are
devoted each to some divinity and preserve much of the old mythology,
they really have hardly a parallel, even in the apocryphal books.
20.

Such

in

to-day as the Avesta

its

brief outline

but

in

form

sufficiently

the contents of the books

shows

The
that

is

known

but a remnant of a

This we can judge both from

extent.

and from historical-evidence.

present

is

as implied above, this

once vastly greater

literature

internal

it

character of the work itself in

is

a compilation from various

XX

The

Introduction:

Avesta.

This

is further
supported by the authority of history, if the Parsi
going back to the time of the Sassanidnc, be trustworthy. Pliny
The
{Hist. Nat. 30.1,2) tells of 2,000,000 verses composed by Zoroaster.
Arab historian Tabari describes the writings of Zoroaster as committed

sources.

tradition,

12,000 cowhides (parchments); other Arabic references by Masudi, and

Syriac allusions to an Avesta, which must have been extensive, have been
to

6.

The

and

in

two

complete

noted above
Rivayats

describes

on the subject is contained in the

the Dinkard.
The Dinkard (Bk. 3

Parsi tradition

book

Pahlavi

of

copies

These each

Avesta.

the

comprised

Nasks, or Nosks (books). The one deposited in the archives at Perseas the Arda Viraf says, perished in the flames when Alexander burned
the palace in his invasion of Iran. The other copy, it is implied, was in
2

polis,

some way destroyed by

the Greeks.

From

the religion under the Graeco-Parthian sway,

writings

and

partly in the

21.

The

first

memories of the

time the scriptures

th.it

priests,

collect

attempt again to

on

lived

like

partly in scattered

for

nearly 500 years.

these writings seems to

have been begun under the reign of the

last Arsacidae, just preceding the

Pahlavi tradition preserved in a proclamation of King
Khusro Anoshirvan (6th cent. A. D.), says it was under King Valkhash, pro-

Sassanian dynasty.

that the collection was

contemporary of Nero
had escaped the ravages of
Alexander, or were preserved by oral tradition. Valkhash was among the
The Sassanian dynasty (A. D. 226) next came to
last of the Arsacidae.

bably Vologoses

the

I.,

begun of the sacred writings as far as they

the throne.

This house were genuine Zoroastrians and warm upholders of

the faith, and they brought back the old religion and raised
it

had hardly attained even

in

its

palmiest days.

The

first

it

to a height

Sassanian

mon-

Papakan (Ardeshir Babagan, A. D. 226 240) and his son

Shahpuhar I. (A. D. 240 270), eagerly continued the gathering of the
religious writings, and the Avesta again became the sacred book of Iran.
archs, Artakhshir

Under Shahpuhar II. (A. D. 309 380) the final revision of the Avesta texts
was made by Atur-pat Maraspend, and then the king proclaimed these as
canonical, and fixed the
22.

as noted,

is

Of

number of Nasks

or books.

these Nasks, 21 were counted, and a description of them,

found

name corresponding

in

to

the Rivayats

and

in the

Dinkard

one of the twenty-one words

in

each received a

the Ahuna-Vairya

Each of these Nasks

(Honovar), the most sacred prayer of the Parsis.
contained both Avesta and Zend, i. e. original scripture and commentary.
This tradition is too important to be idly rejected. Its contents give an
idea of what

may have been

The

said

subjects

be described

in

to

brief,

the original extent and scope of the Avesta.

have been treated

as follows

Nask

in the
I

21 Nasks

may

practically

(twenty-two sections), on virtue

Extent of the Avesta; the Nasks.

xxi

and piety 2 (likewise twenty-two sections), religious observance 3 (twentyone sections) the Mazdayasnian religion and its teachings 4 (thirty-two
the resurrection and the judgment
this world and the next
sections)
;

6 (twenty-two sections), ritual performances and the merit accruing 7 (fifty sections before Alexander, thirteen
then remaining), chiefly political and social in its nature 8 (sixty sections
before Alexander, twelve after remaining), legal; 9 (sixty sections before

astronomy;

5 (thirty-five sections),

fifteen later preserved)

religion and its practical relations to
before
sections
10
Alexander,
only ten afterwards surviving),
man,
(sixty
1 1
(twenty-two sections
king Gushtasp and his reign, Zoroaster's influence

Alexander,

after Alexander), religion and its practical relations

originally, six preserved
to man; 12
sections), physical truths and spiritual regenera-

(twenty-two
13 (sixty sections), virtuous actions, and a sketch of Zoroaster's infancy; 14 (seventeen sections), on Ormazd and the Archangels; 15 (fifty-

tion;

justice in business

four sections),

of the faith;

weights and measures, the path

in

17 (sixty-four

two sections)

justice in exercising authority,

remaining)

on the resurrection

and on

Videvdad, or Vendidad (twenty-two sections,

20 (thirty sections) on
on pollution and its purification

the annihilation of evil

still

and

16 (sixty-five sections), on next-of-kin marriage, a tenet

18 (fiftysections), future punishments, astrology;

of righteousness;

19, the

goodness; 21 (thirty-three sections), praise of Ormazd and the Archangels.

23.

doubtless,

During the five centuries after the ravages of Alexander much,

had been lost, much forgotten. The Parsi tradition itself acthis

knowledges
consisted

when

says above

it

of 50 sections,

originally

cursed Iskander (Alexander)'.

Like statements of loss are

The

Nasks.

however,
parison

times

till

in

the

but

example

that

Nask

of the eighth

centuries

five

ninth

tenth

eleventh

from the invasion of Alexander,

was but small

in

com-

decay that overtook the scriptures from the Sassanian

the

our day.

persecuted

the seventh

So says the Dinkard and so the RivSyats.

made

time of the Sassanian dynasty,

the

only 13 remained 'after the ac-

The Mohammedan

invasion in the seventh century of

and the inroad made by the Koran proved

our era,

The

till

with

loss

for

people

lost

or

neglected

many

far

more

portions

destructive.

of their sacred

Of the twenty-one Nasks that were recognized in Sassanian

times as surviving from the original Avesta, only one single Nask, the
nineteenth
has come down to us in its full form.
Even
the Vendidad
scriptures.

this

shows

We

can

evidence of having been

patched up and pieced together.

probably identify parts of our present Yasna and
Vispered with the Staot Yasht (staota ytsnya) or Yasht (yesnya), as it is
also called. The two fragments Yt. ai and 22
(as printed in Westergaard's
edition)

furthermore

and Yt. n,

in

its

first

form, are recognized in the

MSS.

as taken

The

Introduction:

xxii

Avesta.

The Nirangistan, a Pahlavi work, conAvestan quotations, which are believed to have been taken
from the Husparatn, or i;th Nask. Numerous quotations in Pahlavi works
from the 2Oth. or Hndhoklit Nask.

tains extensive

The Pahlavi work, ShSyastthan thirteen of the lost Nasks; the

contain translations from old Avestan passages.

no

la-Shayast, quotes briefly from

less

and other Pahlavi works give translations of selections, the

text of which is lost.
Grouping together all the Avesta

Bundahish

original Avesta

we may roughly

texts,

tures

The

24.

Internal

period.
in

calculate that about two-thirds of the total scrip-

have disappeared since Sassanian times.

form

present

evidence

age and character.

of the Avesta

shows

that

belongs to the Sassanian

of parts most varied

made up

is

it

This bears witne'ss

the

to

statement

that

during

had survived the ravages of Alexander,

and defied the corrupting influence of time, were gathered together, comAccording to the record of Khusro Anoshirvaji (A. 1).
piled, and edited.
that period the texts, as far as they

the first compiler of the

579), referred to above, King Valkhash
Avesta, ordered that all the writings which might have survived should be

531

and that

searched for,

who

the priests

all

preserved the traditions orally

toward restoring the original Avesta.

texts as collected were re-edited under successive Sassanian rulers
should

contribute

share

their

The
until,

under Shahpuhar II. (A. D. 309 379) the final redaction was made by his
prime minister Atur-pat Maraspend. It is manifest that the editors used
sometimes they patched up defective parts
the old texts as far as possible
,

by inserting other

texts;

occasionally

they

may have added

or

composed

complete some missing portion. The character

when critically studied, shows that some such method must

passages to join these, or to

of the texts

have been adopted.

25.

each

Parts of the Avesta

other in

regard to

therefore

may

differ

means of metrical restoration

is

most

instructive.

portions of the texts are found to be metrical

is

useful; the youngest portions generally

grammatical knowledge.

The

Almost

all

the oldest

the later, or inserted por-

tions, are as a rule, but not always, written in prose.

test also

considerably from

In determining this the text criticism by

age.

The grammatical
show a decay of

clear

metrical Gathas in this respect are wonder-

They are of course in their form the oldest portion of the

The longer Yashts and metrical pordating from Zoroaster himself.
tions of the Yasna contain much that is very old and derived doubtless
fully pure.

text,

from the ancient

position

Vendidad

they
is

in

faith

are
this

of Iran

but

in

their Ibrro

and

in

general

com-

probably some centuries later than the Gathas. The

regard most incongruous. Some parts of it are doubt-

less of great antiquity,

though corrupted

in

form

other parts, like younger

A vesta.

Formation of the

may be

of the Yashts,

also

portions

of the different Parts.

Age

The same

late.

quite

is

xxiii
true of

formulaic passages throughout the whole of the Avesta, and some of the
ceremonial or ritual selections in the Vispered and Nyaishes, etc. Roughly

speaking, the chronological order of the texts would be

i.

and the sacred

Gathas (Ys. 28 53)

Ys. 54, including also

iii.

The

Gatha

12, 58, 4.26, in the

like Ys.

metrical

formulas

Yasna and Yashts,

iv.

The remaining

In the latter case

is

it

in

came

$5

portions of the Avesta.

pros,e

generally, but not always,

failed

easy to discover by the

and the hand of the redactor

canon from his day on

the invasion of Alexander.

till

of the Zoroastrian Bible which

doubtless

much

contained

but was

faith,

2, 3, 4, 5, 18, 19,

additions from time to time must have been

still,

however

ix, 57, 62, 65;

Considerable portions, therefore, of our present Avesta, espewe may regard as coming directly from Zoroaster him-

20.

the Gathas

self;

10,

Vd.

with stupid or prosaic additions.

in

cially

Ys. 27.13,14,

the Vispered, Nyaishes, Afringins, etc.

and language, where old material

style

dialect,

as Ys. 9,

Yt. 5, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17. 19; portions of

and scattered verses

as follows

and some other compositions,

3542)

Yasna Haptanghfiiti (Y.

ii.

somewhat

composed by

generally

Zoroaster;

this

is

it

that

is

claimed was destroyed by that invader,

directly from the founder of the

was not

his disciples

regard
a claim

made to the sacred

The so-called copy

the

whole

that

the

and

work

Avesta

The

later followers.

as

coming

itself

hardly

Parsis,

directly

from

makes.

The

Gsthas, however, undoubtedly came directly from the prophet; the Avesta
itself always speaks of them as 'holy' and especially calls them the 'five

Gathas of Zoroaster'.

We may

regard

fairly

many

other portions of the

Avesta as direct elaborations of the great teacher's doctrines

just as the
Evangelists have elaborated for us portions of the teachings of our Lord.
,

27. In regard to the locality in which we are to seek the source

of the Avesta and the cradle of the religion, opinions have been divided.

Some

scholars would place

it

in

the

West

in

Media

the majority,

how-

Both views probably

not be amiss in regarding

ever, prefer to look to the East of Iran, to Bactria.

perhaps we shall
from
the East
and partly from the West.
coming partly
The scene of most of it doubtless does belong in the East; it was there
that Zoroaster preached
but the sacred literature that grew up about the

have right on their side,

for

the Avesta as

Gsthas made

and

Persia.

posed also

way, along with the religion to the West, toward Media

Undoubtedly some texts, therefore, may well have been com-

in

its

Media.

The

question

is

connected

also

with

that of

Zo-

Xxiv

Introduction:

roaster's

home which may

The

AveSta.

have been

originally

in the

On

West.

the native

place of Zoroaster, see Jackson in Amer. Or. Society's Journal, May 1891
pp. 222 seq. The language itself of the texts, as used in the church, be-

came a religious language precisely as did Latin and therefore was not
confined to any place or time. We may regard the Avesta as having been
worked upon from Zoroaster's day down to the time of the Sassanian
,

redaction.

Religion of the Avesta.

The religion contained in the Avesta is best called Zoroastrianism

a name that gives due honor to its founder and which is thus parallel with Christianity, Buddhism, Mohammedanism.
Other designations are
28.

sometimes employed.

has often been termed Mazdaism, from

It

its

supreme

god or again Magism, from the Magi priests sometimes we hear it styled
Fire-Worship, or even Dualism, from certain of its characteristic features
;

The

designation Parsiism

from the name of

modern

its

followers

is

oc-

casionally applied.

Beyond our own Bible

29.

the sacred books perhaps of hardly

any religion contain so clear a grasp of the ideas of right and wrong, or
so exalted a view of the coming of a Saviour, a resurpresent so pure
,

and judgment, the future rewards and punishments for the immortal
and of the life eternal as does the Avesta, the book of the scrip-

rection

soul

tures of ancient Iran.

its

we

In Zoroastrianism, however, as in other religions,

30.

a development.

In the older stage of the Gathas

purity as taught

we have

recognize

the faith in

by Zoroaster (Zarathushtra) himself, more than a thousand

But later, and even before the invasion of

years perhaps before our Lord.

Alexander had weakened the power of the

There was a tendency, for example,

religion,

in.

we

to restore

find

changes creeping

many

of the elements

of the primitive faith of Iran, which Zoroaster had thrown into the backTraces of the different stages are plainly to be recognized in
ground.
the Avesta.

The most

31.

the Gathas,

is

good and the

tween them.

striking feature of Zoroaster's

the doctrine of
evil

Dualism.

which pervade the world.

These

principles are primeval.

from the beginning of the world.

(the

later

Persian

also called

eternal

is

taught

in

All nature

Good and

is

evil

divided be-

have existed

Ahura Mazda, the Lord of Wisdom

Angra Mainyu, or the

Zoroaster's god;

Enemy (the later Persian Ahriman) is the devil. The evil spirit
Druj 'Deceit, Satan'. The good spirit and the evil are in
The good, Zoroaster teaches, however, will ultimately
conflict.

Spiritual
is

Ormazd)

as

faith,

There are two principles, the

Religion of the Avesta.

Man, a

triumph.

Dualism.

free agent, will bring the victory

XXV

by choosing right and

Evil shall be banished from the

increasing the power of good.
This will be the coming of the 'kingdom' or 'the good kingdom'
as

tyiiapra

The

it

is

To

called.

32.

of good
called

is

will

not here be entered into.

According

to the prophet's teaching,

not without the aid

are

far

Ahura Mazda, the god

These are

ministering angels.

'Immortal Holy Ones', the later Persian A mThey correspond in a measure to our idea of Archangels.
six in number and constitute, with Ahura Mazda, the heavenly

Their names are

host.

of

how

Amesha Spentas,

shaspands.

They

vohu

the right choice Zoroaster exhorts his people.

question whence Zoroaster derived his idea of dualism, and

he was a reformer,

world.

teousness

Goodness

the

The

like.

seven-fold

group

or

Righ-

celestial

as follows.

is

council,

of abstractions or virtues,

personifications

or

Ahura Mazda
aided by

Vohu Manah
Asha Vahishta
Khshathra Vairya
Spenta Armaiti
Haurvatat

Ameretat
also

Sraosha.

These abstractions or

Vohu Manah

33.

him with God.

was specialized

He
34.

is

next

the

right

(lit.

In the
into

thus

noticed more in detail.

may be

'good

Ahura Mazda's good

personification of

cattle.

personifications

mind',

spirit

Plutarch

(Skt. r/<0>

the

(lit.

flocks.

'best righteousness, Plutarch dXVjflsia)

celestial

divine

tm;

the

Asha Vahishta
in

is

uniting

this divinity
development of the religion
toward
or
that
is
shown
mind
kindliness
good

later

the

became the guardian genius of the

divinity

eovoia)

man and

in

working

order

group and
that

is

pervades

the personification of
In the
the world.

heavenly court Asha stands almost in the relation of prime minister to

Ormazd. To live 'according to Asha' (Right or the Law of Righteous,

ness

Ys. 31.2)

e. g.

Ashavan

is

Dregvant
later times

the

'the

is

regular

wicked',

The attribute
phrase in the Avesta.
as opposed to
designation of 'the righteous'
frequent

or

one that belongs

Asha Vahishta came

to preside

fire, a symbol of perfect purity.

as

Satan or the Druj. In

guardian genius over the

to

XX vi

The

Introduction:

Khs hat lira Vairya

35.

Aveita.

Vohu Khsbathra

or

'the wished-

(lit.

kingdom the good kingdom', Plutarch suvo|i .a) is the personification

of Ahura Mazda's good rule
and power, the
might
majesty, dominion
Kingdom which Zoroaster hopes to sec come on earth. The establishment
for

of this kingdom
thra Vairya

is

to be the annihilation of evil.

as a divinity,

came

to preside over

may have been suggested by

connection

was presumed

Khsha-

In later times,

metals.

The symbolic

that the

coming of the

the fact

be

accompanied by a flood of
the fire that should punish and purge the wicked
molten metal
and
which should purify the world. The metals thus became emblematic of

Kingdom

(khshatlira)

to

Khshathra.

Spenta Armaiti

36.
aoqpia)

She

is

represented

a female

as

divinity

She plays an important part

charge.
to give

'holy

(lit.

harmony, humility', Plutarch

among men.

the harmony, peace, and concord that should rule

is

llaurvatat

37.

earth

the

(Plutarch

TCAOUTOJ)

is

mentioned

always

came

later religion, Haurvatat

giving

Ameretat

38.

toward which
is

connection

in

all

should

etymologically cognate.
In the
with Ameretat.

literally

means

'immortality',

and Ameretat together seem

number seven when Ahura Mazda

Sraosha

Vs. 57.12).

is

is

council

also

personified

soul

of

the

symbolize

excepted

from

the

the

We

be added

sometimes

list

the

(cf.

priest

man from

the creator of the cow, and

kine.

to

is

the angel of religious obedience,

Geush Tashan,

Mainyu,

to

Beside the above divinities in the Gath&s

40.

always joined

genius completes the mystic

the personification of the divine service that protects

of

is

life.

To the number of the celestial

Sraosha (lit. 'obedience'). This

39.

and

In later Zoroastrianism, AmeretEt presides over the tre es.

of Haurvatat

pair

the divinity

the

is

to preside as guardian angel over the health-

waters of health and the tree of

made

earth

waters.

with Haurvatat.

The

special

The

means 'wholeness,

literally

completeness, the saving health, the perfection',

strive, in short 'Salvation', with which. word it

This divinity

her

in

is

dead.

its

up

at the resurrection.

also

god,

evil.

mention

is

also

Geush Urvan,

also

find

Spenta

the Holy Spirit of Ormazd, the will of God, represented prac-

as a distinct personage.
tar, is personified in
Lastly, the Fire,
the Gath&s as one of God's ministering servants, and is a sacred emblem
tically

of the faith.

in

41. Such is the heavenly hierarchy, and such the faith of Ormazd
which Zarathushtra exhorts the people, to believe. The faithful are

A vesta.

Religion of the

Ashavans

called

This

is

XXvii

more often Mazdayasnians

'righteous', or later

M a z d a'.

shippers of

Dualism.

i.

'wor-

e.

the true religion in contradistinction to the

The false religion is the worship of the Daevas 'demons' (Av.

false.
daeva opposed to Skt. diva 'god'). The Daeva-worshippers are misguided
and live in error. They are the wicked Dregvants (lit. 'belonging to the
one' (St. Matt. xiii. 3843). The
Druj, Satan'), 'the children of the wicked
two religions themselves are a part of the dualism.
42.

In

juxtaposition

Ahura Mazda, Zoroaster

to

sets

the

fiend

coDruj 'Deceit, Satan' or Angra Mainyu (Ys. 45.2). The spirit of evil in
in
Gathas.
the
but
is
less
Onnazd
iYs.
with
existent
clearly pictured
30.3),
In later times, to carry out the symmetry of dualism, Angra Mainyu is
accompanied by a number of Arch-Fiends, in opposition to the Archangels
of Ormazd.
The number of the infernal group is not sharply defined,

but the chief

members

are

Angra Mainyu
aided by

Aka Manah
Indra

Saurva
Taro-maili

Tauru
Zairica
also

Aeshma.

Each
is

the

is

opponent of a heavenly

Vohu Manah

the antagonist of

Aka Manah or 'Evil Mind"

demon of 'Presumption',

rival.

Taro-maiti, the

the opponent of Armaiti or humility; Aeshma, 'Fury, Wrath', the foe

of Sraosha or holy obedience. The antagonism in the case of the others
is less marked, and the connection somewhat more mechanical.

is

In the final struggle between the two bands the powers of

43.
and the powers of darkness, the good eventually shall triumph. That
was an ethical idea which Zoroaster inculcated. But the warfare that rages
,

light

in the

world between the two empires and between the true religion and

the false
soul of

the belief

man and

Mazda and

in

leaves the

way

the Daeva-worship, pervades also the

uncertain.

triumph of right or of wrong depends

increases the

brings

power of

nearer

the

should choose the

Ys. 31.2 et

al.),

is

evil

to

evil

deed which man commits,

each good deed he

As Ahura Mazda's creature

(e.g. Ys. 31.15);

kingdom of good.
right.

Yet on his choice the ultimate

Each

Zoroaster's mission, as

guide man's choice.

shown

A summary

in the

does,
,

Gathas

man
(e. g.

of the prophet's moral

The A vesta.

Introduction:

XXviii

and ethical teachings may best be given in the triad so familiar later,
'good thoughts
good words good deeds'. This forms the pith of the
,

whole teaching.

of

alike

Purity

body and

and the choice of the

soul,

Mazda-religion rather than the wicked Daeva-worship, are inculcated.

good

Zoroaster enjoins also the care of useful animals, especially the cow, and
commends the good deeds of husbandry. He is the teacher of a higher and

may be judged from

nobler civilization, as

Man's actions

44.

Ormozd's

A vesta

are all recorded

according to Zoroaster,

creed Ys. 12.1 seq.

sight as in a life-book (e. g. Ys. 31.13,14, Ys. 32.6).

man

actions

a future

the

life,

shall

By

his

in

own

be judged, and rewarded or punished. The doctrine of

Kingdom, the end of the world, forms a

the coining of the

in the teachings of the Avesta.

This is the tone that
This very doctrine,
himself constantly strikes in the Gathas.
and a belief also in a resurrection of the body characterises the entire

striking

feature

Zoroaster

Persian faith.
The resurrection is to be followed by a general judgment
when evil shall be destroyed from the world. This general division and
new dispensation is called the Vidaiti (vi -f- ~\fd& 'dis-pose').

The views

45.

the Gathas
in

in

regard to a future

are carried out in the

That the

the Pahlavi books.

life

Younger Avesta

though incomplete in
and are fully given

belief in a resurrection

and a

life

here-

was common among the Persians, some centuries before our Saviour,
we have evidence in the early Greek writers, such as Theopompus, Herodotus, etc. The belief in an immediate judgment of the soul after death,
after

the leading of the soul across the Cinvat

or through the
Bridge and through the mansions of paradise to bliss
or again in special cases to an intermediate
grades of hell to torment
the weighing in the balance

state to await the final

strian

books and have

46.

are all to be recognized in the Zoroa-

judgment

their prototypes in the Gathas.

In the Yasna of the Seven Chapters, though not

much

later

respects a slight descent from the lofty

There is a
level on which the religion had been placed by its founder.
in
tendency to revive ancient ideas and forms from the old worship

than the Gathas,

we

find in

some

which nature had played a prominent part. The elements, earth, air,
or guardian angels of
the Fravashis
fire
and water, receive adoration
the righteous, are worshipped and praised together with Ahura Mazda
;

and the Araesha Speutas. The deity Haoma

which produced the intoxicating Soraa drink

the

divinity

again

finds

of the plant
in the

place

religious rites.

47.
still

In the

Younger Avesta

further restorations or innovations.

especially

in

The gods

the Yashts

we

find

of the ancient mytho-

Later Development of the Religion.

logy, like Mithra, Verethraghna

once more appear

in

honor by the side

moon, and sun have

the divinities of the stars,

of the supreme deity;

Xxix

In the later parts of the Yasua, the sacri-

their share of pious worship.

The Zoroaster presented

evidently no longer a living,
moving personage as in the Gathas; he has become a shadowy figure, around
whom time has thrown the aureola of the saint. These passages differ widely
fice

is

somewhat elaborate

into a

developed

in certain portions

ritual.

of the Vendidad, moreover,

from the old hymns

they

is

show unmistakeable

signs of lateness.

They

present a religion codified in the hands of the priests; superstitious beliefs

and practices have found

their

way

into

the faith;

intricate

purifications

enjoined to remove or to avoid the impurity arising from

contact with the dead. The spirit of the Gathas is gone. It is only here
and there that passages in late texts are old and have the genuine Zoin particular are

roastrian ring.

They must not be overlooked.

must be drawn between what

as

above

roaster's

27)

is

own day down

To

48.

Pahlavi

when

is

the Avesta was probably

that

a distinction

We

young.

must

recall,

worked upon from Zo-

to the time of the Sassanian redaction.

The Pahlavi Version

the

In general

old and what

of the Avesta.

the period of the Sassanian editing of the texts belongs

and interpretation of the Avesta. At the date

and edited ( 21), the general knowledge

translation

the texts were compiled

of the Avesta and the understanding

of the

sacred

texts

was

from

far

The

preparation of a translation or version became necessary.

the
Accordingly, the great body of the texts was rendered into Pahlavi
language used in Persia at the time of the Arsacidse and Sassanidre. The
perfect.

Pahlavi

version

and interpretation of the

entire

Yasna

Vispered

and

Vendidad, with some portions of the other texts, has been preserved.
We have not as yet a thorough enough understanding of this version, as
but as our knowledge of this
the Pahlavi question is still a vexed one
;

we

more and more

its importance.
Owing to a
somewhat imperfect knowledge of the Avesta texts at the time when the
version was made
and owing to the unskilfull and peculiar manner in
which the Pahlavi translation is made, this version abounds in numerous errors

translation increases,

see

and inaccuracies.

Its

renderings, however, are often of the greatest value

giving hints for the meanings of

in interpreting allusions, particularly also in

obscure words, and in such matters

When more

fully

it

is

many

times our best and only guide.

in connection with the 'com-

understood and properly used

parative method', referring to the Sanskrit in interpreting the sacred texts,

the 'traditional method' or native explanation

The

'traditional'

and

the 'comparative-'

is

destined to win great results.

in hand.

methods must go hand

XXX

Introduction

The A vesta.

Manuscripts of the Avesta.

The manuscripts of the Avesta are quite numerous. Some

49.
of our specimens were copied down over five hundred years ago.
They
are written on parchment. The oldest was copied about the middle of the
From that date onward we have a considerable number of
1 3th century.
codices still extant. They come to us from India and from Yezd and Kirman
in Persia. A number of the manuscripts are deposited in the libraries at
Copenhagen, Oxford, London, Paris, Munich. The Parsi priests, especially
the Dasturs, Dr. Jamaspjt Minocheherji and also Peshotanji Behramji, have
shown princely generosity in aiding Western scholars in editing texts by
putting valuable MSS. in their possession. It is thus that the new edition
,

of the Avesta texts by Professor Geldner of Berlin

No codex

sented in so critical a manner.

the texts

The

ll).

variations in reading;

of single words
the older the

different

but

MS.

is.

these

than

rather

is

chiefly affect the

to

be pre-

containing

is

its

all

certain

form and construction

and the sense.

As a

rule,

and the

the

more

grammar

Notable exceptions however, must be made

MSS. from Persia.

faulty.

in

MSS. themselves, moreover, show

entire passages

the better

able

is

complete

later,

especially in favor

of some later

Importance of the Avesta.

$ 50.

The importance

not alone in the

ture, but

field

of

of the Avesta

as stated

above

(JJ

2)

lies

philology, ethnology and early litera-

especially also

is it

of importance from the standpoint of

religion. Resemblances
come significant when we consider

parative

to Christianity

the

in

close contact

com-

teachings bebetween the Jews

its

and the Persians during the Babylonian captivity. These are beginning
more and more to attract the attention of students of the Bible.

Language

of the Avesta.

Grammatical Summary.
51. The language in which the Avesta is written belongs to the
Iranian branch of the Indo-Germanic tongues. With the Ancient Persian
of the inscriptions it makes up the Old Iranian division. The later Iranian

languages,

New Persian, Kurdish, Afghan, Ossetish, Baluchi, Ghalcha, and

modem dialects complete the younger division. The inter-

some minor

vening Pahlavi and PSzand, or Parsi, do not quite complete the link between the divisions. The extent of its relationship with the Armenian is
not yet defined with sufficient exactness. On the positive kinship between
the language of the Avesta and Sanskrit, see below
55.

Language of the Avesta.

The language
52.
termed Avesta or Avestan.

Grammatical Summary.

which the Avesta

in

written

is

The designation Avesta

XXXI
best

be

for the language,

as

may

keeping with the Pahlavi Avist&k, which is used

both of the tongue and of the scriptures. The term Avestan, both for the
language and as an adjective, is preferred by some scholars, in order to
well as the book,

distinguish the

in

is

speech from the work itself. This is sometimes, found

The term Zend for the language, as noted above ( 3),

very convenient.
is

The

a misnomer.

tongue, has

little

The alphabet

53.

than

the

designation Old Bactrian,

recommend

to

it

language

occasionally used for the

it.

which the Avesta

in

The

presents.

characters

down

Sassanian Pahlavi, which was used to write

is

written

are

far

is

younger
from the

derived

the oral tradition

when

the texts were collected and edited

The

writing

is

under the dynasty of the Sassanidae.

left.
What the original Avestan script

read from right to

was we do not know.

Two dialects may be

54.
'Gatha dialect' or the language
metrical sermons of Zoroaster

This latter

'classical dialect'.

The Gatha

Avesta.

dialect

is

the

is

one the
recognized in the Avesta
of the oldest parts, the Gathas, or
other 'Younger Avesta' or the
:

the language

more archaic

the Vedic to the classical Sanskrit

or

of the

great body of the

standing in the relation of

to the Attic.

Homeric Greek

the

Possibly the Gatha language may owe some of its peculiarities noticed
The Gatha dialect was
below, also to an original difference of locality.
the speech of Zoroaster and his followers.
Its grammatical structure is
remarkably pure. The younger Avesta, but only in its late compositions,

owing

shows many corruptions and confusions in its

is written in meter, however, is correct and
Inaccuracies that have there crept in
we must generally at-

to linguistic decay,

inflections.

accurate.

All that

is

old or

tribute to the carelessness of the scribes.

Avesta

is

extremely

the Vedic Sanskrit

its

forms

as

a rule

the

stands in general on the same plane as

even shows
it
occasionally, though not often

antique

and

In

it

more ancient forms.

55.

The language

of the

Avesta

is

most closely

allied to the

Sanskrit, though individually quite distinct from the latter. Together

Almost any
they may be classed as making up an Indo-Iranian group.
Sanskrit word may be changed at once into its Avestan equivalent, or
vice versa
merely by applying certain phonetic laws. As example may
,

be taken the metrical stanza Yt. 10.6

in the

Avesta

tjm amavatitom yazatun

stirfm d&tndhu &jviittm

miprtm yazai

taofrr&byo

The

Introduction:

Xxxii

Avesta.

'Mithra that strong mighty angel, most beneficent to all creatures, 1 will
becomes when rendered word for word in Sanskrit:
worship with libations'

dmavantam yajat&m

tarn

i&ram dhamasu idviftham

mitrdm yajSi hotr&bhyal).
In

56.
its

vowels

p h o n o 1 o g y the Avesta agrees with the Sanskrit in

but the Avesta shows a greater variety in using e- and

its

in general,

Final vowels

<>-sounds instead of a.

The

are shortened as a rule.

except 6,

diphthong I appears in Av. as ad, Hi,

Skt. vtn-l-te.
Skt.
'they two are seen'

Skt.

noifie

= Skt.

6 (final), thus Av. aojo 'strength'

= Skt.

krdtiis.

Thus Av.

i (final).

vat-

appears as Av. ao, in,

ojas; Av. i(rat3u$ 'of wisdom'

ojv,

striking peculiarity in Av., moreover,

the introduction

is

of epenthetic vowels and help sounds, giving rise to improper diphthongs,

Av. bavaiti 'he becomes'
Skt. bhdvati; Av. AaTva- 'whole'
Skt.

=
=

sdrua-; Av. valpira- 'word*

The

Skt. voiceless stops k,

Av. fra

come

consonants

the younger dialect

and between vowels

Skt.

Thus, Av. vavhanaregularly as

-o.

When

saptd.

'vesture'

Thus Av. aspo

The Gatha

//,

as

Skt.

ugrd-.

Greek.

may

appear as vh.

Final -as of Skt. appears

amis.

Skt.

dialect

58.

In

Vedic Sanskrit.

Skt. devan;

inflection

the

Thus, Av. kapta

also

be-

in

YAv. the
The sibilant

57.
regularly lengthens all final
GAv. f'ra, YAv. fra
frequently inserts the anaptyctic vowels
Thus GAv. dacvftig (ace.
Original ns appears in GAv. as ng.

dafvqn 'demons'

bh,

in

spirantized

= Skt.

in

Skt. vdsaiia-.
'horse'

Av.

Skt. ksatrd-;

'mighty'

internal

sv'ar.

in

them again beThus GAv.

voiced spirants.

Similarly

'seven'

/,

resolves

commonly
into

YAv. ada 'then' = Skt. ddha.

voiced stops YAv. tijra-, GAv. ugrawhen initial in Skt., becomes Av.
s,
ada

$,

old Gatha dialect

fore

spirants

kingdom'

'rule,

= Skt.

'sun'

Skt. pro.
The original voiced aspirates .?//, dh,
Av. simply voiced stops g, d, b. They are so preserved

'forth'

in

become

generally

Thus, Av. fyapra-

consonants.

before

t,

Av. Avar'-

Skt. v'aktra-;

GAv. minghai

'I

think'

shall

vowels.

It

Skt. pra,
pi.),

= Skt.

YAv.
wqsai.

the Avesta shows nearly the richness of the

feminine
masculine
neuter

There are three genders

likewise three numbers, singular, dual, plural.

The dual

is

not extensively

There are eight well-developed cases of the noun and the a djective; the normal endings are: Singular. Nom. -s; Ace. -tm; Instr. -J;
used.

Dat. -2; Abl.

-// Gen.

-o (-as);

Loc.

-/,-

Voc.

-d; Instr., Dat., Abl. -bya; Gen. -#/ Loc.

(-as), -a; Ace. -6 (-as, -ns), -d;

Loc.

-su,

-hu, -$va.

The

classes

-o,

-yd.

Dual. Nom., Ace., Voc.

Plural.

Nom., Voc.

-S

Dat. -6yd (-byas); Gen. -qm;

of declension agree exactly with the

Instr. -bii;

Language of the Avesta.

Sanskrit

method of forming

the

Grammatical Summary.

comparison

The numerals answer

corresponds.

of adjectives likewise

Skt. forms

to

xxxiii

except Av. afva-

Av. batoar- '10,000', but Skt. ayuia. The

Av. pronouns closely resemble the Skt., but show also individual peculiarities.
Noteworthy is the remote demonstrative Av. ava, h&u 'that,

opposed

'one',

to Skt. eka-,

The verbal system

yonder', contrasted with Skt. aunt, asau.

and

and are subject

tense, and

and

to

the

same modifications

endings in Av. are: Sing.

I,

-mahi,

2, -pa,

>//,

3, -#/'.

2, -hi,

The

Av.

In voice, mode,
two languages quite agree.

as in Skt.

The primary

antiquity with the Sanskrit.

I,

in

are chiefly monosyllabic

roots

in their conjugation-system the

The endings show equal

Plur.

The

Skt. are in general identical.

in

3, -ti;

Dual.

other endings

I,

also

active

-vahi, 3, -to, -f>6;

are

parallel with

the Sanskrit.
59.

words

The Av.

by means of

possesses like facility with the Sanskrit in forming

prefixes, and by adding suffixes of primary and se-

condary derivation. The same classes of compounds may be recognized

or joining together of
both tongues. The rules of external Sandhi

in

words

in

a sentence,

so universal in Skt., are almost wanting in Avesta.

The Avesta separates each word by a dot. The vowels are fully exNo diacritical points or
pressed as in Greek etc., by individual letters.
The meters in which the GathSs are
accents are written in the texts.
composed have analogies
the younger Avesta
differs

in the

Veda.

Almost

are in eight-syllable lines.

from the Sanskrit

in

certain points

all

the metrical

parts of

The syntax, however,

and shows some marked

dividualities, especially in the later portions.

HI

in-

SPECIMENS OF THE AVESTATEXT.

I.

FROM THE GATHAS.

Yasna 45.12.
Zoroaster preaches upon The Two

Spirits.

Ys. 45.1 translated.

Now

and do you give ear and hear,

hither press from near and from afar,
Therefore lay ye all these things to heart as clear
Nor let the wicked teacher your second life destroy
shall I preach,

Ye who

The perverted

sinner your tongues with his false faith.

Transliteration of the same.

(See opposite page.)

a( fravafyjlyd nu

gu$5dum nu

sraotd

yaecd asndf yaecd durdf i$apd

nu Im vispd ciprS zl mazdaiwhddum

not} daibitim dus.sastis

ahum m'rqgydf

akd var a nd drzgva* hizvm dvar'to.

af fravatysyd awhzus

yay&

spanyai

u'ti

m&nyu pou ruye

mravaf yarn cuigr^m

noif nd manes not} sSn.gJtd noi{ fyratavd

naedd vara nd noi{ ufydd naedd

noif daend) noif

u rvano

yaop<*nd

haca^te.

Ys. 45.2 translated.

Now

preach of the world's Two primal Spirits

The Holier One of which did thus address the Evil:
shall

'Neither do our minds, our teachings, nor our concepts,

Nor our beliefs, nor words, nor do our deeds in sooth,
Nor yet our consciences, nor souls agree in aught.'

Introduction:

XXXVJ

II.

The A vesta.

FROM THE YOUNGER AVESTA.

a.

Yasna

9.5 (metrical).

The Golden Age

of Yima.

yimahe ^apre a u rvahe

noif aotam mwha noif gar'mtm
u
noif za rva mwha noif mar'pyus
noi arasko daevo.ddto;

parica.dasa fracaroipe

pita puprasca raodae$va [katarasctf]

yavata Ji$aydi( hvqpwo

yimo vivawuhato pupro.
In the reign of princely

Yima

There was neither cold, nor heat

Old age was not, death there was not,
Nor disease, the work of Demons,
But the son walked with the father
Fifteen years old each in figure;
Long as Vivanghvat's son, Yima

The good shepherd,

ruled as sovereign.

Specimens of the Avesta Text.

b.

Vendidad 6.4445

XXXV11

(prose).

Disposal of the Dead.

44
[.mu a

.in

aum

holy

qni t i a v t s
astva l tinqm

One

aru ha
ahura

Ahura

[. o

ru h a

body

45
.

/ o

arm

ahuro

mraof

Ahura

spake

lag

m q na

.tratdti]
ddtar'

of beings

a m a rab .muna t
bardma
tanuiti

shall-we-bear

.m q n a,p

gaepanqm

material

[.

iri

iristanq.m
dead

(gen.)

Creator

,m q r an

narqin
of men

av k]

kva
where

TRANSCRIPTION OF AVESTAN ALPHABET.

(Compared with

Handbuck der Zendsprache). 1

Justi,

A. Vowels.

-"a

Short

(e)

-*'

Long

(g)

\3

j^e

(e}

o
o

"$*o
d

p"

co

(do)

x-

q,

(a)

B. Consonants.

Guttural

(kh)

Y C

Palatal

eg"
g

fa fy

J
t

Labial

-(J

Liquid

(*)

TO (")

%%

n
n

(i)

-o

gJ,

(*)

or

m
^

ro/
(**}

(n)

V (U) 2
v

(f)

Aspiration

(n)

y
w-T

Sibilant

(()

ou TV

gj

(dh)

__J

Nasal

(^d

&

_$

(th)

Semivowel and

^j

Dental

(gh)

/
*

0^
(*V

(" fy

f" fir

Ligature

(q)_
1

has been deviated from.

( ) show where Justi
u need only be employed for purely scientific puranswer
poses; the letters y, v for both initial and internal TO ", i)
2

Forms

The

in

parentheses

signs

*',

for practical purposes.

fully
3

The

The

single

differentiation

sign /

is

/,

/,

ordinarily

/ need only be made in scientific articles.

quite sufficient for the three -V, (X}, TO.

SUGGESTIONS.
The

may be

helpful to the student in

chief
points on which stress
using the Grammar.
should be laid, and which it will be sufficient for the be-

following hints

The

ginner to acquire, are:

1.

2.

vii.
In the Preface, the remarks on Transcription, pp. vi
the sketch of the language of the Avesta,
In the Introduction
,

pp. xxx

xxxiii.

3. Throughout the Grammar, the large print alone need be studied.

Every thing marked 'GAv.' (Gatha Avesta), and all that is in small type,
may be practically disregarded.

Under Phonology, only the

6 1.
pp. 60

4.

sume

5.

sections

()

referred to in the

R6-

Under the Declension of Nouns and Adjectives, the following

sections should suffice:

236, 243, 251, 262, 279, 291, 300, 322, 339,

362, 363.

Under Numerals, note merely the Cardinals

366.
Under Pronouns, compare the Av. and Skt. forms in the case of
No attempt need be made to
386, 390, 399, 409, 417, 422, 432.
commit the paradigms to memory.
6.
7.

8.

Under Verbs, the following

are important:

sections relating to the Present-System

448, 466, 469, 470, 478

481, 483

ing conjugations, and the Perfect, Aorist, Future,

etc.,

488.

The remain-

may be

learned as

needed.
9.

The

rest of the

book may be overlooked by the beginner.

Grammar, the Index will be found of

10. In consulting the

vice for reference.

ser-

xl

Suggestions.

A FEW OF THE BOOKS

MOST NECESSARY FOR THE BEGINNER.
The

following

list

contains a few books that the be-

find most useful.

The list is very brief; the
ginner
student as he advances will see how rapidly it may be
will

enlarged.
a.

Texts.

Avesta, or the Sacred Books of the Parsis.

GELDNER

Stuttgart 1885 seq.

The new standard edition.

Zendavesta, or the Religions Books of the

Zoroastrians.
Copenhagen.

WESTERGAARD
Hard

W.

GEIGER

to procure, but useful until Geldner's edition

Aogemadaeca, ein Parsentract

baktrisch
Useful

und

fo.r

Sanskrit.

in Pdzend, Alt-

Erlangen 1878.

the brief Av. fragment

it

contains.

mit (Jbersetzung, Grammatik und Glossar.

JUSTI

complete.

Die altpersischen Keilinschriften, im Grundtexte

SPIEGEL

is

Leipzig 1 88 1.
Good for comparative

2.

Aufl.

purposes.

b. Dictionary.
Handbuch der Zendsprache, Altbaktrisches Worter-

buch.
The

Leipzig 1864.

only dictionary at present, and indispensable for reference.

Possible to obtain second-hand.

c.

Translation.

DARMESTETER AND MILLS

The Zend-Avesta translated in

Sacred Books of the East, ed. by F. Max Muller,
vols. iv, xxiii, xxxi.
Oxford 1883-7.
,

the

This translation

is

complete.

Translations of separate portions

are to be found in the works mentioned under (d) and

(e).

Books recommended

d.

for Reference.

xli

Grammar and Exegesis,

including also Translations of selected portions.

(Books specially mentioned above

BARTHOLOMAE

Arische

not repeated here.)

in Preface, are

Forscknngen

i-iii.

Grammatical and metrical investigations

Halle
with

1882-7.

translations

of

selected Passages.

GELDNKR

Ueber

Tubingen 1877.
A useful treatise
Studien

Metrik

die

sum

on Metre.

Avesta.

des jiingeren

Also contains translations.

Strassburg 1882.

Grammatical contributions, and numerous

Drei Yasht aus dem Zendavesta

klart.

Avesta.

translations.

iibersetzt

und

er-

Stuttgart 1884.

Translation of Yt. 14, 17, 19, with Commentary.

Commentar

SPIEGEL

tiber

das Avesta.

Bd.

i-ii.

Wien

1864-8.
Useful for occasional reference.

e.

Literature, Religion, Antiquities.

DARAB PESHOTAN SANJANA

nians.

man

Vols.

of

W.

of the Eastern Ira-

i-ii;
being a translation from the GerGeiger's Ostiranische Kultur im Alter-

London

thum.

Civilization

1885-6.

Useful for reference.

GELDNER

Zend-Avesta, Zoroaster, articles in the Encyclo1888.

paedia Britannica. Ninth edition.
By

all

means

to

be consulted.

HAUG AND WEST

ings,

Essays on the Sacred Language, Writand Religion of the Parsis. 3 ed. London 1884.

Contains

much

useful information.

FIROZ JAMASPJI
Casartelli's Mazdayasnian Religion under
the Sassanids.
Bombay 1889.
Treats fully of the later development of Zoroastrianism.

xlii

Suggestions.

Media, Babylon and Persia. (Story of Nations'

RAGOZIN

Series.)

New York

1888.

good and readable book.

Zoroastrische Studien, herausgegeben von

WINDISCHMANN

Fr. Spiegel.
Contains

Berlin 1863.

much good

material.

Beside the above works the student will find abundant

and valuable contributions on the Avesta and kindred Iranian subjects in the philological journals and periodicals
of the last few years.
Reference need only be made to

the

names Bartholomae

Casartelli, Darmesteter,

Hiibschmann, Fr.
and some others,

Bang Bezzenberger Caland,

de Harlez, Geiger, Geldner, Horn,

Miiller,

in

Mills, Pischel, Spiegel,

Wilhelm,

the following:

Bezzenberger 's Beitrage ;

Kuhn's Ztitschrift;
Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenldndischen

Brugmann und

Gesellschaft ;

Str eitherg"s Indogermanische Forschungtn;

Le Museon;
American Oriental

Society's Proceedings;

American Journal of Philology;

Babylonian and Oriental Record.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
OF

PART
(The Numbers

I.

refer to the Sections

.)

Section

Pago

PREFACE
INTRODUCTION THE AVESTA AND ZOROASTER
SPECIMENS OF THE AVESTA TEXT
SUGGESTIONS, AND BOOKS RECOMMENDED
CONTENTS, AND ABBREVIATIONS
:

v
.

xxxiv
.

xxxviii

xxxix

xxxiii

xi

xlii

xlviii

xliii

GRAMMAR.
PHONOLOGY.
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION.
I.

1-3.

The Av.

characters.

4.

Punctuation.

Vowels and Diphthongs.

ciation of

5-7.

Pronun-

8-13. Sounds of the

Consonants

SYSTEM OF VOWELS.
14.

Simple Vowels.

The Av. and

14.

Agreement both
and Skt. Vowels.

15.

Av.

Difference

Vowels
Av.

in

and

in

Quantity.

Av.
Skt.

in Quality

16-22.

Sk^. Vowel-Systems.

and Quantity between

in

Agreement

23-26. Rules

for

Quality,

Quantity

of

Quality between
Original f in Av.

27-46. Difference in

Vowels.

50-52. Concurrence

47-49.

of Vowels,

Euphonic Rules, Con-

traction, Resolution, Hiatus

53.

15

15

27

Diphthongs. 53. Proper, Improper Diphthongs; Reduction

and Protraction Diphthongs. 54-59- The diphthongs Av.
ag, oi; ao,

iu;

Si,

3u.

60. Vowel-Strengthening,

Guna and

Changes in y- or f-Syllables. 62. Vocalization of y and v.

63-68. Reduction and Abbreviation

Vrddhi.

in

y-

61.

or

Anaptyxis

^-Syllables.

69-72.

Epenthesis

Prothesis,

Table of Contents of Part

xliv

I.

Section

Page

SYSTEM OF CONSONANTS.
73.

General Rules for Consonants.

(Surd and Sonant).

Av.

k,

t,

75.

74. Voiceless

Remarks on Sandhi.

Law

89-90. Hartholomae's
or

-(- /

Tenues,

77-80. Voiceless (Surd) Spirants, Av. , /, /.

character of Av. /.
8z-88. Mediae, Av. s> <*

p.

8l. The
j and the Voiced (Sonant)

f>,

and Voiced
76.

-(- J.

for

Spirants

91-93. Semivowels

94-99. Original

(t),

w.

d,

mediae

aspirate

Av.

combination

in

Av. j,

original

(u).

Consonants.

with

r.
101-105. Nasals, Av. n, q, v, y, m.
108-1 10. Original
106-107. Sibilants, Av. s, i, /,/, z, i.

loo. Liquid, Av.

how represented in Av. 111-124. Original as, ds, how

represented in Av.
130. Original
125-129. Original ns.
s,

sz>.

31

44. Original

palatal s (Skt.

veloped Av.

s),

86.

Rules

sk^

ts,

145- 1 50. Older

ps.

represented in Av.

154-166. Av. /,/,/.

.r.

176-183. Av.
185. Special

sy, sr, sin,

how

151-153. D$167-175. Av. z.

184. Aspiration, Av. h,

for

Consonants.

Double Consonants reduced

l\,

27

57

57

60

60

61

185. Assimilation.
in

Av.

187. Consonant

188-190. Consonants added or substituted.

192-193. Final Consonants in Av.
191. Metathesis.
193 Note. MS.-Fluctuations in writing certain Consonants

dropped.

and certain Vowels.

avoided

in

Repetition

194.

of same

sound

Av

RESUME OF PHONOLOGY.
195.

195-201. Differences between Av. and Skt. Vowels.

202-203. Av. and Skt. Diphthongs compared.
204-206.
Origin of the Consonants in Av.
207-218. Representation of various Skt. Consonants in Av

INFLECTION.
DECLENSION OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.
219. Synopsis of the Declension of

Nouns and

Adjectives.

221. Table of Case-Endings.

220. Case, Number, Gender.

222-227. Remarks on the Endings.

228-231. General
Case in Av.
232. Interchange of Neuter with

Plural

Feminine Forms.
Functions.

233. Interchange

of Cases

234. Transition in Declension.

Gradation (Strong and

sion of Stems in a,

Weak
a.

262-276. Stems in u, a.

Forms).

251-261.

in

their

235. Stem-

236-250. Declen-

Stems

in

i,

i.

277-278. Diphthongal Stems

Table of Contents of Part

x lv

I.

Section

Page

284-288. Strong
279-283. Stems without Suffix.
Stems.
289-298. Derivative Stems in aql, wat^t,

in Si, &u.

and Weak

299-315. Derivative Stems in

vattt.

316. Derivative Stems in

;-Stems.

319-337. Stems

in original

J.

an, man, van.

317-318. Radical n- and

in.

in original r.

338-360. Steins

361-362. Feminine Formation.

363-365.

62

105

106

108

109

126

465-466. Reduplication and Augment.

467. Vowel-Variation (Strong and Weak Forms)
127
469-470. Classes of Verbs. 47i.Trans468. Present-System.

137

Comparison

DECLENSION OF NUMERALS.
366. 366-374. Cardinals and Ordinals.

375-376. Numeral De-

rivatives

DECLENSION OF PRONOUNS.
377- 377-384. General

Remarks and Synopsis of the Pronouns.

399-405. Relative. 406-407. Inter408. Indefinite.

409-433. Demonstrative.

385-398. Personal.
rogative.

434-443. Other Pronominal Words and Derivatives, Possessive,

Reflexive, Adjectives,

Adverbs

CONJUGATION OF VERBS.
444. 444-447. General Synopsis, Voice, Mode, Tense, Person,
Number.
448. Table of Personal Endings.
449-458. Re-

marks on the Endings.

tive,

459-464. Mode-Formation, Subjunc-

Optative.

fer of Conjugation.

472-477.

The a-Conjugation (thema-

479. Cl. 6 (a-class,

480. Cl. 4 (ja-class).
481. Cl. 10 (aya482-506. Paradigms of a-Conjugation.
class).
507-515.
The non-fl-Conjugation (unthematic).
516-539. Cl. 2

tic).

478. Cl.

unstr.

(rt-class, str. root).

root).

540-553. Cl. 3 (reduplicating class).

554-565. Cl. 7 (nasal class).
566-575. Cl. 5 (-elass).
576-582. Cl. 8 (-class).
583-591. Cl. 9 (;/<f-class)
592. Perfect-System. 592-596. Perfect Formation.
597-601.
Table of Perfect Endings and Remarks. 602. The Plu(root-class).

137167

603-604. Mode-Formation of the Per605-619. Paradigms of the Perfect-System.

620-622. Absence of Reduplication.
623. Periphrastic

perfect (Preterite).
fect.

Perfect

167176

624. Aorist-System.
Aorists.

the

626.

Aorist.

624-625.

Form

and

Augment and Endings.

628-652.

Classification

627.

Non-Sigmatic Group,

of

Modes of
(l)

Root-

Table of Contents of Part

xlvi

I.

Section

Page
Aorist

Simple Aorist

Reduplicated Aorist.
653-666. Sigmatic Group, (4) h- (or J-) Aorist, (5) ha(2)

(3)

(sa-) Aorist, (6) /7-Aorist, (7) A7-Aorist.

667-668. Aorist

176186

Passive Third Singular

669. Future-System. 669. Future Formation.

of the Future.

675.

670-671. Modes

672. Paradigms

Passive.

697-698. Inchoative.

699-701. Desiderative.

187

187

195

195

199

702-707.

Intensive

708.

186

675-683. Formation of the

684-694. Causative.
695-696. Denominative.

Secondary Conjugation.

Verbal Abstract Forms. 709-715. Active, Middle, and

Passive Participles.
716-718. Gerundive and Gerund.
719-721. Infinitive

722. Periphrastic Verbal Phrases.

stead of a tense-stem.

722-723. Periphrases in-

724. Periphrastic Expressions and

199200

Circumlocutions

INDECLINABLES.
725. 725-733. Adverbs.
junctions.

738-740. Con-

734-737. Prepositions.

201

206

824-857. Secondary Suffixes 207

236

741-742. Interjections

WORD-FORMATION.
FORMATION OF DECLINABLE STEMS.
743. Morphology in general.

744-745. Suffixless Formation.

746. Derivation by Prefix and Suffix.

nal

and Verbal

Prefixes.

756-823. Primary Suffixes.

747-754. Nomi-

755- Derivation by Suffix.

FORMATION OF COMPOUND STEMS.

858.

Noun and Verb Compounds.

861-877. Euphonic Laws
of Compounds.
lative

859-860. Noun-Composition.
in the

878. Classes of

Compounds.

Union of the Members

Compounds.

879. Copu-

880-882. Determinative Compounds.

883-889. Secondary Adjective Compounds Possessive

Compounds and Adjective Compounds with governed Final
Member. 890-894. Other Compounds, Numeral, Adverbial,
,

Loose.

895-900. Sandhi in

Compounds and

INDEXES
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS

Enclitics

236

247

249271
272273

ABBREVIATIONS.
adj.

= Afringan
= A vesta
GAv. = Gatha Avesta
Ind. Iran. = Indo-Iranian
Indg. = Indogermanic
MS. = manuscript
MSS. = manuscripts
Ny. = Nyaish
Phi. = Pahlavi
Sir. = Sirozah
Skt. = Sanskrit
Vd. = Vendidad
Vsp. = Vispered
Wg. = Westergaard
YAv. = Younger Avesta
Afr.

adjective

Av. 1

advl. .= adverbial
etc.

fr.

et cetera

et al.

et alia

from

= indeclinable
= infinitive
nom. propr. = nomen proprium
num. = numeral
= original, originally
orig.
opp., opp. to = opposed to
= preterite
pret.
= participle
ptcpl.
= strong
subst. = substantive
= varia lectio
v.
var. = variant
wk. = weak.
indecl.
infin.

str.

1.

The

Ys.

Yasna

Yt.

Yasht

ZPhl. Gloss.

= Zand-Pahlavi Glossary.

other abbreviations require no remark.

Observe.
1.

Av. (Avesta) prefixed

in question

culiar about
2.

it

GAv.

construction
(2) to

is

is

found even

(Gatha Avesta)
peculiar to the

Under

it;

in

word

indicates that the

word or form

found in both GAv. and YAv. or has nothing pewhich would prevent its occurence in both.
either

contrast a

stand beside

to a

is

prefixed (l) when the word, or form, or

dialect and is not found in YAv.

Gatha

Gatha form with a younger form (YAv.) which may

(3) to emphasize the fact that the form in question is

the Gathas,

GAv.

formulas (Introd. p.

are

e. g.

stavas

comprised

xxiii,

25),

143.

the usual 17

hymns and

the sacred

the Yasna Haptanghaiti, and those por-

Abbreviations.

xlviii

tions,

such as Ys. la, that are written

some

possible later imitations,

3.

Y A v.

in the dialect
4.

of the

5.

theses
small

The

word
In
()

print

in

the Gftthi dialect even including

Ys. 58, 4.26.

(Younger Avesta) comprises everything that is n o

of the G&th&s.
For its usage see preceding note.

sign ()
is

e. g.

is

placed before a form to denote that the

written

first

part

omitted.

the

paradigms

under

Inflection,

the

forms

do not actually occur, but are made up

which stands beside them.
See
236

Loc. (yasnae$u)

v-WA A /Wv~

after

in

paren-

the

form

foot-note.

in

Thus

GRAMMAR.
PHONOLOGY,
Alphabet.
The Avesta

i.

is

written in the following characters

A. Vowels.

Short

....-

>

Long

....-"#

-f

>

^o

^e

*> 5

to

*H

O)

B. Consonants.

Guttural

Palatal

Dental

Labial

Nasal

K C

./

....}

ly

fy

<^J

^j
& p _j d
i

</

_j ^
\

^ f

QlfW

^.n

4)

Semivowels and
Liquid
Sibilant

.MJ

Aspiration

Ligature

Note.
raised:

e.

//

\"

fv

^o^
(jj

fully

The

() V

W/

/*

40^

left.

The

individual letters as in

Greek

runs

expressed by

epenthetic

(j,

i^/

The writing

vowels are

expressed

ro, (*)

from right to

and anaptyctic vowels (

70, 72) will be
Grammar only, by a small vowel slightly
= Skt. arufd-; Av. antar* 'within' Skt.

transcription, in the
g. Av. a*ruja- 'white'
in

antdr.
I

Phonology.

etc.; there are

no

nor are any accents

diacritical points;

written in the Avesta texts.

In the manuscripts

3.

these except
serve that

a sign

t&u st

hr is different

-6

from

Many MSS. have

hv.

interchanging with fa hm.

In

4.

numerous ligatures occur;

Ob-

are generally resolved in printing.

Avesta,

all

words

except some enclitics

each is followed by a

written separately and

point (.); the compounds even are mostly written sepabut in printed texts these are written
rately in the MSS.
are

a point

together,
5.

being used to divide the members.

(.)

The punctuation

MSS.

the

in

is

meagre,

mostly arbitrary and quite irregular; the following symbols

borrowed from the MSS. have been adopted to correspond
to our signs,

namely

for colon or

-.-

a larger break

oo

stop
bol of abbreviation.
;

semicolon;

the end of a chapter

full

sym-

Pronunciation.
Vowels.

6.

a, -^ a,

i,

pronounced
3 is most probably obscure
j

u are

a perhaps

duller.

and

I,

as ordinarily in Sanskrit, but a,

>

it,

like the short indefinite

vowel

familiar in English, 'gard<?n<r', 'measuring', 'history', 'sachem';

it

often

tis u m'.

e
corresponds to the vulgar 'chim ney', 'rheumaIn the combination j\ ar3 , cf. Skt. r, much like
e e

(when pronounced 'p r tty')

asked', cf. Mod. Persian pursidan

English 'pretty'
'he
-

'bird',

Skt. mrga-,

Mod.

English

'let,

somewhat

9.

veil',

muffled.

and w

French
H

ce,

'etc".

is

e,

-DJ\

Av.

See above,

the corresponding

both narrow,
"*

g.

'to ask';

Pers. murj.

Introduction, on Transcription.

long vowel to

e.

and

>

about as

probably

as English 'extraordinary, fault,

Pronunciation.

approaching '-aw' in 'saw'.

French 'sans', likely rather dull,

or a,

a,

>{

a union of the two

as

forming two

q, nasalized

x-

du are pronounced
"Sa^ ao and
^v- a/,

tot.

ai

elements

R^ Se as

etc.

distinct sounds.

Tenues

8.

as

>> oi as a Gk.

Sanskrit.

in

ai and

**

Diphthongs.

7.

as

e.

i.

fa-w'mg,

k,

p, and

t,

Mediae c

as in Sanskrit
^ j,

r c,

ordinarily.

,_} </,_j b,

English 'church,

judge'.

Spirants,

9.

ty

as ch in Scotch 'loch',

ty,

Mod. Gk.

a roughened , guttural buzz, cf. (often) Germ.

i,/,
Mod.
Gk. y.
b p, as English 'thin', surd.
'Tage',
^ d,
as English 'then', sonant.

w, Mod. Gk. P

(cf.

b f, as in English.

Eng.

apparently a spirant,

/,

v}.

s,

/ z, corresponding sonant, English

sh in 'dash'.

f>

sharp as

in 'sister'.

o s, as English

'zeal'.

corresponding sonant, English

'plea-

more

palatals/;, generally before y.

a
apparently
variety sh , differing little from t> s;

sure, azure*.

z,

ro $, a

81.

w, corresponding sonant, Germ.

etymologically

it

most often equals

Nasals,

10.

#,

original rt.

guttural = Skt.

fication of the preceding, -mouille; the

perhaps

respectively

as

in

n (modified from

'nun'.

Eng.

*>.

-a

two

ty,

and

(j

'longing'.

a modi-

-u

ij?)

n, as Eng.

an), a variety of n.

;, as

ordinarily.

Semivowels and Liquid, roj

ii.

spirant as Eng. 'youth';

vowel,
spirant

vowel,

i,

Eng.

'vanish';

^ v

flour'.

cf.

u,
Eng. 'lower,
pronounced. Observe / is wanting.
On
Note.
in trualbya, see Vocabulary
YI

(initial),

(internal),
^

is

probably

probably semi-

(internal),

English 'many a man'.

as

(initial),

probably

probably semi-

a liquid vigorously

after

u.

Phonology.

12.

Aspiration,

h, as ordinarily.

or

^,

a modi-

h before y, possibly stronger.

Ligature. ^ h, perhaps more vigorous than
13.
w hv , and possibly already shading towards the later

fication of

Pers.

y.

Sounds.
SYSTEM OF VOWELS.
The Avesta
General Remark.

14.

than

greater variety

the

Sanskrit

in

vowel-

system, especially through the frequent presence of

0-sounds instead of

presents
its

e-

and

a.

Simple Vowels.
A. Agreement in Quality between Avesta and
Sanskrit Vowels.

Av. -

.,

a,
i.

15.

i,

,,

y, *.

a,

u,

i,

in both Quality

Agreement

The Av. vowels

a, a,

i, I,

ii.

and Quantity.

agree in general

u, u,

with the corresponding vowels in Sanskrit.

(i)

Av. asti

Av. # = Skt. a;
'is'

Skt. dsti;

Av. a = Skt.

a.

Av. mdtaro 'mothers'

Skt. mdtdras; Av. vatais 'with winds' = Skt. vdtdis.

Av.

cistis

sprinkles'
(ace.

f.)

Skt. sincdti;

= Skt.
(3)

= Skt
'wisdom' =

Av.

(a)

i;

Av.

= Skt.

Skt. cittis;

i.

Av. hinc&ti

Av. jivycpn

'living,

'he

fresh'

jlvydm.

Av.

it

= Skt.

Av.

= Skt.

Av. uta 'also' = Skt. utd; Av. dduru 'wood' = Skt.

Av. biirois 'of richness' = Skt. bhures; Av.
ddru;
butntm 'earth' = Skt. bhumim.

Simple Vowels.

ii.

in quality; difference in quantity.

Agreement

As

6.

between long and short

to the relation

quantity, the Avesta and the Sanskrit do n o t always coincide with each other.
This is probably due in part to
shifting of accent,

partly to deficiencies or inaccuracy in

Avesta writing, partly to dialectic

= Skt. a.
17.
(i) Av. a

peculiarities.

= Skt. ndnS; GAv. mava'tt 'to one like

'differently'
= Skt. mavatl; YAv. kasaf 'looked' Skt. kfiiat; YAv. bajina
YAv.
'dishes' = Skt. bhSjana-; 'Vh.v.dvanm 'door* = Skt. dvdram
urvaranqm 'of trees' = Skt. urvdrdySm.
GAv. nana

me'

8.

Av. a

(2)

Av. var'zanai

'which of two'

'for

Skt. a.

the community'

Skt. yatards

Av.

Skt. vfjdnSya; Av. yataro

&j>rava

(nom.

sg.)

'priest'

Skt. dtharva.

Note

The manner

I.

samds; Av. ayu- beside Syu

Skt.

taftjtn 'well-formed'
(rarer)

= Skt.

barama'de 'we

uHtamm

same word

or form in the Av.

'same'

Skt. ayu-; Av. Autafttm, hu-

'age'

11.7)

hamd

Av. hffmo beside

S.

sutoffaat; Av. yazama'de 'we

carry' (Yt.

Skt. ydjamatu,

worship' beside

bhdramahi; Av.

uHtamm 'vital power' YAv. adw&mm (but GAv. adv&mni)

ddhv&nam; GAv. ayGr* beside YAv. ayar* 'days'.
Especially

beside

= Skt.

'way'

of writing the

sometimes varies between a and

itself,

Skt.

Av. and

Skt.,

does the preposition a, Av. a (a), vary: Av. avaza'ti 'he rides
GAv. akS- beside fika- 'judgment'.

to'

n-vahati;

Note

2.

part of the differences

as well as the variation in the Av.

itself,

between a and a

may be

in

explained, as said

rative

grammar,
in Avesta are

cf.

e. g.

Brugmann, Grundriss der

vtrgl.

apqm

ha u rva-fls-u- 'with
(i)

Spd
full

'gift'

flocks'

fra-bd-a- 'fore-foot', (2) padd (ace.

pi.)

cafiru-gaofa- 'four-eared'

See also under guna and vrddhi

the

compa-

'waters'

datar- 'giver'

pasu

'flock,

pdda

(ace.

sheep'
du.)

ca]nuar-aspa- t cafnaSro.
60.

6),

307. Examples

Higher-grade

'of waters'

da-d'-ma'de 'we give', (2) daj>ra-

in

Gram.

Lower-grade

(i)

= Skt. -mana-.

Av. -mna-, -mana-, ptcpl. pres. mid.

by vowel-gradation
The treatment of the old vowel-gradation must be sought
:

Phonology.

Note

On

3.

the relation, Av. hStqm 'of beings'

Skt. satitm;

GAv. drtgv&'tl 'for the wicked', cf. YAv. drvataf, see Bartholomae,
x. 278 seq.
K.Z. xxix. p. 543 = Flexionslthre p. 124.

in

or

B.B.

Similarly

19.

18 Note i) in Av.

a often takes the place of a, when ca

the

internal

itself,

etc.

is

suffixed or

word otherwise grows by increment:

Av. katSrd 'which' but katarascif; Av. dahSka 'dragon' but

(a)

dahakaca; Av. Sbyo 'with these' but a'-wyasca (initial <J); GAv. d'mSnfm 'house' (ace.) but (gen.) d'manahya ; Av. bipa'tiltamm 'biped'
(b) Likewise a lightening of a
occurs before enclitic haca: Av. yimaf kaca
Aulapafytaraf haca nafntSf 'from northern region"

(ace.) but bipa'tiitanay&'Vi.. 13.41.

to

ablative

in

'from Yima'

-Sf

hqm.bir'tat haca fy$aeta[ 'from well-collected possessions'.

2O.

i,

u.

Av.

(3)

t,

Skt.

i,

U.

Very often, Av. z and u are found where the Skt. has
The long vowel i, occurs most frequently in the
off; the long vowel

vicinity

epenthetic
Av.

ytfoif
'all'

vtsfttn

when followed by

chiefly

ii,

70.
cf.

'might direct, teach',

Skt.

Skt. iify&t (\fsSs-, />-);

viivam; Av. vitastim

Av. stino 'of a dog'

Skt. sunas
Skt. yuftndt, yufmakam; Av. sruto 'heard'
'from, of you'
irutds ; Av. "druta- 'run'
Skt. drutd-; Av. stuto 'of praise'
z//7rtj//i.

stufds.Av.
ffzit'tiJ

Skt. stutis;

21.

(4)

Av. stwdi 'praise

Av.
dniJtam;
'sons'

vacillate

i,

of srira-

Skt.

f,

it.

and u are found where the Skt.

izye'ti 'he seeks',

= Skt.

i.

Skt. ihati; Av. a'niktm 'face'

cf.

Av. isSnttn

'having power'
sundvas; Av. tanunqm 'of

In general as to

/',

and

between the long and the short

same word

u.

I,

Note

= Skt. asuris; Av.

= Skt. Shutis Av. stu'ti? 'praise'
thou' = Skt. stuki; Av. yu'dye'ti

Skt. yiidhyati.

Av.

Sometimes Av.
shows

= Skt.
= Skt.

Shuiriit (but gen. Shurdii] 'Ahurian'

(but gen. azutoti) 'oblation'

'he fights'

Av.

Skt.
span length'
Av. yujmaf, yufmattm

'a

at different places

'fair';

e.

g.

u, u,

Skt.

MSS. themselves often

same passage or in the

the

in the

at times

isanam; Av. hunavd

Skt. tan&nam.
bodies'
Skt.

Av. srfra- written instead

Av. mifti a.nd~mt}ti 'with moisture

Av. viiptm for vtsf>m

Simple Vowels.
'all'

A v.

Av. mildtm and mildim 'reward'.

Av. drujo and drujo

'of the Druj'

7
dura- written for dura-

GAv. shows everywhere an overwhelming

long vowels, especially for 3.

22.

ference for

'far'

Av. yutyta- and yu^ta- 'yoked'.

pre-

GAv. azSm T, YAv. aztm = Skt. aham; GAv. ap?ma- 'last',

YAv. ap>ma- = Skt. apamd- ; GAv. jfrnyaf 'might come', YAv. jamGAv. -/, //, particles, YAv. -/, / = Skt.
yS( = Skt. gamyit;
cid, -id; GAv. d'jtf- 'victorious', YAv. _//-,' GAv. ratuH 'chief, Ratu'
(nom.
Note.
or

sg.)

beside ratuL

Similarly,

Skt. -bhis ; but

-bi$,

GAv.
GAv.

compared with YAv. -tif

down.

-it! (pada-ending)

cff etc.

No

rule for lengthening is laid

Principal Rules for Quantity of Vowels.

(i) In

23.

lengthened
Av.

paitint 'lord' (ace.)

'creation*
Skt. dhdsim;

tdyum; Av. pitum

'food'

and u are regularly

Avesta, original
before final nt.

Av. ddhlm

Skt. pdtint;

Av. tdyiim 'thief

Skt.

Skt. pitum.

i
63 is lengthened
arising from reduction of ya,
from
reduction
of
short
before m:
va,
arising
appears mostly
Skt. mddhyam ; but often Av. pri$um beside
Av. ma'dim 'middle' (ace.)

Note.

but the

Likewise

u,

Prijum (from *pri$-va-m)

24.

(2)

regularly the

'third'.

Monosyllables ending
long

in a

vowel show

vowel.

Av. zl 'for' = Skt. hi; Av. ni 'down'

Av. nu 'now' = Skt. nu, (nu) ; Av. frd 'forth'
Note.
not regularly

25.
rule all

The
fall

enclitic -fa

under

(3)

as united with

word

the preceding

does

this law.

Polysyllables

final vowels except

in

'father'

YAv. shorten

as a

5.

YAv. haena 'army' (nom.

YAv. pita

= Skt. ni;
= Skt. prd,

sg.

Skt. pitd;

fern.)

Skt. slnd;

YAv. para

'before'

YAv. dfriti 'blessing' (instr. f.), cf. Skt.

dhitt 'with devotion' YAv. nd'ri 'woman' = Skt. ndri.
Skt. pdrd.

YAv. sure 'O mighty

one' (fern.)

Skt. sure;

YAv.

Phonology.

baraite 'he carries'

nations',

dvd

Skt.

YAv. datyu 'two

YAv. dva 9r'zu 'two fingers'

Skt. bhdrate.

Skt. ddsyu;

cf.

rj'u.

Skt. pSy& ;
Exceptions occur: YAv. pSyO. 'two protectors'
'two
cf.
beside
Skt.
ma'nyii
ma'nyu
spirits',
manyti; YAv. asrti

Note.

YAv.
'tears';

etc.

(4) In

26.

GAv.

final vowels are long with-

all

out exception.

GAv. ahurd 'O Ahura, Lord' = YAv. ahura,

Skt. dsura; GAv. utd 'also' = YAv. uta, Skt. utd;
GAv. kuprd 'whither' = YAv. kuj>ra, Skt. kiitra.
GAv. ahl 'thou art' = YAv. ahi, Skt. dsi,
GAv.
=
whom'
Skt.
Even
the
y/fu.
yaeju 'among
(b)
anap(a)

vowel

tyctic

72),

with

exceptions, is leng'they have been' = YAv. avhar*,

trifling

GAv. mvhar*
GAv. vadar3 'weapon' = YAv. vadar3
Skt. vddhar; GAv. atitar* (but also a^tar') 'within'
= YAv. antar', Skt. antdr.
thened
cf.

Skt. dsiir;

Note.

Before -cS 'que' in GAv. a vowel

thened, sometimes again shortened

vacahica 'and in word';

vohti

manavha 'with
YAv. also.

the

e.

g.

afica 'and Ashi' (fern.

Good Mind

sometimes found leng-

is

GAv.

ye/iyaca 'and of which'

?);

vohuca manavha beside

Similar fluctuations are to be ob-

served in

B. Differences in Quality between Avesta and Sanskrit

Vowels.
Av.

27.

~
i,

{)

ro,

9,

3,

e,

ty
e,

The above vowels

s ,>,

K",

)f.

5,

a,

q.

o,

are found under special con-

ditions as representatives of Skt. a and d.

28.

Skt.

a before n or m,

commonly
is
{

Summary.

The Av.
also

in

answers oftenest to

occasionally before v.

It

is

The corresponding long

GAv., more rare in YAv. The

the anaptyctic vowel.

S very frequent

Simple Vowels.

letter

commonly a shading from a

e is

n>

"^ o

and
corresponding long is ^ /. Avesta
times for a under influence of a labial, u,
either Skt. as, or

Av.

sound.

it

jf q, is

after y.

The

> 5 stand someAv.

v.

&

is

answers to Skt. a before n plus stop-

nasalization of a,

a before m, n;

it

often

answers to Skt. a with anusvara.

9.
Av.
Av. 9 often corresponds to Skt. a before n or
j

29.

regularly so before the latter

when

final;

occasionally

also before v.

Av.

vindzn
'being'

'they

'highest'

ignorance',

beside Av.

cf.

Skt.

Skt. dvindan; Av.

sdntam; Av. uptrnzm (beside

found*

= Skt. upamdm; GAv.

evistl 'by

Av. mainyavlm

Skt. dvitti;

'spiritual'

m&nyavo; Av. swista- 'most mighty, benesavo) = S>kt. sdvi$tha-; Av. hvavhmim
Ys. 53.1 (ace. from hvawhavya-}.

ficent' (beside

'blessed
Note.

life'

The MSS. sometimes

vary between
beside bannto 'carrying' jasaqtu beside jastytu
beside vazttiti 'they drive'; etc.
;

30.
is

The

29)

often palatalized

to i

arising

when

and a :
'let

e. g.

from a before

either y,

Av. bar (into

them come'

vazanti

or n,

or z, im-

mediately precedes.

= Skt. ydm; Av. vacim 'voice*

=
beside ^^<?;
Skt. vdcam; Av. drujim beside druJ3m 'Deceit, Fiend' = Skt. druham; Av. bujim beside bujant 'absolution'; Av. bajina 'dishes' = Skt.
Av. yim 'whom'

bhdjana-; Av. drazimno 'holding* beside Av. draIn GAv., 9 appears sometimes to be written
31.
a
kind
of
(as
dissimilation) for u or i, when in the followThe epenthetic vowel
ing syllable an u (v) or i stands.
is

written beside

it,

according to rule

70.

Thus

is

to

Phonology.

be explained GAv. drygvant- 'wicked' (= *drugva*it- to Av.

GAv. bazvant- 'advantageous' (= *buzva?it- to Skt.

u
Vbhuj-}\ GAv. u$9 ru- 'zeal' (?) see Ys. 34.7, cf. usuruye
Ys. 32.16; GAv. Aufj'tt- 'well-being' GAv. ina^ti- Ys. 30.1 1
GAv. dsk^ti- Ys. 44.17.
druj~)

Note.
further

This interchange of

suggestion

with

u and

may be added

intermediate

the

regard to

in

character

of Av.

as a
\

j,

before suggested.

Av.
32.
it

is

Av. 2

especially

is

corresponding long vowel to 9;

in GAv.
answering to YAv. 9, a

the

common

and sometimes to YAv.

5,

q.

T = YAv. azam, Skt. ahdnt; GAv.

'whom'
ySm
(beside GAv. yim} = YAv. yim, Skt. yam;
GAv. Smavan,t3m 'strong' = YAv. amavantem, Skt.
GAv. azSm

dmavantam; GAv. Shma 'of us Ys. 43.10 beside YAv.

ahmd, cf. Skt. asmakam; GAv. yS 'who' = YAv. yd,
Skt. yds; GAv. nS 'us' = YAv. no, Skt. nas.
Sometimes, GAv. starSm 'of stars' = YAv. stream; GAv.
him 'with, together' = YAv. hqm, Skt. sdm. Also
GAv. hvar* 'sun' = YAv. hvar3 Skt. svar; GAv.
vadar3 'weapon' = YAv. vadar9 Skt. vddhar.
,

Note.
ternal)

On GYAv.

> in

atmji

from original as, see

33.

In

sptrjtf,

128,

and GAv.

/^

(final),

^%rA

YAv., $ (not common) is used apparently

borrowed from GAv.

often without fixed rule, perhaps being

it

occurs most often for an, ah before

YGAv.

spznista-

'holiest';

'Immortal Holy Ones';

'divinities';

also for a.

b,

YGAv. am9$t

YAv. yazat?

YAv. draomsbyo

'from

assaults';

YAv. frjr'naof

(i.

e.

span.t3

beside yazata

YAv. raocSbyo 'to

avabis 'with helps'
abl.
'from enemies' Yt. 10.93;
haenybyo(\)
tion

(in-

129.

fra-Wnaof)

light'

YAv.
YAv.

as contrac-

'he offered'.

Simple Vowels.

Av.
Av.

34.

y,

if i,

follows

e.

ro

answers

e generally

e or

e,

i,

j |

in

to Skt. a, a,

after

the next syllable.

raocayeiti 'lights up' = Skt. rocdyati; GAv.

= Skt. kfdyasi; YAv. ayeni,
ty$ayehi 'thou rulest'
GAv. ayeni 'I shall go' = Skt. dyani; YAv. yesne,

YAv.

GAv. yesne 'in worship' = Skt. yajne; YAv. yeyhcb

'of whom' (f.) = Skt. ydsyds; GAv. yehya 'of whom'

(m.)
Note.

Skt. ydsya.

Observe, however, that

does

to e:

not always

e.g. inSzdayasnii 'Mazdayasnian' yave 'for ever';

yahmya 'in which'. Sometimes the MSS. vary.
;

YAv.

35.

thus change a

yahmi

answers to Skt. e only when

yaAmf,

See

final.

54*. 25.

YAv. avawhe

'he worships'

Note

i.

On

Note

2.

In the

Av.

'for help'

Av.

MSS.

ya

in reductions, see

24

monosyllables

'him'.

(3)

#<? =

See Geldner,

in

K.Z.

one'

o.

Av. o occurs chiefly

in

26.

GYAv. me

'me',

(opp. to
(opp. to

259.

the combination Av. ao

57.

Av.

38.

lowed by

(2)

end of

fern.).

xxvii. p.

"S

Skt. o, see

stands:

GAv.

final in

GAv. yaza*te 'he worships'

GAv. arm&te 'O Armaiti'

Av.
37.

e,

Skt. /; (2) at the

everywhere when

YAv. yaza,ite)\
YAv. sure 'O mighty
Note.

/.

daeva- 'demon'.

(3)

i.

ty

the corresponding long to

GYAv.

(i)

67.

often interchanges with

final e

combination Av.

(i) in the

he

/,

dvase; YAv. yaz&te

Skt. ydjate.

e for

Av.
36.

= Skt.

o rarely corresponds

Labialization,

to Skt.

a when

fol-

Phonology.

Av. vohu 'good' = Skt. vdsu; Av. mo$ti 'quickly'

Skt. makfii', Av. vohunajn 'of good things' = Skt.
vdsundm.

>

Av.

5.

Av. 5 often corresponds to Skt. a, d when

39.
followed by a labial vowel u, u, 5; rarely before r plus
consonant.

Av. ddmohu (beside ddmahvd) 'among creatures'

dhdmasu; GAv. gH^odum 'may ye hear', beside GAv.gujjahvd 'hear thou* GAv. vtr'zyotu 'let him

Skt.

do', beside

Av. var'zyanto.

Av. asto.vidotus 'Bone-

GAv.
vzddta0f=Skt. -dhdtus.
hvd 'share thou' = Skt. bhdksasva; Av. ao
divider', beside

= Skt. ojasvantam; Av.

= Skt. *ksdpasu; so
night'

beside aojcwhvatitam 'mighty'

'in

tysapdhva

nights,

at

Av. yavohva 'in granaries' variant yavahva;

gar'mohva 'jaws', kar'$vohu 'regions', ravohu 'freedom' (tf-stems).
GAv. uz'mohi 'we may respect',
locatives

YAv. pivor'stdra (dual) 'depwarstalie GAv. cor'f 'he made'

dkarf] GAv. fror'ti-, beside YAv.

influence of labial m.
ciders', beside

Skt.

dkar

\ h.\

(for

frtr'ti- 'forth-coming'.
Note.

GAv.

Observe GAv. vatdyotu

afytoyoi 'for sickness'

fluence of the following

40.
41.
42.

'let

(for -ayoi),

him make known'

the

first

Skt. vatdyatu;
being due to the in-

</.

On Av. o = Skt. as, see

On Av. 5 in compounds, see
Av. d

(final)

120.

under Composition.

sometimes answers to Skt. du

Av. garo 'on a mountain'

'the two worst sicknesses'.

= Skt.

gir&u ; Av. dv a yaska aciltd

Av. K" &.

Av.
43.

(i)

On Av. a)

m = Skt.

as.

answering to Skt. as, see

21 seq.

Simple Vowels.

& = Skt.

Av.
44.

Av.

(2)

d.

also corresponds to Skt.

d before

nt.

Av. maz&ntam 'great' = Skt. mahdntam; Av. pmrito

'guarding', pres. ptcpl. nom. pi. = Skt. pdntas.
Note. Similarly, Av. viro.ny&ticim 'striking men down' = Skt. nyaficam.

Av.
45.

Av.

Av.

(i)

or

q.

xr

q,.

presents a nasalization of a, d before

n.

Skt. sdm; Av. mqm

Av. ayqn 'they may go' = Skt.
dyan; Av. daevqn 'demons' = Skt. devdn; Av. "rvqno
'souls' beside Av. "rvdnwt (ace. sg.).

Av. hqm

'me'

Note

Skt.

'with, together'

mam;

In the MSS., a often stands as variant beside q:

I.

dqmi, diimi 'creature', et

Note
where the
offerings'

Note
duced
cf.

nasal after q

Skt.

ddma ; Av.

fryqnmahi

variant

46.

Av.

(2)

imq haomq

= Skt.

'these

haoma-

yan.

a pleonastic n

is

sometimes intro-

'we shall give' Ys. 68.1 (variant)

Av.
hvqnmahl variant kvqmahl 'we put foward'
;

fryqmahi 'we

Av. q

sibilants

e. g.

'quos'

Pleonastic writing:
m: e. g. dqnmahi

3.

Av.

instances often occur in endings

omitted:

is

imdn soman; Av. yq

after q before

Skt.

fore

Defective writing:

2.

final

e. g.

al.

(cf.

is

bless'.

often a union of a (d)

with

nasal be-

Av.

spirants.

Skt. anusvara); also before

= Skt.

dpdv; Av. hqs 'being'

(harit-) = Skt. sdn; GAv. mqstd 'he thought' = Skt.
amqsta; Av. qsaym 'of two parties' = Skt. qsayos;
Av. qzo 'distress' = Skt. q,has; Av. ttqza'ti 'he sup-

Av.

aflas 'backward'

Av. nutpram 'word, spell' =

Skt. mdntram; Av. "dqpram 'tooth'; Av. c^nat 'reins'.
ports'

Skt. bctftate.

r (r-sonant).
Av. 91* t ^Vi^ = Skt. r.

Original
47.

often ar'.

The

Skt. r

is

represented in Av.

by 9r9 or

Phonology.

14

Av. ker'nao*ti

= Skt.

makes'

mar9

krndti; Av.

Skt. mrtyiis; Av. hakar'f 'at once' =

Av. anar'tdis 'with the untrue' = Skt.
Av. var'&m 'wood' = Skt. vrk$dm; Av.

'death'

PyuS

'he

Skt. sakft.

dnrtdis

arstis 'spear'
The MSS.
Note.
of the

A vesta

Skt. fffis.

The new

vary, often writing ar* for >r*.

has restored

many

instances of tr':

e. g.

edition

frasttr'ta- (where

Westergaard frastar'ta-}.

Av. ar, ar (also ar9 , ar9 , a*r, a u r) often = (orig. r)

sometimes = (orig. f) Skt. ir, ur. See BrugSkt. ir,ur;
Grundriss
der vergl. Gram. I.
288 seq., 306 seq.
mann,
48.

Av. zaranyehe
gairis 'mountain'

'of golden'

mvhar*) 'they have been' =

iti 'he overcomes' = Skt.
'long'

Av. ratu-

So sometimes Av.

Av. 9r9 zatzm

'chief,

Av.
Av. mwhar9 , (GAv.
Skt. asiir ; Av. ta urvaturv '> tiirv-; Av. dar9
Skt. hiranyasya;

= Skt. dlrghdm.

Skt. ra, r

Skt. girts;

'silver'

point of time',

cf.

Skt.

ar9

ra

rajatdm ;

Skt. rtu-.

Av. trq may represent original /-)-.

GAv. nyrql (ace. pi.) 'men', cf. nfi cyautno RigVeda 10.50.4;
GAv. madrqica (ace. pi.) 'mothers', cf. Skt. matfn RV. 10.35.2.
49.

Concurrence of vowels.
Contraction and Resolution.

50.

General Remark.

In

Avesta, the rule for the

union of two vowels within a word or

responds

the Sanskrit, (i)

in general to

coalesce into their corresponding

(2)

in

composition, corsimilar vowels

Two

long (sometimes

short).

Two dissimilar

giving guna

vowels, when the first is a unite in

(3) Before dissimilar vowels, the

60.

-vowel (simple or in diphthongs), passes over into

the corresponding semi-vowel.
(4) In Avesta compounds,

z-

or

however, hiatus

is

often allowed to remain.

Concurrence of Vowels.

The

51.

I e

Diphthongs.

contraction

following are instances of

of similar vowels.
Av.

a,

=3:

S -j- a, a

=i
= u:
u-\-u, a
a-\- q = q: Av.
i,

J -\-

i,

ti,

Note
is

often

Av. hu^taii 'by good words' (hu

nqmyqsuJ 'with

pliant branches'

-\- ire ;

u) = Skt. suktais.
= nqmya qsu? 46.

-\-

Instead of the long vowel in contractions, the short vowel

i.

written:

e.

Av. frapayemi

g.

Av. pa'tittm 'atoned' (== pa'ti

= para -\- az

Av. paraziti 'they drive away'

riirt 'I let go down"
ni

Av.

'I

shall

Av.

-\- i") ;

attain

(= fra

to'

ap) ;
(= anu

-f-

after'

'speak

anufytee

uliti-).

Note

Hiatus sometimes remains in compounds Av. ava-afnao'ti

Ys. 34.4, beside YAv. cipravavhqm Ny. 3.10

2.

GAv. cipra-avavhtm

'he attains';

'manifestly aiding'

Note

Av. fifviwi-igu? 'having darting arrows'.

Metrically, contractions of like vowels are often to

3.

See Geldner, Metrik,

solved in reading.

p.

be

re-

13 seq.

Av. i- and -vowels, simple or in diphthongs,

52.
before dissimilar vowels, pass over into y or v.

Skt. vyanas ; Av. ^ayehi 'thou

(|/"vf-)
Av. viddyum 'anti-demoniac' (daeva-, on oi
ae
56)

Av.vyano 'pursued'

(a)

rulest' (]ffl$i-)',

uifyaojano 'thus speaking' beside u'ti aj>jand ; pa'tyaptm 'up stream'

ae -j- a postpos.) 'in a house' beside
(pa*ti -\- ap") ; nmanaya (loc.

nmane.
C\fhu)
the

(b)

infinite'

vowel

tanvo

'of

body'

(tanu-as) ;

hvaspjm 'well-horsed' (hu

Av.

(loc.

-/

-f- a).

(c)

-j-

h&vana 'haoma-mortars'

asptm) ; anajraefva 'among

With lengthening

'of the over-mighty'

a'wyamanqm

after the semi-

am") ; a'wySvavha 'with protection* (avavh-) ; aipyufyda 'interrupted in speaking

:

mispronounced'

Note

i.

'sharp-speared'

Note

2.

In
;

-\-

(ufyda-).

compounds the

Av. asu-asptm

hiatus often remains

'swift horsed"

iy,

e.g. Av. tiii-arltfm

Skt. (isvasvam.

Metrically, the resulting semi-vowel y,

stored as vowel or read

53.

(a'wi

is

often to be re-

uv.

Diphthongs.
General Remark. The Avesta vowel-combinations

(diphthongs with triphthongs) are of four-fold origin, and

may conveniently be divided and designated as follows:
i.

diphthongs, corresponding to Sanskrit gurta

(more rarely vrddhf) in its two-fold sense: (i) vowel-

Proper

Phonology.

strengthening,

Re duct ion- diphthongs,

ii.

contraction

of

(2) the result

two dissimilar vowels.

60

See

of

seq.

from reduction

resulting

by contraction of two syllables.

See

64

seq.

Metrically often dissyllabic.

Improper diphthongs

iii.

(and triphthongs) arising from

70 seq.
epenthesis. See
Protraction- diphthong da, a peculiar extension of
a or a into da in ablative singular before -ca 'que';
likewise in daf 'then' (abl. as adv.), GAv. bdaf 'verily'
Ys. 35.5. Cf. Av. daevdafca 'and from the Demon'

iv.

(daeva-)\ apdafca beside apaf 'from water', etc.

Proper Diphthongs.
Av.

(^",

~*

*>

a o, zu

ae, di

The above

54.

Av. and the Skt. diphthongs

(3.

di,

'

du.

are real diphthongs

The

respond to the Skt. diphthongs.

a. Skt. e is

>

"**,

){

represented

when they

relation

concisely this:

is

Av.

in

(i) chiefly

often

by

there regularly.

e,

cor-

between the

by ae, (2) less

only when final, but

by

di,

(3)

again

in Av.
by ao, (2) more rarely by $u, (3) again
by o, only when final, but there regularly,
Skt. di and du are represented in Av.
by di and du.

Skt. 5

is

represented

(i) chiefly

y.

Note.

Av. by

0,

In

some

instances Skt.

au

(final)

Av. ae
55.

Skt.

The diphthong Av. ae

Skt. / (old at), initial or internal

member

seems to be represented

in

42.

of a

compound,

e.

(very
;

common) answers

likewise as ending in

to

first

or again before enclitic -ca 'que'

Sounds.

Av. aetaf 'this' = Skt.

vaeda 'knows* = Skt. vda.
forth*

(fra

-f-

w-^

Note
is

GAv. vaedd, YAv.

A.v.frae<jye*ti 'he drives

Skt. presyati.
Av. duraedars

'warrior in chariot*

Observe that in gen. ajaheca 'and of righteousness', the

I.

reduction-vowel (= ya), therefore of course no ae appears.

Note 2. On reduction-diphthong ae, see
64.

Av. oi
Av.

of like

as

oi,

Skt.

/.

real

It

monosyllables and

It is

diphthong, also answers to

interchanges often with Av. ae, being
etymological value but oi occurs perhaps oftenest

56.

Skt. e (old ai).

in

etdt;

du*re)=Skt. dure.dfs-; Av. rapaestd= Skt. rathe$thdm (loc. rdthe}.

'far-seeing' (loc.

rtm

in declensional

GAv.

voistd 'thou knowest*

soire 'they

lie'

= Skt.

princely', beside

stdna-

'to

'far (loc.)

middle

sere;

Av.

Skt. vtttha;

GYAv. yoi 'who*

(beside yae-cd)
= Skt. ke.

koi 'who' (interrog.)

azois 'of Dragon* = Skt. dhes;

YAv.

tyoij>ni (fern.) 'shining,

GYAv.

'of richness*

generally.

Av. tyaeto (masc.); Av. maidyoi.paiti(loc.) of foot', beside Av. durae.sruta-

renowned'.

Skt. ye;

YAv.

endings

GAv.

especially frequent in

Skt. bhures;

GYAv.

GAv. burois

baroif 'he might

carry' = Skt. bhdret; Av. pairi.vaenoipe 'they two are

seen* = Skt. vtnethe.
GKv.gavoi 'for the cow', YAv.

gave =

Skt. gdve;

GAv.

= YAv.

zastoibyd 'with both hands'

'in the kingdom',

zasta&bya; GAv. ty$aproi

YAv. h$abre = Skt. ksatrt.

Av. ao
Av. ao as

57.

(old au)

initial

and

Av. aojo
grow*

Skt.

5.

diphthong answers to Skt. 5

real

internal.

'strength'

= Skt.

Skt. rohanti;

6jas; Av. raod*nti 'they

'of a thief* = Skt.

Av. tdyaof

Phonology.

Av. fraotyto 'pronounced' (fra

tdy&s.

w) =

Skt.

proktds.

On

Note.

reduction-diphthong ao, see

Av. 9U

Skt.

The diphthong Av. Su

58.

sometimes answers to Skt.

also

64.

5.

(as strengthening of #),

internal.

5,

It

occurs

the genitive of #-stems, and in a very few words.

in

Observe

the pair Su and ao as oi and ae.

Av.
'of the

= Skt. krdtos; Av. vawhzus

tyrat5us 'of wisdom'
Skt.
Av. mainySus 'of spirit'
vdsos;
good'

manyos. Also in dms.sravm 'things of illrepute', cf. haosravanha; dzus.manahya- 'evil-minded',

Skt.

haomanawha- ; GAv.

cf.

-gSu$ais

'with

ears'

Skt.

ghosais.

Av. at

Av.

59.
(i.

Skt. at;

at,

Av. du

Skt. du.

du when they are real diphthongs

not epenthetic or reduction) correspond to Skt.

e.

Av. mqprdis 'with words'

(nom.) 'cow'

gdus
i.

di, du.

Skt. mdntrdis;

Av.

Skt. gdiis.

a-

Vowel-Strengthening

Vowel

Contraction.
60.

Guna and Vrddhi. The

terms guna and vrddhi

are conveniently borrowed from the Sanskrit

the Avesta.

vowels

Grammar

for

In Avesta, as in Sanskrit, guna- and vrddhi-

in the fullest

sense have a

double

origin: (i) vowel-

strengthening
vowel-gradation; (2) contraction
dissimilar
of two
vowels whether in composition or in
1

in

inflection.

Brugmann, Grundriss der

vergl.

Gram.

307 seq.

Vowel-Strengthening

Guna

a-Vowel Contraction.

jo

Avesta, owing to the greater richness in the

vowel system, has a greater variety than in Sanskrit.
in

The

vrddhi-increment, however, is comparatively rare, and

not so regularly carried out as in Sanskrit nor are the
18 Note i); but vrddhi is
instances always certain (cf.

is

not to be denied to the Avesta.

Synopsis of Guna and Vrddhi modelled
Avesta.

Simple Vowel

Guna

after the Sanskrit

2O

Phonology

Cl

-voweL

strengthening:

Guna

Av. haomam 'haoma' (yhu-}

zaotdrzm

of priest, cf. Skt. Hotar (Vzu-); staomi 'I praise',

stavano 'praising' (}/ stu^) vawhave, vavhSus 'for, of

title

the good'

da^havo

(yavhu-);

dSus.sravm 'having

'countries' (da*jphu-);

Vrddhi

evil repute' (dus).

Av.

srdvayois 'shouldst recite' (ysru-)\ GAv. srdvi 'he

was heard' (ysru-}\ vavhdu 'in good' (vavhu-);

daiyhdvo 'countries' (d&yhu-); ujra.bdzdus 'strongarmed' (bdeu~); fra$dupayeiti 'he propels' Yt. 8.33.
Contraction

= Skt.
'pronounced' (fra
ufyta-)
proktds; so also Av. vaocaf (redupl. aor.) 'he spoke'
= Skt. vocat, cf. Av. vaoku$e = Skt. ucu$e pf. act.
ptcpl. yvaklc, weak form uklc.
Av. fraolito

r-voweL
Strengthening

From Av.
torious'

so Av. k^r'nsm

karawm
But see
Note,

(a)

Skt. ^tfAfl/*.

where the

'limit,

dividing

staortm 'bullock'

Skt. has v

ddhi

$yaopna- 'deed'
Skt. sainyds.

ti 'he cuts'.

g u n a where the Skt. has a

Av. gaozani 'he hides'

Av. sometimes has a

Av. yufytar- 'yoker'

long vowel

Skt. yoktdr-

GAv.

made
The Av. has sporadically gun a where the
Av. haomanavhim 'well-minded' = Skt. sSumanasdm ; Av.

urupaye'ttti 'they cause pain'

Skt. roddyata.
lament*
(c)

has

kdraye

= Skt. sthur&m;

the

(b) Conversely,

shows g u n a

Skt.

line' (ace.),

47 Note.
The Avesta sometimes

long vowel: Av.

V3r prajna- 'victory', vdr'prajni- 'vic'I cut', kar'tem 'knife'

(ace.),
3

Skt. rdpdyanti;

GAv. "r&doyata

Av. hainyo 'belonging to the army'

Av. v r d d h i where Skt. g u n a Av. g&vya-

Skt. cySutnd-;

(d) Sporadically,

'he

beside gaoya- 'belonging to the cow' ( 18)

Skt. gavyd-.
(e) Observe
Av. diuH^ravah- 'ill-famed' diuH.manahya- 'evil-minded' opp. to Skt. Juhiqsa.

nqm

ii.

61.
internal

Changes

in y- or ^-Syllables.

General Remark.

y and

v often

The

syllables

suffer reduction

containing

and abbrevia-

Changes

This

tion.

in

y- or z/-Syllables.

21

partly old and due to the vowel character

is

v (%)'> n P art it s young and is to be exthe

character of the writing the close graphic
from
plained
i to
resemblance of
y (ii) and u to v (uu) often
f

(i) an

>

producing awkward accumulations of signs which are avoided.

(a)

y and

v.

combinations original internal vy, vn,

element is generally vocalized to u, i.

In the

62.
vr, yv, the

When

Vocalization of

first

a immediately precedes

60
according to
in
found
GAv.
quently

tracted

this

u, the two

are

For ao an du

into ad.

is

confre-

= h.v.uy; yv=Av. iv.

Av. vawhuyco 'of the good' (fern.) = Skt. vdsvyds;
GAv. pou ruyo 'first' = Skt. piirvyds; Av. mar$uyw
(i) Orig.

vy

'of the belly' (stem mar$vt?)\

sinew',

Spirits' (for

mainyvm

avy

(2) Orig.

Av. haoycpn

68, b).

Av. aoi; avn = Av. aon (dun)]

avr = Av. aor.

'the left'

tis 'cow-pastures'

Av. snduya- 'made of

'of the two

Av. mainivm

Skt. sndvan-.

cf.

= Skt. savydm;

Av. gaoyao 1Av. vaonar 3 'they

Skt. gdvyutls.

have won', cf. Skt. vavnt; Av. raonqm 'of valleys'

(ravan-); Av. a$aono 'of the righteous' (a$avan-), cf.
GAv. vdunus 'having striven', ptcpl.
Skt. maghonas.
pf.

Y van

rtdvne
'priest'

'>

(cf.

the righteous' = Skt.

Av. apa u run- wk. stem of dpravan-

GAv. afdune

Note

i);

Skt. dtharvan-.

'to

Av. fraoirisa'ti

forward' (for orig. fra-vris-a^ti),

Av. fraory nta 'they confessed',

fraor't

(i.

e.

cf.

'he

comes

cf.

frao rvaesayeni;
Av.

Skt. dvj'nita;

*pravft] 'prone, ready'.

22

Phonology.

Note

Often in YAv., aj&un-

i.

found

is

in

the formulaic connection

ajSungm fravafayd. The original difference is to be explained thus Su

= orig. 3v, and ao = orig. av; cf. Av. a/Svan = Skt. ftdvan-.
Note 2. In YAv., pao'ryo is written for GAv. po u ruyo 'first' above.
:

Note

3.

Av. v

like vocalization of

= Av. w

(orig.

87

6A)

may

Av. voijnSuyo (for "n&vyo, wyo, abyo) 'from plagues'; Av.

Skt. dd&bhyas; Av. nuruyo afavaoyo
adaoyo (for adawyo) 'undeceived'
Av. f^^nooyd (for vyo,
men'
Yt. 10.55
'to
righteous
(for vyd, o-wyo,
byo)
take place:

e. g.

Perhaps Av.

by6) 'to the ranks'.

wyo,

aoi,

beside avi (for Av. a'wi)

Skt

Reduction and Abbreviation.

(b)

Reductions.

a.

The

63.
cially

when

respectively

ya and

syllables

final,

are generally

z/#

before

reduced to/

01

espe-

(t), or u (u)

a kind of samprasarana.

Old ya = Av. i (t) ; va = Av. u (it) ^before m, n.

Av. zaranim 'golden' (ace.) = Skt. hiran-ya-m ; Av.
u%$tn 'they increased' (for *ufy<;-ya.-ri)\ Av. mainimna
= Skt. mdn-ya-mdna; Av. p&pimnd
'thinking' (fern.)
=
Skt. pdt-ya-mdnas ; Av. iripiqti 'they
'possessing'
die' (for irip-ya-titt).
GAv. asruzdiim 'ye were heard
of Ys. 32.3 = Skt. dsrd$h-va-m; Av. daeum 'demon'
= Skt. de-vd-m; A.v.Jri$um 'third' (for pri$-va-ni) Av.
mo u rum 'Merv' (for *mar-va-m)\ Av. tamawhuiitam
'dark' = Skt. tdmasvant- ; Av. Jvar'navhufitsm 'glorious'
;

beside hrar'nawuhaiit for hrar'navh-va-titam.

In the ace. sg. of -pa-stems, Urn instead of um is mostly written.
Av. -aiva- commonly becomes -oyu- before m (cf.
60, 52 a)
Av. vldoyum 'anti-demoniac' ace. to indatva- (but also Av. dafum) Av. haroytim 'Haraeva', cf. Anc. Pers. haraiva-; Av. hoyum 'scaevum', if stem hafva-.

Note

Note

2.

Note
most'

Instead of

3.

Skt.

64.

(=

ya},

an

appears in Av. madima- 'mid-

madh-ya-md-.

On

the

same

63, the syllables

principle as

ay a and ava, reduced before m or

62, 195).
thongs, ae and ao (au

give rise to diph-

Changes

Old aya

= Av.

in

y- or z/-Syllables.

ae; ava

Av. ao

before m,

Av. aem

du

(also

195)

n.

= Skt.

ay dm; Av. viddraem

'I
-dhdrayam; Av. cikaen 'they atoned*
Av. yaom 'grain' =
e. *cikayan) cf. Av. cikayaf.
(i.
Skt. ydvam; Av. mahtyaom 'spiritual', ace. to mainyava-; Av. mraom 'I spake' = Skt. dbravam. Av.
ndumo also naomo 'ninth' = Skt. navamds; Av. kary 'this'

(nom.)

upheld' = Skt.

ndun (var.
bdun also

made'

kar'naori) 'they

#0# 'they were'

65.

The

krndvan; Av.

Skt. dbhavan.

Similarly, Av. raiH-ca Ys. 68.it

Note.

= Skt.
instr.

cf.

syllables internal dya,

raya 'splendor'.

dva likewise reduced

64, give rise to the diphthongs di, du.

dva

Orig. dya,

Av.

di,

du

before m,

n.

Av. dasa.gdim 'space of ten steps' = Skt. gdyam;

Av. avdin 'they came down' = Skt. avdyan; Av. nasdum
'corpse'
Note.
(

(i.

e.

Metrically

nasdvam).
the

reduced syllables aim, aom, Sum,

am, Sin

63, 64) are dissyllabic.

Final aye

66.

is

reduced to Av.

$e,

metrically

dissyllabic.

Av. apa.gatSe 'for going away' = Skt. gdtaye;

Av. paitistdtSe (beside paitistdtayae-ca) 'to withstand'
= Skt. sthitaye; Av. drmatSe 'to Piety' Av. zatitu.patSe
;

'for

67.

the lord of a town'.

Final

ya

(GAv. shows yd].

YAv. kahe

in polysyllables

'of which'

appears

in

YAv.

as e

(GAv. kahya) = Skt. kdsya;

YAv. gay eke 'of life' (GAv. gayehya) = Skt. gdyasya;

YAv. a$ahe 'of Righteousness' (GAv. a$ahya) = Skt.
rtdsya; YAv. a*re (for airy a, nom. pi.) 'the Aryans';
YAv. frawrase (for sya, nom. sg.) 'Franrasyan' cf.
ace. sydwm; YAv. mai re (for "rytf, nom. sg. fem.)

24

Phonology.

'deadly',

cf.

arms'

853, end), beside

Note.
cf.

137

Isolated

YAv. bdzuive 'with both

YAv. bdsubya.

gen. ma*ryay<&;

internal

is

in

(= ya)

vahehi! 'better*

(fern,

pi.)

Skt. vdsyasis.

Abbreviated Writing.

P.

Av.

To

68.

(i)

v (u)

iy;

uv.

avoid awkward combinations of

(graphically Av.

original syllables iy
>
uuu) are respectively

Av.

letters,

the

Hi) and uv (graph.

abbreviated

v (graph, uu). See

61.
(graph, it) and
such y or v the syllabic value iy or uv

writing
y
Metrically, to

in

is

generally to

be restored.
(a)

Av.

for *.

Av.pa*tyaqiu 'let them come

Skt. prdtiyantu; Av. pryafystzs 'three twigs'
Av.
(2) Internal:
pri-ya^stts) c(. flaqca-yafystts.

(i) In

composition:

to'

(for

fry 5 'friend' (graphically friid iorfriiio) = Skt. priyds;

Av. yasnyo 'worshipful' = Skt. yajniyas.
(3) Initial
Av. yeyqn (written iieiicpi for orig. *iydydn) GAv.
yadacd 'and here' Ys. 35.2 (written iiadd for Av. iiiadd}.
:

(b)
(i) In

(houses)'

for >.

Av. hvacawhzm 'having good

suvdcasam; Av. hviddta) 'well-built
Yt. 17.8 (i.e. hu-viddta- cf. Ys. 57.21); Av.
composition:

words'

Av.

Skt.

vohvar'z- 'doing good'

(i.

e.

(2) Internal:

vohu-\-v*).

Av. yvdnsm 'juvenem' = Skt. yuvdnam; Av. drvahe

'firm' (gen.) = Skt. dhruvdsya;
Av. hva- 'suus' (metrically huva-}
Note

i.

auaeibya for

cf.

Similarly

uuuaeibya

Skt. sva-.

when v ()
for

See Geldner, Metrik, p. 20 seq.

stands for

uwaeibya

cf.

w (= bh)

GAv.

87

Av. u

uboibyft 'with both'

Skt.

ubhdbhyam.

Note
i

2.

Instances of Av.

'they live'

= Sktjivanti;

v ())) equal Skt. tv, iv may be found: Av.

Av. cvaf 'quantum'
Skt. ktvat; Av. vidi<ti'<9

Epenthesis, Prothesis, and Anaptyxis.

'looking around' (\fdi~)

cf.

didivan; perhaps Av. jajnvtS 'having smitten"

Skt. jaghnivdn.

Note

sion of

Internal ay, av are sometimes

3.

y,

'where

found written as an exten-

= Skt. n&vya;
= Skt. dsvya-;

uv): Av. nSvaya- 'navigable, flowing'

ace. aspaSm
64) 'belonging to a horse'

e.

(i.

Av. aspaya- (cf.

Av. hava- (cf. gen.

iy,

f.

haoyoi) 'suus'

= Skt.

sva-; Av. kava variant for kva

Skt. kva.

Epenthesis, Prothesis, and Anaptyxis.

iii.
Cf.

= Skt.

25

Brugmann

Grundriss der vergl, Grammatik

637

seq.

623 seq.

69. Two of these viz. Epenthesis, Prothesis (and certain cases of

Anaptyxis like sTunvata) may be considered fundamentally the same, as
each consists in the introduction of an anticipatory parasitic sound. For

convenience

however, in the following, Epenthesis and Prothesis will be

an anticipatory vowel attached interdistinguished thus: (i) Epenthesis

Prothesis
an
to
a
vowel;
nally
anticipatory vowel attached initially
(2)
before a consonant.

Epenthesis

70.

phenomena
a light

one of the characteristic sound-

is

of the Avesta.

anticipatory

lable respectively

an

consists in the insertion of

It

or u,

i, i, e, e,

when

in the following sylor

an
u, v stands.
Epeny,

thesis of i takes place before r, n,

before yh (= orig. sy).

only before r.
Note. The epenthetic vowel
as well as to the simple

law of epenthesis
omitted:

e.

is

Av. bavalti

(GAv.

afrit)

forces, drives'

Av.

ainitom

'he

'he

w,

In the MSS., the

a-privative.

not always consistently carried out;

manySui beside ma'nyiuX 'of the Spirit'.

g.

b,

attaches itself parasitically to diphthongs

vowels including

Epenthetic

dpi',

p, pr, d, p,

*it, t,

Epenthesis of u takes place

also

becomes*
goes'

= Skt.

is

bhdvati; Av. afrti

Av.

inao*ti

Skt. indti; Av. alpi 'unto,

baraiftti 'they carry'

bhuri; Av, airishm 'unhurt'

it

*'.

Skt. fti;

'face' = Skt. dnikam;

times

many

'he

= Skt.

Skt. bhdranti;

Av. butri

in'

Av.

'fullness' = Skt.

Skt. drifpam.

GAv.

26

Phonology.

'unto, to'

= Skt.

GAv. a'&t (YAv. a*wi)

maldim
'middle* (ace. sg.)
YAv.
abhi;
Av.
mddhyam;
ba^rye^te 'they are brought' =

rd'tt 'with offering'

Skt. raff;

= Skt.

Skt. bhriyante; Av. nivoiryeite 'is confined' (yvar-);

Av. niu rwdydt 'should How' (y~rud-}.
Av. a'ryo
'Aryan' = Skt. aryds; Av. n&ryqm 'manly' (ace. fern.)
= Skt. ndrydm; Av. ma'nyus 'Spirit' = Skt. manyus.
With vanishing of the y which caused the epenthesis,

gen. sg. fern, of

aem

Epenthetic

Av. OTvaiito
a urunawhite'
Skt.

'this'

Skt. dsyds.

'swift steeds'

Av.

Skt. drvantas;

Skt. arund-; Av. au rufd 'bright,

u rvata 'two mountains' =
Av.

'wild, fiery', cf.

Skt. arufds;

pa

pdrvatdu; Av. ta urun9m 'young'

= Skt. sdrvdm

Av. hcPrvcpn 'whole'

paouru-) 'many', for paru-.

Note i. Epenthetic / is even attached

= Skt.

to the anaptyctic

Av. hqm.var*'tim 'courage' Vsp. 7.3; GAv. mjr'iig**dy5i

tdruiiuzm;

Av. po"ruvowel

(also

72):

destroy* Ys. 46.1

'to

fraor'ifim 'confession* Ys. 13.8.

Note

2.

Epenthetic u

ye*te 'he seizes* (\fgarui-

71.

is

87)

u
gi rva-

~\fgrabh-\

As

Prothesis.

found also before v for

= Skt.

intermediate between Epenthesis

and Anaptyxis, we may distinguish Prothesis, which consists in the similar introduction of an anticipatory
or u
/'

initially before a consonant. It takes place regularly

before r followed by / or u (v).
An instance is found
also before /.

Av. *rtnafyti
Av. iri$ye*ti 'is

'he

'they cause pain'

soul',

ruvdn).

rvan-

lets

hurt'

= Skt.

'soul'

go,

= Skt.

(i.

e.

drives'

rifyati;

rdpdyanti; Av.
for

Before p, Av. tyyejo

Skt. rindkti;
u

GAv.

riipaye*iitl

*r<?

'for

the

= Mod. Pers.
'destruction' = Skt. tydjas.
ruvan

68

Anaptyxis. An irrational vowel (Anaptyxis),

which does not count in the metre, is often developed
72.

System of Consonants.

between two

in

Avesta

r,

and regularly after

generally a (S),
is

still

more

27

consonants, especially

The

final r.

rarely a, i or 5.

more common than

in

if

one be

anaptyctic vowel
In

is

GAv., anaptyxis

YAv.

Av. vatydra- 'word' = Skt. vaktrd- Av. naf'draf

'offspring' (abl. from naptar^; Av. z'mo 'of earth';
GAv. dad'maki 'we give' = Skt. dadmdsi; Av. gar'mo 'hot' = Skt gharmds; GAv. f'rd 'forth', YAv.
24 = Skt. prd; GAv. aejt'md 'Fury*

frd

GAv. raetynawho

'of share'

= YAv. aemo

Skt. reknasas.

GAv.
GAv.

YAv. antar3 'within',

hvar* 'sun', GAv. hvar}
YAv.
Atltar
;
= Skt. svar. GAv. syaopana- 'deed', YAv. yaopna= Skt. cydutnd-; GAv. mar a ka- 'death', YAv. mahrka= Skt. markd-. GAv. ye&vl 'young' = Skt. yahvi;
YAv. nisirinaoiti 'he delivers over'. YAv. md-vya
'to me' = GAv. maibyd; YAv. hdvoya- 'left' = Skt.
YAv. s u runsavyd-; GAv. duzazbm 'maledictus'.
d*bdvaya
3

vata
Note.

'he deceived'.

Skt. antdr

(instr.)

'worthy of being heard'.

Anaptyxis occurs sometimes between the members of a com-

GAv. hSm'./raJta 'he questioned

du3'.ty$apra- 'evil-ruling'
YAv. us'.hiJtaf 'he stood up'.^More rarely in the few instances of
sandhi: YAv. haipaipy&s* tanvo 'of his own body'; YAv.^flj' tl 'who to thee'.
pound
with

e. g.

GAv.

SYSTEM OF CONSONANTS.
General Remark. Viewing the Av. and the Skt.

73.

system of consonants side by side, it may be noted (i) The

Av. palatal series is incomplete
the Av. possesses
:

only c and j. (2) The Skt.

wanting in the Avesta. (3)
their

place

spirants.

(4)

being

in

part

The nasals

cerebral series is entirely

The Av. has no aspirates,
taken

by

the

corresponding

are only in part identical.

(5)

The

28

Av.

Phonology.

richer than the

is

Skt.

in

sibilants, especially

through the presence of the sonant sibilants z and

z.

Surd and Sonant (Voiceless and Voiced).

74.

For

surd and sonant (voiceless and

The law, moreover,
voiced),
that in internal combination, surd (voiceless) consonants
stand before surd consonants, and sonant (voiced) before
the distinction between

we may

sonants,

refer to the Sanskrit.

has in general the same extent as in Sanskrit. 1

Observe that n and

in part

Sand hi

75.

Avesta, except

between words

case of

in

are at times treated as surd.

some

Tenues
Av.

9,

k,

(o,

t,

ti

and

p and
Av.

k,

Surd Spirants.
&,

\-

t,

in

and compounds.

enclitics

wanting

is

4)

p,

%,

p and

The Av. tenues k

i,

P.
*(

f.

c.

p and

agree mostly
with the corresponding tenues in the Sanskrit.
76.

t,

Av. katdro 'which of two* = Skt. katards; Av.

tdpaye*ti 'makes hot' = Skt. tapdyati; Av.patetiti 'they
fly'

Av. car&ti

Skt. pdtanti.

cdrati; Av. cakana 'has been pleased'

Note.

In the distinction

Skt.

cf.

pascal,

Av. pasca; Av.

dat. sg, pf.

ptcpl.

two -fold

'through

= Skt.

~\[vaklc

Av.
77.

Av. paskSf 'from behind

cicijrwa

cikitvd; Av. frafo.car'tar- 'converter'

Av. vaokufe

(i)

the

kartar-,

= Skt.

cf.

wise

kjc,
,

Skt.

cdkana.
the Av.

behind'

one'

Skt.

Av. fraio.kir'ti- ;

ucufe,

p, f.

The surd spirants

origin:

= Skt.

between guttural and palatal

and the Skt. do not always agree

moves'

'he

they are the

p,

in

Av. are of

representatives

Cf. Whitney, Sanskrit Grammar,

156 seq. Stenzler, Elementarbuch der Sanskritspracke,
44 seq.
s
See Sievers, Grundzuge der Phonetik, pp. 114, 133.
1

Tenues

of the old

surd

Surd Spirants.

aspirates kh,

arisen from the tenues

before most consonants
Observe that /has

k,

Av.

\,

they have

regularly

changed

fy,

p, f.

treatment of a spirant

/= Skt.

p,

fy& 'fountains'

t,

(2)

ph; or

Av. to corresponding

in

in general the

(i)

Av.

th,

2Q

Skt.

81.

kh, th, ph.

khds ; Av. fyaram

'ass'

khdram; Av. hatya 'friend' = Skt. sdkhd.

Av. haptap^m 'seventh' = Skt. saptdtham ; Av. gdp&

Skt.

Av. ar'pa- 'part, portion' =

Av.
Skt. drtha-.
safawho 'hoofs' = Skt. saphdsas;
Av. kafom 'foam, slime' = Skt. kapham.
'hymns'

Skt. gdthds;

Av.

(2)

%,

f=

P,

Skt. k,

p.

t,

Skt. krdtus; Av. irinafyti

tyratus 'wisdom'
'he lets go, drives'
Skt. ritf,dkti; Av. taofyma 'seed'
Skt. tokma; Av. tyapr*m 'rule, kingdom' = Skt.

Av.

k$atrdm.

YAv. syaopndis, GAv. jyaoj^ndis 'by deeds'

= Skt.

Av.
cydutndis] Av. haijtyo 'true' =Skt. satyds.
=
draf$5 'spear, banner' Skt. drapsds; Av. hrafmm 'sleep'

= Skt. svdpnam; YAv.frd, GKv.f'rd

prd; Av. fraotyto 'pronounced'

Skt.
Note

I.

In Av.,

we sometimes

find ^ prefixed to

nal, apparently without etymological value: e.g.

Skt. abhi-jtiu.

'forth, before'

See Hartholomae, A.F.

iii.

or inter-

initial

/,

<?-//

19 seq., and

Skt. proktds.

'up to knee', cf.

188 below.

/ sometimes takes the place of s (Skt. j) e. g. Av.

Skt. ~\fsam- 'to heal', cf. also Av.
pamndvhvarit- 'healing' from ~\f/>amsSma- ; Av. ai-wipyo 'over-sleeping' (nom. pi.) with ~\[slSkt. ~\fsi- 'lie,
Note

2.

In Av.,

Skt. s&ras;
sleep'; Av. a'wiJ>Hrd 'very mighty'., beside Av. surd 'mighty'
Av. anapa^tqm (fern.) 'whose time of delivery is not come', beside frasafytahe

(masc.) 'whose time

Note

3.

utyda- 'spoken,

is

come, dead"

Original th (Iranian /)

word"

~\fsac-.

becomes d

after ^

and /.

Skt. ukthd-; Av. prqf'da- 'satisfied'

*tramptha-; AV. ana'wi.drufydd 'not to be deceived' Yt.

Flexionslthre pp. 63, 82.
lomae, K.Z. xxix. 483, 502

e. g.

10.5.

Note

4.

On

Av.

apparently for earlier pv, see

95.

GYAv.

Indo-Iran.

See Bartho-

30

Phonology.

78.
k>

f>

when
as

consonants

a sibilant or a

tely precedes;

The change of k, t, p, to
77, does not take place
written nasal (not #) immedia-

Exception.

(a)

before

nor under

older aspirate

to

answering

such cases, simple

k,

t,

Av. ustram 'camel'

(~pr-)

these circumstances, are ty,P,f,

77, allowed.

In

all

are employed.
as

(-s(r-)

opposed to kupra 'where'

Av. fyrafstruts 'with

tistram , kiitra;

Skt.

noxious creatures'; Av. pistrwi 'bruising, wound';

Av. zautvo 'in this (ahmi) tribe' (-qtv- 94) as opposed
to haozqpwa (-qpw-).
Av. staoram 'bullock' = Skt.

sthurdm (-th-); Av. sparaf 'he darted' = Skt. dsphurat,

48; Av. skarayatit- 'springing, turning' (in nom.propr.)
cf.
Skt. skhalayati; perhaps Av. skar'na- 'turning,
active' = Skt. skhalana-.
Av. paiitamm 'path' (beside Av. papo ace. pi.) = Skt. pdnthdnam, pathds.

Exception, (i) Similarly / remains unchanged; but (2) not original ptr which becomes (with
79.

(b)

assimilation)

f'dr as original ktr becomes

fydr,

in

both

GAv. and YAv.

(i}Av.hapta '7wTa' = Skt. saptd; Av. supti- 'shoulder*
But (2) Av. naf'dro apqm 'of offspring
supti-.
of waters', cf. Skt. ndptre ; Av. raf'drzm 'aid' cf. Av.

= Skt.

'

rap-ako; Av. apdtydre

rap-astern,

apdtyara-; Av. "yaotydraNote.

Some

further

'third', bitya- 'second',

see

exceptions

92 Note

I.

'girdle'

'in

north',

beside

Skt. yoktra-.

occur: Av. dd'tya- 'lawful', pritya-

Observe especially atrttn 'fire', and

an abbreviated writing.

trffyaf 'may steal' for tar'fydf, ttr'fyaf see variants

80.

On PW

for original tv, see

94.

Av. */.
81.

There can be

general a spirant value.

little
It

doubt that Av. / has

in

seems to occupy a position

Mediae

intermediate between

Sonant Spirants.

d and

t,

sonant (voiceless and voiced)

p, d.

21

It

both surd and

is

to find a distinction palaeo-

appears as surd or as sonant is not

warranted by the MSS. It occurs chiefly as final for t,

when

graphically

it-

except when s or s precede;

As

in that case t

initial, surd and sonant,

'

fkae&m
cf.

'faith, faithful';

it

192.
appears
found in a few words,

is

fbae$d 'hatred, harm'

= Skt.

dv/?as,

As internal it occurs in a few words, comin the MSS. treated as compound, and therefore

96.

pound or

handled as

were

if it

final.

Av. afdf 'from Right' = Skt. rtdt; Av. bavaf 'he

became' = Skt. dbhavat; Av. yavaf 'how much' =

GAv.
ydvat; Av. hator't 'once' = Skt. sakft.
u
YAv.
a
'swiftnom.
rva$,aspahaeca{.aspapropr.
horsed' Av. brvafbyqm 'both brows' Av. tafku$is
Skt.

'running'

(MSS. taf ku<jis)\ Av. afca

feae$am

'faith,

GAv. dvae$awhd =

cf.

Note

Sometimes,

I.

'robe' (variant a(ktm)

Note
for final

c,

_3,

_J

and

g, d, b and

(i)

of

/ appears as variant

The mediae

adktm

Sonant Spirants.

g, d,

,,

w.

j, d, w.
b,

in

Av. have a

two -fold

or (2) they are the representatives

old sonant aspirates, gh, dh, bh;

originally in
fell

e. g.

they represent old mediae, agreeing with the

Skt. g, d, b]

and

before k:

Skt. dtkam.

Av.

Av
82.

dv$as.

Skt.

Mediae

value:

GYAv.

{bae$5 'hatred, harm',

In taf.aptm 'with running water' (adj.), Yt. 13.43, / stands

tact a'pya 'in running water' (loc.), Vd. 6.26.

2.
cf.

YAv.

faithful';

'atque'.

Av. the sonant aspirates

together with the mediae.

In

that

is

of the
to

say,

lost their aspiration

GAv., the

mediae

Phonology.

22
thus

But see

throughout.
The
Gat has

regularly preserved unchanged

are

arising

82

in

comparison with the Sanskrit.

Skt
Original- and

GAv.

(1)

(a).

following scheme shows the standpoint of the

GAv.

(old) g, d, b

d dh

gh

b bh

V
b

Skt. g, d, b.

GAv. ugrStig 'mighty' (ace. pi.) = Skt. ugrdn;

GAv. yadd 'when' = Skt. yadd; GAv. vidva 'know-

ing*

GAv.

(2)

Skt. vidvdn.

g, d, b

Skt. gh, dh, bh.

GAv. dar'gSm
'then'

= Skt.

'long'

GAv. uboibyd

nam;

a'&i 'unto'

Skt.

'both',

cf.

in

spakest'

On

Note.

word'

diwzcedydi.

the sonant spirants

(i) In

82

are

ddhvd-

ubhdbhydm; GAv.

Skt.

*$>..

in

YAv.

82 that

180. GAv. aojzd

Bartholomae's
Law.
89
cf.

GAv. raf'dra-

arising from old tenues or aspirate tenues,

83.

origin

'way' = Skt.

connection with this rule

the sonant spirants appear before z:

't*

GAv. add

dirghdm;

Skt. abhi.

Observe

82 a.

ddha; GAv. advdwm

'aid*

cf.

ufyda- 'spoken,

77 Note

these mediae g, d, b

preserved unchanged when

3.

of double
initial;

or

immediately preceded by a nasal

again when internal,
consonant or by a sibilant. (2) Under all other cirif

cumstances

in

YAv.

these mediae

whether represent-

ing old mediae or old sonant aspirates

changed

are regularly
sonant spirant (j, d, TV).
not many. The secondary re-

to the corresponding

Exceptions to the rule are

lation of GAv. to YAv. may thus be tabulated
GAv.
YAv.

A
g j

d d

A
b

TO

(cf.

82):

Mediae and Sonant

(1)

YAv.

griva- 'neck'
of both feet',

'cow'

Skt.

(GAv.

(2)

= Skt.

= Skt.
pf.

opt.
'on the highest'

YAv.

gqm) =

Skt.

(cf.

= Skt.

diirdt;

YAv.

YAv. hazdydf 'might

YAv. bar'ziste
sedydt.

sasadydt,

GAv.

bar'zistem)

= Skt.
d)

= Skt.

bdrhifthe.

gk, dh, bh.

GAv.g3u$dis) = Sk.\..ghd?am;
YAv. ddrayaf
Skt. jdwghdm.
=
YAv.
Skt.
dhdrdyat;
(GAv. ddrayaf)
=
YAv.
Skt.
dhruvdsya;
(gen.)

YAv. gao&m
YAv. zaiigam 'foot' =
'he held fast'
'firm'

'bond, sickness' = Skt.

Skt. daddhi.

Skt.

YAv. durdf
YAv. viiyl&ti

<

'ear' (cf.

gam

vinddti;

g, d, b (GAv. g, d,

drvahe

b.

attgustae'bya 'toes

Skt. an>guffhdbhydm,

cf.

find, receive'

sit'

Skt. g, d,

grlvd-; YAv.

'from afar' (GAv. ditrdf)

'may

g, d, b (GAv. g, d, b]

YAv. gcyn

-1-5

Spirants.

bandhdm; YAv.

YAv. bumim

'earth'

t&fcn

(GAv. bumtiri)
a
(GAv. b rdtd]

bhumim; YAv ^rato 'brother'

YAv. zsmbayadwam 'crush

Skt. bhrdtd;

ye'

=
=

= Skt./tfws-

bhdyadhvam.
(3)

YAv.

/,

rf,

(GAv.

d, b}

Skt.

d,

b.

YAv. ujrjtn 'mighty' (GAv. ugra^) = Skt. ugrdm

YAv. baj^m 'portion, lot' (GAv. ##-) = Skt. bhdgam;
YAv. nwr'jo 'bird' = Skt. mrgds. YAv. vidvm 'know= Skt. vidvdn; YAv. paidyawuha
ing' (GAv. vidvm)
;

'set foot'

(4)

YAv.

/,

=
rf,

Skt. pddyasva.
/

(GAv. ^,

rf,

*)

Skt. gh, dh, bh.

YAv. dar'jam 'long' (GAv. dar'gam) Skt. dlrghdm;

YAv. maejam 'cloud' = Skt. meghdm; YAv. jajnvm
= Skt. jaghnivdn. YAv. ada 'then'
'having smitten'
=
Skt.
ddha; YAv. adwanzm 'way' (GAv.
(GAv. dt^/a)
=
ddhvdnam
YAv. ar'd^m 'side, half
Skt.
;
advdnam)
= Skt. drdham. YAv. '// 'unto' (GAv. *'*i) = Skt.
#<^/; YAv. gar'w^m 'foetus' = Skt. gdrbham; YAv.

awram

'cloud'

Skt.

abhrdm.

34

Phonology.
: YAv.
84. Exception I. Initial j, not g, is found before
j'n&,
'women' (GAv. gn<&)
Skt. gnds ; YAv. j'nqm 'to smite' inf. to

= Skt.

y^an-.
Exceptions to the law for

2.

Exception

85.

internal change

are also found.

(a)

Commonly

in the

endings

YAv. tanubyd
'with blessings',

with these'

(fern,

'to

cf.

6iJ,

abl.)

YAv. Sfrivanaebil
But YAv. a*wyas-ca 'and

tantibhyas ;

beside &byd Yt. 10.82

67

'from fetters' Yt. 13.100 beside

(b)

Skt.

Skt. samane-bhis, etc.

b&zuwe 'with both arms'

The combination

bya:

byo,

bodies'

internal

cf.

Skt.

Skt. abhy&s ;

YAv.

bahubhyam; YAv. hinu'wyo

YAv. gatubyo.

dr remains generally unchanged

YAv. 1$udr&l 'from seed' = Skt. kfudrat ; YAv. udrtnt 'otter' =

Skt. udrdm; GYAv. ar'dra- 'pious',- GYAv.sadra- 'misfortune'; YAv.
dadr&na- 'being held' ~\[dar(c)

In

some other

= Skt.

instances internal

YAv. vadar* 'weapon', GAv.

"\fdhar-.

d remains
z/a</r*

in

YAv. unchanged

= Skt.

vddhar ; YAv. yazaYAv. var'daptm 'growth',

ma'de 'we worship'

Skt. yajamahe, etc.;
beside var*daya 'make thou grow'
Skt. vardh&ya.

Instead of internal

86.

written; especially before

u,

in

YAv.,

is

sometimes

w.

vipuim 'having knowledge' = Skt.

vidu$l, vidu$lm, GAv. vidu$e YAv. carapwe 'ye go'
Yt. 13.34 = Skt. cdradhve; YAv. dapu$o 'of creator'
= GAv. dadu$o; YAv. ar'pwa- 'uplifted' as variant to
So YAv. dafralti 'he gives' = Skt. dddati
zr'dwa-.
RV. 2.35.10; YAv. zgapaiti 'vanishes' beside YAv.
zgadaiti; GAv. vaepa Ys. 5.6 'he knows', beside GAv.
YAv.

vtpu$i,

';

vaedd

Skt. veda.

Instead of internal

87.

YAv. v

YAv. w, we sometimes

find

written.

YAv. avaroif 'should bring out' = Skt. d-bharet;

YAv. fyjjmdvoya 'to you", beside GAv. fysm&byd, YAv.
yu$maoyo = Skt. yusmdbhyam; YAv. mdvya 'to me',
GAv. ma*byd; YAv. g^rvayeife 'he seizes' (for *garway e' ti 70 Note 2) = Skt. grbhdyati] YAv. vae*bya
l

Mediae and Sonant

Spirants.

35

68 for uwa^bya), cf. Skt.

ubhdbhydm, GAv.ubdibya; \A.v.frabavara 'he brought
aoi
avi
forth' = Skt. babhdra.
Perhaps YAv. aiwi
'with both' (for uvae^bya

>

>

'unto'

On

Note.

Skt. abhl.
Av. Jrw for

dw

tv,

for dhv, etc., see

Av.

From

88.
fell

94, 96.

the fact that the original sonant aspirates

mediae

together with the

Avesta,

in

82,

and h

from the two-fold nature of Skt.

Grundriss der vergL Gram,

452, 480, 451,

explained the

is

to be

Avesta and

relation between the

following

and also

see Brugmann,

the Sanskrit.
Skt.

>< Jh > Av.

Av.

Skt.

(1)

Av. 7

Skt.

YAv. jvantym, GAv. jvantd 'living' = Skt. jivantam, etc. ( 68 Note 2) YAv. jajnvm 'having smitten'
= Skt.jaghnivdn; YAv. jym 'bowstrings' = Skt. jyds;
GAv. jydtSus 'of life', cf. Skt. jlvdtos; also GYAv.
;

aojisto 'strongest'
struction'

(2)

GYAv.

ipyejo 'de-

Skt. tydjas.

YAv. jantdram
jai-nti 'he

Skt. ojisfhas;

Av.

j=

'smiter'

Skt. h.

Skt.

hantdram; YAv.

smites' = Skt.

hdnti; YAv. ar'j&ti 'is worth'

GYAv. drujjm 'Deceit, B'iend = Skt.
1

Skt. drhati;

druham.
Note

According to

I.

pass over into

alphabet fallen
177,

Av.

2.

j= Skt.

media j when

initial

should

in

YAv.

corresponding sonant spirant, this spirant has in our

Hence the relation
together with the sonant sibilant S.

178 below YAv.

Note

83, the

its

Owing
g:

e. g.

= Skt.

j;

YAv.

= Skt.

h.

to the etymological relation gjj,

GYAv. hatijamaaa-

'assembly'

we sometimes

Skt.

find

sqgdmana- ;

Phonology.

36
GYAv.
Skt.

jatoif 'he might come'

Ygad-.
Note 3.

iittm 'longest'

Skt. gdchit; Av. "\fjad- 'to beseech',

cf.

Av. j also sometimes answers to Skt. gh:

e. g. Av. drSjSkt. draghiflham ; Av. </r<J/tf 'length, duration", cf. Skt.

dr&ghmdn-.

Bartholomae's Law.
See Bartholomae, A. F.

The combination,

89.

i.

original

is

exception (but seq

a,

number of exceptions

A. F.

iii.

p.

22 Note.

med

dh or

-j-

-j-

zh

the con-

then treated according to the special laws of

the language, Indie or Iranic.

82

aspiratemediae-|-/or-}-J, had

become

already in the Indo-Iranian period

sonant group thus arising

3 seq.

p.

GAv.

In

and Note).
90.

the law

is

carried through without

In YAv., however, the law shows a

Examples of the law from GAv. are:

GAv. aog>da 'he spake' to "\faugji -j- ending ta, cf. Gk.
GAv. cagdo 'they two grant' to Yk^ig^h -f- -tas.

su/ojiai,

GYAv.

Skt. ohati;

vtr'zda- 'grown great, mighty', to ~\[vardh -f- -ta-,

GAv. dazde

'he makes', to ~\fdha-, pres.

mazd&h-, nom.

= Skt.
cf.

mazd& 'wisdom, Mazda',

-mldhds-.

Skt. garhate.sa,

-\

Ghv.
With

stem dadh
to orig.

Skt. v^ddha-;

orig.

2nd. sg. pret. mid.

GAv. aojla 'thou spakest', to

GAv. diw$a*dy&i 'to deceive',
cf.

YAy. diwiaf 'from

cf.

the old tenues

assimilation then takes place.

"\faugji
to orig.

deceit', a

Skt. dipsati,

In YAv., as compared with GAv., this law holds

90.

tas-

-\

s,

substantive from desid. stem,

in part; as for the rest,

GYAv.

-\- -tl;

]fmandh

gjr'zdB. 'he complained', to ~\fgarg^h -j- -ta,

~\fdabh -f- -sa-, infin. desiderative

and

cf.

/,

or surd sibilant J,

good only
is

restored

Thus:

YAv. aofyta 'he spake', to ~\faug^i -\- ending ta, beside GAv.
aogda; YAv. drufyto 'deceived', to "\fdraugJi-\--ta-, = Skt. drugdhds.
YAv. daste 'he makes', to ~\[dha-, pres. stem dadh -\- tl beside
GAv. dazdl ; YAv. mastim 'wisdom' to orig. ~\[mandh -j ti-, beside
,

GAv. humqzdra-, YAv. mqzdra-.

ptcpl.

'he carried'
side

'YAv. dapta 'deceived' nom.

to orig. ~\fdabh, cf. Skt. dabdhd-.

(s

restored

YAv. vaiaf

With

orig. s,

f.

past

YAv. vafata

165), jrd. sg. mid. sa- aor. to ^fvagji, be-

'he carried'.

Semivowels.

37

Semivowels.
Av.

rojy (initial),

(internal);

(^>

(initial),

(internal).

General Remark. The semivowels ruy and i^v

were probably spirants internal "y and v were apparently
91.

sometimes spirant, sometimes vocalic (see

Note.
In a few instances " y and
v stand as
))

presenting

YAv.

av: GAv.

iy,

-"f^y

iyadacS 'and here'

'with both', Skt.

-"j^j-^)) uva&bya

Av.
Av.

92.

and

(initial

Note

I.

(a)

Skt.

'of

Ahura'

possible test as to

may perhaps be found

*');

y:

'thief

Skt.

Skt. dsurasya.

when " y

is

spirant or semivowel,

the treatment of a preceding

in

re-

_y.

yajndm ; Av. tSyuf

Skt.

i).

when

5.35.2 (pron. stem

see
87, 68.

internal) corresponds to Skt.

Av. yasntm 'worship'

tSyus; GAv. ahurahyS,

jj/

ubhabhy&m

92 Note
initial

/,

e. g.

Aa'J>ya 'true'

(y spirant) but d&Hya- 'lawful* (y semivowel d3*t-i-a-).

(b) Moreover the
68
GAv.
metre shows that y is often to be read with vowel value iy
:

fryo

'friend' (read fr-iy-o)

= Skt.

dvittya-.

sought'

= Skt.

Note

2.

= Skt. priyds;

In Yt. 13.99

initial

On

Av.

(initial

Av. vastnm

Note

'vesture'

Note

2.

Note

3.

)>

Skt.

On
On

190.

Skt. V.

internal) corresponds to Skt. v:

Skt.

Skt.
vdstram; Av. vSto 'wind'
Skt. tut&va; Av. hvaspo 'with

svdfvas.

is

often to be read as a vowel.

beings' Ys. 9.17 (loc.

GAv. tv5m

(read kua)

= Skt.'

Metrically

gai]>&hva 'among
seeds'

and

Av. tutava 'he has power'

horses'

good

ro must be read iy in yagfa 'he has

Skt. v, in tanuye etc., see

Av. V

vitas;

bitya- 'second' (read bit-iy-a-}

iyifa.

Av. v

93.

YAv.

'thou' (read tuSm)

&hu

-j-

= Skt.

kva (kua).
Av. v for w, see
87.
Av. v for Skt. uv see

a postpos.)

Thus

cipral}ua

Av.

'among

tv&m (tudm) ; YAv. kva 'where*

68.

Original v in Combination with Consonants.

Av. representative of
94.

The combination

becomes Av. Jrw;

(2)

it

Skt. tv.

original

tv

(i)

generally

remains unchanged when a sibilant

28

Phonology.

precedes or when v preserves its vocalic character u.

When samprasarana with following a takes place, / remains
unaltered.
(i)

GYAv.

tyrapwa, tyrajnuo 'by, of wisdom'

= Skt.

krdtvd, krdtvas; YAv. pwqm 'thee' = Skt. tvdm; Av.

mqpwa- 'to be thought, thought', for *mantva-;

Av. varstva-

(2)

'to

be done,

act';

Av. ratvo 'O

Master', gdtvo 'from the seat' (prob. rat-u-o, gdt-u-o}\

GAv. tvSm 'thou' (tuSm). YAv. turn 'thou' = Skt. tvdm.

Original pv.
The combination original pv apparently seems

95.
in

Av.

e. g.

8); Av.

(cl.

ing'

nom.

Ys. 57.29 aftttte 'they

are

to

become

overtaken', for earlier *Spvatite

&f>nttm 'aquosum' for older *&pvatttam; Av. huHhrafa 'slumberfrom orig. *sufvapvan(t)-.

sg.

Original dv, dkv.

(1)
(2)

The combination original dv, dhv becomes

96.
when initial, GAv. dv, d<*b; in YAv. ft, b (dv);
when internal, GAv. dv, in YAv. dv, dw (dv).

(1) Initial.

GAv. dvae$av>hd 'through hatred* (YAv. {bae$avha)

Skt. dv$asd; GAv. d^bi^nti 'they hate' (cf. YAv.
= Skt. dvi$dnti; GAv. dni bitim 'second'
{bae$aydf)

(YAv. bitzm) = Skt. dvitfyam.

hatred'

springs'

= Skt.

^fhv.fbae^avha 'through

YAv. fbae$aydf 'may harm

=
hatred'
Skt.
through
dve$dydt; YAv. bitlm 'second'
= Skt. dvitiyam. YAv. dva 'two' = Skt. dvd; Av.
dvarsm 'door' = Skt. dvdram; Av. dvqs&ti 'rushes,
Skt. dv$$asd;

dhvcpati.

(2) Internal.

GAv. advae$5
vidvm 'knowing',
advdnam 'path',

= Skt. adve$ds; GAv.

YAv. vidvce = Skt. vidvdn; GAv.
YAv. adwawm = Skt. ddkvdnam.

'without harm'

Liquid.

y\

Av. didvae$a 'I have hated'

vldvaestvo 'foe to harm'.
Note.
harm', the

YAv. vifbaijavhtm

In

dv

$l>,

is

= Skt.

and vJdvaeltvo

to malice'

'foe

treated apparently as

97.

Av. visp9m

Skt. dsvas;

On

98.

'all'

Skt.

sv.

appears

(Skt.)

Av. representative of sv

'white'

Av. zbayemi

azbm

invoke'

'I

(Skt.), see

'male-dictus'

cf.

= Skt.

sp.

'horse'

Skt. svetdm.
130.

Av. representative of Skt. hv.

The combination Skt. hv appears

99.

Av. as

in

visvam; Av. aspd

Av. spaetam

to

'foe

prefix vi.

initial,

Av. representative of Skt.

The combination sv

YAv.

didve$a;

Av. as

in

zb.

hvdydmi; GAv. duz-

Skt.

Liquid.
Av.

The Av.

100.

and

/,

liquid

>

is

r.

corresponds to Skt. r

it

r;

the letter / being wanting in Av.

= Skt. r
rapjm 'wagon' = Skt.
Av. r

Av.
'man'

GAv.

fyrapaitt 'arranges',

srlro 'beautiful'

'corpus'

Skt. kdlpate.

cf.

In Av., hr appears instead

followed by k or p:
YAv. vthrko 'wolf

mara kag-cS

rdtham; Av. naram

= Skt. srt=
Av. huksr'pta- 'well-formed' Skt. -klptd-;
ndram; Av.

Skt.

rds, srilds.

Note

(ij>

of simple r

I.

when immediately
GYAv. kthrptm
markfa cf. GAv.

Skt. vfkas;

kfpam; YAv. mahrko 'death' = Skt.

YAv. kahrkana- nomen propr.,
'morti-que'

Skt.

See Bartholomae, A.F.

ii-39;

Brugmann, Grundriss der

Note

2.

On

urv-

Note

3.

On

r in vowel combinations ar,

e.
(i.

*rv- for vr-)

see

cf.

vergl.

Skt. kfkaya.-.

Gram.

260.

191.
a'r,

a*r, trf

see

48.

40

Phonology.

Nasals.
Av.

,<B,

i,

n,

in

correspond
i

Av.,

evidently guttural in

Otherwise

To

the Skt. n there

the latter, a modification

%,

by an

The

*>h,

is

vuh derived
%

is palaeoa modification of
;
-u

connection with h when

in

letter

from *pawktasva.

character

from, the manuscripts,

Av.

02.

The

108.

it

is

preceded

118 Note.

or ^-sound

i-

'fifth'

the combination

in

orig. j-syllable

occurs for

and

the nasals in Av.,

Av. pawtawham

# stands

graphically,
it

1},

Of

stands before stopped consonants.

n,

from

n and

m.

Skt. m.

general to

in

corresponds
of

10,

General Remark.

101.

4.

</,

occurs

initial,

internal (except before stopped-sounds),

final.

Av.

nama

'name'

Skt.

= Skt.

Av. tanuJ 'body'

ndma;

tan&s ;

Av. anyo 'another'

Skt. anyds; Av. vavanviB 'victorious'
Skt.
Av. bartn 'they
Skt. vftftis ;
vavanvdn; Av. varjnoif 'of a male'
carried'
Skt. dbharan.

Av. n occurs before

103.

k,

g,

c,

J,

t,

d and

-byd (for -dbyd), bya.

Av. zaitga- 'upper part of foot'

Av. panca 'five'
Skt. jdvghd- ;
Av. antar*
Skt. rqhati;
Skl.pdAca; Av. rt^jani 'bestirs, hurries'

= Skt.

'inter'

antdr ; Av. bannti 'they carry'

bir*zaiibya 'for the

For

Note.

-rig

104.

On

Av.

105.

Av.

two great

see under Sibilants

)

v,

tf

occurs

Skt.

Note
more

I.

dmam;
The

Av.
in

128.

initial,

mraom

internal, final.

= Skt.
'I

madhyamdm ; Av. anttm

spake'

Skt.

Av. ~\[mru- (opp. Skt

2.

On

initial

m =

Skt. sm, see

140.

'strength'

dbravam.

|/"rfl-) is

original.

Note

bhdranti; Av.

y see above General Remark.

Av. madjmtm 'midmost'

= Skt.

ones'.

probably the

Sibilants: Original

A\

s.

Sibilants.

Av.

M,

-o,

f
1

to both Skt. s

z,

iT>

>

some

is

no.

/,

%>

Of

z are sonant.

and to

Av. s

letter

also in

ro

General Remark.

06.

are surd; and

The

gj,

the sibilants,

s, s, f,

Avesta, s corresponds
Av. / answers in general to Skt. f.

s.

In

chiefly final after

Av. /

ligatures.

is

i,

u and consonants,

not so

common,

chiefly

before y.
Note.

Av.

/, /,

are palaeographically closely related.

/ and / interchange with each other.

the predominant

character;

In

is

MSS. often (though by no means

/ when the sound answers to orig. rt.

the Persian

throughout) show a preference for

the four oldest MSS., with Pahlavi translation, /

In

/ standing as

In most MSS.,

the younger Indian MSS., /

is

This rule

or in ligatures.

the principal cha-

there preserved
In the old Mss. ro/has a double value
almost without exception.
(i) as
a ligature for / -}- k, hiUku 'dry', et al. or (2) it is a modification of /, /
racter,

final

is

162. Younger MSS. write in the (i) first case ilk; in the (2)
before y,
second case they have a special ligature. See Geldner, Drei Yaskt p. viii seqq.

Av.
107.

General Remark. Av.

1.

2.
3.

=
=
=

08.

wise

s),

Original

s in

s.

Original s (i) under certain

(2) but generally other-

Avesta

(ioh).
i.

109.

of three-fold origin:

developed.

General Remark.

is

older palatal s (Skt.

remains

becomes

original sf

i.

conditions

s.

Original

remains

s.

Original s remains s in Avesta before initial

t,p,n, or internal before the same letters when

k,

c,

is

preceded by

a, q, a,

it

42

Phonology.

Av. skambam
-tor't-

'making

'scaffold'

efforts',

Skt.

skambhdm; Av.yds

Skt. a-yds- ;

cf.

'broken', scitidaye'ti 'breaks asunder',

Av. staotdrzm

GAv. mqstd

Av. sk^dsm
Lat. scindere.

'praiser*

'he clothes' =. Skt. vdste';

dste;

cf.

Skt. stotdram; Av. vaste

Av. dste 'he sits' = Skt.

'he thought"

Av.

Skt. arnqsta;

dqstvqm 'cunning, skill', cf. Skt. dqsas-; GAv. sp*r3 ddni 'I will strive' = Skt. spdrdhdni; Av. manaspa^ryaAv. snayaeta 'should
'having the mind pre-eminent'.
wash' = Skt. sndyeta; Av. dsnatdram 'priest who washes
the utensils',

ii.

no.

Skt. a-sndtdram 'dreading water'.

cf.

Original s becomes

Original s

becomes h

h.

in

when

Av., regularly

initial before vowels.

Av. hapta 'iTtra* = Skt. saptd, Lat. septem; Av.

haca 'with, from' = Skt. sdcd ; Av. haonwm 'Haoma'
= Skt. somam; Av. ho 'he* = Skt. sds; Av. hufyttm
'good word' = Skt. suktdm; Av. kafor'f 'at one time'

Skt. sakft.
as.

The combination

ill.

old as becomes in Avesta

(i) ah-, (2) avh-, av-, (3) -o (final).

Old
112.

Old

a.

YAv. ahi

mmaht

'in

113.

a becomes

p.

= (i)

as-

as-

'thou

Av.

ah-.

Av. ah

art',

regularly before

GAv. aht

Skt. dsi;

i,

i.

GAv.

Skt. ndmasi.

homage'
Old as- Av. ah

before

*',

i,

when

the

34.

Skt. dh&rdyasi ; Av. jaidyeki

Av. d&raythi 'thou holdest fast'
Skt. chaddyasi ; Av.
Av. sadayeki 'thou appearest'

'thou askest'

aojyehJj 'more strong' (ace.

114.

and

y.

Old

as-

their strengthenings.

pi.

Av.

fern.)

ah-,

Skt. ojlyasfs.

generally before

u,

ii

Sibilants: Original

Av. qzahu
'Ahura, Lord'

AT.

Skt. qhasu; Av. ahursm

dsuram; Av. ahum 'life' = Skt.

distress'

'in

s.

Skt.

dsum.
S.

115.

Old

passing over into

as~

ah-, the

a before

u,

v then

o.

o,

Av. vohu 'good

= Av.

= Skt.

vdsu; GAv. ba^dkv&

'distribute'

= Skt.

bhdkfasva.

Old
2.
Note
35

1 1

haps

6.

e.

= Av.

as-

Av. raodahe 'thou growest'

Old
117.

9,

5,

Skt. rodhasi;

(aor. subj.) Yt. 8.1

mayest protect'

a.

ah- rarely before

Old

as-

as-

(2)

Av.

e,

cf.

per-

Av. p&vhahe 'thou

Skt. pdsasi.

Av. avh-.
fl#^-,

regularly before a, 0,

q.

oi,

vawhawm 'vesture' = Skt. vdsanam; GAv.

wmawhd 'with homage' = Skt. ndmasd. Av. vawhzus
'of good' = Skt. vdsos.
Av. avavho 'of help' = Skt.
Av.

GAv. r&vhakoi 'thou mayest offer'

dvaso.

Skt. rdsase; Av.

An

Note.
1 1

exception

8.

ae-ca, but

^.

Old

u$awhqm

'of

dawns'

(aor. subj.)

= Skt.

u$dsdm.

Av. dah&kd 'Dragon', dahakaca,

is

as-

Av. avh-, generally before

e,

e,

116.

cf.

YAv. avawhe, avawhae-ca, GAv. avawhe 'for help'

= Skt. dvase; GAv. wmawhe 'for homage' = Skt.
ndmase.
i
f'*- may appear instead of vh- when epenthetic
when a is shaded to e after ^
34: YAv. ava'yhe 'for
avaAe = S\it. dvasl; GAv. dida'yhl 'I was made wise' (redupl.
Y Av. ytfhe 'of which' = Skt. ydsya ; GAv. srSvayeyhe 'to make heard'

Note.

precedes it,
help' beside
aor.).

Here Av.
or

GAv. rSfayeyhl
119.

y.

'to

harm'

Old

as-

cf.

Av. vavhuif 'good'

Skt. dsus.

the Skt. infinitives in -asl.

Av. <zA-, seldom before u:

= Skt.

vdsus ; Av. avhuH (beside ahQm)

'life*

44

Phonology.

= (3) Av. -6.

=
20. Old -as f n a
Av. -5, (GAv. often has -* 32).
Av. pujro 'son' = Skt. putrds; Av. //#<? 'arrows'
= Skt. ifavas; Av. darayo 'didst hold fast' = Skt.
Cf. GAv._y/ 'who' (YAv.^J) = Skt..y<fc;
dhdrdyas.
GAv. z// 'of ye' (YAv. t/<?) = Skt. vas; GAv. wa-sr/
'great (gen.) = Skt. mahds.
Old

-as
1

Note.

Observe that as

before

retained

is

enclitic

ca 'que', etc.

Av. ijavasca 'and arrows'

Skt. isavai-ca; Av. ifavasci/ 'even the arrows'
Skt. uavai-cit; Av. ^ojttz 'and who'
Skt. yds"-ca.A.v. mmas* ti 'homage
to thee*
Skt. nAmas ti; Av. yastaf 'qui id'
Skt yds tdt.

as.

The combination

121.

(i) ah-, (2) aivh-, (3)

-<

Old
Old

122.

.$-

Av.

(i)

Av. bavdhi 'mayest thou

'thou protectest'

tion'

be'

i,

u, u.

I,

Skt. bhdvdsi;

= Skt. pdhi.

Av. ddhim

Av.

'crea-

Skt. dhdsim; GAv. rdhl 'I offer' (aor.)=Skt.

Av. dhurois 'of the Ahurian', cf. Skt. dsures;

GAv. dhu

loc. pi. fern,

Old
123.

Avesta

ah-.

Av. dh~ regularly before

pdhi
rdsi.

in

(final).

as-

becomes

old as

Old

as-

as-

of

(2)

Av.

aem

Av.

<a&A-,

'this'

Skt. dsu.

cevh-.

before a, a,

9,

e,

e,

o, oi, q.

= Skt. dsa; Av. frravhayeite

=
'he terrifies'
Skt. trdsdyate; Av. n&vhdbya 'with both
nostrils' = Skt. ndsdbhydm;
Av. mmvtom 'moon* = Skt.
mdsam; GAv. rmvhe 'I offer' = Skt. rase; Av. &vho
'of mouth' = Skt. dsds;
Av. dawhoif 'creation' (abl.),
cf. Skt. dhdsi-;
Av. cBvfiqm 'of these' (fem.) = Skt.
Av. mvha 'has been'

as dm.

Sibilants: Original

Old
Old

124.

=
=

-as

-as final

(3)

Av.

Av. -m

AC

s.

-a>.

regularly.

Av. buy& 'mightest be' = Skt. bhiiyds; Av. haenayco

'of an army' = Skt. sendyas; Av. dee 'thou madest' =
Skt. ddhds.
Av. g&orig. -as appears as -As:
Skt.
gdthSsca; Av. urvar&sca 'and trees'

Before enclitics (ca etc.),

Note.

p&sca 'and the Gathas'

= Skt.

Skt. stn&y&ica;
urvdr&sca; Av. hagnaytDsca 'and of the army'
Skt. dddica, etc.
d&sc& 'and madest', das-t& 'thou madest'

GAv.

Original ns.

The combination old internal -ans(i) in YAv. -avh-, -zwh-, -a./i-;

125.

before

vowels becomes:

GAv.

(2)

in

-9ngh-> -Sh-.

Old
126.

fore a, a,

Old

a.

^,

-ans-

YAv.

(i)

-avh-, -3*>h-, -qh-,

-ans- internal

= YAv.

-awh-, -3wh- be-

oi.

YAv. savhdni
dawhawha

'I

shall proclaim'

'with cunning,

skill'

= Skt.

(Ny.

sqsdnt;

= Skt.
i.i6)

YAv.

da_sasd.

YAv. vawhzn 'they will struggle' (Yt. 13. 154) = Skt.

vqsan. YAv. sav/tozs 'shouldst proclaim' = Skt. sqses.
Similarly 'VAv.jawtontu 'shall injure' (Vd. 2.22),

cf.

Skt. hisantu.
127.

p.

Old

-ans-

= YAv.

-qh-,

before

i,

y.

YAv. dq,hist9m 'most cunning, skilled' = Skt. dajsisfam; YAv. zfyhyamnanqm 'of those who will be
born' (Yzan-

Old
1

vowels;

Skt.

-ans-

Yjan-).

GAv.

(2)

-3ngh-, -Sh-.

Old -ans- internal = (a) GAv. -Snghand = ((3) GAv. -ih- before m.

28.

(a)

GAv. sSnghdnl

'I

GAv. vSnghaf, vSn.ghm

shall proclaim'

(wr,^) before

= Skt. sqsdnt;
= Skt. vqsat;

'shall strive'
(aor.)

Phonology.

46

GAv. sSrigho 'proclamation, proclaimer' = Skt. sqsas.

GAv. m^nghl (also mSqhT) 'I thought' = Skt. mq&i.
GAv. f$fHgkyo,f$9llghim 'thrifty' = orig. *psansyas.
(b)

129.

man ~)mshmaidi 'we thought' (j-aor. from

=
The combination old final -ans
(i) YAv.

-qn, or -q (-qs-ca), -z (-$s-ca);

GAv.

(2)

-Sng,

-q.

YAv. daevqn, GAv. daevtyg 'Demons' = Skt. devdn.

GAv. sp^fitSrig am33tig Ys. 39.3 = YAv.
= YAv. am3$3s-ca jr/<?^?=GAv. ams^
YAv.
am^fas-ca sp^nty (ace. pi.) = Skt. amftdn.
aesmqn, aesmqs-ca 'wood',

YAv.

var'sas-ca

Skt. dsvdn, dsvqsca;

cf.

'hair'.

In some of the above examples,

perhaps due to Gatha influence.

Note.

YAv. }

is

it

might be suggested that

Original sv,

The combination

130.
or

hv or

orig. sv

becomes

in

Avesta

Sometimes, sv when internal, becomes vuh

? k.

(also written wK).

(i)

GYAv.

Orig. sv- initial

hva-, also

ha-

'suus'

Skt. svd-;

Skt. svar ;

YAv. hvaspd 'having good

bavhartm

'sister'

Skt. svaryara-;

(2)

= Av.

horses'

hr-.

hv-,

GYAv.

hvar* 'sun'

Skt. svdsvas.

YAv.

= Skt. svdsaram; GYAv. hrarn& 'splendors', cf.

YAv. hnsaf 'he sweated', fr. Av. yA^'</- = Skt. "\fsvid-.
intern al = Av. -hv-,
(Pers. MSS. -*>h-\

Orig. -sv-

becomes

-hr-,

-vhv-, -wuh-

&

YAv. ahva 'among these' (dhu -4- a

'in empty holes' = Skt. tinasu;
YAv. vyar']>ahva 'in separate places' (loc.).
After a
GAv. gu$ahva
'hear thou' = Skt. ghofasva; so YAv. damahva 'among creatures'
(a) It

postpos.)

= Skt.

after

hv,

Ssu; YAv. 'un&hv'a

Skt. dhamasu.
After o (= a
YAv. ba(loc. aw-stem -\- a)
39)
Skt. bhakfasva.^o) Becomes hr,
after a
ffihva 'distribute thou'
GAv. mmahranil 'full of homage' Skt. ndma svatis ; YAv. harahta'tim

nom. propr.

= Skt.

sdrasvattm.

'surrounded'

So

(see

below under Composition)

= Skt. parifvaklam.^(c) Becomes -;///-

Sibilants: Original

GYAv. vavuhim

(-vh-t -vhv-)

'good'

s.

AJ

(fern.), Pers.

MSS. vavhim = Skt.

Skt. pddyasva; YAv.

vdsvim; YAv. pafdyavuha 'set foot, abide'
hunavuha 'press haoma-juice", cf. Skt. sunufvd; YAv. aojavuhant-,

GAv.

aojorighvatit-,

'of

vavhvqm

good

aojovAvatft-

Note.

*">

X2.I

Yt.

Skt.

ojasvant-.YA.v.

vohunqm; YAv. kar'navhvanta

beside Jvar'navuharittm ; YAv. var'cavhutitim

'glorious', cf. Yt. 15.56,

'brilliant'

'strong'

beside

things',

= Skt.

*varcasvantam.

In raina tv&stnm orig. 'having

good

pastures', hr

orig.

su

68).

Original sy.

This

131.

combination,

preceded by a

sy

orig.

vowel, becomes somewhat complicated in Av., owing to

y sometimes remains after

the varied treatment of y, as

s has

become an

/t-sound, or

^ sometimes vanishes,

or without leaving a trace of epenthesis.

generally retained, in

YAv. y

Orig. sy

132.

with

GAv., y

is

generally vanishes.

remains.

(A)

In

Av. hy (the y remaining);

(i)

mostly GAv., more rare YAv.

YAv. hy5$ 'might

(a)

be'

= Skt.

syat;

YAv. uzdahyamnanqm

'of

be elevated', cf. Skt. dha-sy-ati ; YAv. m&hya&byo 'to

offerings
lords of the month' = Skt. mdsylbhyas ; YAv. manahyd 'spiritual'
to

(nom.

sg.)

for *saanasyas.

GAv. ahya

Skt. dsurasya;

(b')
*x>f

GAv. ahurahya

'of

Ahura, Lord'

this'

= Skt.

fyy }

mostly GAv., rarely YAv.

asyd; GAv. vahyo

'better'

Skt. vdsyas.

Orig. sy

133.

YAv. daJiyunqm

(a)

fiyaona-, fiyaonya-

GAv.

= (2) Av.

afiyaca

Studien

'of countries',

'ejus-que'

zum Avesta

(beside

Orig.

ahyf)

ddsyu- ; and YAv.

Skt.

Skt.

'melior'

asyd.

= Skt. vdsyan;
Cf.

Geldner,

141.

p.

(B)

134.

cf.

nom. propr.^(b) GAv. vaJiy&

vanishes.

-sy- internal

= (i) Av.

-vh-,

thej vanishing

without leaving epenthesis.

YAv. vavho
(orig.

-.tySs)

'melius'

from afva~

Skt. vdsyas;

'one'.

YAv.

afvav/itS gen. sg. fern,

48

Phonology.

Orig.

135.

-sy- internal

= (2)

Av.

the

-*y&-,

vanishes

but leaves epenthesis.

YAv.

aiyfu

ayha>]

(also

Ja'yhiui 'of country',

'of

Orig. -sy- internal

36.

following a becoming

(fern.)

Skt. asyds;

YAv.

(3)

Av.

the

-yk-,

with a

e.

YAv. a^he 'of this' = Skt.

YAv. yeqhe 'of whom'

With, epenthesis

(a)

this'

Skt. dasyu-.

cf.

Without epenthesis

asyd.
(b)
Skt. ydsya.

Orig.

137.

become

following a having

-sy- internal

y with a
Very common in YAv.

67.

e,

Av.

(4)

h, the

genitive singular.

YAv. ahe 'of this' = Skt. asyd; YAv. ahurahe (beside

GAv. ahurahya) 'of Ahura' = Skt. dsurasya. Isolated

GYAv.

vahehis

'the better ones' (fern.)

= Skt. vdsyasis.

Original sr.
Orig. sr- initial

138.

GAv. r&vhaytn
'the

lame',

'they

(?)

Skt. "\fsras-,

cf.

Av.

made

r- (the
cf.

fall',

srqs-; Av.

instances

are uncertain).

Skt. srqsayan;

ramtm

YAv. ravh&

'sickness'

Skt.

sramam.
1

39.

Orig.

-sr- internal

Av.

-vr-.

Av. hazawram 'thousand' = Skt. sahdsram; Av.

dawro 'cunning, wise'=Skt. dasrds; ZPhl.Gloss. vavri-,
vavra- 'spring', cf. Skt. vasantd-; Av. awro m&nyus
'the Evil Spirit'.
Note.

In

GAv.

-ngr-

is

also written

GAv.

dattgra-, arigra-.

Original sm.
140.

Orig. sm-

Av. maf 'with'

initial
Skt.

= Av.

m, through

loss of h,

smdt; YAv. mahi, GAv. mahi 'sumus'

Skt. smdsi.

141.

Orig. sm- internal

Av. kahmdi
'sum'

= Skt.

'to

dsmi.

whom'

= Av. km.

Skt.

kdsmai; YAv. ahnti, GAv. ahmi

Sibilants

Older palatal

AQ

/.

Original ski.

Orig. sk l

142.

Av.

Skt. ch).

(cf.

Av. jasa*ti 'he comes'

Skt. gdchati, cf. (Jdoxet,
Av.
desires'
Skt. ichati ; Av. yasaiti 'holds'
Skt. ydchati.
;

ts.

Original
143.
1

185,

isa*ti 'he

Orig.

-f s

Skt. s (through intermediate ss

86).

GAv. ty$mavasu (loc. pi.) 'belonging to you' = Skt.

yusmdvatsu; GAv. dr^gvasu 'among the wicked'
(drjgvat-\-su); YAv. masyo 'fish' = Skt. mdtsyas;
YAv. asava.tysnus 'rejoicing the righteous' (Yt. 13.63
nom. sing. /4- j), cf. Av. fysnutam 'joy'; YAv. faisaf
'he sweated'
(<*[=/] +
74), cf. Skt. ysvid-; YAv.
nz0j^ 'thou growest', cf. Av. raodahe, raosta; GAv.
.$

stavas 'praising' (nom. sg. stavatit-},

GAv. dasva
loc.

plur.

'give thou'

cf.

Lat. aman(t)s;

Skt. datsva;

GAv. piyasu

stem piyaiit- 'beholding'.

Original /J.

144.

Orig.

ps =

YAv. draf5

Av.

'spear,

haf$l 'thou extendest',

Skt. jAra/-;

GAv.

/&

except before

r, tr.

banner' = Skt.
cf.

GAv.

drapsds; GAv.
hapti from Y^ aP' =

'among children', cf. napdhm,

YAv.
naptyaesu
187 (5);
hangar'f^dne 'I will seize'
Skt. ygar&A-.
(j-aor.), beside g9r*pt9m, Ysarw
nafsii

"

Note
'fruit,

I.

Observe

remains unchanged before

r,

tr:

Av. fs'ratu-

reward", Av. fyrafstra- 'noxious creature".

Note

2.

Observe that

(=

sk^ cf.

142) remains unchanged in the

'it wanes'.

examples tafsa( (YAv.) 'grew warm', wr/sa*ti (GAv.)

Older palatal s (Skt. s).

General Remark. Older palatal s (Skt.
2.

145.

commonly
it

is

appears

changed to

s.

as

Av.

s.

s)

In certain combinations

Phonology.

JO

Older palatal s (= Skt. s) = Av. s.

146. Older palatal 3 (= Skt. s) = Av. s before vowels,
semivowels, and most consonants.
i.

'of

Av. saf&who 'hoofs' = Skt. saphdsas; Av. qsaya

two parties' = Skt. qsayos; GAv. sdsti 'he teaches'

Av. pasum

Skt. sdsti;

= Skt.
'spies'

spaso

Skt.

pasum; Av.

Av. nasye'ti

'he vanishes'

'pecus'

spdsas;

= Skt.

ndsyati; Av. usyaf 'he might wish' = Skt. usydt;

isvan- 'having power', cf. Skt. isvard;
Av.

Av.

vlspwtis 'village-lord' = Skt. vispdtis; Av. nsmahi

'we wish' = Skt. usmdsi; Av. sraesta- 'fairest' = Skt.
srttfha-.
Note

i.

Note

2.

Note

3.

Note

4.

On
On
On
On

Av.

instead of Av. s

(=

Skt.

-f),

see

77 Note 2.
1 60 Note.

Av. salna- 'eagle'

ii.

147.

older palatal j retained in Av. before n, see

older palatal s in sv
Av. sp, see
97.

Skt. sycna-, see

Older palatal s

= Av.

Older palatal s (= Skt.

s)

187

(3).

s.

before

becomes

1
Av. s (= Skt. ft)- For examples see
59.
Older palatal s (= Skt. s) before n generally
148.
160.
becomes Av. / (= Skt. sn). For examples see

149.

becomes

/.

Older palatal s (= Skt.

For examples see

iii.

150.

Older palatal

For examples see

(d)

(=

Av.

i.

becomes Av.

Skt. s)

Developed Av.

Av. s sometimes

results

becoming s before t.
Av. cistis 'wisdom' = Skt.
'stronger'

after Av. /(= orig./)

161.

before

sonants.

182.

3.

151.

Older palatal y

s)

(amavaqt) = Skt.

'of the dead' (|/"'Vf/-)>

s.

from the dentals

Q),

Av. amavastaradmavattara-; Av. iristahe

cittis;

^tV> aiwi-sastar- 'one who

sits'

Sibilants: Av.

/.

51

= Skt. sdttar-; Av. raosta

\ad-}
Av. raofonti, Skt. y~rudh-.

cf.

Sometimes

Note.

Av.

152.

becomes

(f)

-j- cipra-) ;

splendid family* (raSvattt-

'has

grown

Av. ralvascipra- 'of

before f:

Av. yasca 'and when' (ya[ -j-

sometimes

results

up',

ca).

from Av. z becoming

s before m.

Av. upasmqm 'upon earth* (ace. fern.), beside Av.

zqm, z'mo; Av. rasmancpn 'of battle ranks', cf. Av.

Skt. j/Vtf/-');
rdzayeifite 'they arrange in ranks' (y~rdzAv. maesmana 'with urine', cf. Av. maezafiti 'they

make

urine' (y~miz-

'with barsom',

cf.

Av.

Skt. '[fmih-]',

Av. bar'smana
be high, great'

j/^drtf- 'grow up,

(= Skt. ybarh-\

Av. s more
See also

153.
s

before

n.

rarely results

164 Note

Av. asnya- 'belonging to the day' (from azan-}

Skt. tiro-ahnyaSkt. ~\fyaj-}.
Man-) Av. yasmm 'worship' (\fyaz-

(fr.

Av.
General Remark.

154.
s after

u and

i,

from Av. z becoming

i.

$,

/,

Av. /

certain consonants

s-

j) stands either for an original

(j,

or for an earlier palatal i under special

conditions.

Av. $
155.

Av. s

($,

their strengthenings,

Gram.

$=

Skt.

f.

answers to Skt. f after

$)

and

after ^

and

r.

Cf.

i,

u,

and

Whitney, Skt.

180.

Av. ifavo

(f,

'arrows'

Skt. vdsitfkas;

= Skt.

ifavas; Av. vahisto 'best'

Av. raejjaydf 'may wound'

Skt.

re$dydt; Av. srae$yeiti 'it clings', cf. Skt. slifyati.

Av. duS.tor'tjm 'ill-done' = Skt. du$-krtdm; Av. muSti'fist' = Skt. mufft-; Av. gao&m 'ear' = Skt. ghdfam;
Av. tao$ayeiti 'makes still' (Yt. 10.48) = Skt. tdfdyati.

Av.

usdiwm

'bull'

Skt.

uk$dnam; GAv.

ij

Phonology.

ram*
Note

usra-, tamisra-,

Note
'we send

we

Before r

I.

find

forth'

YAv.

= Skt. prifySmasi

YAv.

GAv.

Similarly in Skt.

kusra-, pisra-.
1

Skt. fffyd-.

precede:

81

a.

GAv. fratjyamahi

written for / before y:

is

'of a

= Skt.

bajjyatitqm 'of those to be'

etc.

bhavijy&tam,

Av.

156.

when final

from

-s

orig. s, appears similarly (

155)
w-vowels and their strengthenings, also

after?'-,

^ and

cf.

r,

192(3).

Av. azis 'Dragon'

(ace.

(nom.

barois 'thou shouldst bear'

words'.

dru^s

'fiend';

dar's 'Fore-seer'

On

157.

58.

ga'rls 'mountains'

sg.);

tanus 'body'; vawhits

pi.);

rasnaos 'of Rashnu, Justice'

or

Grammar

Whitney, Sanskrit

cf.

'thirst'

not / though

Skt. ~\ftvif-;

cf.

Sometimes, /

2.

Av. var$nois

Skt. vak$ydmi.

Skt. vffn/s; Av. tar$no

Pwisra- 'glancing',

after

will speak'

'I

Av.

Av. /

/jf

(=;

gdus

'good'

vawhzus
'cow'

pi.);

good'

utyddis 'with

paro-

(3).
see

orig. ps,

144.

older palatal s -f- s = Indog.

Av. va$i 'thou

(ace.

'of the

dnus./iafys 'following';

192

from

wilt'

k\.s)

= Skt. fcf.

Skt.

vdk$i

(]/ vas-')\

Av.

dtsydf 'should show' (opt. aor.), cf.Skt. adik$at(ydis-}\

Av. ndfd'fi 'may vanish' (aor. subj.), \fnas~; Av.

parodar's 'Fore-seer, the cock' (-dars -4- s nom. sg.);

GAv. ndju loc. pi. from nds- 'loss, mishap'. So Av.
faett 'he dwells' = Skt. kftti; Av. mofu 'quickly' =
Skt.

mak$u,

dexter"

cf.

Lat. mox.

Skt. ddk$ina-;

Similarly Av. da$ina- 'right,

Av. y^fas-

'to

fabricate'

Skt. takf-.
Note
fell

I.

Indog. k^s appears in Av. as

together in kf; but Av.

still

^/.

In Skt. orig. k^s

holds them apart as respectively

and k^s
/ and

/.

See Hiibschmann, Z.D.M.G. 38 p. 428. The same distinction between the

two original sounds is to be remarked in Prakrit and Pali as observed by
Pischel,

Gott. gel. Anz.

Note
Note

I,

2.

88.

1881, p.

On ^maktm.

1322.

'of you'

and a$fna! 'up

to the knees',

cf.

77

Sibilants: Av.

before

Av. s appears

59.

(= Skt.

cf.

ft),

/.

53

for older palatal s (= Skt. s)

147.

= Skt. na?tds (ynas-)

=
GAv. vasti 'he wishes' Skt. vdtfi (yvas-}\ Av. darSti= Skt. df?ti-; Av. parsta- 'question' =
'seeing, sight'
Av. nasto 'made to vanish'

Skt. pr$td- (ypras-}\ GAv. daedoist redupl. aor. 3 sg.

mid. Av. ydis- 'show' = Skt. ydis-.
1

Av. / appears

60.

before n

Skt. sn,

cf.

Av. asnaoiti
'question'

Yspas- =

Skt. yspas-.

Note

2:

espied'

will',

"\fvas-

cf.

similarly, orig.

A v. //,#*/
On

Note.

162.

older cy.

In

"\fvas-.

palatal

ps (dental)

'with fetters',

Av.

= Skt.
old

for

cf.

'having whole flocks' (pasu-

is

'he

s appears instead of the above / before

Skt.
Av. snapa- 'smiting, wounding', to ~\[ sna-

Av. / appears

161.

asnoti; Av. fra$no

Sometimes Av.

146, and

orig. /),

= Skt.

prasnds; Av. spa^naof

Skt.

snath-; Av. vasna 'by

(=

148.

'he attains'

Note.
cf.

older palatal s (= Skt. s)

for

(=

Skt. j)

after

Av.

144.

Skt. 2pai- 'to bind'; Av. ha*rva-f$-avo

= Skt.

fasti-}.

144 Note

tafsaf, nr*/sa*ti see

2.

Av. $y (or sometimes simply /) appears for

GAv. the y is mostly retained; in YAv. the

mostly dropped.
YAv. gyaopmm, GAv. jyaopfltDin 'deed' = Skt. cy&utndm; GAv.
YAv. flr/J 'worse', comparat. to aka- (superl. aciXla-') cf. Skt.

a$yo,

aka-; YAv.

jfivaydif

{\f cyu ~)> GAv.

cf.

GAv.

vajye'tg

xxxviii. p.

cause

to

go' (l/^/-)

/yetfii 'they abide, repose',

GYAv.

Lat. quits;

'might

'is

YAv.

j&ifini 'repose, joy',

frafa- 'forward, prone, ready'

spoken'

= Skt.

ucyatl.

Skt. cySvdyil

= Skt. pr&cyd-;

See Hiibschmann, Z.D.M.G.

431.

Av./tf; = Skt.r/. SeeBartholomae.^.F.ii.p.SQ.

Av. atrnfrm 'immortal' = Skt. amrtam; Av. plants

163.

Av. magyehe 'of mortal' =

Skt. mdrtyasya; Av. ba$dram 'rider' = Skt. bhdrtdram.
Likewise Av. a^avan^m 'the righteous' = Skt. ftd'battles'

Skt. pftands;

Phonology.

(J4

a&m

vanam; Av.

an-ar'tdis

turtdm, et
As a

Note.

Av. b>r*ttm

Av.

Skt.

Av.

Pwa&m

'quickly'

al.

rule,

Skt. ft (observe

'Right, righteousness', beside

ftdm ;

Skt.

Av.

/=Skt.

unaccented)

and AT.

Art, ft (observe accent),

e. g.

Av. m?rto 'dead'

tr*t

Skt. mftds

bhftdm; Av. fra-birt&rtm title of priest

Skt. -bhart&ram. Allowing a shift of accent would explain a number of
apparent anomalies where the law as to accent appears not to hold.
'carried'

Av. /

164.

Av.

Skt.

ranqm

ra$num

from Av. z changed to / before

'of ordinances', from stem rdzan-; Av.

results

beside raz-istam 'most

'Justice',

rdj-iftham; Av. bar'navo

bfhatds; Av. duzvar3 $navho

'of the high', Skt.

Skt.

just',

'heights' beside bsr'z-ato

'evil-

doers' (varz-); Av. d-%-$nus 'up to the knees', beside

188.
zanva 'knees', cf. Skt. abhi-jnit,
Note
Av.

I.

before n

2)

Observe, however, that sometimes Av. s instead of / (for

Skt. dhni
is found, cf.
153: Av. asni 'by day' (azan-J

(dhan-); Av. paro.asna- 'beyond the day, future',

mid-day' Av. yasntm 'worship' (beside yaz-afte)
;

'in-born* (d -\- ~\fzan- 'to bear

Note

cf.

Skt. aparShyd- 'after

= Skt. yajtidm

Av. Ssna-

).

Observe i in Av. inStar- (^zan- 'know')

2.

SkL fi&tdr ;

Av. intim 'knee', alnubyascif 'even to the knees'.

Av. / sometimes

165.

or

Ji)

being changed
GAv. *rvja

'shall

var'jafti 'may do'

2 sg. aor.

("z -\- s)

proceed'

(.r-aor.),
;

results

to / before

s.

(j-aor.),
cf.

\fvarz-,

y"wazSkt.

= Skt.

\~varj-;

Av. kvar*il 'well-doing' nom.

har>$yamna- 'about to be imbrued' (2

Note.

from Av. z (= Skt./

See
185, 186.

sg.

-\- s~\[harz-

Perhaps here Av. ajaita 'might be

led'

vraj-; GAv.
var*I-ci

GAv.
(z

= SkL

beside

-j- s)

Av.

sarj-).

Av.

aaa*ti,

Skt. djati.

Av.-j sometimes results from Av. e (=S\A.f)

being changed to s before / (cf. Skt. ff).
166.

Av. "marilo 'rubbed' (]fmarz-)

"harJta-

'imbrued'

(\fharz^)

'worshipper

(\fyaz-~)

= SkL

SkL

yaffdr-

Skt.

mrf(ds

(\fmarj-)

srf(d- {]/"sarJ-};

Av.

Av. yaltar-

Sibilants: Av.

Av.
General Remark.

167.

representative of Skt.

responding sonant to
1

Av. *

68.

z.

55

e.

Av. z appears

or h, see

88

or

either as the
is

it

the cor-

106, 74.

s,

Skt.

= Skt. j'ofam; Av. zato 'born' =

Av. Z9mbayadw9m 'ye knock together* =
Sk!t.jambhdyadhvam; Av. zindf 'may take violently'
= Skt. jindt; Av. zrayo 'sea' = Skt. jrdyas. Av.
Av.

zao&m

'wish'

Skt. jdtas;

azalti 'he
ships'

Av.

Av. vazrzm
Skt.

'sycu'

= Skt.

hifthas; Av. bdzus

'great, high'

170.

^r

Skt.

vdjram.

Av. zarois 'of the

///.
Av. azzm

= Skt.

Av. mazisto

'i/iy-wro;'

= Skt. w-

= Skt.
*7r?i^u?'

= Skt. brhdntam

Skt. mehanti;

Av.

hdsta-;

hares; Av. zt' for'

= Skt. ahdm;

'club'

//.

= Skt.

Av. zasta- 'hand'

golden'

Av. yazaite 'he worAv. har'zariti 'they send forth'

Skt. djati;

Skt. ydjate;

Skt. srjdnti;

169.

drives'

Av. izyeHi

results

often

bdhus; Av. bfr'zai&m

Av. maezanti 'mingunt'

'he seeks',

from

A-

Skt. ihate.

cf.

being sonantized

before sonant consonants.

Av. azgato 'unmatched, unconquered' Yt. 13.107,

yhag-, orig. j^- = Skt. ysagA-; Av. vawhazdcs 'giving
-\- \fdd), cf. Anc. Pers.
nom.
Av.
vahyazddtamdzdrdjahya- 'a month
propr.;
= (stem
long', cf. Skt. mas- ; Av. azd'bls 'with bones'

the best' (comparat. to vawhu-

GAv. zdi 'be thou', cf. Av. as-ti

mann, Grundriss der vergl. Gram.
asf-)\

171.

Av.

(similarly

See above (Bartholomae's Law)

Gram.

'he

Cf.

is'.

170) in combination z</=Skt. (l)dh, (&)dh.

89 and Brugmann, Grundriss der vcrgl.
;

476, 591.

Av. mazdSh- 'wisdom,

'ye protected' (j-aor.

Brug-

589 seq.

from

Mazda'
"\fprS-)

=
=

Skt. "mldhas

Skt.

GAv.

tr&dkvam;

et

al.

56

Phonology.
Original Av. 2 changed to

becomes

s,

/.

172.

Av. z before

173.

Av. z before

174.

Av.

before

becomes

/,

see

152 examples.
166 examples.

175.

Av. 2 before

becomes

/,

see

165 examples.

becomes

Av.
1

76.

it

rarely)

answers

177.

to

is

Av. 1 (more rarely)

i.

Av. z

s.

179.

is

the corresponding

Sometimes (though more

88 Note

See

Skt. j.

Av. "tagitm 'sharpness, edge',

Skt. tijas

cf.

I.

Av. 6a$a

(]ftij-)\

Skt. bhdjat.

Av. * (more rarely)

Av. alii 'Dragon'

153, 164 for examples.

z to Skt. j, h.

like

'he distributed, offered"

178.

see

j,

General Remark.

sonant to s as Av. z

see

s (/},

= Skt.

ahis ; Av. datefti

Av. z most commonly

88 Note

See

Skt. h.

'it

burns'

I.

= Skt.

daliati.

from Av. /being

results

sonantized before sonant consonants.

GAv. asruzdum

were heard of (Ys. 32.3, .r-aor.

asrodhvam, beside Av. s'raofdne, sraosa-; Av. sna^izbya 'with two weapons' from
stem Av. snails-; Av. awzddta- 'laid in the waters',
beside Av. afscipra- 'having the seed of waters' Av.
mid.-pass.

Ysru

~)

'ye

= Skt.

Av. yaos = Skt.

=
Av. duzutytam 'ill-spoken' Skt. duruktdm; Av.
yds.
duzvacawho 'ill-speaking', beside Av. duskwtom 'ill
done' = Skt. durvacas, du$krtdm; Av. dusmanawhe
'to the evil-minded' (here w-surd) = Skt. durmanase.
pure', beside

yaozdapanhm 'making

Note.
Exceptioas occur:
Bartholomae, B.B, xiii. p. 77.
1

80.

Av. wi

(=

orig.

YAv. diwiaf 'from

GAv. tr?vaca

bh-\-

deceit',

s)

'true-speaking'

Skt. ps.

See

GAv. diwlaidyai

et

al.

cf.

89.

'to

deceive',

cf.

Skt.

dipsati.

181.

YAv.

(= Av.

YAv. uz-vaiaf

[=

Skt. A]

-f

j)

= Skt.

'he carried forth' (j-aor. from

kf

Cf.

165.

= Skt.
YVOZ-)

vdkfat

Some

'zeal,

Additional Rules as to Consonants.

Note

I.

On i in GAv. ajldnvanimm 'unharmed' cf. Skt.

Note

2.

GAv. Siuf

striving" to

~\ffz-

= Skt.

GAv. Sidydi

'to

villages' (vis-)

Av. mildim

from y/<zr/-,
Ys. 32.3

GYAv.

89.
iia-

"\flli- (?).

attain',

= Skt.

Av. &/

183.

~\fkfan-, see

Uncertain also

uncertain.

is

Av. i appears for old palatal

182.

from

Ys. 53.7

57

YOS-

j'

Skt. j) before sonants.

(=

YOS-; GYAv.

Skt.

vit'fyo 'to,

Skt. viiibhyds (vii-).

or

^//,

</.

See Brugmann, Grundriss

591.

= Skt.
|ito8dv'

cf.

179)

79)= Skt.

unchain; Av. mtr'^diktm 'mercy' (if

Skt. mfilikam. Here again GAv. asriildum

asrd<}hvam.

Aspiration.

AV
These are

184.

all

and have been treated,

or,

c;,

A,

h,

r.
hr.

derived from an original ^-sound,

in particulars,

under the sibilants

iioseqq.

Some

Additional Rules as to Consonants.

In Av.,

185.

assimilation

of consonants

is

some-

times found.

YAv. nmawm 'house' = GAv. d'mdnsm; Av. kamnsm

'few' (for*kabn3m or kambnam
186), cf. kambistzm.
Total assimilation, Av. bimam 'foundation' (for
1

e.

(i.
1

= Skt. budhndm;
86)

86.

Av. sanaf

'it

bunmm

appeared' Yt. 14.7

sannaf, sad-naf).
In Av.,

double consonants

(i.e.

the

same

consonant repeated) are not allowed. If owing to total

assimilation
185 they should occur, the combination is
then reduced

in

writing to a single consonant.

Av. masyo 'fish' (for massy o 185) = Skt. mdtsyas;

Av. usndlti- 'ablution' (for ussnditi-, i. e. ud-snd'ti85, cf. Av. us tanum snayaetd) Av. du$iti- 'distress'
e. dus-$iti-, cf. Skt. suksiti-}; Av. h^mipydf from
(i.
1

Phonology.

58

hsm

-f

GAv.

change', Ys. 53.9;

'to

ymip-

'among the wicked'

(for dragvassii);

dr*gvasii

Av. u$ahva

'at

(for u$ah-hva)\ Av. ajavar's 'evil-doing' (nom.

varz~ ^S); Av. buwm 185 end.
sg. var'z-s, from
187. A consonant sometimes falls out. Seei86.

dawn'

before v

(1)

out

falls

YAv. drivyms-ca

YAv. drvatitem
cf.

hvovo nomen

GAv. hvogvo.

d between

propr. beside

consonants

Av. bwzatibya

'eagle'

h (=

(4)

(fy)

is

Av. tu'rya- 'quartus'

seems sometimes

GAv. nafju

88.

YAv.

out.

(= Skt

s)

andbhy}.
sometimes falls out.

= Skt. syamdsya

Av. saen 5

dropped before

(initial)

and r

I38seq.

seems sometimes to

spring',

Skt. druhvan-;

Skt. syends.

cf.

out.

fall

for *kturya- cf. S-fcu'rya- 'four times'

ava<[ata 'he spake', if these

(6) t

YAv.

'wicked',

'great* (dat. dual for older

'of black'

original s)

140,
k

falls

after initial older j-palatal

Av. sdmahe

(5)

beside

'poor' (gen. fern.),

drijaos (gen. masc. driju-}\

beside GAv. drzgvaritam,

(2)

(3)

YAv.

in

forms are from

Av.

~\fvac-.

to fall out.

loc. pi.

for *napt-su

from Av. nap&t-, napt-

'off-

185 seq.

Av. ^

sometimes

is

introduced

before

/.

Av. dfy$nus 'knee-high', cf. Skt. abhi-jnu; Av. ty$mdkam, fyjjmat 'of, from you'.
189.

On

190.

In Av.,

(= Skt. sf s} retained before -ca

120 Note; 124 Note; 129.
s

Av. duye

Note.

see

takes the place of v between u and

'two'

= Skt.

Skt. upa-bruve;

tanvt; Av.

etc.,

buye

e.

dvt; Av. upa.mruye 'I invoke'

'for the body' = Skt.

Av. tanuye

'to be'

Skt. bhuvt.

Similarly Av. uye 'both' (for *uve,

uwe

68 Note

i)

= Skt.

ul>/ii.

Some

vr

metathesis

In Av.,

191.

Skt.

Av. aprava

'fourteenth*

'priest'

= Skt.

Av.

71,

rv.

dtharvd; Av. caprudaso

Av. brdtwryo 'uncle'

Av. "rvdtdis
Av.
vrdtdis;
"rvapo 'faithful,

Skt. caturdasds;

brdtvryo

(for

of r often takes place;

becomes with prothesis

(vl)

en

Additional Rules as to Consonants.

62)

'with doctrines',

Skt. bhrdtrvyas;

Skt.

cf.

friend* (J/zw-).

As final consonants

192.

stand:

may

n and m,

(i) nasal,

s or

in Av.,

(2)

the following

dental / (or

by
preceded by developed
Two consonants may stand in the case of
and QAv.

tys,

when

and

/), (3) sibilant s

fs,

s.

st,

st

i%g.

baran 'they carried'; azzm T;

(i)

asked'

amava$

'strong' ;
ha u rvatds

tanus 'body';

(3)

(2) p^r'saf 'he

hizubls 'with tongues'
;

'perfection'

(nom.

sg. -tdt-s)\

drills 'fiend, Druj";

tysayqs 'ruling' (nom. sg. -ant-s).
dfs 'water'; far'fs 'corpse'; coist 'he promised, an-

nounced'; aibLmdist 'he turned toward'.

GAv. ma-

'mortals' ace. pi.

SySng
When

Note.

Av.

-tts

(i.

e. *Ss-t)

orig. s

'was

precedes final / the latter is dropped: e. g.

Skt. astt; Av. etnas (i. e. *cinast
109) 'thou

didst promise', opp. to coiit or to moist (mif-).

Av.

193.

appears instead of final n in voca-

#-stems.

tives of

Av. asdum 'O righteous one' = Skt. ftdvan; Av.

dpraom 'O priest' = Skt. dtharvan; Av. yum (for
= Skt. yuvan; Av. prizafam 'O
*yuvari) 'O youth'
triple-jawed'
Note
q, qn,

qm,

= Skt.

I.

e. g.

som&n,

(cf.

The MSS.

ace.

haomq, haomqn,
cf.

prizafamm).

often fluctuate

45 Note

haomqm

2.

between

final

and n

'haoma-offerings' (ace.

So apparently, Av. cajmqm

in endings,

pi.)
'in

Yt. 10.92
eye', cf.

Skt. jdnrnan.

Note
j z;

fyratat

2.

d; d O>;

c j;
Observe other MS. fluctuations (cons, and vowel)
& au; & &f; at al; i u dapqm, dadqm ; mazda, mazd&;

tau; vastrto

trdf.

6"o

Phonology.

Av. avoids generally a repetition of the

194.

same

syllable.
Av. Hutdy&rytkt 'of Mid- Year' (formaidya-ydiryehe)
'of good harvest' (for huyatryaym)
Av. frae, frazinta 'they are, were plundered' (for *fra;

huyairy

Skt. prajindte;

cf.

*frazinJtita),

hacimno

Av. Ivar'na

*har'nawha hacimno attended with glory

for

Yt. 10.121.

Resum.
between Sanskrit and Avesta

Principal differences
in

Phonology.
Vowels.

GAv. lengthens all final vowels, YAv. lengthens them in

195.
monosyllables, shortens them in polysyllables (
24 26).
196.
Original f and & are lengthened before final m in Av. ( 23).
1

97.

Av.

198.

r
Av.

Sometimes equals

= Skt.

Car'}

generally

answers to Skt. a before

commonly a

R) e,

final

ya

Av.

Av. >> o chiefly equals

Av.

**

121

modification

of internal a after y.

34, 67).

199.

Av.

or

29, 47).

200.

stop-sound (
201.

chiefly

Skt. as (6)

final

equals

120.

more

Ss ;

Skt.

SkL &

rarely

-\-

124, 44)>p

is

a nasalization of a (&) before m. or

equals Skt. a with anusvara

It

often

45, 46).

Diphthongs.
202.

by Av.

the Skt.

203.
(

The

Skt. I

is

ao, 3u, or

A striking

represented by Av. al,

(when

final)

peculiarity in Av.

d
is

55

oi,

or

(when

final)

t;

58, 35, 41).

Epenthesis

72) and the frequent Reductions (samprasarana etc.)

70)

and Anaptyxis

63

seq.

Consonants.
204.

from old

The voiceless spirants Av.

tenues

k,

old voiceless aspirates

t,

before

(77

seq.).

consonants;

, /, / are
chiefly sprung
sometimes they represent

Resum

of principal Phonetic Laws.

The original voiced

205.
gether with the mediae in Av. (
206.

from these

Av.

207.

Skt.

208.

Skt. h

88,

fell

primarily to-

82).

j,

d,

are

developments

83).

by Av. z ( 168).
sometimes by Av. j, sometimes by

often represented

is

mediae

is

represented

169).

209.

Skt. s generally

210.

Skt. as (internal)

21

Av. as (internal)

1.

aspirates gh, dh, bh

The voiced spirants Av.

earlier two-fold

61

212.

Skt. J

213.

Skt. sv

214.

Skt. ch

is

becomes h

in

Av.

represented in Av. by j

is

no

seq.).

becomes avh, ah; or (final) d

becomes (S//, ah; or (final) #

215.
216.

Av.

become /

164

121

20).

124).

97).

represented in Av. by s (
142).
Dentals before dentals are changed to s in Av.
z

in

146).

represented in Av. by sp

is

and
166,

(=

151).

Skt. j) before voiceless consonants generally

160).

217.

Skt. rt

is

often represented in Av.

2 1 8.

Skt. kf

is

represented by Av.

by /

or /

163).

158 Note

i).

INFLECTION,

DECLENSION,
NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.

Nominal declension includes nouns and adjecconveniently taken together in Avesta

and divided into two great classes of declension
(a) the
vowel class, and (b) the consonant class according as
the stem ends in a vowel or in a consonant.
For a summary of Avesta declension in a tabular form,
tives

219.
these

may be

see opposite page.

220. Case, Number, Gender. The Avesta agrees
with the Sanskrit in its eight cases, nominative, accusative, instrumental, dative, ablative, genitive, locative, voca-

three numbers, singular, dual, plural; and in the

three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter.
The uses of the cases are in general the same as in
Skt, but see
233. The Av. dual is interesting as showtive;

223, 236, 262.

ing a distinct form for the locative case, see
a substantive has commonly the same gender

In Avesta,

that

it

has

Note
as a few

I.

in Sanskrit.

As

words

in

to gender,

however, some individual peculiarities occur,

gender from that which they

Av. show a different

but observe
Av. vdc- (masc.) 'vox'
Skt. v&c (fern.)
Skt. tffV&is fern.
Av. tarjna- (masc.) 'thirst
sti- (fern.)
Av.
Skt.
Av.
ea^ga- (masc.) 'leg'
jdvghd- (fern.);
(fem.);
This occasional phenomenon is
Skt. sti- (masc.)
'existence, creation'

have
the

in Skt.

e. g.

compound

pa^tivac-

sometimes important to observe in the matter of exegesis.

Note 2. On fern, and neut. plur. forms interchanging with each other,
see

232.

Synopsis of declension of

B. Consonant Stems.

3
w

35
*>

8.3.

g-*

f
.

1*
3
w

Nouns and

A.

Adjectives.

Vowel Stems.

Inflection: Declension of

64

Nouns and

Adjectives.

221. Endings. Here may be enumerated the normal endings which are added to the stem in formation

of the various cases.

times varies

The stem

itself,

moreover, some-

assuming these endings, as it often appears

in a stronger form in certain cases, and in a weaker form
in others.
Connecting elements as in Skt. seem at times
in

between stem and ending.

to be introduced

The normal endings

MASCULINE

1.

Av.

N.

(but observe

25, 26) are:

FEMININE.
cf.

Singular:

-S (-$),

SkL

-S,

A.

-(a)m

-(a)m

I.

-a

-a

D.

-e

-/

Abl. -(a)f
9
G.
(-as ) -5;

L.

-at
-s

(-s); -he,

-hyd

....

-i

-as; -s; -sya

-*

V.
Dual:

N.A.V.

-a

-d (Ved.)

I.D.Abl.-j0
-&
G.
L.

-bhydm
-os

see gen.

~o

Plural:

N.V.(-as")

A.

-5,

(-nr) t (-as) -d;

-bis

(-by as ) -by 5

G.

-qm

hu
ii.

N.A.V.
PL N.A.V.
Du.

-bhyas

-dm

-su, $u,

N.A.V.

(-ns) -as

-bhis

I.

D.
L.

Sg.

-as

-m

-su

NEUTER (Separate Forms).

,

-m

,--*

-i

-i

-i

Remarks on the Endings.

65

General Remarks on the Endings.

MASCULINE

i.

222.

FEMININE.

Singular:

Nominative: The

typical ending -s is disguised by entering into euphonic

it
assumes especially
combinations with vowels and consonants
;

often the form

stems in orig. 5 and

Accusative: The

Often

156.

-/,

typical

(= -am = -mm)
Instrumental: Regularly
3tn

is

it

wanting

e.g.

cf.

derivative

t.

ending -m appears after vowels;

after consonants.

Cf. also

the

ending

23.

This is sometimes disguised by

&, a,
25.
The fern, ^-declension,
67.
combining with a preceding y to e,
as in Skt., shows a fuller form, making the case end in -aya (-ay a)
beside the simpler normal form in a.

Dative: YAv.

-e

GAv.

(orig. -at),

-g,

-oi,

Notice

56.

of course Av.

In the 0-declension, the g (orig. af) unites with the stem

60.
The feminine derivative 5-stems
vowel into 5,1, cf. Gr. <p,
-ae-ca.

and f-stems show a

ceded by a

Ablative: The

fuller

which

ai,

ending

in the

5-stems

is

pre-

y, as in Skt. also.

ending

typical

is

or -(a)f (consonant decl.),

-/,

-at

(in

Observe, this is not confined, as in Skt., simply to the adeclension, but appears in all the declensions (5, t, u and cons.).

0-decl.).

Instances of interchanges between -af and

Observe before

often

-ca,

followed by the enclitic

~(a)da.ln GAv.,
a-declension,
is

the /-ablative

e. g.

fyHapraf,

used with ablative force.

the Skt., both

show

-Sf

-/

are not infrequent.

The ending
postposition a, thus

the form -aatca,

53

iv.

-(a)f is

giving
found, as in Skt., only with the

is

ak5(; otherwise, as in Skt., the genitive

The feminine a- and f-stems, unlike

which

in the <J-stems is

preceded by y.

Genitive: The common

ending, as in Skt., is o, -asca; it occurs chiefly

in the consonant declension.
The ending, simple (s) /is also found,
e. g. throughout the i- and
-stems, the stem vowel being generally

strengthened before

GAv.

67),

it.

-hya, -fyaca

feminine a- and J-stems

found

which

in

the

In the a-stems, the ending -he (Skt. -sya,

In
(on 4 cf.
133) is regularly found.
a

fuller

ending

5-declension

is

-,

-Asca

preceded by

(=

Skt. Ss)

is

as in Skt.

see dative above.

Locative: The normal

form, as in Skt.,

coalesces with the stem vowel to

is -/.

-e,

In the 0-declension, this

-ai-ca.^ Sometimes the

loc. is

without ending the stem being simply strengthened, e. g. cf. //-stems

and some aw-forms. To the locative ending, an enclitic postpositive a is often attached giving rise to forms in -ya (-aya),
,

66

Nouns and

Inflection: Declension of

.^The
suffix

Adjectives.

feminine J-stems show -aya (perhaps orig.

instr.,

or ya-

advl.) answering to Skt. -Oyam.

Vocative: Commonly,

simple stem
stands instead of the vocative.

without

Often the nom.

ending.

Dual:

223.

Nom. Ace. Voc.

declension

The

is

(a),

form

prevailing
cf.

Vedic Skt.

for

consonant and the a-

the

The

a.

<f-stems

show

The

i (t).

and #-stem.s simply lengthen (then YAv., cf.

25 and
Note, shorten) their stem vowels.
Instr. Dat. A bl. The normal ending in Av. is -bya (-bya).
The form -byqm,
masc.

fern.

/-

which exactly corresponds

Av. brvafbyqm 'both brows'.
-we

Skt. -bhyam, is only once found, in

Instead of YAv. -bya, the form written

to

67, 87) often appears.

Genitive: Regularly-*,

answering to Skt.

-tSsca

a preceding vowel

-6s

being treated as in Skt.

Locative: The ending o occurs in zastayo (YAv.) from zasta- 'hand', in

from uba-

uboyo

(GAv.)
avhu- 'world,

and avhvo (GAv.) Ys. 41.2 from

'both',

life'.

Plural:

224.

Nom. Voc.: The

typical

form

orig. as occurs

of both classes the

ending 5

(a)

vowel and the

in the
this,

common,

is

in

the masculine

especially in

YAv.

Its

probably due to borrowthe a-declension

the normal orig. -as

occurrence in the consonant, declension

from the fl-decl.^In

ing

both

But beside

consonant classes of declension.

is

unites, as iu Skt., with the

stem vowel, thus giving -* (=

orig. -as,

Often
124) which is, however, less common than the ending a (a).
In the /-stems, the
the a-stems have -&vho, cf. Vedic Skt. -asas.
usual nom.

pi.,

Accusative: The
in

as in Vedic Skt.,

is

-il instead

original ending -us (seen in -qsca

the consonant stems as

-o,

-as

masculine of both classes the

(i.

of

Beside

e. orig. -ns).

ending

a (a}

is

-yd,

-yasca.

from a-stems) appears

found,

cf.

this,

in

the

nom. above.

In the rt-declension the normal orig. -us combines with the a of

the stem into

i-

YAv.

-q(n), -qsca,

The
and w-stems show

YAv.

-3,

-Jlca.

fern,

-stems which

the

Dat. Abl.

83

Genitive:

The
(4),

-//,

-/.

the ending

-bii,

generally

Instrumental: Everywhere

show

regular form

GAv.

a-stems show

-qsca

~Sttg,
-<*,

-&sca.

-t>i! (

sometimes also

The masc.

fern.

21 Note), except in

-3ii.
is

-tyo, -byasca,

or written -wyO, -iyo, -uyo,

87, 62 Note 3-

Universally

-qui,

which

In the vowel stems an

is

is

often dissyllabic

as in Vedic Skt.

usually inserted before this -qm.

Remarks on the Endings, Cases and Forms.

Locative: The normal form is -hu, -/u.

postpositive a in YAv. is often
cf. Skt. v&nlfv S RV. 9.62.8.
ii.

The

To

67

ending, an enclitic

this

attached, thus giving -hva, -fva,

NEUTER (Separate Forms).

neuter shows in general the same endings as the masculine.

Its

special forms, however, are worthy of note in the following cases:

Singular:

225.

N o m. A c c. V o c.
stem

in its

have

In

no ending

general

weak

form,

the case

the stem have a

if

simply the bare

The a-stems

is

weak

form.

as in the accusative masculine.

Dual:

226.

Nom. Ace. Voc. The

:

where

orig. -t is to

ending

be recognized

in the a-stems,

combined with the stem vowel preceding it, into e, e. g.

sa't-e
'two hundred'.
Sometimes the simple stem (or like
duy-e
nom. sing.) seems to be used, e. g. va, dqma Yt. 15.43, a $* two
it is

'

eyes' Yt.

11.2.

Plural:

227.

Nom. Ace. Voc.: Commonly

the simple stem, or

is

stem

(cf.

afsmanivqn

i.

Seldom the ending

the ending is
consonantal

wanting

if

-i:

ndmini,

cf.

i.

the case-form

e.

the strongest form of the

man

orig. "&nt ; or again

e.

is

is

it

from cA-stem).

Sometimes

ndm&ni.

Skt.

-A of the vowel COOT &-) declension are found, cf.

234, e. g. dagmSna, masana,
malsma to stems dolman- 'eye, glance', masan- 'greatness', magsmanthe consonant declension

in

but see

'urine',

the endings

-a,

308.

General Plural Case.

228.

The plural in Av. occasionally shows a certain instability which is

exhibited in the transfer or rather generalization of some of its case-forms.
This

especially true of the

is

added

neuter plural;

and

in

it

general

may be

that the tendency to fluctuation increases in proportion to the late-

ness of the text.

See also, Johannes Schmidt, Pluralbildungen der indogermanischen Neutra pp. 259 seq., 98 seq.
229. (i) The instrumental plural in -6i?, -Si! is occasionally used
in

YAv.

as

general plural

case, e.g. azdbiH (as ace. neut.

Vd. 6.49)

vlspHii (nom. Yt. 8.48), sragftaif (Yt. 22.9), fyrafstrai! (as ace. Ys. 19.2), etc.
230. (2) The a-stems have also the neuter plural in q(n) some-

times used as
231.

employed
as instr.,

in

general plural
(3)

An

ending

-tf,

case, see

-a? (like

nouns and adjectives as

e. g.

GYAv.

308.
orig.

fern,

pi.)

general plural

n&nUni:! (as ace.) Yt.

x.u and

case,

is

sometimes

ace. as well

(as instr.) Ys.

51.22

68

Inflection

= Ys.

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

\Av.afaoni? Vsp.

15.2,

GAv. avavAa?

21.3, savav/ta'tl? Vd. 19.37;

Ys. 12.4,
(as instr.)

y&Mit Ys.

vaaAaf Vsp.

6.1,

12.4.

232. Interchange of Neuter with Feminine forms.

Closely connected with this instability in the plural (especially neuter) is the interchange between neuter and femi-

nine forms, as the neuter plural (occasionally also the singular) often shows the closest analogy to the feminine.
Instances of this interchange are abundant, e.g. tf-decl.
nmdnwi (nom. ace. sg. neut.) 'house', beside which nmana*
(ace. pi., cf. fern.),

nmdnahu

ace. sg. neut.) 'cloud',

avawho

(gen. sg.) 'of aid',

aivrsm (nom.
aA-stem
fern.).

(loc. pi., cf. fern.);

awrai (nom.

pi.,

cf.

GYAv.

avafyyai (dat. sg. fern.).

Similarly stem bar'zah- (neut.) beside bar'zd- 'height', et al.
Adjective combinations ti$aro sata 'three hundred', vispdhu

karvohu 'in all climes', ^rasca^tis Jvar'pm 'steaming viands'.

See

also,

Johannes Schmidt, Pluralbildungen

233.

p.

29 seq.

Interchange of cases in their functions.

The

cases in their usage are not always so sharply distinguished

Sometimes a case may take upon
in YAv. as in Sanskrit.
itself

the functions

that belong properly to another,

dative in genitive sense, etc.

e. g.

discussion of the question,

however, belongs to Syntax.

234.
flection

in

Transition in Declension.
parts

of

Transfers of

in-

some words from one declension

to

especially in general from the consonant declension to the rt-declension, are not infrequent in Avesta.

another,

word may thus

its

cases,

quite

after

but

follow one declension in the majority of

occasionally make up certain of its forms

another declension.

Examples are numerous

and are of two kinds.

The simple unchanged stem is used, but given

endings of another declension much the commonest
(a)

the

case, e.g. &temja*dyaitt- 'imploring' with dat. sg. jaidyaiit-di

instead of *jaidyant-e; tacint-qm ace. sg. f., et al.
(tf-decl.)

Vowel

(b)

form

to

instead of *sravabis

much

Stems

(i)

5Q

in a.

The stem itself is remodelled and made to conanother declension, thus really giving a new stem,

sravah- 'word' with

e. g.

less

cf.

iristr.

gen.

pi.

sravdis (stem srava-}

sravawhqm.

pi.

The

case

is

common.

235.
cf.

Class:

Whitney,

In Avesta, as in Sanskrit

Stem-gradation.
Skt.

Gram.

the stem of a noun or ad-

311

consonant declension, often shows

jective,
vowel-variation, strongest, middle or strong, and weak
especially in the

forms,
a, a,

-i-;

-ay-,

-ay-,

-du~,

-ao-, -u-;

-dr3 -, -ar3 -,
-znt-,

-cant-,

-an-,

-an-,

-zr3 -;

-r-,

lnt];

-at-

-n-; etc.

(cf.

60).

The strong and strongest forms appear commonly in

Singular Nom. Ace. Loc., in Dual Nom. Ace., and in
Plural Nom., of the Masc. and Fern., and in the Plural
Nom. Ace. of the Neuter. The remaining cases are weak,
but there is much overlapping in this matter of stemThe distinctions are not always so sharply
gradation.
drawn

as in Sanskrit.

A.

STEMS
i.

Stems

Masculine and Neuter

i.

236.

Av.

-ti*"ro

VOWELS.

IN

(cf.

in a.

Whitney,

Skt.

Grain.

330).

MASCULINE.

yasna- m. 'worship,

sacrifice'

= Skt.

yajnd-.
Av. mazda-yasna-,* daiva-yasna-^ 'worshipper of Mazda, of
Demons'; ahura- 'Lord, Ahura'; vlra- 'man'; haoma- 'haoma-plant'.
1
The forms with e. g. "yasna are from mazda-yasna-, daiva-yasna-.
The forms in parentheses do not actually occur, but are made up after

the forms beside them

so throughout below.

Inflection: Declension of

70

Av.

Nouns and

Adjectives.

Singular:

...........
A. yasn-3m ..........
yasn-a ...........
D.
..........
yasn-ahe ..........
...........
V.
........
N.A.V.
........
N.

yasn-o

I.

yasn-dt

G.
L.

cf.

Skt

yajA-ds
yajA-din

yajA-d (Ved.)
yajA-dya

yajA-dsya

yesn-e

yajA-i

(yasn-a) ahura

ydjn-a

Dual:

(yasn-a)

vlra

......
.....
.......
...... ....
......

I.D.Abl. (yasn-aeibyd)

yajA-d (Ved.)

yajn-abhyam

viralibya

G.

(yasn-aya)) viray&

L.

(yasn-ayo)

yajti-dyos

zastayo

Plural:

N.V. yasn-a

A.

(yasn-aj haomq

..........
D.Abl.
.........
yasn-anqm .........
.......
I.

yasn-ais

"yasn-aeibyo

G.

L.

(yasn-ae$u)

ii.

237.

vtrag/u

= Skt.

.........
......
........

238.

cf.

to be observed in

In general,
final

34-

yajA-tbhya*

yajA-dnSm
yajA-tfU

vdstra-; Av. havuhar'na- 'jaw'.

Sg. N.A.V. VttStr-am

Du. N.A.V. (vastr-e) havuhar'nc
PL N.A.V. vastr-a

with long

yajA-ais

NEUTER (Separate Forms).

Av. vastra- 'garment'

Av.

Forms

yajA-itt

vowel,

GAv. has
cf.

26.

cf.

Skt.

vdstr-am
vdstr-g

vdstr-a (Ved.)

GAv. and YAv.

the

same forms as above,

Vowel Class:

i.

Nom.

239.

Singular:

YGAv.

yasnas-ca.

(i)

Stems

in

a.

7j

MASCULINE.

the forms of nom. sg. in -a, -e

Quite late
and occasionally in the Vd.
YAv. also ma/im 'mortal' (i. e. -ya-tn,
63) dacum 'demon' (i. e.
-va-m
GAv. also uiafi/ti 'mortal' (i.e. -ya-ni); also anylin,
63).

Yt. I.8,l2seqq.

Ace.

32, 29, beside a'ntm 'alium'

Instr.

Abl.

YAv.

'prone, ready'.

= -ya,

67).

Also hupa^(S( haca panvana} 'from well-drawn bow'

'of a husbandman' (
GAv. has only -hyd
34).

Ys. 9.4.

YAv. vastryeke

yasnahya, vastryehyS, or
Loc.

fra$3m

YAv. yasnaa^-ca ( 53 iv). Also iniprada 'from Mithra' (-/-(-, 222)

Yt. 10.42; sraoj&da'hom obedience'; Ji$aprada 'by the sovereignty'

Gen.

also haepaipe 'with own' (-e

YAv. zqpae-ca 'and

-fyya

in birth'

(before -ca 'que'

Also (sporadic) ra'pya

Again (rare) ma'dyoi 'in medio' Vd. 15.47;
GAv. yesne, as above.
pounds 56) wa'tfyvi.
'in

the house' (-ae-\-a).

'in birth'

N.A.V.

'in

a$aJiyd-cd.

222,

nm&naya

a chariot' Yt. 17.17.

but (often

in

com-

Also (common) zqpoi

56.

240.

Dual:

YAv.

also (but not

e. g.

133)

With postpos. a

55).

19.
e. g.

common) gavo

'both hands', yasko 'two sick-

42.

nesses',

I.D.Abl: YAv. also gao$cfaot beside gao$aiwe 'with both ears' (

85, 67),
GAv. r&noiby& 'with both allies'.
87, 67).
padave 'with both feet' (
Gen. YAv. havanay&s-ca 'of both haoma-mortars'.
:

Nom.

241.

Plural:

YAv.

also (not

serve

YAv.

common)

anif/tS 'immortals' (-<B

a^re 'Aryans' (~e

-ya,

Ace.: \Av.yasnqs-ca; also daevqn 'Demons'.

33); daevSs-ca 'and Demons'.

mqprA
'and
Instr.

YAv.

Dat. Abl.

GAv.

'words'.

Again

(regularly)

Like nom.

sacrifices'.

(rare)

Skt. -3s).

Ob-

67).

Sometimes yazatS
like nom. yazata

majying

mqpr&

/mortals'

'divinities'
'divinities',

also yasnqs-cS

'words'.

also (rare) a/rivanae'biZ 'with blessings'.

YAv.

mazdayastialibyas-ca.

GAv.

also yasnoi/>yu 'with sacrifices'.

Gen.: YAv. also (isolated) niajy&nqm 'of mortals' (&). Occasionally without
inserted n var'sqm 'of hairs' (qm for anqm), sufirqw, m&prqm.
Loc.

GAv.

(only

ti)

ma/yaffii 'among mortals'.

U.

N.A.V.
Loc.

YAv.

YAv.

NEUTER (Separate Forms).

Plural:

242.

also vastra (a-decl.,

also

nman&hu

'in

232).

houses' (<J-decl.,

232).

Inflection

72

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

2.

Feminine
243.

(cf.

Stems

in

Whitney,

Skt.

Av. --M-I^ daend-

Av. urvara-

f.

a.

Gram.

364).

'conscience, religion'.

'neck', nS'riktt- 'woman', gaps- 'hymn'.

'tree', grtvtt-

A. Derivative Stems in

a.

FEMININE.
Av.

cf.

Singular:

..........
..........
..........
daen-aya
.........

Skt.

N.

daen-a

sin-s

A.

daen-q,m

sin-am

daen-aydi

sin-nyiu

I.

D.

sin-aya.

......
......
.......

Abl. (daen-aydf) urvaraySf

G.
daen-aym

see gen.

L.

sin-SySm

...

V.

(daen-aya) grlvaya
daen-e

stn-aySs

..........
........
Dual:

N.A.V. (daen-e)

urvaire

I.D.Abl.(daen-dfya)
G.
(daen-aym)

vqfnuabya
'

nairikaya

sin-g

......
......

sin-abhyUm
stn-ayds

Plural:

N.V. daen-00

A.

daen-d)

I.

daen-dbls

..........
..........
.........
.........

sin-as
stn-5s

D.Abl. daen-dbyo
G.
(daen-anqm) urvaranqm
L.

(daen-dku) uruar&hu
-dhva g&pahva
Forms
244.

245.

Nom.

YAv.

to be observed in

In general,

with the long

.....
......
.......

final

GAv. has

vowel,

cf.

sin-SnSm
stn-dsu

GAv. and YAv.

the

same forms

as above,

26.

Singular:
also na're 'manly' (fern, adj., -e

See Haug, Zand-Pahlavi Glossary

p.

= -ya,
100

1.

67)
23.

= Skt.

ndryd.

Vowel Class

(2)

Stems

in &,

yi

Again some adjs. and nouns, like the pronominal declension, have
-e for ~a: Av. na'rike (nom.) beside n&rika 'woman', apir'n&yUke
'maiden', ptr'ne
'dear,
Instr.

YAv.

welcome

'by

cf.

also bir'fydl

Also (isolated) suwrya 'with a ring* beside ace.

subhrdm.
GKv. daena; also sSsnayS

also daina.

suwrqm,

Ghv.

beside ace. pfr'nqm.

'plena'

Skt. SubhrayS,

command'.
1

YAv. also (rare) gaepydi 'for the world Ys. 9.3 seq.
Abl. In GAv. wanting its place supplied by gen.
GAv. (exceptional) vairy&
Gen.: YAv. dainay&s-ca
124 Note.
Dat.

from vairyaVoc.

'desirable' (for Tjairyay&

GAv. po*rucista 'O

246.

247.
:

'flocks' (a-decl.).

Plural:

YGAv.

Dat. (Abl.)

Pourucista', spen,ta

Dual:

Ace.: YAv. (rare) vqpwa

N.A.V.

dalntSs-ca.

YAv. urvar&byas-ca 'and from

Ys. 43.13

194 trissyllable).
'O holy one'.

Also gaep&vyd 'from

62 Note 3.
Again

trees'.

beings', voijn&uyo 'from plagues' Ys. 6$. 13,

uncommon) hatnSbyd 'from hosts' Yt. 10.93 (analogy to

following word draomSbyo).
Without
YAv. (not common) j'nqnqm 'of woman' (-q45).
serted n (-qm for -anqm) nS>rikqm 'of woman'.
GAv. (only -Ati) adSha 'in rewards'.
(but

Gen.

Loc.

B. Radical Steins in

the

in-

a.

248. Stems with radical a, so far as they have not

over
to the ordinary a, a declension, are represented
gone
by a few forms (a) masculine and neuter, (b) feminine.
(i)

Masculine and Neuter

(cf.

p.

Lanman

443

Noun

Inflection in the

Veda

seq.).

Declension of Av. ra^agjftS- m. 'warrior standing in chariot'

its forms, however, are from the stem rapai$tarSkt. savylf(hdr-).
The forms from radical rafae-ft&- are:
Singular.
249.

= Skt.
cf.

Nom.
oi

cf.

rathgf(hd- (part of

rafagjft<B;

56),

Ace. rapagitqm; Dat. rapoiSte

rapalilSi

(a-decl.,

cf.

Skt.

(cf.

Skt. dhiyq-dht,

rathlfthdyd);

Gen.

and on

rapae$t&.

Plural. Ace. rapalSt&s-cH.

Note

I.

The forms from stem

Note

2.

Similar, dat. sg.

rafialStar- are

n e u t. pdi

enumerated

'for protecting'

cf.

at

330.

also vti.

Inflection: Declension of

74

(ii)

Adjectives.

Gram.

351).

Singular.

Nom.

S&t.

Whitney,

(cf.

Here belong a few forms

250.

&k&

Feminine

Nouns and

'judgment'; Ace. tnqm 'measure' Vd. 5.61; Yt. 5.127;

Plural.

bowstring'.

Nom.

in

Masculine, Feminine and Neuter

(cf.

and

Whitney,

*.

Skt.

Gram.

A. Derivative Stems in original

\.

'joyous',

jya 'with

jytS 'bowstrings'.

Stems

3.

/<

Instr.

MASCULINE

339, 364).

i.

FEMININE.

Av. .A'*>c gairi- m. 'mountain'

Skt. girt-.
Av. a$ti- {. 'sickness', fa'tiftd'ti- f. 'opposition', ninand.pa'li- m.
'lord of house', acpra.paiti- m. 'teacher', aSi- f. 'Rectitude, Blessing',
251.

afi- n.

'eye'.

Av.

gair-is

A.

gair-im

I.

(g&r-i)

D.

cf.

Singular:

N.

Skt.

fir-is

gir-im
gir-t (Ved.)

atyi

(gar-Je) paitm&tse

gir-Ayl

Abl. gar-oif
G.
gar-ois

sir-is

L.

gir-d (Ved.)

see gen.

gar-a

V.

(g&r-e) nm&nd.pafte

gir-i

-i aJi

Dual:

N.A.V.

(gdir-i) alpra.paHi

I.D.Abl. (g&r-ibya)

gir-t

gir-MySm

aSibya

Plural:

N.

gar-ayo

A.

gair-tS

gir-dyas
gir-in m.,

D.Abl. gair-ibyo
G.

galr-inqm

H.

252.

Sg.
PI.

Av.

fiti'ri-

N.A.V. bitir-i
N.A.V. (bwr-i)

NEUTER
n.

gir-ibhyo

gir-i^dm

(Separate Forms).

'richness', zarapuStri- (adj.) 'Zoroastrian'.

cf.

zarapuStri

Skt.

bh&r-i
bh&r-i

-Is

f.

Vowel

Forms

Class:

Stems

(3)

in

and

i.

jr

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

253. In general, GAv. has the same forms as above,

with the long final vowel, cf.
26.
Singular:

254.

Ace.

Dat.

-im
passages
Geldner, Metrik p. 15.

In metrical

YAv.

sometimes dissyllabic ,

is

23)

(cf.

GAv. has

paitiittitayae-ca 'and for withstanding'.

-aye-

'for sickness'

e. g. afytoydi

56)

(on o see

-aydi

cf.

(= YAv.

39 Note).

Also

from weak stem GAv. pafpyat-cli (YAv. paipe Yt. 17.58) 'and to the
Noun Inflection p. 400. Also
husband'
Skt. pdtyl, cf. Lanman

and

taroidlt:

Abl.

In

GAv. mru*t2

inf.

YAv. seldom

Loc.

YAv.

i.

e.

its

place supplied by gen.

YAv.

21 Note

(-tf for -?/,

likewise (with -W)

also (from

y-qm,

224)

Skt. sdkhi-,

stem

-ay-,

mid.

haja

hafyayo,

Note.

ujfttjf

tftijf-ca

'and wishes' et

also (from middle stem)

al.

Also

drmatayd

'desires'.

weak stem without

inserted

kaoyqm

(i.

e.

*kav-

'of Kavis'.

cf.

Singular.
Instr.

i)

GAv.

Observe also the declension of hafyi- m.

256.

girSu (on o

also (from strongest stem) staomSyd 'praises'.

(from middle stem) garayd.

YAv.

= Skt.

regularly vid&ta 'at the judgment*.

Plural:

Ace.: YAv. also

sti 'for being',

'of daring' Yt. 14.2.

GAv.

42).

255.

Gen.

YAv.

likewise garo 'on the mountain' Vd. 21.5

see

'for being',

&hity<& 'of sickness' (like f-decl., but variant Shitayaf).

Also darjyoiS

Norn.

stdi

taroiditi 'for despising'.

GAv. wanting

Gen.

'to speak',

st.

Whitney, Skt.
-ay-,

wk.

st.

Gram.

3433.

(i.e.-Syfnt,

Dual. N.A.V. haja.

hafyaya; Gen. /ia/qm (

162); Dat. hale.

hafyayo,

Transfers from

the

/-declension

Strong

-y-.

Nom. ha^a ; Ace. ha^Him

ha^aya; Ace.

'friend'

to the

65) Ys. 46.13;

Plural. Nom.
162).

a-declension

occur: e.g. from Av. vi- m. 'bird'

Skt. vlDu. Instrum. vayaeibya.
PL Abl. vayaeibyas-ca ; Gen. vayanqm (beside the regular i-decl. forms vif,
vi! nom. sg. Yt. 13.3; Vd. 2.42; vayo nom. pi. and vayqm gen. pi.).
t

Inflection

76
,

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

B. Derivative Stems in original

(Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.

z.

364.)

FEMININE.

Av. .j>"Q" a$aoni-

257.
Av.
ffaont

tr'jaitif.

f.

'fatness', SzizanS'ti

Av.

N.

f.

asavan- 'righteous'.

fern, to

'dark, dreadful' (>r'jant-),

bar'pn-

f.

'bearer, mother',

'giving birth', %?aj>ri-

..........
a$aon-im ..........
.......
.........
......
..........
a$aon-ym
.......
ya
..........
........
a$aon-i

A.

(a$aon-ya)

I.

D.

trja'tya

a$aon-yai

Abl. (a$aon-yd)
G.

l>arprya{

V.

'female'.

cf.

Skt.

d*v-t

dtv-im
dlv-yd
dtv-ysi
see gen.

div-yds

a$avan-a

L.

f.

Singular:

(f)

a$aon-i

dev-ytm
div-i

Dual:

N.A.V. (afaon-t)

J$aoni

I.D.Abl. (a$aon-ibya) fjaonifya

......

Plural

..........
..........
.....
.........
a$aon-inqm .........
.......

dev-i (Ved.)

dev-ibhyam

N.

a$aon-is

div-is (Ved.)

A.

a$aon-is

div-is

(ajjaon-iblS) azizananibiS

I.

D.Abl. a$aon-ibyo
G.
L.

(a<[aon-i$U)

Forms
258.

On
Norn.
Instr.

final

GAv. has

vowel,

the

same forms

as above,

Singular:
varying

'with thought',
1

dSv-tfu

26.

cf.

t,

see

21 Note

GAv. has a}aum Ys. 53.4.

So GAv. vavhttyd 'with good',

div-in&ni

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

In general,

with the long

259.

/ijapriju

dtv-tbhis

dev-tbhyas

cf.

i.

vaheliyd 'with

Dat. mahiyai Ys. 43.9.

Yt. 5.54, uncertain,

cf.

68 Note

3.

better',

and ma'iiya

Vowel
Gen.

Class:

(4)

Stems

in

YAv. drvaty&s-ca 'and of the wicked*

u and

(fern.)

v.

jj

also astva'jbyo 'of the

corporeal' (according to cons. decl.).

Voc.

YAv. sometimes

260.

Plural:

YAv.

Norn. Ace.:

according to /-decl.): agaone; ahurant 'O Ahuran'.

(e

fye'tiJ!

also -li

21 Note) barj^tiS 'bearing' Yt. 8.40, fyrviAlso (like Skt. dlvyas) tiStryenyo,

(cf.

'havocking, bloody' Yt. 10.47.

tijtryenyas-ca 'wives of Tishtrya'.

Gen.

YAv. vavuhlnqm

'of the

C. Radical

good' (observe

Stems

is

f)

sometimes written.

in original

Feminine Nouns and Adjective Compounds m.

f.

n.

z.

Whitney,

(cf.

Skt.

Gr.

35'- 352).

Here belong a few words

261.

mostly mere
Ace.

chiefly monosyllables

roots: Singular. Norn. byr*zai-dis 'high-spirited', Wl'-jiS 'right-living'

f
yaval-jim 'ever-living' Instr. sraya 'by beauty' Dat. yr S'-JyHi 'for the rightGen. sraytB 'of beauty', tySyO, fyjtayas-ca 'of destruction' Loc. ayaozliving'
Plural. Nom. fryo 'blessings'; Ace. var$a-ji3 (m.)
dya (?) 'in impurity'.
;

'buds',

yavae-jyo

'ever-living'

Dat. yavai-jibyo.

Stems

4.

Masculine, Feminine

and.

and

in u

Neuter

(cf.

Whitney,

Skt. Gr.

A. Derivative Stems in original

1.

MASCULINE

FEMININE.

Av. -))"*$ m&nyu- m.

262.

Av. zaytu- m. 'tribe', rajtnu- m.

'small cattle', avAu- m. 'life', bar$nuAv.

N.

A.
I.

D.

Abl.

......

(mainy-du) va//Su (GAv.)

ma*ny-o

....

.........

Skt.

many-us
many-urn
many-tins, -vS

many-dve
see gen.

inainy-aof

-aos ra$nao$

L.

cf.

ny-U) zayfu

Skt. manyu-.

'justice', vavhu- 'good', pasu- m.

f. 'head,
top', gStu- m. 'place, bed'.

Singular:

(j.

V.

'Spirit'

mainy-U$ .........
........
wainy-um
.......
\Qna
........
m&ny-ave
........
........
ma'nv-ms
i

341, 364).

u.

}
}

many-os

many-ati

mdny-o

Nouns and

Inflection: Declension of

78

Adjectives.

Dual:

Av.

G.

........
.....
(m&ny-ubya)
........

L.

(malni-vo) avkvo (GAv.)

N.

(ntdiny-aVO) barjnavd

A.

(m&ny-US)

N.A.V.
I.D.Abl.

mainy-ii, -u

pasubya

ma'ni-VO> 1

.....

Skt.

cf.

many-a
many-ubhy&m
many-vos

Plural

barSnut

.....
......
.....
....
.....

D.Abl. (mainy-ubyd) g&tubyo

G.
(ntainy-Unqm.) zaqtunqm
L.

(ma'ny-UfU) vavhu$u

H.

Sg.

Voh-U

Forms
264.

final

Norn.

Ace.

cf.

cf.

MASCULINE

Skt.

vds-u
vds-u, -u

GAv. and YAv.

the

same forms

as above,

26.
FEMININE.

Singular:

YAv.

also (from strongest stem)

gar'm&um
Instr.

many-ufu

YAv. also (from strongest stem) ujra.bazaus 'strong-armed' Yt. 10.75;

dar*jdJ>&zau3 'long-armed' Yt. 17.22.

f.

many-unam

vdsu-.

GAv. has

vowel,
i.

265.

= Skt.

to be observed in

In general,

with the long

-/

many-ubhyas

..........
..........

N.A.V. Voh-U

PL N.A.V.

many-tin m.,

NEUTER (Separate Forms).

Av. vohu- 'good'

263.

many-dvas

'heat'

64) 'nation, country'.

Less common instr. (weak stem

nasSum

(i.

e.

-avtm,

again (from strong stem) da'yhaom

-}~)

65) 'corpse',
(i.

e.

-avtnt,

ending 5: YA. Ipajnua, GAv.

fyrapwa 'by wisdom' YAv. ptr'pwa Vd. 9.2 GAv. cici]rw& 'through
the wise one'
Skt. cikitvd (fr. cikitu-}.
Also (orig. gen. or cf.
YAv.
'with
of
havoc
rajnvd 'with Rashnu'
\rm,drvo
39)
spear
;

Yt. 14-47-

Dat.

YAv.

also (from weak stem) rajrwe, rapwai-ca 'to the Master'

observe (also from weak stem) YAv. avuhe (i. e. orig. *asv-t) 'for

See

68 b,

62.

Vowel Class

Stems

(4)

and

in

tf.

70

Ys. 55.2, GAv. ahuyS (i. e. orig. *asu-v-e,

190) 'for life' Ys. 41.6.
Observe also GAv. haetaove variant kaelaoe Ys. 53.4 beside hae-

life'

tuve Ys. 46.5,

Ys. 20.1,

Abl.

YAv.

variant baetaoe beside kaetave 'for kindred'

61.

GAv. wanting i. e. its place is supplied by the gen. as in Skt.

Also (from strongest stem) YAv. baz&uS 'of the arm', GAv. mtr'pyau^
'of death'.
Again (from strongest stem -}-) ending o: YAv. nasavo

In

Gen.

cf.

cf.

(a)

and (from weak stem

'of a corpse';

(b)

The

YAv. rajnud

'of the

Master

1
.

interchange
ending -//, -aol is connected
with an original difference of accent: e. g. observe Av.

perhaps
vavhyuj, avhSuH

= Skt. vasds, dsds (unaccented ultima), and Av.

= Skt. tayos gfdhnos (accented ultima) et

tayaoX, gar'naoi

Loc.

-\- v)

in the gen.

al.

Exceptions depend perhaps upon a shift of the accent.

(a) The above loc. in -&u is Gatha locative, cf. also Ys. 62.6 vavhau

(Gatha reminiscence).
grafts

'in

GAv. p3r*t& 'at the bridge' Ys. 51. 13

The regular YAv. loc. is formed in o

Similarly,

judgment' Ys. 48.4.

(weak stem

-}- o, orig. gen.?),

g&tvo 'on a couch', datyhvo

e. g.

ahmi

zatitvo 'in this tribe' Ys. 9.28,

avhvd

the country',

'in

'in

the world'.

= Skt. ddsyau,
42 (but
= Skt. s$t&u; Av. var'taf$d Vd.

(b) Observe Vsp. 12.5 daiyho

variants), Av. halto 'at the bridge'

cf.

see
8.4

With postpositive a and strong

and GAv. ptr'to Ys. 51.12.
stem: YAv. anhava 'in the world' Yt. 6.3; gatava 'in place' Ys. 65.9.
Voc.

YAv.

occasionally ralvd 'O Master', yr'zvo 'O righteous one',

'O Rashnu,
266.

I.D.Abl.

267.

Norn.

Dual:

YAv.

also

b&zuwe 'with both arms',

67, 85

a.

Plural:

'enemies' (nom.
:

cf.

YAv. also with ending a,

224 (from strong stem) gdlava 'couches'.
With regular ending u (from strongest stem) nasSvo 'corpses', (from
weak stem) pasvas-ca

Ace.

rafmw

Justice'.

YAv.

'small cattle'.

21 Note

also (-/,

i)

datyhu:! 'countries' Yt. 8.9.

Ending

stem) bari$nava.
'corpses',

Observe

Yt. 14.38 duJt.ma'ttyuJ

pi.).

/ar/ 'many'

barSnuS 'heights'
Again with ending
;

a,

Yt. 8.49;

224 (from strong

nom. (from strongest stem)

d like

(from strong stem) gStavd 'places', (from

nasfivo

weak stem) pasvo

'small cattle'.

Dat. Abl.:

Gen.

YAv.

YAv. hinuhvyo 'from

Masters';
(

Loc.

y&pwqm

21 Note

GAv.

fetters'

also (without inserted w)

(only

i)

-)

'of sorcerers'.

Yt. 13.100

vavhvqm

= Yt.

19.86.

'of the good',

rafnvqm 'of
Observe the variant -Onqm for-unqm

occurs, e.g. variant

vohunqm

poru}tt 'among people'.

Ys. 65.12 etc.

80

Inflection: Declension of

U.

268.

269.
e. g.

Observe &

in

asra

'tears'

transfers

Occasional

to the

Also zanva

'tears'.

Yt. 10.38,

25 Note.

cf.

a-declension

are found:

Sg. Gen. gatvaht 'of the place'; Dat. hiikuai 'for the dry'.
270. Declension of Av. da'yAu-, dafyyu- f. 'nation, country',

Skt. ddsyu-

-avjm

NEUTER.

N.A.V. YAv. with a: asra

Plural:

knees' occurs.

Nouns and Adjectives.

135, 133:

Singular. Norn, daiyhui; Ace. da'yhaom

cf.

(i.

e.

da'yhu ; Dat. da'yhave; Abl. da'yhaof;

Gen. daiyhiui (YAv.), daJiySuH (GAv.) Loc. Ja'fAvo.'Diial. Norn, da'yhu
Plural. Norn. Voc. da'yhavo, da'yhavo ;
(Yt. 10.8,47), daliyu (Yt. 10.107).
64), dafyani

(GYAv.);

Instr.

Ace.

tta'fAuif,

daiyhavo; Gen. dafyyunqm (GYAv.).

B. Derivative Stems in original

(Cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

it.

356.)

These are not sharply to be distinguished from A in

Avesta, nor are they numerous. As example may be taken
FEMININE.

271.

Av.
Av.

-w^ro tanu-

f.

'body'

Skt. tanu-.

..........
..........
......
(GYAv.)
..........
..........
..........
.....
.........
.........
..........

tan-US

A.

tan-vam (GAv.), tan-um (GYAv.)

I.

tan-va

D.

tan-uye

Abl.

G.

cf.

Singular:

N.

tan-vat
tan-VO

Skt.

tan-As

tan-vam, tan-Am

tan-vd
tan-vt
see gen.
tan-vas

Plural:

N.A.

tan-VO

(tan-ubtS) hizubiS (GAv.)

I.

D.Abl. tan-ubyo
G.
tan-unajn
L.

tan-UfU

Forms to be observed

in

See Aogamadaica 48

p.

tan-Abhis

tan-Abhyas

tan-AnSm
tan-Afu

GAv. and YAv.

272.
Metrically, the v in tanvSm etc.
solved into u as in Sanskrit.
1

tan-vas

25 ed. W. Geiger.

is

to

be

re-

Vowel Class:

Dat.

Abl.

(5)

Diphthongal Stems.

273.
Singular:
Observe tanvag-ca Haug, Zand-Pahlavi Glossary

YAv.

gj

52. 9.

p.

also tanao/ like a-decl.

Gen.: G(Y)Av. tanvas-cif;

GAv. hizv&

also

'of the tongue'

5.45.1,

cf.

Skt. vadltvas.

Plural:

274.

N.A.V.

YAv.

tanvas-ca.

Stems

C. Radical

in original

Masculine Nouns and Adjective compounds

355 c end,

Whitney,

(cf.

Skt.

Gram.

352.)

275. Here belong a very few root words

Singular. Nom.
ahu (GAv.) ahu (YAv.) 'Lord' Syu (neut. GAv.) 'duration'
:

out

j)

ahum.' Plural.

Ace. avhvas-ca

apfr'ttayti 'youth',

or

framru

*mr&

(nom.

Similarly

(GAv.).

Add

'pronouncing'.

sg.

(with;

Ace.

without

s)

dative -buye 'to

become'.
Declension of

276.

yava (YAv.), yava (GAv.)

yu

n.

'duration, ever':

Singular.

Instr. (adv.)

Dat. yave, yaval-ca (YAv.), yavi or yaovg, yavoi

(GAv.); Gen. ySui.

5.

Diphthongal Stems.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.

(Cf.

i.

277.

Stems

Av. rdi, rae-

Singular. Ace. ragm

f.

360

in ai.

278.

(i.

'splendor'

e.

ray-im
(i.
Ace. rayo (GAv.), also raii-ca (YAv.
ii.

Stems

seq.)

64);

Skt. rdi-.
Instr.

raya.

Plural.

64 Note); Gen. rayqm.

in an.

Av. gdu~, gao- m.

f.

'cow'

Skt. gdii-.

Singular. Nom. (Voc.) gau$, gao$; Ace. gqm, or rare gaum, gaom
e. gav-tm
64, 65); Instr. ga-va; Dat. gave (YAv.), gavoi (GAv.);

Abl. gao^; Gen g}u *'

DuaL N.A.V. gava (GAv.); Gen. gav&.
Plural. Nom. gavo
Ace. g&; Instr. gaobii; Gen. gavqm.
-

Note.
1

Similarly Sg.

Nom.

See Aogemadaeca 84

p.

AiflluS,

Ace. hi]>qm

28 ed. W. Geiger.

'ally'

Ys. 48.7, 34.10.

82

Inflection

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

STEMS

B.

IN

CONSONANTS.

6. (A) Stems without Suffix.

Root-words and those inflected like them.

Masculine, Feminine and Neuter

279.

Av. -iv^

Av. spas- m.

vis-

'spy',

f.

'village'

amtr'tSf-

SAt.

Whitney,

(cf.

Gr.

383, 391).

Skt. vis-.

'Immortality', ast- n. 'bone', n5s-

f.

'misfortune'.

Av.

N.V.

cf.

Singular:

(VIS) spa!

Skt.

vi(

A.

VIS-MI

I.

VlS-a

vis-a

D.

vis-e

vis-t

Abl. Vis-af
VIS-O
G.
L.

-.

vis-am

see gen.
vis-ds

VlS-i

vis'-i

Dual:

N.A.V.

(VZS-a) anarnsta

vis-Su

I.D.Abl. (yizi-byd) anur'tadbya

G.

vij-b/iyilm

(VIS-CO) amtr'lata

vii-os

Plural

N.V.

A.
I.

vis-as

(vis-5) sfaso

Vis-0

vis-as

(yizi-blS) azdibrt

vi^-bhis

D.

Vizi-byd

vij-Myds

G.

Vis-qm

vis-am

L.

(VI$U)

,,S/u

Forms
280.

281.

Norn.:

to be observed in

In general,

with the long

vik-sn

(GAv.)

final

GAv. has

vowel,

GAv. and YAv.

the same forms as above,

26.

cf.

Singular:

GYAv. drufi
i.e. -tat-s

Ace.: YAv. also

'Fiend'

192, ha*rvatas 'Perfection, Salvation' (-/as

192); abtr's

drujim

'Fiend'

30 and kt/irpim 'body'

title
(-/'/

(-3-

of priest (-/-f-

-jm

32).

J ),

30).

Nirangistan.

GAv.

also

drujim

Consonant Gass:
Dat.

YAv.

Gen.
Loc.

GAv.

yavaSt&tal-ca 'and for eternity '.

than
Abl.

Stems without

(6)

Suffix.

83

also (-oi

more common

56) mazdi 'for the great'.

-l

i. e. its
GAv. wanting
place supplied by the gen. as in Skt.
GAv. also mazS 'of the great (-/ = orig. -as
32).
YAv. also aipya 'in water' (a'pi -\-a
222), uHtataHya 'in the word
ufta' (t&iti -\- a
GAv. has simply t: am3rta'ti 'in Im222).

In

mortality'.

Dual:

282.
I.D.Abl.

Solitary

YAv. brvaflyqm 'both

283.

Nom. Ace.: YAv.

also (with

ending

asti 'bones' Yt. 13.11

Loc.

GAv.

as

-a

224) vSca, vaca.

(variant asta, but see

above nSfa and

Transfers

Note.

hvar.dar's-6

brows'.

Plural:

26 Note) na//u-c

e.g. Sg.

Skt. svar-dfi ; Ace. (neut.) ast-tm 'bone*

'sun-like',

or visada 'from a village' Yt. 13.49.

like <5-decl. bar'zahu 'on the

pi. ace.

'among descendants'.

a-decl. are numerous:

to the

Neut.

283 Note).

Nom.

Abl. vtsSf

PI. Ace. (neut.) asta 'bones';

Loc.

heights'.

With stem-gradation (Strong and Weak).

Cf.

Whitney,

Gram.

Skt.

385

seq.

The strong and weak forms

284.

byavariation

in the quantity

are distinguished

stem-vowel

of the

(as

long or short) or by its elision, again by the presence

(strong) or absence (weak) of a nasal. For examples see
the following declensions.

Declension of Av. vaklc- m. Voice, word'

(i)
= Skt. vdklc- f. (no vowel
stem
-a-, strong -a-)
(strongest
391
variation), cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
285.

Nom.

Singular.

valfi; Ace. vaam, v&cim;

Instr.

vaca; Gen. vaco

Dual, vaj&bya-ca.
Plural. Nom. -vaco, vaca (ending a
vowel decl.
224); Ace. vSco, vacas-ca, vaca; Dat. Abl. vSjtf-

(Ys. 31.20).
cf.

byd; Gen. vacqm.

Note,
3 (i)

(a)

The

from the nom.

286.

stem

dp-,

(ii)

dat. du.

sg.

va$.

(pada-endings) seem to derive their

Observe
the form va$ as gen. Ys. 8.1.
(b)

and

pi.

Declension of Av. ap-

strong stem ap-}

Whitney, Skt.

Gram.

393:

Skt. dp-

f.

f.

'water' (strongest

(stems dp-, ap-}

Inflection

84

Nom. S/J; Ace. Bptm, apn-ca

Singular.
Abl. apaf,
(~i-\-a

Dual. Spa, ape (Gah 4.5

222).

The

287.
Skt.

19;

Instr.

apa-ca

Gen. apd, apas-ca, Spo; Loc. a'pya

ap8a(-ca (a-decl.);

Plural.

<f-decl.).

Nom.

19; Ace. apo, apas-ca, &po\ Dat. a'wyd; Gcn.apqni.

apo, apas-ca

Note.

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

dat. pi. a'u'yo

for orig. *nM/iyds

is

186.

Declension of anc- stems

(iii)

(cf.

Whitney,

Gram.

408, 409):
Singular. Nom. frqf

fraca
cf.

(?

Yt. 10.

tirasca

Skt.

vancing'

nS/rata

'forward'

Siti

advbl.

instr.

Ace. "nyaniain 'down'

[\fi- -\- S]
(

cf.

Instr.

Skt. praca), tarasca 'across',

Whitney

309 d )

paivqitca 'ad-

etc.

Av. pap- m. 'path' = Skt. path- belongs partly

here and partly under tf-stems
310 which see.
288.

(B) Derivative

Stems

in ant, mant,
and
Possessi
ves
(see Bartholomae, in
Participial Adjectives
xxix. p. 487 seq. = Flexionslehre p. 68 seq.
Whitney, Skt. Grain. 441
7.

452

289.

A'.Z.

seq.,

seq.)

This subdivision of consonant stems includes:

stems in ant; and (ii) posin

stems
sessive adjective
mant, -vant. They are masculine and neuter; the corresponding feminine is made in
The stem shows vowel-gradation, strong stem
a^n)^-'
(i)

participial (and adjective)

weak stem at (from

nt; also

GAv.

at, see

18 Note).
the
stem-gradation, (i)
adjective ant290.
stems generally show at in the weak (= Skt. weak) cases,
show ant in almost
(2) the participial (thematic) #;^-stems
ant,

As

to

(3) The mant-, z/rt^-stems agree with the adin showing at in the weak cases.
stems
number
jective
of interchanges, however, between all three occur
all

forms.

these interchanges are found chiefly in

ber'zanbya (from

str.

st.)
I.

291. (i)
Skt. brhdnt- ;

e. g.

dat. du.

MASCULINE.

Adjective, Av.
(2)

YAv.

Ys. i.li; 3.13.

-to^f^Aj

bwzant-

'great'

Participial, Av. -top""^ f$uyant-

Consonant Class:

'thrifty,

(7) Derivative

cattle';

raising

(3)

Stems

in ant,

ma%t, vaqt.

Possessive, Av.

astvatit- 'possessing bones, corporeal'

85

.^^^

(GAv.) 'belonging to the Druj, follower of Satan'.

(l
2) a#/-stems: Av. hartt- 'being'; stavaqt- 'praising';
'hating'

'increasing

afaofi/ayaqt-

Righteousness'

(3) marit-,

vaqt-

terns: drgva*it- (GAv.), drvaqt (YAv.) 'belonging to the Druj',

pw&varil- 'like thee', awavayi- 'mighty', satava^t- 'hundred-fold',
s

(a)

tor'z-o

N.

aqt-Stems.

Adjective.

AT;
/.

(2)

Participial.
cf.

Singular:

-CIS

^>
siav-as

......
........
........)
.......
........
.....
2^$uy-a%t($)
........
........
.........
........
........
bWZ-CUlt-am

tor'z-ata

I.
(

D.
\

i. bar'z-aite
,v

V.

(for's-ataf)

pifyaitfat

for'z-ato
_v

-v

/.

bfh-antam
brh-ata

\brh-att

2.f$uy-ante
/.

Cr.

Skt.

2.f$uy-q,s

A.

ADl.

Daevas',

'wise-in-heart'.

t-

(i)

to the

dacvavarit- 'belonging

po*rumatit- 'multitudinous',

see gen.

_>

\brh-atds

2.fuy-a*ito

ber'z-a

bfh-an

Dual:

N.A.V.

bsr'z-arita

I.D.Abl.

G.

7.

bzr'z-anbya

2.

(f$uy-atlt&)

ajao$/ayavt<B

4r4-<fo/* (Ved.)

brh-adbhySm

Plural:

N.V.

bsr'z-aiitd

I/,

"A

(bwz-ato)
/.,

hato

._

2.f$uy-atito

........

brh-alas

(bar'z-adbis)

I.

i.

2.

D.Abl.

(bar'z-adbyo)

/.

brh-adbhya*

Inflection: Declension of

86

G.

Nouns and

...-...)

/.

bar'z-atqm

2.

(f$Uy-atltqm) ^ifya^tqin

L.

Adjectives,

\brh-atim
.

ffuyasu (GAv.)

(btr'z-asu)

bfh-dtsu

(b) maitf-, vatit-Stems.

(3)

Posse ssives.
cf.

Singular:

Skt.

ast-v&
"

N.

-vqs bw&vqs

A.

bhdga-v&n

va amava
ast-vatltdtn

bhdga-vantam

(_ast-Vata) satavata

I.

D.

bh&ga-vatO.

ast-Vaite

bhdga-vate

Abl. ast~vatat
ast-vato
G.
(

L,.

see gen.

bhdgawtas

ast-va^fiti

<

\bhdga-vati

-tnal tl po uruma'ti

V.

(ast-VO) drvo

N.V.
A.

dr9g-vailto

bhaga-van
Plural:

I.

bhdga-vantas

dr3g-vatO

bhdga-vatas

dr9g-vod'bls and daevavafbzS

D.Abl. drag-vod'byd and cazdotivhvad'byo

G.
drag-vatqm
L.

drag-vasu
H.

292.

Sg.

N.A.V.

bh&ga-vat&m

NEUTER

(Separate Forms).

Av. hayl- 'being', astvaqt- 'corporeal', a/smanivatfi-

ha{

(a)

(b) ast-vaf

afsmani-vqn
Forms

to be observed in

In general,

293.
with the long

30) -int-

bhdga-vadMyas

bhdga-vatsu

PL N.A.V.

294.

bhdga-vadbhis

final

GAv. has

vowel,

cf.

bhdga-vanti

GAv. and TAv.

the

same forms

as

YAv.,

26.

According to
29,
may be found instead of
(a)

'metrical'.

c f. Skt. bhdga-vat

-*#/-

or (after palatals

-ant-:

Av.

Consonant Class:

druz-int-3m 'deceiving', raoc-i^t-af

'falling',

et

al.

Derivative Stems in aqt, mayf, vayt.

(7)

According to

(b)

instead of

-vaiit-

-yarit-,

63,

Av.

-itit-,

(abl.)

'shining'

may be

-unt-

var'z-irit-ant

87

found

beside v^r'z-

yarit-o 'working', Ivar'nawh-uiit-am 'glorious', tamawh-uiit-Bm

'dark' Yt. 5.82,

cf,

tdmasvantam.

Skt.

MASCULINE.

\.

Singular:

295.

Norn.

In YAv., the
/-stems generally have nora. -6, and the wa/-stems
have nom. -vG> or -va or sometimes -vo. In GAv. the nom. is -qs

Observe YAv. per'navo, astavd 'possessing a feather,

possessing a bone' Yt. 14.36; also hq 'being' Yt. 13.129, vyqsca 'drivor -as (for -a(-s).

GAv. f$uyqs

ing'.

On

'like thee'.

-sv-) see
Instr.

Dat.

GAv.

pwavqs

'dark', hrar'nawuhCb 'glorious' (for orig.

(2) c.

also drygvata (observe

GYAv.

130

'thriving, prospering', stai-as 'praising',

timavuhfo

&

8 Note 3) 'with the wicked'.

18 Note 3) 'for the wicked

also drygvaHe, drv&te (observe a

Ys. 31.15

etc.,

On GAv.

Ys. 71.13.

Gen.:

On

Loc.

Sometimes variant

Voc.

har'navuhato

YAv. drvo above

drjgv&tae-c&, see

19.

'of the glorious', see

astvaiti.
is

like

I3o(2)c.
See furthermore below

nom.

(see

297.

Nom.).

Plural:

296.

Nom.: YAv. with ending a

'belonging to sorcery'

224:

bir'zatita 'great'

also (isolated)

Yt. 5.13, y&tumtf^ta

weak stem nom.

pi.

mrvatd

'speaking* Ys. 70.4.

Ace.

Gen.

YAv.

also (observe strong stem) byr'zaqtd 'great'.

YAv.

also (2 from

Also

297.
infrequent;

GYAv.

weak stem) $ijyatqtn

'of those hating' Yt. 10.76.

18 Note

h&tqin 'of beings' (observe a)

Transfers

to

the

^-declension

3.

are not

Here belong:

i. MASCULINE.
Singular. Nom. bir'zo above in paradigm, also
Voc. b?r'za; Dat. zbayant&i 'for him invoking'; Abl. saoJjyaqtat 'from
Gen. ratvatitahe 'of the radiant'
Loc. bar'zaritaya
Saoshyant'
Plural. Dat. Abl.
or b3r*zant aya (uncertain see
257) Yt. 5.54,57.
;

saojyatitai'byd 'for the Saoshyants', tirvatae'liyo 'from the wicked'.

U.

NEUTER.

298.

Singular. Ace. var'cavhantim et

Declension

of Av. maza^t- 'great'

al.

Yt. 19.9.

= Skt.

mahdnt-.

This

word shows a strongest stem maz&nt-, like Skt. mahdnt-. i. MASC. Singular. Nom. maza, Ace. mazOttttm; ii. NEUT. niazaf, cf. Skt. mahan, mahdntam, nialidt, Whitney, Skt. Gram.
450 b.

Inflection: Declension of

88

Stems

(C) Derivative

8.

Nouns and

Masculine, (Feminine) and Neuter

an,

Adjectives.

in an, man, van.

(cf.

Skt. Gr.

Whitney,

420 seq.).

299. The stem has a triple form:

strongest stem
strong stem an, weak stem n (before vowels) or a (= )

before consonants.

Gram.

ii.

113.

Brugmann, Grundriss der vergl.

Cf.

The strong and weak forms do not

ways agree with the Sanskrit in

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

425

300.

sharp division;

al-

also

cf.

f.

man-Stems.

(a) an-,
i.

its

MASCULINE.

Av. -1^6""^ airyaman- m.

'friend'

Skt. ar-

yamdn- m.
Av. maesHian-

n.

^apan-

'urine',

f.

mar'lan- m. 'mortal',

'night',

cajfman- n. 'eye', frizafan- 'triple-jawed', ajavan- 'righteous', asan- m.

'stone',

rasman- m.

'male', vy&fyaan- n.

Av.

N.

'rank, column',

'council

d&man-

n.

'creature', arfan-

cf.

Singular :

^^<

........
airyam-awm .......
atryam-na ........
.....
.......
......
airyam-a)

A.
(

1.
\

).

AK1
/VD1.

maesmana

-<Znfl

(airyam-ahie)

-ne fta/ne

(ffiryam-naf) marina

-ana{ cafmana/

L.

.....

.......
.......

(a'ryam-no)
-ano

m.

(airyam-aini) cafmafnt (GAv.)

Skt.

aryam-d
aryam-diiam
]
\

aryam-ya

aryam-nt

see gen.

)
}

aryam-tids

aryam-d\ii

V.

tryam-an

-3m

194

prizaf)m

.1

Dual:

N.A.V.

........

airyam-ana

I.D.Abl. (airyam-anm) ca$man&

1

See Vd. 22.13.

Vsp. 1.8

etc.

.....

aryam-da

(Ved.)

dryam-ands

Thus, metrically a'ryamnas-ca Ys. 33.4;

46.1.

Consonant Class

Stems

(8) Derivative

man, van.

in an,

89

Plural:

N.V. (a'ryam-ano)

A.

(airyam-no) Mafno
-

I.

.....
......
.....
.....
.....

aryam-dnas

ajavand

}
[

rasmano

(airyam-Sbti)

d&mSbii!

aryam-dbhis

D.Abl. (airyam-abyo) damabyo

Gi
.

r +vr**r rrvz f *

*J

*"*

aryam-dl>hyas

g"f"

L.

I***

{
I

rasmanqm

(airyam-ohu) vyshmohu
-okva d&mokua
NEUTER

H.

301.

Av. ndman-

Sg.

N.A.V.

nqm-a

PI.

N.A.V.

nam-Sm

n.

....

aryam-nam

1
}

aryam-ahu

(Separate Forms).

'name', tinman- n. 'attempt'.

nam-ani

cinm-arii (GAv.)

Forms

aryam-nds

to be observed in

GAv. and YAv.

302. In general, GAv. has the

with the long final vowel, see
26.

same forms as above

303.
Occasionally (i) instead of Av. a we find q,
before the n ( 45) or (2) instead of a we find GAv. 3

e.g. (i) Av. "rvqno 'souls';

32):
(2) GAv.
'with greatness'; GAv. asSno 'stones, heavens'.
(

304.

On

the interchange of strong (an) and

mazSnd

weak (n) forms see

299.

L MASCULINE.
305.

Nom.
Ace.

Instr.

Dat.

Singular:

YAv. fravrase
YAv. also (from

Similar (-a'nej
'for praise'

Vd. 3.24.

Gen.

GYAv.

(=

strongest stem)

weak stem) arfntm

GAv. also ntazSna

'Franrasyan'

infin.

cf.

67,

ace.,

title

fravrasy&ntni).

of priest

and (from

'male'.

303.
dat. n.

GAv. faqnmsm

From

sya

h&vanamm

YAv.

'to

^fnauia'tte 'to rejoice',

be content'

strongest stem

303.

staoma'ne

Observe a'wi.jotfne

YAv. puj>rne 'having a

child'.

also (from strongest stem) mar't&no 'of mortal', h&van&nd.

Yt. 13.16,

cf.

'

39.

Ys. 12.3.

Inflection: Declension of

go

Nouns and

Adjectives.

Abl.

YAv.

isolated (undeclined abl.) bar'smtn (neut.) 'with barsom'.

Loc.

YAv.

also (from

weak stem)

strongest stem) husravtlni

mtyg, cafmqm (neut.)

Stt. Gram.
425 c.
Voc.

YAv. a*ryama

(cf.

164 Note

asni 'by day'

good word' (?)

'in

eye' Ys. 31.13; Ys. 50.10,

'in

Vd. 22.9) above

in

and (from

4.8.^GAv.

Jty.

paradigm

is

cf.

also caf-

Whitney,

nom. or

like

after a-decl.

Dual:

306.

N.A.V.

YAv.

Nom.

314 Note

also (from strongest stem

YAv.

also

asna
:

Dat. Abl.

also (from strongest stem) asSnd 'stones'

With en ding a

303.

YAv.

With ending a

and (from weak stem)

'males',

'stones'.

YAv.
cf.

b) sp&na 'two dogs'.

(from strongest stem) as&no 'stones'.

224 (from strongest stem) ar$ana

Ace.

Plural:

307.

GAv. asSno

Ys. 30.5

224 (from strongest stem) ar/Sna

also draomSbyo 'from assaults'

'males'.

33.

H. NEUTER.

Plural:

308.

The common ending

d&mqm cf. Ys. 48.7, 46.6,

Nom. Ace.

cf.

(-Sni),

q(n)

etc.

Vd. 8.11,12,

45 Note 2 Av. nSinq(n), dSmqn,

Less frequent is the ending -Sni
:

Observe as dual and plural

Skt. -Sni.

(like

sing.)

Perhaps here belong likewise niaisma

Yt. 15.43; Ys. 71.6.

dqma

Johannes Schmidt, Neutra pp. 89, 316, but

et al., cf.

227 above.

see

As general plural
n&inqn 'by

is

fair

case,

(as gen. pi.) Ys. 57.2,

(as instr.

singular ayqn.
As general plural

pi.)

case, ?/

hfSiH namSriiH 'by their

instr.)

309.

qn

is

also used:

names' Ys. 15.1, Vsp. 6.1

Yt.

e. g.

(as instr.)

Av. srir&i?

damqn (as nom. pi.) Yt. 8.48,

As ace. pi. and gen. loc.
22.9.
so

228, 331)
Ys. 15.2.

is

also used:

e. g.

(as

own names'

Transfers

to the

<z-declension are found.

Here belong:
Singular. Dat. sySvar^SnSi 'to Syavarshan' Gen. arjinahe 'of a
Abl. ftfa/nSafca 'night'.
Plural. Loc. asSnatfva m. 'on stones'.
;

male*

Declension of Av. patitan-, pap- m. 'path' =

Skt. pdnthan-, path- m. cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
433.
310.

This word follows partly the a-declension (strongest stem

pantdn-, strong stem pa^tan299) partly the suffixless
,

consonant declension (weak stem pap-

288).

Consonant Class

(8) Derivative

Stems

man, van.

in an,

gi

Singular. Norn, payta, pan,t& Ys. 72.11 Ace. paritamm, pan.lqm;

Plural.
papa; Abl. pan.taf; Gen. papo; Loc. palpi (G A v.).
Nom. pan,t&no; Ace. papo, papa; Gen. papqm.
;

Jnstr.

Note.

Gen. papayto.

Transfers to the
PL Ace. /a/*.
Often, a

311.

5-declension

neuter stem

are Sg. Ace.

(fern.)

an stands

in

(b)

ii.

in

118.

van-Stems.

The van-stems are declined like those in an,

weak case-forms the va becomes (by sam-

312.

man, but

one

parallel with

Gram.

237, and Brugmann, Grundriss der vergl.

ar, see

papqm ;

in the

prasarana
63) u, which coalesces with a preceding a into
ao (au 62) or with a preceding u into u (u
51 Note i).
3

Declension of Av. a$avan- m. 'righteous' =

shows in weak cases a$aon-, a$dun (i. e. GAv.
62 Note i).

3-

(i)

Skt. rtavan-

and

cf.

Singular.

Nom.afava; Ace. afavanym; Dat.

62 Note

afaone, a$aonai-ca,

Abl. a$aona$; Gen. a$aond, ajaonas-c5

Dual. Norn. Ace. Voc.
193.
(GAv.), a$&uno (GAv.); Voc. a/Sum
Plural. Nom. ajavand; Ace. afavano (str.
ajavana; Gen. afaona.

al&une (GAv.

i)

stem YAv.), a/duno (wk. stem GAv.), a$avana (ending a

224);
Dat. a$avabyd (GYAv.), afavavyo (YAv.
62 Note 3) Gen. afaonqm,
;

a$aunqm
Note

(62

Note

i).

Similar to ajavan-

i.

is

(a) the

declension of

GAv. magavan-

m. 'member of the community', cf. Skt. maghdand (b) the declension of Av.
van-, maghon- Whitney, Skt. Gram.
428
Skt. atharapravan- (str. st), afa*run- (wk. st.
62, 191) m. 'priest'
van-.
Observe Av. voc. sg. spraom
193.
(str. St.),

niag&un- (wk.

st.)

Note

2.

Transfers to the a-decl. are not infrequent:

e. g.

Dat. Du.

ajavanafidya.

314.

(ii)

Declension of Av. u rvan-

68 b and 71 end) m. 'soul'.

"run- (u
51 Note i).

This has

in

(i.

e.

"ruvan-

weak case-forms

Singular. Nom. "rva; Ace. *rvan>m; Instr. *runa; Dat. *rune,

Plural. Nom. "rvqno ( 45); Acc.*runt>,
"runag-ca; Gen. "runo.
"runas-cd Ys. 63.3, "rvqno

Note
yuvan-

i.

68

b,

(str.

(a) Similai to *n>anstr. St.),

yan- (wk.

st.)

st.)

is

Dat. *rvoibyo

(rt-decl.).

the declension of Av. yvan-

m. 'youth'

Skt. yuvan-,

(i.

e.

ydn- m.,

cf.

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

Inflection:

Q2

20) m. 'dog'

427.

= Skt.

Transfers

2.

Av. span-

ivan- (ivan-, Jvdn-,

Likewise Av. zrvan-

(c)

Note

Observe Av. voc.

427.

(b) Similar also in

193).

Gram.

SAt.

Whitney,

yuvan

to the

n.

/-)

m.,

sg.

yum

opp. to Skt.

stem span-, span-, san-

(triple

cf.

Whitney,

S&t.

Gram.

'time', dat. sg. zrtine Yt. 5.129.

a - d e c 1. are found

gen. sg. sa/taAe

e. g.

beside s&no; again gen. sg. zrvanahe (stem zrv&na-), loc. zrane Vd. 19.9
(stem zrana-, but cf.
35 Note 2 or
233). So above dat. pi. rvoil>ya
rvalfl>yo, after a-decl. instead of *rvabyo).
(variant
315.

Forms

(a)

cf.

stem) 'overpowering',

So

pp. 141, 142.

case

plural

general
pi.

sg.

GAv. nom.

95.

to

be

observed

nom. friza/a),

adv&

sg.

afaonif; as

instr.

(D) Derivative

9.

m.

pi.

The

316.

Whitney,

Skt.

'way'.

orig.

*zapvan-

(b)

masc. Vsp. 21.3).

Stems

Masculine, Feminine and Neuter,

cf.

= Flcxionslthrc

As general
As
308: YAv. karfvqn 'climes'.
231, 308: Av. afaom! (as ace.

(variant advd)

with ending -qn

230,
case with ending -/

ddma

sg. ta"rv<f (van-

561

m (stem

ace. "arum, voc.

plural

neut. Ys. 71.6

YAv. nom.

are:

in fC.Z. xxix. p.

Bartholomae,

in in.

(derivative adjectives),

Gram.

438

seq.

*'-stems (few in number) are declined like

Brugmann, Grundriss der vergl. Gram.

kainin- f. 'maiden', et al.
Av.
e.g.

those in an;
115:

1.

cf.

ii.

FEMININE. Singular Nom. ka'ni ; Ace. Aa'niwm ;

MASCULINE

Dat. ptr'nine 'having a feather'; Gen. ka'nind, fra'nfno.^Dual:

hqmina 'belonging

to

Plural

summer".

Nom.

ka^iinv,

Nom.

ka'nrna,

ka'nina; Ace. afitacino 'having running waters'; Dat. ka'nibyd; Gen.

drujinqm 'belonging
Ace.
Note.

to the Druj' Yt. 4.7.

ii.

NEUTER.

Sg. Nom.

raofyifni 'shining'.

On

the interchange of

10. (E)

Radical

/,

/,

n-

see

21 Note

I.

and w-Stems.

317. Here belongs the root jan- 'slay' as final element of a compound: Av. vsr'prajan- 'victorious' = Skt.
vrtrahdn-, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram. 402. The stem shows
triple

forms

-jdn-, -jan-, -jn-.

Singular: Nom. vtrtyraja, vtr^rtm.ja (GAv.), v)r>praj& (i. e. -a

[= an] -\- s 222) Ace. vjr'prajanym ; Abl. vtr'frajnaf; Gen. vtr>PlMxal: Nom. vtr'prajatw; Ace. a$ava-jaiw.
d, vir'firajand.
;

*-Stems.

(g)

k$dm- jm~,
1

ii.

cf.

(u) r-Stems.

g?

Av. zam- z'm- f. rearth' =

Brugmann, Grundriss der vergl. Gram.

Radical w-stem

318.
Skt.

m- and w-Stems.

(10)

is

60.
Singular : Nom.

(cf.

Loc.

Note
ace. 2^/w

z>.
I.

(= ?

z<

Ace. zqm ;

233); Abl. z'tnal,

also

Plural

The nom.

zmada

Instr.

Yt. 7.4

Nom. zimo; Ace.

sg.

z<3>

zii

is

z'ma ( 24) Dat. z'me

222, a-decl.); Gen. zmo;
;

z'mo, z'mas-ca; Gen. z'mqm.

(= z7- = zln) -f?

222; similarly

zln -|- /).

2.
Similar to z>;- is Av. zyam- m. 'hiems', Sg. Norn. zy&,
Ace.
160. Likezyqm; Gen. zimo; cf. Brugmann, Grundriss ii.
zy&s-cif;
see Brugwise Av. </ow- 'domus', cf. GAv. gen. sg. dftig, loc. sg. dqm

Note

mann, Grundriss

ii.

160.

ii. (F) Stems in original r.

Masculine (Feminine and Neuter), cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
319.

369

seq.

Here belong a limited number of nouns:

Derivative stems in orig. -tar, -ar

nouns of agency
and nouns of relationship; (b) Radical stems in orig.
(a)

-ar; (c) Derivative stems (indeclinable) in orig. -ar.

Nouns of this
320. Strong and weak case-forms.

declension show three stem-forms

strongest stem dr, strong

stem ar, weak stem r (before vowels), ar9 (before consoThe (i) nouns of agency show the strongest
nants).
form dr in ace. sg., nom. du., and nom. pi.; the (2) nouns of

relationship show simply the strong form ar in those

cases.
The strong and weak case-forms, however, do not
always agree with the Skt.

Lanman, Noun-Inflection
(a)

sg.,
i)

in its

in the

sharp division,

Veda

Derivative Stems in

p.

420

cf.

also

fin.

-tar, -ar.

These are divided with reference to the ace.

321.
nom. du., and nom. pi. dr or ar into two classes:

Nouns of Agency.
Chiefly Masculine

(cf.

Nouns

of Relationship.
2)
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
373).

-W^ ddtar- m.

322.
i) Av.
dhdtar-.
ddtdr-,
2) Av.

$**>*<*

'giver,

patar- m.

creator'

'father'

Skt.

Inflection

0,4

Declension of Nouns and Adjectives.

Av. frabtrlar~ m.

title

of priest, Star- m.

'fire',

nar- m. 'man',

nipStar- m. 'protector', zamatar- m. 'son in law', satar- m. 'persecutor'.

Av._

N.
.

Singular:

dd-ta

.........
.........

da-tdrtm

/.

2.pi-

I.

cf.

......
......
........

(dd-J>ra) spr& (GAv.)

SkL

ds-td

ds-tdram
pi-tdram
da-trd

D.

(dd-jre) frahr>J>re

da-tri

Abl.

(dd-praf) sprat

see gen.

G.

dd-pro

L.

V.
,
M
PI.A.V
.

..........
........
..........

(dd-tari) na'ri

dd-tar9

.s
I

Dual:
/ (dd-tdra) nip&tara
,-..^
2. (P l -tara) zamatar a

I.D.Abl.

......
......
......
.......

(dd-tsr'bya) nsr'bya

G.

(dd-pr&)

narOi

Plural

7.

dd-tdro

\2.pi-tdr5
/. dd-tdro

2.f'-dr5

D.Abl.

..........
..........
..........
..........
......
.......

(dd-tJr'byd)

G.

Stir'byo

323.

to be observed in

In general,

with the long

dd-tdri

dd-tar

dS-tdrS (Ved.)
pi-tara (Ved.)

dd-tfbhySm
da-tros

(dd-flrqnt) saprqm

Forma

da-tur

GAv. has

da-tdras
pi-tdras

ds-tfn
pi-tfn
dd-trbhyas

dd-tfpdm

GAv. and YAv.

the same forms as above,

26.
vowel, see
On the occasional interchange of strong (ar)
324.
and weak (r, 9r>) case-forms see
47 Note.
320, and
325.

Nom.
Ace.

YGAv.
YAv.
nni

YAv.
-\- s,

Dat.

GAv.

Singular:
observe p'ta,

also (from
'sister'

p'tarim
Gen.

final

pa ta,

ptd

'father'.

weak stem) braprtm

'brother'.

opp. to Skt. svdsaram (-2r-}.

GAv.

ObserVe Av. hatihaalso (?m

22, 32)

'father'.

Also (isolated) from strong stem

s&pras-cit 'of the persecutor".
s&star? 'of the tyrant' Ys. 9.31, like gen. nar!
332.
also f'droi 'father' (i. e. -oi
-l,
56) Ys. 53.4.

(n) Stems

Consonant Class:

YAv.

weak stem) brfyra 'two

also (from

Nom.: YAv. also dataras-ca see

Ace. YAv. also ace. pi. in -,?/,
:

x. p.

Philology

Also matirql-ca

YAv. observe

sffstar-).

star-,
(cf.

a: va?lara 'coursers'.
329, 332)

Skt. paryetdr-, see

49.

to the a-decl. occur: e.g.:

Gen. sastrahe 'of the persecutor' (i. e. stem sastraPlural. Gen. sastranqm 'of persecutors'.

(a)

329.

ending

ptjr'byo 'for fathers' Vd. 15.12.

Singular.
beside

cf.

Transfers

328.

Also

19.

-// (like strSul, strrt, nr3u3,

American Journal of
346.^ GAv. also (from strong stem) mataro 'mothers'.

pairi.altriu? Vd. 9.38,

brothers'.

Plural:

327.

Dat.

gc

Dual:

326.

N.A.V.

in original r.

Like nouns of agency.

Declension of Av. star- m. (strongest stem

(i)

strong stem star-, weak stem

sir-,

= Skt.

stdr-

Nom. Ace

star 5,

ster'-)

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

371):
stanm ; Gen. staro.
19 on <J), strSu~S (ace. YAv. cf.

Singular.
staras-ca

Ace.

Plural.

327); Dat. Abl. stir'byo ;

Gen. strqm, st&rqm, starSm-ca (GAv.).

330.

(ii)

Declension of Av. rapaestar- 'warrior standThis word shows also a parallel stem

ing in charriot'.

rapaestd according to the radical

forms from stem rapaestar- are:
Singular.

-decl.,

see

The

249.

Ace. rafalitSrtm ; Gen. rapalti&rahe (a-decl.); Voc.

rafaljtara (a-decl.).^Plural. Nom. rafrailStard; Ace. rajiatflarSs-ca

r perhaps here a-decl.
3 2 7i
(
129).

Note.

The forms from stem

(P)

331.

stem

dtar-,

(Hi)

wk.

Singular.

rajatftH- are enumerated at

Like nouns of relationship.

Declension of Av. dtar- m.

st.

249.

dpr-, dtr-

Nom. Star? (=

str. st.

'fire*

(strong

79 Note],
~\- s)

dter>-}:
Ace. Strtm (YAv.), atrim

tyra (GAv.); Dat. apre, upral-ca; Abl. a^raf; Gen.

&pro, &pras-ca; Voc. Star* (YAv.), dtar' (GAv.), atari (YAv. same
as nom.).
Plural. Ace. ataro; Dat. Abl. atirbyo; Gen. SJ>rqm.
(GAv.);

332.

ndr-

(cf.

Instr.

(iv)

Declension of Av. nar- m. 'man'

Whitney, Skt.

Gram.

371):

Skt.

Inflection: Declension of

96

Nouns and

Adjectives.

Singular Nom. ntt; Ace. nartm; Dat. noire (VAv.), nardi (GAv.)
Abl. n>r*f Phi. Version at Vd. 342; Gen. narJ (YAv.), >r/(GAv.)
Loc. na'ri; Voc. war'.
Dual: Nom. nara; I.D.Abl. mr'byo; Gen.
:

nar&.^ Plural: Nom.

Voc. naro, naras-ca, nara

49), n'rfu? (ace. YAv.

(GAv. Ys. 40.3 see

ntr'/yo, ntr'byas-ca, ntruyo, nuruyo,

Note)

Note
than ace.

ntnyo

224); Ace. n'rql

327) Dat. Abl.

cf.

62 Note

and

3,

Gen. rtarqm (YAv.), narim (GAv.) Ys. 30.2, see

GAv.

I.

used as gen.

n'rqif at Ys. 45.7 is apparently

Gah

see

pi.,

nartf

3.6

citation,

Skt.

cf.

31

32.

rather

sg.

nfn, Pischel-Geldner,

Vedischt Studien p. 43.

Note

Transfers

2.

to the

a-declension, stem

Singular: Nom. naro; Gen. narahe ;

(b)

Radical Stems in original

e. g.

compounds,

334-

(')

Av. hvar-

n.

their (ad-

'sun'

= Skt.

svar-

(cf.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Nom. Ace. hvar* (YAv.), /war' (GAv.); Gen hard

Singular:

or

r.

Here belong a very few nouns and

333.
jective)

nara- occur:

etc.

388 d):
Aa (YAv.), king (GAv.

GAv.

i.

e.

*han-s,

cf.

337, 318 Note

2).

Singular: sarm, sarim ;

Plural: Ace. sard
Dat. saroi; Gen. sar! (Ys. 49.3); Loc. sa'ri (Ys. 35.8).
335-

(")

sar-

f.

'association, unity'

(Ys. 31-21).

(c)

Neuters (derivative) in original

These neuters (indeclinable)

336.
(GAv.) are used chiefly as ace. sg., but they
other cases.
Singular:

(=

Skt.

Gen.

Nom. Ace. vadar* (YAv.),

vddhar)

in

ar',

may

ar9

supply

-vadar* (GAv.) 'weapon'

as Dat. (and ace.) dasvar' 'strength' Ys. 68.2

karfvar* 'clime' Vsp. 10.1.

ace. sg.) danar* 'two D. measures'.
Plural
(and

ar.

as

Dual: N.A.V. (and

ace.)

Ace. (beside ace.

sg.)

ay&r* (GAv.).
Note.

These neuters

rarely

dasvara 'with strength' (Ys. 55.3);

Like a-decl., Dat. sg. baevarai.

337-

These

show declined

PL

r-neuters

stems with which they unite

Av. kar$var-, kar$van- n. f.

cases:

e.g. Sg. Instr.

Instr. balvar'brt 'with thousands'.

commonly show
in

parallel an-

forming a declension

e. g.

'clime, zone'; ayar-, ay an- n.

Consonant Class:

'day

See

'bow'.

Gram.

in original

s.

0,7

panvar-, panvana- (#-decl.) n.

and Brugmann, Grundriss der vergl.

zafar-, zafan- n. 'jaw'

Stems

(ia)

311

118.

ii.

12.
(a)

(G)

in original

Derivative Stems in
Stems

(a)

338.

Stems
in -ah

(=

-h

s.

(= orig.

s).

orig. Ind.-Iran. -as).

These very common stems

neuter nouns; but

in -ah

(= orig. -as)

(compound or
with original accent on the ending, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
417) they may likewise be masculine or feminine.
are chiefly

feminine

also occurs.

substantive u$ah- (see

Cf.

357 for declension)

Horn, Nominalflexion im Avesta p. 26 seq.

and Whitney, Skt. Gram.

i.

414, 418.

FEMININE (ADJECTIVE),
MASCULINE
NEUTER (SUBSTANTIVE).

Av.
339suvdcas-.

= Skt.

as adjectives

-w-r"w hvacahAv.

-orr--^

m.

(adj.

vacah-

f.)

'word'

n.

'well-speaking'
= Skt. vdcas-;

Av. -rT-"QO>3 duz-vacah- (adj.) 'evil-speaking' = Skt. durvacas-.

Av. anaocah-

(=

(adj.)

Skt. siras- n.)

'hostile',
n.

zrayah-

raocah'sea',

n.

'light',

sarah-

and m. nom. propr.

n.

'head*

'Zrayah',

ar'zah- n. 'daylight*.

Av.

Singular:

cf.

Skt.

N.

hvaC-&

A.

hvac-awham

suvdc-asam

I.

vac-awha

vdc-ass

D.

vac-awhe

suvdc-as

vdc-ast

Abl. vac-avha{
vac-awhd
G.
L.

vac-ahi

V.

kvaC'O

see gen.

vdc-asas
vdc-asi

suvSc-as

Dual:

N.A.V. (hvqc-avha)
G.

anaocavha (GAv.)

(yac-awha)) zrayavluV

smitc-asS (Ved.)
vdc-asos

Inflection: Declension of

98

Av.

Nouns and

Adjectives.

Plural:

........
A.
duzVdC-avho ........
.........
D.Abl.
......
G.
........
vac-avhqm
.......
......
NEUTER
N.A.V.
........
N.V.

duzvac-awhd

VaC~2bis

I.

(VdC-Sbyo) raoctiyo*

L.

(yac-ahu) sarahu

Skt.

cf.

suv&c~asas
suvdc-asas
vac-obhis

v&c-obhyat

vdc-asam
vdc-asu

ar'zakva

U.

(Separate Forms).

Va.C-0

Sg.

v&c-as

PL
Forms
340.

with the long

GAv. has

vowel, see

final

L MASCULINE
Norn.: YAv. also
beside

n.

cf.

'beauty'.

On

Dat.

YAv. rafnavhae-ca 'and

YAv.

Loc.

'in

8.31)

Loc.

n.

'and glory'.

357.

GAv.

for support'.

YAv.

srSvayeyhi

'to

222) zrayavhSda 'from the sea' Yt. 8.47.

postpos. a

222) ttmavhada 'from darkness'.

357 Note

See also

(Ys. 65.4), zrayai (Yt. 5.4;

2.

YAv. framanavhas-ca 'kindly-minded'.

YGAv.

the sea'.

infin. dat.

= -ya-\
-ye-

Plural:

342.
Norn.

(-J-

GAv. dvaij&

YAv. har'navhas-ca 'and of glory'.

YAv. peculiar zraya (Yt. 5.38; 8.8), zraya

Instr.

har'nas-ca

'dawn', see

also (-{- postpositive a

After a-decl.

Gen.

f.

338) aojSt 'strong' Ys. 57.10

'hating' beside

adj. (see

'strength',

118 Note on

announce' (see
:

NEUTER.

Skt. yaias 'beauteous' (observe accent) beside

Add

uj&vhym, ujqm

n.

aojo

Ace.:

Abl.

26.

FEMININE

uncompounded

substantive

flaffd n. 'hatred',

the same forms as above

Singular:

341.

ydsas

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

In general,

also (with variant

also (-ohu, -dhva

ii.

343.

Plural:

-/

21) vacSbiH.

39) ravdhu

NEUTER

'in

freedom', timu/tva

'in

darkness'.

(Special Forms).

N.A.V. YAv. add aoj&s-ea 'powers', GAv. ttmtSs-ca

:

'and darkness'.

344.

Transfers

frequent:
1

See

33.

to the

^-declension

are very

Consonant Class:

Singular.

(12)

Nom. arLvaco

Stems

in original

QQ

s.

(masc.) 'rightly-speaking'

Ace.

(fern,

a-decl.) ravo.vacavhqm 'whose words

go with freedom' Vsp. 7.2

Instr. har'na 'with glory' Yt. 10.141, see
194; Abl. ttmavhada
Dual. Dat. a'Jyajavhae'bya
'from darkness' (postpositive a
222).
'for

the two imperishable ones'.

Nom. anao$&vhd

Plural.

'undying'

124 Nom. end, stem

pi.

masc.) 'following the will (vasah-) of the Spirit' Yt. 10.128, be-

ao$a- beside aojlah-}

wa'nyavaseB (nom.

side ma'nivasavfio ; Instr. sravail 'with words'.

Stems

(3)

in -yah,

Comparative Adjectives.

345. The stems in -yah (Skt. -yas or -iyas

68) are
found in the comparative degree of adjectives. They show

an original double form

neuter: strongest stem

lative -is-ta

of stem

masculine and

for

-yah, strong stem -yah.

weak

presents the

The

stem.

The

super-

Skt. has -yqs,

135 Anm. 5.
Brugmann, Grundriss ii.
feminine form has -yehi- (i. e. strong
z-declension
257) e. g. Av. aspd.staoyehls (nom.

-yas, -if-tha, cf.

The corresponding
stem
pi.

-f-

fem.) 'greater than a horse'.

Cf.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

463 seq.
i.

346. Av.

MASCULINE.

-U^MJ."") ndidyah- 'weaker',

masyah-

'greater',

kasyah-

'less',

dsyah- sw\fter\frdyah- 'more', vahyah-

Av.

N.

A.

D.
G.

cf.

Singular:

(naid-ym) masy

'better'.
Skt.

Srt-yan

naJd-y&loham

sre-yqsam

(naid-yawhe) kasyavhe

irt-yasl

ndid-yavhd

sri-yasas

Dual:

N.A.V. (ndid-yawha)

irt-y&au

Ssyavha
Plural

N.V. (ndid-yawhd) masyavAa

I.

(nd'd-yeblS) fr&yebrt

G.

(natd-yawhajri) vavhavhqm'*
ii.

Sg.

NEUTBR

sri-yqsas

....

sri-yas5m

(Separate Forms).

N.A.V. mas-yo
1

irl-yobhis

See Haug, Zand-Pahlavi Glossary

sri-yas
p.

48,

16.

See

134.

Inflection: Declension of

JOO

Forms
347.
1

(see

i.

33 on

= orig.

on vh

Observe

to be observed in

Adjectives.

GAv. and YAv.

Singular: Norn. GAv. observe vafya 'melior'

MASCULINE.

fi);

Nouns and

Ace. (from strong stem) vavhavhim 'meliorem' (see

34

kaniySsam 'younger', Whitney, Ski. Gram. 465 c.

paradigm Dual, Plural Nom. "yavha, "yanho (i.e. strong

jy), cf. Skt.

in

H. NEUTER.
opposed to Skt. yqsSu, y4sas (I e. strongest stem).
Singular: Nom. YAv. observe vavho 'melius'
134, GAv. vahyd 'melius'

stem)

132.

On YAv.
(Y)

348.

afo,

Stems

GAv. ajyo

used adjectively.

in

They

162.

Perfect Active Participles.

in -vah.

The stems

'worse', see

-vah are perfect active participles

show a double form of stem for

masculine and neuter:

strongest stem -vah, weak stem

The Skt. has -vqs, -u$, cf. Brugmann, Grundriss ii. 136
Anm. 6. The corresponding feminine form has -u$l- (i. e.
weak stem -f /-declension
257) e. g. Av. vifcu$i (nom.),
see
on
86
Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
viputm 'knowing',
/.
-uS.

458

ing'

seq.

MASCULINE

NEUTER.

YAv.

vldvali-,

349. Av. -ar-"))^

Skt. vidvds-.
Av. liadvah-

'creator',

Av.

N.

A.

vldvaJi- 'know-

'ririjnoah- 'having died'.

cf.

Singular:

Vld-VO)

Skt.

vid-van

"Vldvaatatom*

I.

GAy.

vid-vqsam

Vlp-USa*

vid-Ufa

D.
vid-u$e (GAv.)
Abl. (Vt])-U$at) daj>u$at*
G.
Vld-U$0 (GAv.)

vid-ufs
see gen.
vid-iifas

Plural:

N.
I.

G.

Vld-V&nho

vid-vqsas

(Vtp-uzbts) dadulbil (GAv.)

vid-vculbhis

(yip-USOjn)

vid-usam

Forms

350.

>riri/>ufqm

observed in GAv. and YAv.

Nom.
YGAv. also (from weak stem) mamtiiiZ
Singular:
to be

'having

thought* Yt. 8.39, vipus 'knowing' Vd. 4.54, yaetuZ 'having striven', Haug,
1

See Vsp. 19.1; Yt. 10.35.

See

86.

Consonant Class:
ZPhl. Gloss, p. 16.6; 56.5,

won' Ys. 28.5,

xxix. p.

cf.

virtus'

S&(.

Whitney,

= Flexiomlehrt

531

Stems

in original

(GAv.) 'knowing' Ys. 45.8, vaunuJ 'having

Gram.
4620, and Bartholomae, in K.Z.

Voc. YAv. (nom. as voc.) vispd.vi&vtb

Plural: Uncertain whether ace. pi. or gen.

dadu$o Ys. 58.6.

On

Note.
351.

the interchange of d,

Transfers

(b)

To

352.

to the

d,

Stems

see

82, 83, 86.

a-decl. may be found:

Radical Stems in
(a)

in +ah

this division

-h

(=

(= orig.

-s).

orig. -r).

like

Av. mdh- m. 'moon'

mds-), ah- n. 'mouth' (Skt. as-) and the

~ddh- 'giving, doing'. The forms have

all

the long vowel

(d).
Horn, Nominalfiexion im Avesta
Lanman, Noun- Inflection in the Veda p. 493

353-

Av. -Qr-^w

FEMININE

YGAv.

(Skt.

compounds of Av.

Cf.

MASCULINE

e.g. dat.pl. Av.

(masculine, feminine and

neuter) belong simple nouns

jQI

s.

ill;

p.

'O all-knowing one' Vd. 19. 26.

sg.

(12)

p.

seq.,

and

seq.

NEUTER.

huddh-, huddh- 'beneficent*

Skt. sudds-.
Av. yas-

Av.

n. (metrically dissyllabic) 'decision',

Singular:

...........

A.

hud-&
hud-CBVham

I.

hud-CBVha

D.

hud-&vhe

N.V.

ako.dah- 'maleficent'.

......
.......
.......
.........
.........
........

...

cf.

Skt.

sud-ds

sud-Asam
sud-asS.

'

Abl. hud-d&vhaf
hud-CBvhd
G.
L.

(hud-dhi) yShi

sud-fce

see gen.

sud-dsas
sud-dsi

Plural:

N.V.

hiid-ceuho

A.

hud-wwho

I.

(hud-mbis)

.........
.........
.........
.........

ako.dabii

D.

hud-cebyo

G.

hud-COWkcpn

sud-dsas
sud-dsas

sud-dsdm

Inflection: Declension of

IO2

Forms

and Dat. often show MS. authority for S6iJ,

-<- above, apparently arises from orig. ds being treated
before bil, *byd
pada endings. Observe Norn. PI. za-

"dbyd ; the form in

as

final

if

e.

i.

Adjectives.

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

Plural:

354.

Nouns and

Instr.

r<*zd& (GAv.).

Transfers

355.

a-declension

to the

occur: e.g. Singular:

Nom. miStfhu 'moon' Yt. 10.142 (cf. Skt. mdsas nom.); Dat. mOmhai; Gen.
m&uhahe beside m&ahd; Voc. duzda 'O malevolent one'
234 b.
The

Note.

ace. sg. uji.dqtn 'giving understanding'

haps to be explained

vayo-dh&m

cf.

as

Brugmann, Grundriss

(0)

= Skt. -midhas-.

perSkt.

Lanman, Noun- Inflection

Like radical "//-Stems.

mazdS(h)-e)

GAv.

f. 'wisdom,
Mazda', Anc. Pers.
*
This word like ujdh-, u/aA-,
357, is after all

a contract noun

best considered

gen. sg.

I *,

134,

ii.

is

cf.

250,

Declension of Av. mazdSh-

356.

-mazd&h-

e.

nom. propr.

after the radical tf-decl.

443. 446.

PP- 5SS

(i.

formed

ace. sg.

(trissyllabic)

GAv.

cf.

mazd&

GAv.

dat. sg.

mazdSi

(trissyllabic)

mazdqm

(trissyllabic)

(i.

e.

mazdS(h)-am)

mazd&(h)-as)\ nom. pi. GAv.

The forms are as follows:

(i.e.

syllabic) mazda>s-c& (i.e. "a(h)-as).

(tris-

Singular. Nom. nlazdto (dissyllable GAv.) Ace. mazdqm ; Dat.

mazdSi ; Gen. mazd&, mazd&s-ca (YAv.), mazd&s-ca (trissyl. GAv.);
Voc. (a-decl.) mazda (YAv.)
mazda (GAv.).
Plural. Nom. Voc.
;

mazd&s-ca (GAv.).
357- Here may be added Av. ujdh-, u$ahufds-.

Singular

Plural Ace.
:

Note

= Skt.

for

8.3

zrayai

Note

An

2.

(cf.

Gen. ujavAqm

nom.

f.

= Skt. ufas-,

'dawn'

Skt. ufdsam, ufdsam, ufdm).

Skt.

(cf.

ace. Av.

instance of contraction

(= zraya(h)e

may be
3.

See

358.

loc.

sg.

ufdsSm) Loc. ufa/iva.

;

kvap&, h-v&pqm 'beneficent'

in

orig. flj-stem

zray&i (trissyllabic)

339
'in

similar

the sea'

But another explanation

mistake in writing Hi for ahi due to

like valjahe, ar'zahc).

suggested:
further,

viz.

341.

Transfer to the a-declension

(c)

Cf.

Parallel, are the sg.

I.

Pahlavi script.

are

Skt. ufds)

(cf.

above, seems to be the

the

Yt. 5.4

Ace. ujavfom, ujqm

svdpds, *svdpffm.

Note
to

/<

sg.

Derivative Stems in

The examples

nom. hv&po

-is,

-us.

The words
no vowel-gradation.

are not numerous.

There
chiefly neuter.
Skt.
Gram.
Whitney,
414.

is

'beneficent'.

Feminine Formation

Adjectives

Comparison.

103

Singular: Nom. Ace. (neut.) snatyif;

359- A.V. sna'piJ- n. 'weapon'.
Ace. (masc. adj.) nida.sna ipij!jm 'having weapons laid down' Instr. snatyija ;
Gen. hadi$as-ca 'of the abode' Loc. vipiii 'at the judgment' (Geldner).
;

Dual:

Instr.

Plural: Gen. sna'fifam.

sna'JnMya.

Transfers

Note.

to the a-decl.

occur: e.g. sg. gen. hadijahe 'of

the abode'.

/-nouns: Av. ar*dui-

the

Similar are

360.

Singular: Nom. ar'dui;

Gen. ar'dujtqm.

Instr.

ar'du$a; Loc. tanu$i

n.

'in

'assault, battery'.

Plural

person'.

ADJECTIVES.
FEMININE FORMATION

COMPARISON.

The declension of adjectives, as agreeing

is treated above.

361.

exactly with that of nouns,

The

Feminine Formation.

362.

adjective 0-stems

masc. neut. form their corresponding feminine in -a or -z.

The consonant stems and -stems show regularly the fem.
before which the adjective stem usually appears in
weak form.

in -I,
its

u
(i)With-0: Av. ha rva- (m.

sura- (m.

n.),

surd-

(f.)

n.),

ha"rvd-(fy 'whole';

'mighty'; ujra- (m.

'strong'; aspa- (m.) 'horse', aspd-

(f.)

(f.)

n.),

ujrd-

and aspl-

(f.)

'mare'.

With

(2)

-1:

Av. rava- (m.

n.), ravi-

(f.)

'broad,

smooth'; spitdma- (m. n.), spitdmt- (f.) 'belonging to

a$avanSpitama'; daeva- (m. n.), daevi- (f.) 'devilish'.
(m.

n.),

zoJti-

a$aoni-

(f.)

(f.)

'high,

'righteous'; b^r'za^t- (m. n.),

great';

vidvah- (m.

'knowing'; ddtar- (m.), ddpri-

n.),

(f.)

n.),

vlpu$l-

(f.)

'giving, giver'; frrd-

'protector, nurturer'; vanhu- (m.

'good'; driju- (m. n.), drivl- (f.) 'poor'

tar- (m.), prdpri-

vawuhl-

(f.)

bw-

(f.)

187.
1

Avesta

For
p. 5

on the subject see Horn, Nominalfiexion im

s
133*, but ii.
134, I
Brugmann, Grundriss dtr vergl. Gr. ii.

different views

Inflection:

IO4

Comparison of Adjectives.

Comparison of Adjectives. In A vesta as also

ways of forming the comparative

363.

there are two

in Sanskrit,

and superlative degrees of adjectives:

(i) -tar a-, -tenta- and
added
to
The corresponding
-istathe
stem.
(2) -yah-,
feminine to these is -tard-, -temd- and -yehi- ( 34), -istdaccording to

362.

rule,

-tema- (superlative).
(i) -tara- (comparative),

Before -tara-,

364.

-teina-,

adjectives

whose stem

a appear commonly in the form 6 as in noun compounds. The 0-stems may, however, retain a unchanged,
as in Sanskrit. Other stems commonly remain unchanged,
appearing in the weak form if they have one.
ends

in

bae$azya- 'healing',

bae$azydtara-, bae^azyotsma-

srira-

srlrotara-,

'fair',

aka- 'bad',

akatara-,

huyasta- 'well-sacrificed', huyastara-,

huba&di- 'sweet-scented', hubaoiditara-,

hubaoiditema-

asaojastema-

asaojah- 'very strong',

asaojastara-,

ydsksr't- 'energetic',

ydskar'stara-? ydskjr'stema-

amavant-

amavastara-? amavastama-

'strong',

yaetvah- 'having

yaetustzma-

striven',

(2) -yah- (comparative), -ista- (superlative).

Before -yah-, -ista-, the adjective reverts to

original simple crude stem without formative suffix:
365.

its

maz-

'great',

mas-

'great',

vavhu-\

masyah-,
(

vahyah- (GAv.),

*
'good,{

vohu-

mazista-

mazy ah-,

;...

ds-u- 'swift',
,

ak-a- 'bad',

dsista-

dsyah-,
f

ayah- (GAv.),
7. /x\. '4

\asah- (YAv.),
1

Cf.

'\vahtsta3

109.-*

151.-'

132,

134.-*

\actstaj

162.

Comparison of Adjectives.
Note

I.

Some few

forms of comparison,

Note

as

2) ajyah-, acifta-;

adjectives,

above aka-

in

appearance

'bad', akatara-,

IOC
at least,

and

show both

to this also

(cf.

so superlative aiaojiita- beside aSaojastara-, ajao-

yastftna- to aiaojah- 'very strong'.

As seen also above, comparatives and superlatives may be

mechanically attached to a positive of similar meaning and
containing the same crude stem, see
365 e. g. to taty-ma- 'strong', the
comparative tqjyah-, superl. tandSta- beside tafymohma-, et al.
Note

more or

2.

less

Note

3.

The a-stems sometimes

in their

comparison

superl.

virpravasttma- ; ajavan-

e. g.

follow

the analogy of a^/-stems

vtr'pravan- 'victorious', comparat. vr>}>ravastara-,

'righteous', afavastf/ua- ; vtr'prajan- 'vic-

torious', vtrtyrajqstara-, vtr'prajqsttma-.

NUMERALS.
The numerals

366.
in

form and

in

usage to

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Avesta correspond generally

the Sanskrit equivalents.
Cf.

in

475 seq.
Cardinals.

Av.

cf.

Av.

Skt.

cf.

1.

aeva-

2.

dva-

dvd-

30-

40. capwar'sat-

3-

}ri-

tri-

4-

capwar-

catvdr-

parcel

pdftca

Skt.

IO. a^ja:

dds a

2O.

visati-

5O. paticdsat-

pafic&idt-

60. ty$vasti-

hapta
as fa

saptd

70. haptditi-

8.

affd

80. astd'tt-

9.

nava

ndva

IO.

rtfo.Ttf

7.

saptatf-

90. navaitiICX).

dasa

navati-

J^:^-

Av.

Av.

600. tysvas sata

700. hapta sata

100. sata-

200. </#y* s&te

300. ti$<*ro sata

800.

400. capwdrc sata

500. pa^ca sata

900.
1000. hazavra-

10000. baevar367.
occur, are

The numbers from

made up as in Skt.:

n
e. g.

dvadasa; Av. paricadasa '15'

below under Ordinals,
374 b.

Skt.

Note.

Observe, the

common

19,

as far as

Av. dvadasa

= Skt.

pdncadasa.

forms Av. prisata-

sata- '40' arise from transfer of prisat- etc. to the o-decl.

t-

is

to

be sought

in

they
'12' =.

'30'

See

and capwar*-

The

strong form

prisqs (orig. nom. but crystallized form), etc.

Cardinals.

ca connects the terms: e.g. Av. paticdca

and ca

visatica '25'; prayasca prisa,sca '33';

hmca

IO7

composite numbers the lesser numeral pre-

In

368.
cedes,

The

Numerals

Inflection:

pa^cdca cap-war' sa-

'45', etc.

The

Note.

mental case;

e.

first

member

is

sometimes put

Av. nava.satai? hazavrtmca

g.

in the sociative instru-

and nine

thousand

'one

hundred'.

Declension of Cardinals.

Declension of Av. aeva- (m.

369. (i)
'one, alone' (singular):
H. MASC.

n.),

aeva-

(f.)

Sg. Nom. afro; Ace. oyum ( 63 Note 2),

aoim; Insir.aeva; Gen. alvahe ; Loc.

NEUT.

or (abbreviated spelling) dim,

afvakmi

443,

370.

(2)

cf.

(dual)

Nom. alva; Ace. afvqm; Gen.

Skt.

Whitney,

duye

(m.),

Gram.
(f.

482

371.

tri- tifdr-

(plural)

cf.

Skt. dvd-

dvaPbya; G.L. dvay<.

n.); I.D.Abl.

190.

(3) Declension of Av. pri- (m.

= Skt.

b.

Observe dvae-ca Yt. 19.7 beside duye

Note.

482

Sg.

134).

Declension of Av. dva- 'two'

Du. N.A.V. dva

'three'

FEM.

Hi.

443).

atvavha

n.),

Whitney,

ti$ar-

Skt.

(f.)

Gram.

c.
H.

MASC. NEUT.

Gen.frayqm.

Hi.

Nom.frSyd; Acc.fr&yd; Dat. Abl. pribyd ;

Nom.frSyo; Ace. ti^ro, tijro, tijra; Gen

PI.

FEM.

ti$rqm, tigranqm (5-decl.).

Observe prdyo (above) is from strongest stem, cf.

235.
cf.
Also neut. (like fem.
igb.
232) tipro.

Note.

372.
(f.)

'four'

Gram.

(4)

ii.

PI. Nom. cafnuUrd, capw&ras-ca

Ace. catavrd Yt. 14-44.

FEM.

373-

($)
pi.

n&m, Whitney,

cf.

n.),

catawhar-

Whitney, Skt.

d.

MASC.

stances of gen.

374.

Declension of Av. capwar- (m.

Skt. catvdr-, cdtasar- (plural)

482
i.

iQb); Ace. capw&ro.

10:
The following inDeclension of numerals from 5
occur, Av. paqcanqm, navanqm, dasanqm, cf. Skt. paAcS-

Skt.

Gram.

483, 484.

Declension of remaining cardinals

30 Prisattm (nom.
(

Also

on &

f>rtiyas-ca,

ace. neut.)

firisatanqm (gen.

igb); 50 paricdsatiM, paitcasafbii-ca

20
pi.)

igb); 60

vfsa'ti indeclinable

40 caJrwSr'saljm-ca
70 fyfvaitim

(ace. sg.

Inflection: Ordinal

io8

Numerals and Derivatives.

ioo

nava'til-ca (ace. pi. fern, beside nava'tim).

fern.) etc., also

1000

sata-,

IO ooo balvar* (ace. sg.), batvar&l

237); baivqn (ace. pi.), batvar'bll (instr. pi.) cf. 336.

hazavra- as neut. nouns, a-dccl.

(dat. sg. a-decl.

237.

Ordinals.
Av.

cf.

Av.

Skt.

prathamd1 1

th

cf.

Skt.

aevaiidasa-

parvyd-

2nd bitya-

pritya-

4th

tutrya-

I2th dvadasa-

dvitiya-

3l

dvadai&-

I3th pridasa-

I4th

turya-

th

paAcatha

trayodaSd-

CCtprudasa-

caturdaid-

a- paficadaid-

6th
-

haptapa-

saptdtha-

8th

nauma-

navadasa-

64) navamd-

saptadaia-

astadasa-

af(anid-

navadaid-

dasamA-

Av. satotema-

Skt. Satatama-.

lOOQth Av. hazawrdtema =

Note
fl-decl.

236
Note 2.

Note

The

I.

Skl. sahasratama-.

ordinals as adjectives are declined

according to

the

seq.

Av.

^//t/a-

'sixth'

Av. prisata- as

3.

has

fern.

'thirtieth'

$///-,
is

cf.

362.

found.

Numeral Derivatives.
Numeral Adverbs: Av. haktr{ 'once

375-

'twice'

Skt. dvis

Av. prii

'thrice'

= Skt.

Skt. cadis, Whitney, S&t. Gram.

489.
the second dme', dpritim 'for the third time, thrice'

cf.

Multiplicative Adverbs:

376.

Priivaf 'three-fold'
;

etc.

Note.
'a

= Skt.

sakft; Av. 6i3

a^ta'rfm

'for

the fourth

Likewise some others.

time'.

fold'

Av. caprttS 'four times',

: Av. afritim 'for
Also with

tris;

Suffix

Cf.

Suffix -vatft

Av. biivaf 'two-fold';

vtsa*tiv& 'twenty-fold' (nom. masc.)

prisapwH

prisata-pwtm 'thirty-fold' etc.

Here also might be added a number of other words

third' et al.
1

-pwa :

e. g.

but they belong rather to the dictionary.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

487.

'thirty-

PRONOUNS.
377- Pronominal declension in Avesta agrees in its
main outlines with the Sanskrit.
synopsis of the Pronouns in Avesta may be given as follows

A.
i.

Personal

Gender not distinguished.

First person aztm.

b.

Second person turn.

Third person, he and other forms.

c.

B.
a.

SYNOPSIS
3.

a.

Gender distinguished,

Pronoun ya-.
Pronoun
Interrogative

Relative

ka-.

OF
(Indefinite.)

PRONOMINAL-

a.

Demonstrative ta- (hvo).

DECLENSION.

b.

Demonstrative aeta-.

c.

Demonstrative aim

4.

Demonstrative

5.

Demonstrative ava- (hSu).

Other pronominal Words and Derivatives.

(a-,

i-,

ima-, ana-).

d.

(Possessive).
(Reflexive).
'

(Adjectives declined pronominally).

General Remark. Most of the pronouns in

378.
Avesta are closely parallel with those in Sanskrit, and like
the latter they show also many marked peculiarities. They
are generally made up by combining a number of different
stems. The principal points to be observed in regard to
their

inflection are the following:

H.

379.

MASCULINE

NEUTER.

Singular:

Nom. Ace. Neut.

Commonly

later texts of the

the suffix

YAv. instead of

ending of the noun-declension,

-/

-/,

is

Skt. -/ (d).

Sometimes

in

the ending -/, like the neuter

found:

e. g.

yim, aont.

Inflection: Declension of Pronouns.

JO

Dat. Abl. Loc.

Show an

inserted element

-km-

= Skt.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

positive a as

The

loc. sg. in

dat. sg.

= Skt. -bhya(m),

YAv. may take post222.

Plural:

380.

Nom.

a.

492

in the noun-declension, see

The

-sm-.

of the two personal pronouns ends in -bya (-vya), -byo

The pronominal a-stems make this case end in e. This form

accusative.
Shows -fqm = Skt. -fSm. The 'genitives' ahm&ktm, ya/mSktm, ya-

(Ace.)

in e often serves also as

Gen.

vSkirn,

as in Skt.,

are really crystallized cases

nom.

ace. neut. of

possessives.

Loc.

In

YAv. the

loc. pi.

declension, see

may

224.

take

postpositive a

as in the

Hi.

FEMININE.

Singular:
Dat. Abl. Gen. Loc. Show an inserted element -by- (-hy)> -fhPlural:
382.
381.

Gen.

Shows -vhqm

noun-

Similarly also in fern. loc. pi.

= Skt.

-sy-.

Skt. -sSm.

Interchange of Neuter with Feminine Forms.

nouns 232, so also in the pronouns the neuter
plural often assumes the form of the feminine or rather
See also Johannes Schmidt, Pluralinterchanges with it.
383.

As

in the

bildungen der indogerm. Neutra pp. 21, 260,

Note.

In formulaic passages, especially in the Yashts

etc.

(e. g.

Yt. 5.13,15),

masc. forms yeyhe, a'yAe, ahm&i are sometimes used instead of the proper
fern, forms.
This arises from the mosaic character of such passages.

General Relative Case is found in YAv. in

384.
the instances of ydis as plural, cf.
For the treat229.
ment of yd, ya{, yim as stereotyped case (plural and singular) see under Syntax.
A.

GENDER NOT DISTINGUISHED.

i.

385.
as in Skt.,
inflection.

Personal Pronouns.

The first and second personal pronouns,

show many peculiarities and individulities of
Some cases also use two forms, a fuller and a

briefer form, according to the position of the

pronoun

in

Personal Pronouns.

1 1 1

the sentence, whether accented, unaccented, or enclitic.

Furthermore, on the third personal pronoun, see
394 seq.
386.

(a)

First Person, Av.

Av.

Singular:

N.

CLZZm

A.

mqm; ma

D.

mdvoya^; me (encl.)
ma$
mana; me (end.)

Abl.

G.

T = Skt.

azam

-ft/"

cf.

ahdm.

Skt.

ahdm

mdm; ma

(end.)

mdhyam; me

m &t
mdma; mi

Plural:

N.

vaew?

A.

ahma*; no

D.

ahma^byd (GAv.); no

Abl.

ahma(
ahmdfom; no

vaydm

Forms

asmdbhyam; nas

asmdt

asmakam; nas

(end.)

to be observed in

GAv. has

387.

(end.)

G.

asmdn; nas

(end.)

GAv. and YAv.

same forms as YAv.,

in general the

but shows also a number of peculiarities to be marked;

these are likewise occasionally found in YAv., perhaps
borrowed.
Singular:

388.

Nom. GAv.
:

Dat.

Gen.

azim,

32.

389.

Plural:

GAv.

(sporadic)

Ys. 40.4,

cf.

nO>,

miniscence, see

GAv. ahma^bya
nJ,

Gen.

see

GAv.

-cif,

proclitic) as-ctf Ys. 46.18.

386 Note

GAv. ma'/ya,

I.

cf.

cf.

in

(-m-).

sentence) vi

393.

also at Vsp. 15.2

= Ys.

15.3 not, Gatha re-

387.
(above), ahm&i,

also (unaccented)

and

(encl.) n),

-ca,

ahma, 3hma, and

-cif written

64.
Yt. 1.24 variant; i.'e. Av.
i.

unaccented (second place

pi.

mama

cf.

also at Vsp. 12.4

387.

Also before
e.

nom.

Skt. va-ydm,

Ace.: GAv. regularly

'ca,

Observe gen. Av. mana (note --) contrasted with Skt.

Nom.

Dat.

Also once (unaccented or

YAv. the form mdvya before

ma'byo, and (encl.) nidi.

vaytm,

ahma

mavaya.

(encl.)

See also

= Skt. asmdn;

/.

388.

Av. aspa

= Skt. dfv&n

112

Inflection

390.

Declension of Pronouns.

Second Person, Av. 4#

(b)

turn 'thou'

= Skt.

tvdm,
1

turn

A.

fwqm;
pwd*

I.

D.

tv/

tvdm

]nvd

tvdm; tva

(end.)

tvd (Ved.)

....

ta*by& (GAv.); // (end.)

Abl. fiwaf
G.
tava;

Skt

cf.

Singular:

Avr--^
N.

tubhyam;

tl

tvdt

te (end.)

t&va;

ti

Dual:

G.

yavdksm

Plural:

N.

A.
D.

VO

.^_a_

(end.)

yiiSmaoyd,

yuym

......

^mdv dya;

VO

vas

yutmdbhyam; vas

(end.)

.........

Abl. yii$maf
G.
yu$mdkym; VO

yutmdt

.....

(end.)

Forms to be observed

in

yutmdkam; vas

GAv. and YAv.

391. GAv. has in general the same forms as YAv.,

but shows also a number of peculiarities to be marked these
are likewise sometimes found in YAv., perhaps borrowed.
;

392.

Singular:

GAv. tviin
Dat.
GAv. ta'fya
Gen. GAv. tavS;
Norn.:
:

393.

32, 93

(cf.

Note

tdi (encl.)

see

tdi.

56.

i.

e.

Av. yuJ: Skt. yu-ydm : : Av. v?(

GAv. regularly v&.

Dat.: GAv. yvfma'fyd, fcma'fya; vi
Abl.

tu.

Plural:

Nom. GAv. also_y/

Ace.

l),

and (end.)

(above), also ta'byo,

389): Skt. va-ydm.

(encl.),

cf.

also

YAv. (Gatha

remini-

scence) v3 Ys. 14.1, etc.

GAv. also $fma{.

Gen.: GAv. Ji$makim and

1

i. e.
tvtm, see
Ys. 43.10.

Fr. 6.1

(encl.) vi.

Also jfrmi Ys. 43.11.

63.

and Haug, ZPhl. Glossary pp.

Skt. yuvSkii, see

380.

3,

46, see

68 Note

3,

cf.

Relative Pronoun.

394.
(c) Third Person, Av.
other forms.

jyw-

he Qe) and

tya)

The proper third personal pronoun him, he etc.

(enclitic) is defective; its deficiencies are partly supplied
by the demonstrative pronoun, and partly by enclitic forms
of

used with personal force. These latter show

gender, but they may best be included here.

i-

di-,

distinction of

395-

The

following forms of the proper third per-

(often used anaphorically,

flexively, see also 416) occur
enclitic:

sonal

i.

2.

re-

they are

GYAv.;

all

&

Dual.

The form

hi dat. gen. sg. seems in some passages in

YAv.

See under Syntax.

to serve as plural.

Note

used

Ace. him (GYAv.); Dat. Gen. hi or

% 155 (YAv.),
N.A.V. hi (GAv.).
Plural. Ace. /7 (GYAv.).

Singular.
hdi (GAv.).

Note

sometimes
in

With the above Avesta forms compare Skt. ace. sg. nm;
all enclitic.
See Wackernagel in A'.Z. xxiv. p. 605 seq.

Prakrit dat. gen. si

396.

stem YAv.

Similar to he in usage are the forms from

dilikewise enclitic:

Sg. Ace. dim m.

397.
/-

enclitic

Of

f.

dif n.

di

n.

Ys. 65.8.

usage (cf. also

422), is stem G(Y)Av.
almost
sometimes employed
pleonastically:

Sg. Ace. tm m.; */ n. (GAv.),

Norn. 7 n. Ace. IS m. i
;

On

398.

Ace. dil m. f

like

PL

436 Note

PL

(YAv., particle).

Du. N.A.V.

/.

n.

hvO, /ivdwya used as personal (and reflexive) see

416,

3.

B.

GENDER DISTINGUISHED.
2.

399.

The

Relative Pronoun.

Relative Av. -TO ya- 'who, which'

relative

following forms.

= Skt. yd-.

stem ya-, yd- = Skt. yd-, yd-, shows the

508.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Cf.

Inflection

114

y-5

A.

y-im

Declension of Pronouns.

MASCULINE

i.

Av.

N.

NEUTER.

y-as
1

y-dm

I.

y-d

D.

y-ahmdi

y-ina
.

y-dsmsi

Abl. y-ahmdf
G. y-ehe, y-eyhe*
.

L.

Skt.

cf.

Singular:

y-dsmat

y-dsya

y-akmi

y-Asmin

Dual:

N^

V
y-d
"*^

y-d

y-ciycn

y-aytt

~-"

Plural

N.

y-oi

A.

y-q

y-dn

y-dis

y-sis

I.

y-e

]).A.b\.y-ae*l>}>d

G.

y-ae$qm

L.

y-ae$ii

y-ibhyas

y-ham

(GAv.)

y-itu
ii.

Sg.

(Ved.)

NEUTER.

N.A.V. y-af

y .dt

PL N.A.V. y-d

y -d
Hi.

(Ved.)

FEMININE.

Singular

N.

y-d

y-d

A.

y-qm

y-dm

Abl. y-eqhdf,
G. y-eqhm
L.

dda

see gen.

y-dsys*

y-eqhe*

y-dsyam
Plural

N.A.

y-co

y-ds

D.Abl. y-dbyo
G.
L.
1

y-Mhyas

y-awhqm

y-dssm

y-dhu, y-dhva
cf.

Ys. 9.32,

cf.

30.

aiyhe

cf.

422.

y-dsu
137,

136,

34.

i.

e.

*yasyS(m),

uncertain

Interrogative Pronoun.

Forms

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

GAv.

400.

1 1 c

has generally the same forms as YAv.,

but shows also some peculiarities to be marked these are

occasionally found likewise in YAv., perhaps borrowed.
;

MASCULINE

i.

Nom.

401.

Singular:

YAv.

yas-ca, yas>

In

tl.

NEUTER.

YAv. (commonly

in late passages, but cf.

form yd is sometimes found as general relative case,

GAv. yf, yas-cS (also YAv. borrowed
384, and under Syntax.

Yt. 10.119) the

cf.

cf.

yi,

400).

Ace.: GAv. y!m, yim, see

Abl.

YAv.

= Ys.

Ys. 36.6

Gen.
Loc.

Ace.

postpos. a

yai-ca, yag-ca.

tS,

413) occurs,

GAv. ytyg,

380) yaAmya.^GA.v. only yahmi.

YAv.

In
cf.

(late)

a form ya as nom. 'ace.

noun-inflection a-stems

yitigs-tu, yqs-fS.

384.

ii.

YAv.

also

On

passages.

yiat> e

yim

like neut. noun-declension, but generally in late

yas-ca

g-

= yaf-ca

Ys 28 -9i 30-6
-

see

GAv. hyaf

151 Note.

(variants

etc.).

Plural:

404.

Nom.

Ace.

Nom.

Plural:
405.
Ace.: YAv. ys-ca.

NEUTER.

Singular:

403.

yat>

cf.

GAv. yaPbyas-c&.

Ace.

pi.

236.

YAv., ySii commonly occurs as general plural case,

Dat. Abl.

Nom.

509 a.

Whitney

3?.

YGAv.
(cf.

Instr.

(b).^ GAv. once adverbial ySf

cf.

Plural:

402.

Nom.

19

58.8, like Skt. yat,

GAv. yehya, see

YAv. also (with

32, 30.

yahmSf, on d see

also

YAv.

also neut. (like fern.

Hi.

383) y&.

FEMININE.

Also rare

(like neut.) ya,

cf.

Ys. 10.78.

GAv.

y&s-cS.

Interrogative Pronoun.
Interrogative Av. -9 ka- 'who, which, what?'

3.

406.

Skt. kd-.

Inflection: Declension of Pronouns.

Il6

interrogative ka-, kd- = Skt. kd-, kd-, is identical

with the relative and requires no full paradigm

The

in inflection

be given.

to

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Cf.

I.

MASCULINE

Av.

Skt.

N.

k-5

k-ds

A.

k-9m etc

k-dm
NEUTER.

N.A.V. k-af etc

Note.

YAv. also
YAv. as

k-d etc
YAv.

cahm&i

dat.

gen.

pi.

dm, cJm,
Nom. Ace.

cf.

(m. n.)

Stem

instr.

sg.

(indef.) beside

kana

Skt. ktna

special

beside Av. kS.

kahm&i; GAv. cahyS. beside kahyS.

form
neut.) kqm m. f.

(or perhaps fern. sg.

Some

407.

k-dt

k-d

an

also

worthy of note.
1) Stem ki-, ft-

2)

FEMININE.

ill.

N.

Sg.

Sg.

cf.

Singular:

ii.

Sg.

504.

NEUTER.

forms

of

interrogative

are

Sg. Nom. (m. f.) cii, cf. Skt. nd-kis; Ace.

kim.^Pl. Nom. (m. n.) kaya, cayd. ^Neut. also

'quis':

Skt.
/.

'/,

kati-,

catl-

'what

how much'

Sg. Ace. (neut.)

cafti

Skt. kali.

Note.

Here

also Av. etna- 'what'.

kirn

Vd. 17.1

(?).

Likewise some forms of the

inter-

cu 'how'. Perhaps
kaf 'how, nonne ?'.
Uncertain cyavhal 'how' Ys. 44.12 abl. (?) or ci-avhaf

rogative used adverbially

e. g.

doubtful.

Indefinite.

408. The indefinite force is usually given in Av.,

as in Skt., by combining a particle -cif, -/=Skt. -cit, -ca,
etc
with th e interrogative or relative. Sometimes it
added by the particle -cina (-cana Afr. 3.7 = Skt. -cand\
which is likewise attached to nouns and adjectives; some-

-ca

is

times, again, reduplication of the

pronoun

(rel.

interrog.)

gives an indefinite or a distributive* force.

Av. kahmdicif 'to whomsoever' = Skt. kdsmdicit;

Av. kapacina 'howsoever, in any way' cayascd 'qui;

Demonstrative Pronouns.

117

cunque' Ys. 45.5, cicd 'quaecunque' Ys. 47.5

ca)

kafraca 'even

yapa

case whatever', et
Note.

Av. mH-ciS (imperative) 'no one'

any

Skt. nd-kis

409. (a) Demonstrative Av. -**> taThe demonstrative stem ha-, hd-, ta-

'this'
'6,

TI,

= Skt. tdTO' = Skt.

serves also as personal of the third person.

sd-, sd-, td-,

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

495.

MASCULINE

i.

Av.

NEUTER.
cf.

Singular:

Skt.

N.

h-0

s-ds

A.

t-tm

t-am

I.

t-d

G.

t-ahe

t-tna
l

t-dsya

Dual:

N.A.V.

t-d

t-to*

t-tu

Plural:

N.

t-e

A.

t-q,

t-dn

I.

t-dis

t-ais

t-i

.-

D.Abl. t-aeibyo

t-ibhyas
H.

N.A.V.
PL N.A.V.

NEUTER.

t-af

Sg.

t-d

Singular

A.

h~d

.....'

t-ajnt

,.

v.

1.

t-i (Ved.)

s-d

Plural:

See Vd. 6.29 with

t-dt

N.A. t-a
1

FEMININE.

Hi.

N.

Skt. md-kis.

Demonstrative Pronouns.

4.

Cf.

'in

al.

negatives are Av. nai-cii 'no one'

Indefinite

ci -f

(fr.

kahmi kahmicif

as',

ca Al.

Yt. 8.22

I 1

Inflection

Forms

Declension of Pronouns.

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

410. GAv. has in general the same forms as YAv.,

but shows also some peculiarities; these are occasionally

found likewise

YAv., perhaps borrowed.

in

MASCULINE

i.

Singular:
YAv. has-cif. Observe

Nom.

498,

Ace.

GAv.

tot

toi,

sd,

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

for

32

3.

Ys. 34.11

probably used as

is

fern.

du.

or a-decl.)

ta,

Plural :-

413.

YAv.

= Skt.

GAv. hi Ys. 58.4, hJ-cH Ys. 46.1

418.
Ys. 27.6; YAv. (Gatha reminiscence?) hi-ca.

Dual:

412.

Vsp. ra.i

ha.

76 a, also Av. al$a

tim, see

Nom.: GAv.

Nom.

also at Vsp. 12.1,

cf.

NEUTER.

1.

41

Also rare

tai-ca.

(like neut.

cf.

GAv.

236.

tal-ctl.

Ace.: YAv. also (sec nom.)

and

cf.

te,

Late

380.

later dialect tq Ys. 63.1

=Ys.

GAv.

/J.

tq/-cS,

tStig,

15.2.

H. NEUTER.

Plural:

414.

Ace.

YAv.

also (like fern., see

383) /<,

t<9s-ca.

FEMININE.

Hi.

Plural :

415.

Ace.: YAv. rarely (like neut.,

GAv.

416.

383) 15 Yt. 10.79,

cf.

cf.

similarly

ya

405.

t&s-ca.

Here

is

tive singular hvo

vyd) properly

to be
'ille,

added

ipse',

also

G(Y)Av. nomina(like ma-

dative hvdvya

originally reflexive, see

398,

436 N.

I, 3.

hvo takes the place of demonstr. ho, which

form does not occur in the metrical Gathas.
Note.

In oldest GAv.,

417.

(b)

Demonstrative Av.

--"ro^

aeta-

'this'

Skt. etd-.

The demonstrative aea-,

c$d-, e$d-, etd-,

ae$a-, aeta- 'this, here'

= Skt.

identical in declension with ha-, hd-, ta-

by prefixing ae- which makes

nearer demonstrative.
The only GAv. form noted

from which
the

is

it

is

derived

it

is

Demonstrative Pronouns.

nom.

fern,

sg.

Gram.

aejd 12.9

(later

GAv.).

119
Cf.

Whitney, Skt.

499 b.
MASCULINE

i.

Av.

NEUTER.

Singular:

Sg.

............
A.
... ..........
............
D.
..........
..........
aet-ahmdf
...........
..........
...........
.........
..........
...........
N.A.V.
..........

pi.

N.A.V. aet-a

cf.

Skt.

N.

ae-5

gf-ds

aet-3m

gt-dm

I.

aet-a

gt-ina

aet-ahmdi

gt-dsmai

Abl.
G.

aet-ahe

L.

aet-ahmi

G.

aet-aym

gt-dsmst
et-dsya

it-dsmin

Dual:

Plural

N.(A.) aet-e
G.
aet-ae$qm,
L.
aet-ae$va
.

ae$-a

A.

aet-ajm

I.

G.

NEUTER.

aet-aym

g f -d

it-Am
gt-dya

.......

to be observed in

MASCULINE

gt-dsyts

GAv. and YAv.

NEUTER.

Singular:
also

agfa

above

411.

419.

Plural:

Nom. Ace.: YAv.

nom. and
See

gt-dt

gt-d

FEMININE.

I.

it-tfu

Forms

Nom.: YAv.

it-it&m

............
............
...........

aet-aya
aet-avhcB

418.

gt-i

..... ......
Hi.

N.

ii.

aet-af

it-dyos

Skt. gfd,

Whitney,

Skt.

notice that alte like tl above

ace. masc.

134.

and also neut.

Gram.

76 a,

cf.

ha

413, 380 serves as both

Inflection: Declension of Pronouns.

I2O

H.

Norn. Ace.

YAv.

NEUTER.

Plural:

420.

also (like fern.,

Hi.

Gen.

fern.)

380.

FEMININE.

GAv. (only occurrence) ag$& Ys. 12.9.

YAv. the form altaytS, altayas-cif follows

altt see

altawhqm.

Singular:

421.

Nom.

aita.On

383)

Gen.: YAv. also (contaminated with

the noun-inflection, <T-decl.

422. (c) Demonstrative Av. fy~ aem 'this' = Skt. ay dm.

The demonstrative aim, as in Skt., is made up from

= Skt. a-,
i-, ima-, anaout a complete declension.

defective stems a-,

combined to
to

It is

fill

be observed

(in

GAv.

i.

MASCULINE

Av.

NEUTER.
cf.

Singular:

aem 1
imym

N.

A.

imam
anina

C,_55-^
ahmdi

Abl.

ahmdf

G.

ahe, aiyhe*

asyd

,X^^7
anmi

Skt

aydm

-"^O

D.

evident) that beside the accented

These forms generally come from the brief stem.

a pada).

1.

ima-, ana-

there occur likewise unaccented forms (not found at beginning of

forms,

it is

i-,

asmtn

.L..^

Dual:

N.A.V. ima

imd (Ved.)

ayd)

aySs (Ved.)

anaycb

Plural:

............

N.

ime

A.

im<i

I.

aeibis (YAv.), anais (GAv.)

D.Abl. aeibyo
G.
aefam
L.

imt

........

aefu, ae$va

i.

e.

aytrn,

64.

See

136, 137.

'

Uncertain, see Vd. 4.48.

Demonstrative Pronouns.

Av.

Sg.
pi.

U. NEUTER.

N.A.V. imaf
N.A.V. ima

..........
..........

121
cf.

Skt.

it/dm

im& (Ved.)

FEMININE.

ill.

Singular

...........
...........
aya ..........
...........
...........
...........
...........

N.

tm*)

iydm

A.

imajin

imam

I.

ay a,

D.

aiqhdi

ayd (Ved.)
asyai

Abl. a*y/ld
G.
OJIghai

see gen.

L.

asydm

a'y/ie*

asyds

Dual:

I.D.Abl. dbyd (GAv.)

Plural:

N.A. imco
dbls

I.

D.Abl. dbyd
G.
mwhqin.
L.

...........
...........
...........
..........
dhva .......

dhii (GAv.),

Forms
423.

to be observed in

GAv. has

with

lengthened

some

peculiarities

final

Nom.

GAv.

general the

NEUTER.

Singular:
also

ayim beside aim, see

32.

Abl.: YAv. also ahtnUf, on A see

19(0).
Gen.: GAv. ahyd, atya-ca, cf.
132, 133.

Loc.

YAv.
1
i.

e.

also (with postpos. a,

iytm, see

379) ahmya.
*

63, 51.

i.

e.

asu

same forms as YAv.,

There are also

wherever possible.

MASCULINE

ssdm

GAv. and YAv.

worthy of note.
I.

424.

in

imds

orig.

*asyd(m).

Inflection: Declension of Pronouns.

122

Dual:

425.

Gen.: GAv. also (from stem

Instr.

(Ace.):

YAv. ime

GAv. observe

431) &s-c3.

Plural:

426.

Nom.

a-,

serves also as ace.

pi.,

see

380.

the form anSil above from stem ana-, and Si!

431 from stem

below

a-.

Dat. Abl.: YAv. al'^yas-cif.

427.

Nom. Ace.

U. NEUTER.
Singular:
YAv. observe imaf above as opposed to

N.A.V.

YAv.

YAv.

GAv. regularly
383) im&.
instance noted of this stem i/na-.

also (like fern.,

the only

Loc.

iddm.

.Skt.

Plural:

428.

GAv.

also (see fern.

imS which

is

383) avhqm.
Hi.

FEMININE.

Singular:

429.

GAv. oyS cf. YAv. ayS above in paradigm.

GAv. afyOi, cf.
133.
Abl.: YAv. also a'yhaf, on & see
I9(b).
Gen. YAv. a*yfuBs-ca, see
1 24 Note.
Instr.

Dat.:

Loc.

YAv.

Plural:

430.

Nom. Ace.
Dat. Abl.

identical with instrumental, aya.

also,

YAv., also a form im<s* before /, see

YAv., also S'byas-cif, a^wyas-ca, on a see

Directly from stem

24 Note.
19 Note.

come:

431.
Singular. Ace.
Neut. (as particle) 0/(GYAv.); Dat. (uncertain?) ai Vd. 3.23
(neut. fern.); Abl. (as particle) df (GAv.), daf (YAv.).

Gen. (Ss-cd (GAv.).

Dual.

a-

Plural.

Instr.

used advbl.)

(also

diS (GAv.).

432.

asdu,

(d)

Demonstrative hdu, ava-

(cf.

trasted

in

Av. ava-

'that,

Pers. ava-), combined with hdu, is

with Skt. amu- , asdu-.
The Av.

throughout where the Skt. has amu-.

Gram.

Skt.

The remote demonstrative

Old

'that'

501.

Cf.

to

yonder'
be con-

shows ava-

Whitney, Skt.

Pronominal Words and Derivatives.

i.

MASCULINE

Av.

123

NEUTER.
cf.

Singular:

hdu
ao-m 1

N.

A.
I.

av-a

G.

av-aiqhe

Skt.

as&u

Plural

N.(A.) av-e
I.
av-dis

G.

av-ae$cpn

NEUTER.

ii.

Sg.

N.A.V.

av-a{,

ao-m

PL N.A.V. av-a
FEMININE.

Hi.

Singular

N.

hdu

A.

av-qm

Abl.

G.
Plural:

N.A. av-m
D.Abl. av-abyo
Forms
433.

Plural.

to be

observed in GAv. and YAv.

Ace. Neut.

YAv.

also (neut. like fern.

383) av&.

Note. For the derivatives avaijt-, avavatit- (ava^t-) from ova- see

5.

441.

Other Pronominal Words and Derivatives.

Possessive

Reflexive,

Pronominal Derivatives and Adverbs.

434. Under the above head belong the possessives
and a number of words which have chiefly the nature of
1
i.

e.

*avtm,

63.

Inflection: Declension of Pronouns.

124

and are inflected partly according to the pronominal declension, partly according to the nominal. They
answer in general to corresponding forms in Sanskrit.
adjectives

Cf.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

515 seq.

Possessive

Reflexive.

Here may be enumerated as connected with

435.
the personal pronoun, the following
flexive)

hava-

(reflexive)

mavant-

'your'.

'like

me',

(and re-

pwdva^t-

'like thee', yii$mavaiit-,

Ivaepaipya- 'own'.

'like you'.

t-

possessive

Av. ma- 'meus', pwa- 'tuus', hva-, ha-,

'suus', ahmaka- 'our', yu$mdka-, tysmdka-

forms:

Other Pronominal Derivatives and Adverbs.

436.

noted:
two'.

The

following

derivatives may

further

be

Relative, yavaitf- 'how much', yatdra- 'which of

Interrogative, cva^t- 'how much?', katdra- 'which of

two?'.

Demonstrative, aetavarit- 'so much', avatit- 'that,

Likewise here,
194) 'so much'.
numerous pronominal adverbs ya-pa 'how, as', ka-da
such', avavatit- (avaqf-

'how, when?', cu 'how?', i-da 'here', etc.

reflex,

Note

I.

Note

2.

Note

3.

Here observe Av.

htato 'reciprocally,

= Skt. svdtas.
398, 416.

the

interesting

388), cf. LaL s(v)ibi.

hvavOya 'self (like m&vya
Note 4.. From an assumed demonstrative stem tva- comes the neut.
dat.

adverb pwaf 'then again' Ys. 44.3

Note

aim

each other'

On hvd 'ipse, ille' as personal pronoun, see

From same stem as hvd (in Note 2) comes

5.

Instances of

= Skt.

GAv. ahya

tvat.

gen. of demonstr.

(=

pers.),

from

422, instead of the reflex, possessive, occur.

Declension of Pronominal Derivatives.

437. In regard to inflection, the pronominal derivatives follow partly the pronominal declension and partly
The following forms of the possessives
the nominal.
(reflexive),

and of the

demonstrative derivatives

clined according to the pronominal declension are

of note.

de-

worthy

Pronominal Words and Derivatives.

438.

ma-

125

Declension of the possessive pronoun

i.

GAv.

'meus'.

Ace. (Neut.) mS.

439.

pwa-

NEUT. Sg. Norn,

H. MASC.

PL

mi; Dat. mahm&i; Gen. mahyS.

Sg. Gen. mahyO>

Hi. FEM.

133).

Declension of the possessive pronoun

ii.

GAv.

'tuus'.

Sg. Norn.

NEUT.

H. MASC.

Abl. Jrwahmdf; Gen. pwaJiya

Ace.

PW&

FEM.

Hi.

(neut.).

pwS;

Sg.

Nom.

Dat.

PW&;

Instr.

pwahmai;

PL Nom. ]rwdi (masc.)

Loc. pwahmi.

Gen. fwafytt.

Jnvoi ;

PI.

Loc. frw&hu.

440.

'suus'

Declension of

iii.

GAv. has only

Skt. svd.

GAv.), -war and

GYAv.

hva~, hra~

-,

(hava-)

YAv. -t

(from

-oh-ar.

i
NEUT. Sg. Nom. h>3 (GAv.), hvo (YAv.); Instr. ha;
ii. MASC.
PL Instr. A-a//; Loc.
'Du. Ace. hva.
Gen. bake; Loc. ^aAmi.
/i'a^w (? emended Fn. 4.2).
iii. FEM. Nom. hae-c& (GAv.), hva (YAv.);

Dat. kaiiy&i.

Note
havo; Ace.
declension

i.
From the by-form hava- come: Masc. Neut. Sg. Nom.
haom ( 64); Instr. hava; etc. regularly according to nominal
236 fl-decl.).^Fem. Sg. Nom. hava; Ace. havqm; Dat. havayal
(

with variant haoyai

Note

2.

62, 2)

The

Gen. havay& beside haoytS

ahmaka- 'our', JnvSvant-

62, 2).
'like

possessives

thee' etc.

follow the noun-inflection.

Note

3.

'genitives' of

Observe that ahmaktm ,

the

personal

yajmaktw employed as
386, 390, are really stereotyped
as similarly in Skt. asmakam, yav&ku, yuf-

yavahm

pronoun

cases of possessive adjectives

uidkam.

441.
tive

iv.

Declension of the demonstrative deriva-

avatit- 'that,

from stem ava-

such',

This

430.

to be distinguished from avavattt- (ava^tPL Dat. Abl. avafbyo.

MASC. Sg. Nom. av&.

194) in
NEUT. Sg.

is

442.
Nom.

Ace. aval above in paradigm.

442.

v.

Declension of the demonstrative derivative

avavatit- (avarit-

194,

cf.

variants)

'so

great'

441.
distinguished from ava^tSg. Nom. (neut.) avavaf; Ace. (masc.) avOqtym
avavatfttm

PL

(neut.

adv.

Gen. avavatqm.

fl-decl.);

Instr.

avavata;

Gen.

to

be

194, 44) and

26

Inflection

Adjectives declined pronominally.

Adjectives declined pronominally.

A few adjectives

Av., like their corresponding Skt. equivalents, also follow the pronominal declension
522 seq.
wholly or in part. Cf. Whitney, Skt. Grant.
443.

in

Instances are: Av. aeva- 'one, alone'; Av. any a- 'other'

Skt. any a-; Av. vispa- 'all' = Skt. visva-.
For example: PI. Norn. Ace. m. vispe, visps

(pronominal)

beside Nora. m. vispAvko; Ace. vlspis-ca (YAv.), vispqs-cS, vtsping

Gen. vtspaijqm (pronominal) bei.e. nominal declension;

(GAv.)

side vispanqm (nominal)

et al.

CONJUGATION,
VERBS.

The Avesta verb corresponds closely to the

444.
Sanskrit in form, character, and in usage. The Av. texts,
however, are not so extensive as to give the verb comall its parts
some few gaps in the conjugationtherefore
occur.
system
Modelled after the Sanskrit, the Avesta verbal system

plete in

presented as on the next page.

may be

445.
the Skt.

voices

Voice, Mode, Tense. The Av. agrees with

in
especially with the language of the Vedas

active,

preterite)

modes

middle (passive),

indicative,

imperative,

tenses

in

perfect (and pluperfect)

aorist

present (and

future

and

in

In

subjunctive, optative.

usage likewise these generally correspond with the Sanskrit.

Note

sive

Note
junctive'
terites

The middle

i.

force.

voice,

Under tenses, observe

2.

is

often used with a

(cf.

that 'injunctive' or 'improper

pasV.

a).

sub-

a convenient designation for certain forms of augmentless pre-

is

used with imperative force.

preterite.

as in Skt.,

formative passive, as in Skt, however also occurs

Cf.

Whitney,

446.

S6/.

These are enumerated under the simple

Gram. % 563.

Infinitive, Participle.

Like the

Skt., the

Av.

conjugation-system possesses also infinitive forms (abstract

verbal nouns) and participial forms (active and middle in
each tense-system) and gerundives. See VI below.
447.
distinguishes
Note.

It

Person, Number.

The Av. like the Skt.

three persons, and three numbers.
is

to

be observed

plied by subjunctive forms.

that the

first

persons imperat. are sup-

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

128

a.

1.

Indicative

b.

Present.
Preterite
(Injunctive).

I.

2.

Present-System :=

3.

(10 Classes)

Imperative.

Subjunctive

(Pres.

and

Pret.

Forms).
4.

Optative.

5.

Participle.
a.

i.

Perfect
(Present).

Indicative
b.

Pluperfect
(Preterite).

II.

a.

Perfect-System

3.

Imperative.

Subjunctive

(Pres.

and

Pret.

Forms).
4.

SYNOPSIS

Optative.

5. Participle.

OF
1.

VERB-

SYSTEM

III.

Aorist-System

(non

-s-,

:="

c* *
o
IV. Future-System

TXT

Imperative.

3.

Subjunctive

and j-Class)

Indicative (Preterite

2.

(Pres.

= Aor.).

and

Pret.

Forms).
4.

Optative.

5.

Participle.

Indicative (Act. and Mid.).

2.

Participle.

{
I

V. Secondary Conjugations.
a.

Passive.

d. Inchoative.

b.

Causative.

e.

Desiderative.

c.

Denominative.

f.

Intensive.

VI. Verbal Abstract Forms.

a. Participles,

b.

Gerunds,

VII. Periphrastic Verbal Phrases.

c. Infinitives.

Personal Endings of Verbs.

129

Personal Endings. These are either (a) primary (pres. and fut. indie., and partly subjunct.) or they
are (b) secondary (pret. indie., opt., aor., and partly
Some individual peculiarities of form occur in
subjunct.).
the endings,
(c) the imperative and in (d) the p e r f e c t
448.

therefore, of the latter

two

also are separately enumerated.

The scheme of normal endings in comparison with

Skt, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
553 is as follows:

the

(Observe the Av. 3 du. forms often identical with Skt. 2 du.)
a.
I.

Av.
I

-mi

...

-po

-maht

(-1)

mate

tha

-pwe

dkvi

nti

-ntt

nti

11.

cf.

Skt.

-Va

3. -t9in

Ay.

MIDDLE.

-I,

-s (-s)

-vha (-fa)

-i,
.

to.

Dual
-va

Skt.

-a

[-ths*]

-ta

-vahi

-ath&m

tarn

tarn

cf.

Singular:

-&

-in

-/....'.-/

2.

Secondary Endings.

Singular:

ati

Plural

ACTIVE.

Dual
1

vahe
-Sthl

-m&de

-m

2. -s
3.

-mast (Ved.)

b.

Av.

(- fe)

ti

-ape

-pa

i.

-te

-s g

-tas

3- -nti

Dual

Plural

2.

tkas

3. -to,

-i

-(w)he (-fe)

-vas

Skt.

cf.

Singular:

-vaki (GAv.)

2.

(- f i}

ti

Dual
.

MIDDLE.

-e

-mi
-si

3. -//

H.

Av.

Skt.

cf.

Singular:

2. -hi (-ft)

Primary Endings.

ACTIVE.

at&m

-dtJill

Inflection

130
Plural
I.

Conjugation of Verbs.
Plural:

-matdi (GAv.)

-ma

(YAv.)

-mahi
.

2. -fa

-ta

-d/tvant

3. -n

-n

-nta

Imperative Endings.

c.
1.

Av.

ACTIVE.

2. -di,

\.-tu

Skt.

Av.

Singular

-dhi,

-wuha (-$vd)

-tu

-tain

-;

-ta

-dwam

d.

Av.
i

-a

ACTIVE.

Skt
-

-tarn

-dkvam

-ntu

i.

cf.

-sva

Plural:

Plural:
2. -ta,

MIDDLE.

li.

cf.

Singular:

-nt&in

Perfect Endings.
H.

MIDDLE.

Remarks on the Endings.

Observe that Av. 3 du.

Note.

Av. -pd (beside -to) 3 du. pres.

again Av. -ttm 3 du. pret. act.

e. g.

al.

= Skt.

-fas 3 du. (but -thas 2 du.)

Skt. -lam 3 du. (but -tarn 2 du.), et

Compare the Homeric interchange of

Primary Endings

a.

form often like Skt. 2 du.

in

is

act.

-TOY, -T)V in

secondary tenses.

(Observations).

Singular:

450.

First Person:

GYAv.

Indicative.

ACTIVE.

i.

also -S, -a

GAv.

e.

i.

has -& regularly in the thematic or a-conjugation pres. indie.

and
-ml in the unthematic or non-a-conj. pres. indie. but in YAv. this
distinction is not sharply drawn.
Subjunctive. YAv. -ni, -a,'
,

GAv.

-a.
H. MIDDLE. Indicative. GAv. also -oi (56, beSubjunctive. GYAv. -m, -ne, -Si (i.e. <*-)-*).
Second Person: i. ACTIVE. Subjunctive. In later texts of YAv. -S(h)i

side

-ni,

-<?).

sometimes drops

its h and becomes -at, e.

g. YAv. yaz&i 'mayest
thou worship' Yt. 10.140. ii. MIDDLE. Indicative. YAv., observe
-se (after -d
GAv.
151, 186) raose 'thou growest' Ys. 10.4.
[-t]

also indie, subjunct. -vhdi

Third Person:
below) like

-e

sg.

56.

GYAv.

MIDDLE.

ii.

also (but not

Skt. -i beside

common;

cf.

also perf.

te.

Dual:

451.

Third Person:

i.

YAv., observe -/J

ACTIVE.

in

y&dyapd

'they both fight'

Yt. 8.22, a 3 du.-form (like Skt. -thas 2 du.-form) beside -to above,

YGAv. occasionally -te or -a'te e.g.

ii. MIDDLE.
449 Note.
Karaite 'they two bring' ZPhl. Gloss,
107. 13, vtr'nva'tf
pp. 54.
'both believe* (indie.) Ys. 31.17.
GAv.
-til,
jamagti 'they
Again
see

8=

both may come'

452.

First Person:

ii.

Second Person:
Third Person:

i.

-a'ti
(i.

e.

subjunct.) Ys. 44.15.

YAv. only

MIDDLE.

'tnafde (observe

have

(aor.

Plural:

is

a")

ii.

MIDDLE.

ACTIVE

occasionally

is

regularly -duye

GAv.

e.

-nti}

-nti) or

even

= Skt. -atl

a-conj. (unthematic)
a-conj. (thematic)

is

-ff'ti

cf.

Skt.

Gram.

Skt. -aft

in the mid.

the

ending

assumed

variant

in

190.

occasionally

(unthematic)
the active

the

form

and

-a'te

but more commonly in the non(-aifti} -fqti,

instead.

indicative soire 'they lie

-re,

MS.

Skt. -dhvi

Indicative. YGAv.

H. MIDDLE.

in the 3 pi. of the non-rt-conjugation

(i.

the

noted.

(-anti) -tnte

Uncommon

down' Yt. 10.80

in

the

of the
pres.

is

= Skt. sire Whitney,

629, and subjunctive mrav&'re 'they may say'

486, 521.
may throw Yt. 10.40, cf.

Yt. 13.64, nijrd're 'they

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

Secondary Endings

b.

(Observations).

Singular:

453.

First Person:
with the
to aoji

Observe that the normal ending

H. MIDDLE.

of an fl-stem into -e:

final

'I

in the optative.

and gives

rule

156.

-6 (-# subjunct.); the /-form occurs according to

MIDDLE.

ii.

unites with a in the

-s

ACTIVE.

a-conj.

coalesces

hid myself opp.

'I

ajfuze

The ending -a is found

The normal ending

spake'.

Second Person:!.

e. g.

YGAv.

notice the suffix

is

-sa

(cf.

Gk. -oo)

contrasted with Skt. -th&s.

Third Person:

ACTIVE.

i.

YGAv.,

t is

orig.

retained (unchanged to

after s (3), e.g. moist 'he turned', tdilt 'he promised',

Notice as

and etnas

Ss-t] 'he was'

e.

(i.

Dual:Third Person: i. ACTIVE. YAv.,

-/)

81, 192.

192 Note.

'he promised'

454.

form like the 2 du. Skt.

3 du. and 2 du. see

observe that the 3 du. Av. -ttm

-tarn

on

449 Note.

this interchange in

YGAv., note Av.

MIDDLE.

ii.

in

is

form between
-attrn

opp. to Skt. -atam , see again

449 Note. Again (like primary
2 du., but) with secondary meaning YAv. -a'pe
Skt. -athi and

some other forms

lehre p.

455.

17 seq.

Plural:

First Person:

opt. va'rima'di)

(cf.

for this -nia'de

ii.

Third Person:

ACTIVE.

i.

an unthematic 3

GYAv., remark

Ys. 43.15

Gram.
c.

456.

= Skt.

YAv.

e. g.

Also ~ar* aor.

substitutes

-dhvdm,

63.

occasionally

corresponding to the oczazaf 'they drove away', et al.

-ni)

thus biiyar'S 'they

pret.

GAv. adar*

would

'they

be',

made'

ddur; YAv. alkar' 'they elapsed' Vd. 1.4, cf.

cf. also under perfect endings
829, 550

Gram.
ii.

below).
mid. -run

pi.

Skt.

in -af
(i.'e.

also opt. -ar's, -ar>,

Skt.

ii,

(Pf.

Skt. -mahi, but

redupl. formations GAv. has

of the pres.,

hyqn.

Skt.

Whitney,

In

pi. pret.

= -nti

beside

drawn from the present.

MIDDLE. GAv. shows -dum

Second Person:

casional -ati

Observe that GAv. has a proper secondary end-

MIDDLE.

ii.

ing '/na'Jt

hyar*

= Flexions-

see Bartholomae, K.Z. xxix. p. 286 seq.

MIDDLE.

= Skt.

YAv.

also sporadic traces

-rain in Av.

834 b (perhaps best

vaozinm

Yt. 19.69,

of secondary
cf.

Whitney,

as pluperf.).

Imperative Endings

(Observations).

Singular:

Second Person:

i.

ing, the simple

thematic)

show

ACTIVE.

YGAv., the

stem form
-tti

(-di

<7

-verbs (thematic) have no end-

in -a, -a is used.

83, i),

GAv.

-di.

The non-a-verbs
ii.

MIDDLE.

YAv.

(unre-

Mode-Formation.

gularly -vuha
1

Third Person:
in

Skt. -sva

86), -fv&, -hva

130, 2

'let

Gram.

-sva (in dasvS 'give'

*dad-sva

a.

suffix

-$;#

him speak

= Skt.

-dm, 3 sg. mid.

aright" Ys. 48.9,

d& Ys. 32.6, Geldner,

cide' vi -\Skt.

H. MIDDLE.

GAv. ir'tucqm

GAv.

133

in

B.B.

xv. p.

vidqm
cf.

261,

is

found

'shall

de-

Whitney,

618.

Plural:

457.

Second Person:

i.

ACTIVE

The forms

H. MIDDLE.

are undistinguishable

from an augmentless imperfect

445 Note 2. A genuine instance
of -na cf. Skt. -tana 2 pi. active imperat. is GAv. barana Ys. 30.9,
cf.

Skt. bhajatana, Whitney, Skt.

Third Person:

both o-verbs and

occur in
transfer

471

in

Gram.
740.
The endings -aqtu,

non-ff-verbs

(in

-ytttu,

-ttitqw

the latter case

by

to a-conj.).
d.

458.

H. MIDDLE.

ACTIVE

i.

Perfect Endings.

For observations on the perfect endings see

Pf.

ii

below.

Mode-Formation.
i.

The

Indicative Mode.

no special mode-sign other

459.
than the use of the present stem itself. The endings are the
primary in the present, the secondary in the preterite.
indicative has

For special remarks on the strong and weak stem-forms in

467, 476 and observe under the different con-

Note.

the indicative, see below

jugation classes.

Imperative Mode.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
569.)
2.

(Cf.

The imperative has no characteristic mode460.

stem
is identical with that of the indicative, the
the
sign,
special endings are simply added.
Note

i.

For special remarks on the strong and weak stem-forms

see below under the imperatives of the various conjugation-classes.

Note

2.

For remarks on the endings see

(Cf.

461.

456.

3. Subjunctive Mode.
Whitney, SAl. Gram.
557 seq.)

In Av., as in Skt., the subjunctive has as its

characteristic

mark an a added

to the stem to

form the

Inflection

34

In the ^-conjugation (thematic) this a

special mode-stem.

of course with the stem-final and forms a:

unites

thematic

(i)

e. g.

Av. bar-d-hi 'mayest thou bear'

Skt. bhdr-d-si;
(2) unthematic, Av.

0-stem,

bara-a-hi)

(i.e.

Conjugation of Verbs.

jan-a-Hi 'may he smite'

pres. indicat. ja^-ti)

(cf.

Skt.

hdn-a-ti.

The endings of the subjunctive are partly primary (i. e.

the former
partly secondary (i. e. pret. subjunct.).
-/
i
active
e.
in
YGAv.
Observe
-/,
(i.
sg.
-ant) or also
predominating.
462.

pres. subjunct.)

YGAv.

-&;

-a,

and

in

Gram.

\Vhitney, Skt.

sg.

middle

it

-nt

is

(i.

-ant) beside -Si.

e.

Cf.

562.

Subjunctive Endings combined with Mode-Sign.

i.

Av.

ACTIVE.

-Sni, -S

-Sni, -a
-ahi,

,f-"'
I

(-5[h]i)

Singular

cf.

-Si

-one,

-avhe
-as

-ati

-ats

-at

-ata

Dual

-asi
-ate
.

Dual

-5va

Skt.

-Si

-asi

-<&

-a/o

MIDDLE.

11.

Av.

Skt.

cf.

Singular:

-ava

-avahg

-at/tas

-tithe

-atas

-Sttl

-attm
Plural:

Plural:

1.

-Sma

2.

-atha

......
......

-jn

........

-atha

-nti

......

-Sma*de

-ffma

-tntc,

-an

.....

-a l re

-Smahe
-adhvi
-anti

Note

i.

Observe

Note

2.

On

(late)

YAv. 2

sg.

-Si

-Shi

450.

improper subjunctive or imperative see

4.

(Cf.

445 Note

2.

Optative Mode.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

564

seq.)

The

characteristic mode-sign of the optative

463.
in Av., as in Skt., is -yd-, -I- added to the weak-stem for

the non-tf-conjugation (unthematic), or it is -z- added to the

regular tense-stem of the class for the ^-conjugation (thematic).

Mode-Formation.

135

In the 0-stems (thematic) the mode-sign -z- unites with

the stem-final a into -ae- (-oi-)
In the non55, 56.
tf-conj. the distinction between -yd-, -i- is that -yd- was
in the active

employed
Note.

and

beside da'dTja 'mayest thou give'.

-ya-

18 Note i),

in the middle.

-I-

Instead of --, instances of

GAv. da'dyaf

cf.

Note) occur,
occur instances

Similarly

buyama 'may

buyata,

ye,

we

e. g.

daipi$a

of -yS- for

Probably also

be'.

5.44.10.

The endings

464.

(21

-t-

of the optative are the secondary ones throughI

pi. mid. -ma'de (primary, e. g. Ys. 9.21) in-

In YAv., however, the

out.

GAv. -ma'di (secondary)

stead of

is

found.

Observe

in the a-conj. (thematic)

Gk. Xdy-ot-ev, Xdy-oi-vco) is to be

pi.
(cf.
contrasted with Av. non-a-verbs which show -ar, -ar'it
Skt. -ur, -ran
a- and non-a-stems).
(act. mid. in both
the 3

mid. Av. -3n, -inla

act.

Optative Endings combined with Mode-Sign.

a.
I.

Av.

a-conjugation (thematic).

ACTIVE.

MIDDLE.

H.

Singular:

cf.

Skt.

Av.

Skt.

cf.

Singular:
1

1.

-lyam

-aya

2. -dii

-is

-alja

-ethos

3. -dit

-it

-alta

-Ita

-gma

-oimaidi (GAv.)
-dimaide (YAv.)

-gya

Plural:

Plural:
I.

-alma

1
'

-idhvam

2.

-aeta

-ita

3.

-aytn

-iyur

-iron

-ayatjia

b. Non-a-conjugation (unthematic).
I.

Av.

ACT1YE.

H.
cf.

Singular:

Skt.

Av.

-yqm

-yam

-ya

2.

-}'<&

-yas

-Jfa

3-

-y*t

-9**

-Ita

-imafdl

1.

-y'ama*

-y&ma

2.

-yata

-yata

......
......

Cf. Ys. 8.7.

cf.

........
........
.......

Skt

-fya

-ithas
-ita

Plural:

Plural:
1.

-yar
{-yqn

MIDDLE.

Singular:

-yur

See Yt. 24.58.

-tmahi
-id/tvam

-Iran

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

136

Reduplication and Augment.

a.

465.

(a)

in certain parts

class, and

Reduplication.

Whitney,

(Cf.

SAt.

Gram.

588

seq.)

is found
Reduplication
of the verb-conjugation (pres. of 3rd.

in

and

in the desiderative,

fect, and sometimes

in

Av., as in Skt.,

intensive), in the

The

the aorist.

The

consists in the repetition of a part of the root.

of reduplication should be noted:

long internal or final vowel
(b)

per-

reduplication
rules

of the root

is

commonly shortened in the reduplicated syllable; sometimes

see desiderative, intensive
it is lengthened or strengthened.
Radical ar (r-vowel) is reduplicated by *. An initial vowel,
repetition of itself, of course merely becomes long in

by

reduplicating.
(c)

Roots beginning with a

consonant

repeat that
reduplicated by the cor-

consonant, but a guttural is

responding palatal; an originals (including st, sp, sin)
is reduplicated by h, an orig. palatal.? by s, an initial
the corresponding smooth: e.g. Av.ja-jm-af
~
atn
'g ') hi-sta-*ti (V std~ 'stand'), hi-spds-amna (Y^spas(Vg
hi-smar-anto
'see'),
(\fmar-, *smar- 'remember'), tu-pru-ye

spirant by

(YPru

'

Note

'nourish').
I.

The

original

Note

2.

guttural

instead of palatal

is

retained in re-

Av. ku-fy$nv-qna (\ffyjnu- 'rejoice, please').

Observe the redupl. form (desiderative participle) zi-k$n&vh-

duplication before u,

cf.

itnn& Yt. 13.49, c ^ Skt. ji-j'ASs-am&n&s.

b.
(Cf.

Whitney,

Augment.
Skt.

Gram.

585.)

466. In Av. the augment is comparatively rare,

the instances of its omission far exceed in proportion

those of the Vedic Sanskrit.

The augment,

as in Skt., consists of short

to the preterite tense

imperfect, aorist,

a prefixed

pluperfect.

This

Present System.

a, as likewise in Skt.,

f Verbs.

Classes

combines with an

137

initial

the corresponding vrddhi.

It is often difficult to decide whether an a

ment a or the verbalprefix a

Note

vowel into

is

the aug-

= d.

For metrical purposes it seems sometimes that augment

See Geldner,
in reading where the texts omit it.

I.

must be restored
Metrik

p.

38.

Note
fore v,

cf.

Instead of a,

2.

GAv.

Note

GAv. shows once a form

Jvaocaf (but written

On augmentless

3.

/.

preterites

5 in

augment be-

32.

voacaf)

('injunctive')

with imperat.-

445 Note.

subjunct. force, see

Vowel- Variation (Strong and Weak). In Av.,

quite as in Skt., verb-stems commonly show vowel-variation
strongest, middle or strong, and weak forms, cf.
235.
467.

This phenomenon must of course go hand

shift of accent.

in

hand with

an original

I.

PRESENT-SYSTEM.

468. The present-system is the most important

of the systems, its forms are by far the most frequent in
occurrence, and upon the basis of present-formation

may be founded

Av., as in Skt., the conjugation-groups

and classification of verbs. See the following
469.
in

Classes of Verbs.
469.
Taking the Sanskrit Grammar as model, we
the Av. present-system likewise distinguish ten
classes of verbs according to the method of forming the

may

in

In Av., however, the

present-stem.
(

2 end)

The

is

phenomenon of accent

not always so clearly discernible.

ten classes

fall

into

two great groups

of con-

jugation according as the endings are attached to the root

with or without the (thematic) stem-vowel a. The
(I)

first group, the thematic or ^-conjugation (Cl. 1,6,4, IO ).

assumes a

in

the

formation

of

its

present-stem;

the

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

138
(II)

second

group, the unthematic or non-a-conjugation

attaches the endings directly to the

(Cl.
root (the latter as stem, however, subject to modification)
without this a as formative element of the stem. Cf. Whitney,
a, 3, 7, 5, 8, 9)

Skt.

Gram.

602 seq.

470. The classification of Av. verbs on the basis

of the Sanskrit Grammar is the following:

L ^-Conjugation

Formation

First
(1) a-class

with

(thematic).

Class

see

strengthened

478

seq.

root-form

Skt.

first

(bhu-) class.
Av.

~\fb&-, &av-a-*ti 'he

Second Formation
(6) 0-class with

becomes

Class 6

see

unstrengthened

479

seq.

root-form

Skt. sixth

(tud-) class.
Av.

"\fdruj-,

drui-a-*ti 'he deceives'.

Third Formation
(4) jj/<z-class

Class 4

see

(unstrengthened root-form)

480

seq.

Skt. fourth (div-)

class.

Av.

"\fnas-,

nas-ye-*ti 'he vanishes'.

Fourth Formation

Class 10

see

481

seq.

(10) aya-class (strengthened root-form), causal

Skt. tenth

(cur-) class.
Av.

"\fruc-, raoc-aye-*ti 'he lights up'.

II.

Non-rt-Conjugation (unthematic).

First
(2)

Formation

Root- class

root itself

(ad~) class.
Av. "\fjan-,

Reduplicatin-g

is

see

Class. 3

class

see

root redupl.

Skt. third (ku-) class.

Av.

~\fd3-,

516 seq.

present stem

Skt. second

jafn-ti 'he smites'.

Second Formatjon
(3)

Class 2

da-d&-iti 'he gives'.

540

seq.

is

pres.

stem

Cl. i, 6, 4, 10.

a-Conjugation (thematic):

Third Formation
(7)

Nasal- class

Class 7

inserted -na-

see

-n(str.),

554

130,

seq.

= Skt. seventh
(wk.)

(rudh-) class.
Av.

"\fric-,

iri-na-fyti 'lets go'.

Fourth Formation
(5)

#-class

Class 5

root adds nao-

see

566 seq.

nu- (wk.)

(str.),

Skt.

fifth

(su-) class.
Av. "\fkar-, ktr'-nao-iti 'he makes'.

Fifth Formation

Class 8

root adds u- alone

(8) #-class

Av.

YS

P~>

s/W te

Sixth Formation
(9) na- class

(i-

e.

see

*5p-v-ante

Class 9

root adds nd-

(str.),

577 seq.

Skt. eigth (tan-) class.

see
n-,

95) 'are overtaken'.

584

seq.

na- (wk.)

Skt. ninth

(krt-) class.
Av. "\fgarw-, ^fr'w-na-'ti 'he

471.

always

seizes'.

Transfer of Conjugation. A verb is not

according to one and the same con-

inflected

jugation and class throughout. The majority of the

forms of a verb may be made up after one conjugation
and

class of the present system, while a few forms of the

same verb may be made up

after another; the same part

of the verb being thus occasionally formed according to
two classes. Instances of such transition in forms from

one class to another are not rare;

in general, examples
of the tendency for verbs of the non-#-conjugation (unthematic) to pass over to the inflection of the ^-conjugation,

are not difficult to find.

i.

472.

jugation

in

The

See

529, 553 etc.

^-Conjugation (thematic).
The thematic or
present-system comprises four classes

General Remark.
the

which the endings are attached to

the root by means of a thematic vowel a (in I person

(Cl.

i, 6, 4,

10),

in all

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

140

The root-vowel may,

d, a).

or

may

according to the class of the verb;

the indicative throughout the other

The verbs of the

system.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
733
Note.
e. g.

The

p1u

r.

not be strengthened
remains then as in

it

modes of

a-conj. are

the present-

numerous.

Cf.

seq.

thematic shows a more often than

<J

(Skt. S)

Av. yaz&ma'de commoner than bar&ma'de.

Mode Formation

The

473.

Special Remark.

Indicative.

I.

are simply attached by

person a) directly to the

various endings

means of the thematic a

(in

stem formed according to the

rules of its particular class.

2. Imperative.
The normal endings are attached by means
474.
of the thematic a directly to the present-stem of the class.
3. Subjunctive.
475. The characteristic a of the subjunctive unites
with the thematic a into d in attaching the subjunctive

endings given above,

462.

Optative.

4.

In the tf-verbs the optative sign is -I- (instead

of -yd-) and it unites with the thematic a into -ae- (-5i
56)
in attaching the endings.

476.

5.

The

477.

made

in

-mna

Participle.

forms (verbal adjectives) are

participial

each class by attaching to the present-stem the

formative element -fit ( 291, -nti fern.) for the active, and
237,
the middle.
Note.

-mnd

On middle

also -ana (-ana), see

fern.)

ptcpl.

in

-Sua (-ana) see

Note

for

507.

Classes of the ^-Conjugation (thematic).

Cl.

478.

form

Skt.

Class
first

i,

6,

tf-class

(bhu-) class.

4,

10.

with

strengthened

To form

root-

the present-stem,

Cl. I, 6, 4, 10.

a-Conjugation (thematic):

the thematic a

attached to the root which has the strong

is

(middle) form.
are numerous.

\A\

Cf.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Examples

734.

= Skt. bhdr-a-ti; Av.

=
Skt. k$dy-a-ti; Av. ybiiytl$i- 'to rule', ^ay-e^ti
'to be', bav-a^ti = Skt. bhdv-a-ti.
Av. ybar-

Note

Here

i.

'to bear',

for convenience,

roots Av. stS-, had- (orig. redupl.)

= Skt.

stands'

Gram.
Note
cf.

Skt.

Whitney,
also

Some

2.

side rtam-acf.

ttffhati ;

748, 749

as in Skt.,

= Skt. sth&-,

Av. hidaiti 'he

may be

sad-,

e. g.

== Skt. stdati,

sits'

included

Av.

cf.

the

hiita'ti 'he

Whitney, Skt.

a.

roots in a

Gram.

= Skt. ndm-a8 Note

6ar-a-*ti

I,

-\-

cons,

show a

fluctuation

between d and

a,

Av. ~\fnam- 'to bow' has mm-a- be745

Av. ~\fdvar- 'to run' has dvar-a- beside d-var-a-,
d, e

and Whitney,

Class 6

Skt.

Gram.

545

e.

0-class with

unstrengthened rootform = Skt. sixth (tud-) class.

The thematic a is simply
attached to the root in its weak form to make up the
Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
751.
present-stem.
479.

Av. yis- 'to seek, desire', i^-a^te = Skt. i$-d-te;

Av. yvis- 'to become', vis-a-iti (cf.
20 on z) = Skt.
vis-d-ti; et al.

With nasal strengthening Av.

Note.

hinc-a-iti 'he sprinkles'

tyhic-)

Skt. sific-a-ti.

480.

Class 4

Skt. fourth (div-) class.

The

(unstrengthened root-form) =
Also here the Pass i ve, cf.V. a below.

jy# -class

formed by adding ya- (ye- 34) to the

Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
simple unstrengthened root.
759.
Av. y-nas- 'to vanish', nas-ye-*ti = Skt. nds-ya-ti;
present-stem

Av. yprd-

noted

Note

I.

Note

2.

in the

481.

is

'to protect',

prd-ye-hite

Skt. trd-ya-nte.

For the Passive formation see V. a below.

The

strong form of the stem (-al- instead of-/-)

verb Av. sraij-ye-'ti

Class 10

'it

clings"

is

to

be

Skt. ilif-ya-ti.

(strengthened root-form)
This class includes in part the

aj/<z-class

Skt. tenth (cur-) class.

secondary formation causative, denominative, see V. b, c, below. The formative element ay a is added to the strengthened

Inflection

142

Conjugation of Verbs.

The roots in internal a generally, but not always,

receive the vrddhi strengthening; the roots in i, u commonly receive the guna increase.
root.

= Skt. tdp-dya-ti;
=
Skt. dpdt-aya-n; Av.
fly'
apat-ayy-n
wound', raef-aya-f = Skt. re$-dya-t; Av.
= Skt. roc-dya-ti.
light up', raoc-aye-*ti

Av. ytapAv. YP at~ <to

\fris-

'to

J/>#-

'to

Note

'to

warm', tdp-aye-*ti

Observe that the roots with a do not always show the

I.

vrddhi stage.

Note

2.

Note

3.

Some

exceptions to the rule for guya of /'- and -roots occur.

In Av., as in Skt., a heavy syllable ending in consonant

does not take vrddhi or

Paradigms of the ^-Conjugation (thematic).

Cl.
(Cf.

Av.

482.

Av.

Cl. i.

Whitney,
-A*3

x,
S&t.

6,

10.

4,

Gram.

734

bar- 'bear, carry'

$fi- 'rule,

possess", zu-

yaz- 'worship', jas- 'come', jtv-

'call,

'live',

ciJ-

seq.)

Skt. bhdr-.

bless, curse', vain- 'see',

'teach, point out',

car-

'move, go', bar- 'eat', az- 'drive, win', y&s- 'desire, seek', pac- 'cook',
van- 'win', pwars- 'cut, make', ram- 'delight', miz- 'make urine'.

CL

va!- 'speak', vis- 'become'.

Cl. 4. yud- 'fight', zan-, :5be born', varz- 'work', bud- 'mark, know'.
CL 10. vid'know', ta"rv- 'overcome', var- 'to cover', far- 'go, make go', dar6.

'give birth,

'hold

fast',

hafii.

483.

'incite'.

Indicative.
i.

Av.

a.

Present.

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

1.

bar-d-mi

2.

bar-a-hi

3.

bar-a-ifi

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

Skt

bhdr-d-mi
bhdr-a-si
bh&r-a-ti

Dual:

1.

2.
(

3-

bar-a-to
T

-a-po
1

Cf.

bhar-a-vas
~bhdr-a-thas
]
f

y&d

449 Note.

bhar-a-tas

^-Conjugation (thematic):

Av.
1.1
2.

Plural:

Skt.

bhdr-a-tha

(bar-a-pa) ftayapa (GAv.)

..

\bhdr-a-nti

ii.

Av.
.

cf.

7
-a-makt
vaedayamaht

3-{

143

....

bar-d-mahi

Cl. x, 6, 4, 10.

MIDDLE.

Singular:

cf.

b&r-e

bhdr-i

bar-a-he

2.\

l
)

\bhdr-a-3l

-a-Vne vafavAe

bar-a-ite

3.

Skt.

bhdr-a-ti

Dual:

..........
.......
^
-v

1.

2.

^.

bhdr-S-vaki

bMr-i-thi

>-s.

(bar-oi-pe)

3.

Plural:

I.j

2.

......
.........
......

(bar-d-malde) yazamaide
-a-mtfde

(bar-a-pwe)
bar-9-flte

3.

484.

i.

AV
bar-9-m

1.

2.

bar-a-f

bh&r-a-ntl

Injunctive).

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

(bar-5) jaso

3.

bhar-a-dhvi

.........

Preterite (and

b.

\bhdr-S-mahi
)

carafive
.

........
........

Skt.

d-bhar-a-m
d-bhar-a-s

... ........

d-bhar-a-t

Dual:

2.
3.
1

........
...........
......
(bar-a-hm)

(bar-d-Va) jvSva 4

ta*rvayat3m*

Cf.

less Fret.

8
1 1 6.
Cf.
See Yt. 13.34.
449 Note.
Subjunct. Imperat. (Injunctive) see
445.

d-bhar-S-va

d-bhar-a-tam

d-bhar-a-t&m
*

Cf.

On augment449 Note.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

Av.
|

Plural:

bar-d-ma

{
\

-a-tna barayama

2. (bar-a-ta)

bar-9-H

3.

.........
.......
.......
...........
ta*rvayata

Singular

b&r-e

2.

..........
......
..........
..........
..........

bar-a-ta

d-bhar-S-ma
J

d-bhar-a-ta

d-bhar-a-n

(bar-a-*>ha) zayavha

3.

Skt.

MID DLL

U.

cf.

d-Ahar-l
d-bhar-a-thas

d-bhar-a-ta

Dual:

2.
I

(bar-ae-tim)

\(bar-oi-pe)

.....

caljalt>m

cardibt"*

Plural

2.

caririta

2.

485.

2.

bar-a

3.

bar-a-tu

2.

(bar-a-ta)

d-bhar-S-mahi
d-bhar-a-dkvam
d-bhar-a-n t a

Imperative.
I.

AT.

d-bhar-l-tam

(bar-a-dw3lri) varayadwtm*

3. (bar-2-tlta)

d-bhar-i-tham

..........
....
.......

d-bhar-S-vahi

ACTIVE.

Singular:

...........
...........
........
..........

cf.

Skt.

bkdr-a
bhdr-a-tu

Plural:

3-{

bar-9-ntu
-a-

hrarata

\bhdr-a-ntu

pdrayantu
U.

MIDDLE.

Singular

2.

bhdr-a-ta

bar-a-vuha

..........

3. (bar-a-tqni) vtr'zyatqm*

......

bkdr-a-sva

bhdr-a-tam

*
Yt. 5.6, cf. ap>r*se, aguze.
Ys. 9.5, cf.
449 Note, cf. Delbriick,
s
Cf.
Altind. Vb.
106, Bartholomae, Altiran. Vb. p. 52, 53.
484 Foot*
Note 4.
See Vsp. 15.1, best reading.
1

Cl. x, 6, 4, to.

a-Conjugation (thematic):

Av.

Plural:

2.

(bar-a-dwam) darayadwjm

3-

(bar-2-tltqm) jasfqtqm

486.

.......

Singular:

bar-d-ni

2.

bar-d-hi
I

...........
...........
........
...........
...........
...........

cf.

Skt.

bhdr-S-ni
bkdr-a-si

(bar-d-*ti) car&ti

bhar-&-ti

bar-d-f

bhdr-s-t

'

bhdr-a-ntSn

ACTIYE.

i.

Skt.

cf.

bhar-a-dhvam

Subjunctive.

3.

Av.

.....

145

Dual:

2.
3.

...... ...
...........
......

(bar-d-to) jasdto

bhdr-5-va
bhdr-S-tfias

bh&r-S-tas

Plural:

bar-d-ma^

1.

2.

(bar-d-pa) az&p& (GAv.)

bar-q-n

3.

...........
U.

Av.

ID

2.

(bar-m-whe) ySsavhe

3.

(bar-d-*te) pactfte

bkdr-s-n

cf.

.........
.......
........
.......

(bar-di) ms&l

bh&r-H-tha

DLL

Singular:

(bar-d-ne)
I

11

bhdr-&-ma

Skt.

bhar-Si

Mdr-S-sl
bhdr-a-te

Plural:

(bar-m-tite) yaza>nte

'1

-d-*re mravtirt*

487.

......

Optative.

4.

i.

Av.
I

2.

bar-oi-$

3.

bar-oi-{

Cf.

ACTIYE.

Singular:

.........
...........
...........
.

484 Note

I.

By

transfer to a-conj.

from

cf.

Skt.

bhar-i-yam
bhdr-t-s
bh&r-i-t
rt. cl.

2,

521, 452.

10

~\[mrQ-

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

146
Av.

Plural:

cf.

.......
.......
..........

Skt.

1.

(bar-ae-ma) vanalma

bh&r-l-ma

2.

(bar-ae-ta)

bh&r-i-la

3.

bar-ay-w

jnvtr'salta

MIDDLE.

ii.

Singular

........
.......
..........

(bar-ay-a) hafcaya

2.

(bar-ae-$a) ha^alla
bar-ae-ta

3.

Plural
1.

(bar-di-niaide) bu'dyoimatde

2.

(bar-5i-dw^m)

3.

1.

(bar-ay-a?lta) maizayattta-

t-

i.

(fem.

-ytltt-)

H.

bhftr-e-dhvam

bhdr-i-ran

Skt.

cf.

bhdr-a-nt- (fem. -anti-)

MIDDLE.
.

to be observed in

GAv. shows

489.

ACTIVE.

.....

bar-3-mna- (fem. -2-mnd-)

Forms

bh&r-l-mahi

Participle.

5.

Av.

bk&r-l-th&s
bhdr-i-ta

.....
.....
.....

rSmoittwtm

488.

bkdr-l-ya

in

bh&r-a-m&na- (fem. -a-mSnS-)

GAv. and YAv.

general

the same forms as

26.
It has,
above, but with the long final vowel, cf.
however, a certain number of individual differences; these
as well as other variations in YAv. also may here be noted.

490.
(i) The original unmodified forms of 3 pi.
act. mid. -atiti, -atite, cf. zava^te above, occasionally stand
instead of being changed to -anti, -ante, e.g.:
GAv.
beside

vana'tftf,

YAv.

YAv.

vanariti 'they win" Yt. 13.154,

haciitte 'they follow'

GAv.

haca'ttti

30, 491).

491. (2) According to

30, the forms
in are often found after palatals, instead of

-inti, -i
-Jtiti,

e. g.:

etc.,

Av. /ratacitfti 'they run

y/ar-)
1

Ys. 8.7.

fratacin 'they ran

*
i.

e.

forth' (variants "laca'^ti,

forth'

hacinte (YAv.)

*maiz-al-arita for *maiz-a-i-ant&.

"tacmti Ys. 65.3,

beside haca'qtc

Cl. I, 6, 4, 10.

a-Conjugation (thematic):

147

(GAv.) 'they follow'; yaziqti 'they worship' Vt. 8.11 beside yazt^ti
Yt. 8.24, cf. Yt.

10.54 yazttite, yazinti; snagii-%tal-ca 'and they drop

as snow'

(cf.

55).

492.

(3)

GYAv., when y precedes

the

thematic

the combination -ya- (-yd-)

34, e. g.
according to

-a- (-d-), especially in Cl. 4, 10,

generally

becomes

-ye-

'I,

thou, he appear' (~\fsadthou, they beseech' (][jad-

fyjayehi (GAv.), ^aye'ti, %$aye*te,

^ay^nti, %/ayeni (subjunct.

Av. sdtfayemi

sddayehi ,

sddaye*ti

Cl. 10); 'jaidyemi, ja'dyehi, Ja*<fye

Cl. 4)

he

-ant) 'thou,
'I

zbaye*ti

493.
(

rule, possess' (\f%ji- Cl. i);

etc.

zbayemi, zbayehi,

may bind* (subjunct.).

reductions of -ya-, -va- before m, n

invoke', etc.

Some

(4)

>iti

'I,

bandayeni

'I

63) occur, e.g.:

Av.
'they

(i.

494.

before

(i.e. *rifyaitti

'they grew'

ufyfin
sleet*

'they work'

vtr'zititi

wound"

final

e.

Some

(5)

m, n

became'

'I

(i.e.

495.

"\fvarz- Cl. 4)

vfr'zya^ti,

'rifittti

Cl. 4);

*rvaesiiiti 'they turn';

Cl. 4)

fyavhunte 'they shower

"\fvafy3

So imperat.- 2

sg.

nase 'perish'

(i.

e.

nasya).

reductions of -aya-, -ava- (-dya-, -dva-)

64) occur,

e. g.

showed'

dalsayam,

abavam,

became' Yt. 5.98

e.

l^'riif-

e. ufyjyan,

fyavhvarite).

Av. daisaem
'I

(i.

(i.

(i.e.

~\[ba- Cl.

~\[dis- Cl.

i) Yt. 19.57,61,63,

10);

abaom

baon 'they

etc.

Certain other peculiarities likewise require de-

tailed notice.
i.

Indicative.
Present.

a.

496.

Singular

First Person:

i.

ACT.

GAv. shows only

thematic

of -ami in the

(unthe mati c),

e.g.

the ending -d (Gk. -to), instead

verbs and only -mi in the non-a-verbs

GAv. ufyd

'I

praise',

similar but rare (perhaps borrowed) zbaya

the side of frayezt which likewise

497.

is

discern'.

YAv.

invoke' at Vsp. 6.1 by

an indicative.

Dual:

Third Person:

i.

ACT.

GAv. add

caratas-cd 'both

U. MID. ZPhl. Gloss, p. 54.8 has Karaite- 'they

Proceedings Oct.
498.

'I

kaya
'I

1889

p.

come' Ys. 51.12.

two bring'

cf.

A.O.S.

165.

Plural:

First Person:

i.

'we invoke'.

ACT.

YAv., similarly with short a

(as

above) zbay&mahi

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

148

Second Person:
'ye eat'

YAv.

ACT.

i.

Vd. 7.57.

ii.

also isolated (-t- like pret. form) tvarata

GAv. -duyi

MID.

190) didrajldduyl 'ye

(cf.

keep holding* (desiderative) on -6- for -a- of stem, see

Third Person: See general details above
490 seq.
b.

499.

Preterite.

Plural:

Third Person:
cf.

39.

GAv.,

MID.

ii.

observe visits, 'they entered' (on

)-,

32).

Imperative.

2.
500.

Singular:

Second Person:

i.

YAv., note (by reduction

ACT.

34, 493) nose 'perish

thou' (i.e. nasya, ~\fnas- Cl. 4).

ii. M1JD. GAv., only -hva: gUfahvi
'hear thou', batyokva 'share thou' (on -6- for -a-, see
39).

Third Person:

i. ACT. GAv., observe

work' (^\fvarz- Cl. 4), vatayotii

501.

(~\fvat-

'let

him

Cl. 10).

GAv. with ending -na (cf. Skt. -tana) barana

740.
457 above, and Whitney, Skt. Gram.

ACT.

i.

'bear ye' Ys. 30.9,

cf.

GAv. goddam

MID.

'hear ye'

Skt.

ghofadhvam.

Subjunctive.

3.

502.

39) in vr*iydt&

(cf.

him announce*

Plural:

Second Person:
ii.

-d'let

Singular:

Second Person:

i.

ACT.

YAv. occasionally

-at for -d(h)i

450: apa.yasai

'thou wilt destroy" (i.e. yasahi); vazai, vazahi (as variants) 'mayest

YAv., a form with secondary ending (but

thou bring* Vd. 5.16.

is

syntax bad)
503.

may

Yt. 24.8.

Plural:

Third Person:
hold'.

bav&

strike'

GAv. shows also -in (for -qn) in rapJn 'they may

YAv. like mravd're above
452, also nijr&'re 'they

ACT.

i.

MID.

ii.

Yt. 10.40, so again

4.
504.

ii.

MID.

mafnyaya

505.

Optative.

Singular:

First Person:
(for

YAv., observe nta'nya

'I

would

think' Yt. 10.106

194).

Plural:

First Person:

i.

ACT.

GAv. (with

Skt. -mahf) va*rdima'</i 'we

Third Person: YAv.

would

Anhafre Yt.

sacrifice*.

like

'

regular secondary ending -ma'Ji,

would cause

maezayan_ta

in

cf.

to believe'.

paradigm

is

yazayatfta 'they

The

non-rt-Conjugation (unthematic).

the

relation

5.

506.

On

18 Note

Skt. -mana, see

507.

In Av. more

Participle.
-mna

of Av.

(metrically

often -mana)

participial

often

than

suffix -ana,

of -mna, e.g. Parana- 'bearing',

starana- 'strewing'.

The

ii.

508.

to

2.

in

Skt.

(cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

a) there appear instances of middle (passive) participles

74
formed with the
1

140

-ana (= Skt. -ana,

azana 'driving';

Gram.

of a -verbs
18) instead

yazana- 'worshipping';

non-a-Conjugation (unthematic).
General Remark.

In

Av.,

as

in

Skt.,

the

verbs of the non-tf-conjugation (unthematic) are not so

numerous as those of the thematic conjugation. They may

be grouped

six classes

in

(Cl.

2, 3, 7, 5, 8, 9),

in

each

of which the endings are attached directly (without an

interposed a) to the stem which is subject to modification.

The striking characteristic of the entire group is the

variation of the root in different forms. The modified
root or the suffix assumes now a stronger form, again a
weaker form.

Weak

Stem-Forms. The strong

(guna) forms, as a rule, are: (i) the Sing. Indie. Act.
(2) the 3rd. Sing. Imp era t. Act.,
(3) the
(Pres. Pret.),
entire Subjunct. The remaining forms are weak. Many
509.

fluctuations

Strong and

and

however, occur; especially often

strong stem employed in forms (see 3rd. plurals)
modelled after the ^-conjugation.
is

transfers,

the

Mode Formation.
I.

Special Remark.

Indicat

ve.

The endings of the non-thematic

some remark. GAv. generally shows the

510.

require
of -ml (

an

450) and

452).

preserved.

-a'ft,

In YAv.
The stem

-rite,

this
in

indicative

older use

-af (for thematic -atiti, -ante

old

distinction

is

not sharply

general to which the endings are

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

150

shows a variation of

directly attached

according to the preceding rule,

str.

and wk. forms

509.

Imperative.

2.

The ending

of the Imperat. 2 sing, is -di, -di.

are
attached directly to the pregeneral
class-stem.
This shows the strong form in the
511.

The endings
pared

3 sg. act.

in

in

the other forms

it

has the weak grade, but

fluctuations occur.

Subjunctive.

3.

512.

The endings
a

are

attached by means of the

which shows the

to the prepared class-stem

mode-sign
strong form throughout.

Optative.

4.

The

regular optative endings are attached by

mode-sign -yd-, -i- (i) in accordance with the rules
513.

the

given above at

form

The stem

463.

regularly

shows

its

weak

throughout, but variations from this sometimes occur.

5.

The

Participle.

forms (verbal adjectives) are

stem in its weak grade
to
the
present
attaching
the formative element -ant, -af (i. e. -nf) for the active, and
514.

participial

made by

-ana, -ana beside -mna, for the middle.

Classes of the non-a-Conjugation (unthematic).
Cl. 2, 3, 7. 5. 8, 9.

515.

The

six

classes

certain characteristics in

of unthematic

common

verbs have

but they have also certain

now each be taken

individual peculiarities, these classes will

up

in detail.

Class 2

stem

Root-Class.

Class 2 Root-Class root itself is present

516.
Skt. second (ad-) class.
The stem may have the

strong or the weak form according to

509, the endings

The non-a-Conjugation

(unlhematic)

Cl. 2 (root-class).

are then attached directly to the stem.

numerous
Av. ypd-

Examples are

151
quite

'to

keep, protect', pa^ti (3 sg. pres.)

Skt. pd-ti; Av. YI- 'to go', ae-*ti (3 sg.), y-e^tl (3 pi.
= Skt. /-//, y-dnti; Av. y~stu- 'to praise',
pres.
34)
stao-*ti

Skt. stdii-ti

slay', jairi-ti

}/~vas- 'to wish',

indie.)

60 Note

pres. indie.)
vas-ti (3 sg.),

us-mahi

Paradigm of Class
Av.

Whitney,
-Afc

Skt.

Y mr

^--

Gram.

i-

'go', is-

pres.

Av.

'wish', 3A-

seq.)

Skt. \f6ru-.
rud- 'grow', stu-

'sit',

Present:

a.

ACTIVE.

i.

Singular:

mrad-mi

pi.

'be able'.

Indicative.

i.

518.

(i

'to

Av.

2.

612

sa y'

<to

Av. hap- 'promote', vas-, us'praise',

Av. Vjan-

Skt. hdn-ti;

Skt. vds-ti, us-mdsi (Ved.).

(Cf.

517.

c);

sg.

(3

2.

(mrao-$i)

3.

mrao-iti

..... ......

.......
.........

cf.

Skt.

brav-i-mi

hafti (GAv.)

Dual:
l

(mrvahi )

3.

.......

urvahl (GAv.)
Plural

(mru-mahl)

usmahi

(mrv-a*1lti)

0tifi,qti*

.......
.......

mruy-e* ...........
........
........
...
Singular

2.(mru-$e)

cf.

raose*

....... ....
mru-maide ... .......
.......

mruy-e*

'[

bruv-anti

mru-ite

91

brfi-masi

MIDDLE.

H.

i.

br&-vasi

bruv-t
bra-si

bm-ti
bruv-i

Plural:

i.

$.

(mrv-atite) av/uiite*

1
i.

59-

e.

mru-vahi

Ys 19-10.
-

68.1.
cf.

450

Yt. 17.10.

end.

Yt. 17.11

bra-mdhg

bruv-dn

4
190.
Strong form
Ys. 9.22.

Inflection

Preterite

b.

519.

Conjugation of Verbs.

I.

Av.

Indicative (and Injunctive).

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

Skt

1.

mrao-m

2.

mrao-S

d-brav-*-s

3-

mrao-t

d-brav-t-t

3-

(nirao-n

d-brav-am

Plural:
l

d-bruv-an

} usfn
11.

MIDDLE.

Singular
1.

tnr&V-l

d-bruv-i
d-bra-ta

mrao-td (GAv.)
{ntrii-ta
Plural:
3.

mraV-atlta

d-bruv-ata
2.

520.

Imperative.
i.

Av.

ACTIVE.

2.

mru-*dt

3.

mrao-tu (GAv.)

3.

(mrao-ta)

(mr

bruv-dntu

V-a*ltu) yantu
3.

Subjunctive.
i.

Av.

\.

staota*

521.

I.

Skt.

bru-hi

Plural
2.

cf.

Singular:

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

Skt.

mrav-d-ni*

brdv-s-ni

mrav-a^tl (GAv.)

brdv-a-ti

,0

brdva-t
Plural

I.

(mrav-d-ma) janSma

brdv-a-ma

3.

(mrav-9-n) vasm

brdv-a-n

64.

509 end.

ZPhl. Gloss, p.

Observe str. stem; or is it

Strong form (!), cf.
509.

in.

mrvt
*

68 Note 3?

Yt. 15.56; 12.2.

Cf.

See

The non-a-Conjugation

(unthematic)

U.

Av.

MIDDLE.

issi

.........

Av.

Optative.

4.

i.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

2.

mru-y&

3.

mru-yd-f

...........
...........
H.

..........

mrv-i-ja
mrv-i-td (GAv.)
523.

I.

ACTIVE.

............
...........
mrao-mna* ...........
U.

in

bruv-i-thds

bruv-i-td

cf.

Skt.

brwv-ant-

bruv-and-

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

Beside the above paradigm, a certain number

are worthy of note.

GAv. and YAv.

i.

Indicative.
a.

525.

bm-yd-t

MIDDLE.

mrav-dna-*

524.

bru-yd-s

Participle.

5.

mrv-at-

of forms

Skt.

..... ...

Av.

Forms

cf.

MIDDLE.

Singular

3.

Skt.

.........

mrav-d^re^
522.

2.

cf.

brdv-si

mrav-ne
Plural

3.

CI. 2 (root-class).

Singular:

(mrav-di)
'

Present.

Singular:

First Person:

i.

ACTIVE.

praise' (but v.

Second Person:

i.

1.

GAv., notice (from strongest stem) siHuml

staomt) Ys. 43.8,

ACTIVE.

cf.

'I

Skt. stUuti (Ved. 3 sg.).

YAv., observe likewise as regular form

122)

p&hi 'thou protectesf.

Third Person:

ii.

MIDDLE.

YAv.

also (like

1st.

3rd. sg. pres., above)

ni-jne 'he smites'.

1

Yt. 5-82.
Cf. Skt. stdv&na-,

</-conj.

Whitney

cf.

486, 452 end.

6l9d.

i.e.

Cf.

like a-conj.

21 Note.
ptcpl.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

Plural:

526.

First Person:

ii. MID. YAv., note (from str.

stem) staomaide 'we praise'.
GAv., observe (-al-ca
55) aog*madal-c& 'and we name'.
Third Person: ii. MID. YAv., seldom the plur. ending -all (= /<?): Av.
Observe also Av. soire 'they lie'
aoja'te 'they say* Yt. 8.51, etc.

Yt. 1 0.80

Skt. itrl.
Preterite.

b.

Singular:

527.

Second Person:
saidst

ii.

GAv., note as a regular 2

MID.

sing,

aojiii 'thou

Ys. 43.12.

Third Person:

i. ACT.
GAv., observe (with inserted
the form sShif 'he taught' Ys. 50.6.
ii. MID.

-*- like Skt.

YAv.

dbravit}

also (from

str.

stem, like mraotS above) staota 'he praised".

5.

528.

ii.

Participle.

Observe also -Sna

MID.

(for -Sna)

and

514,

(like a-conj.

477) -tmna: Av. aojSna-, aojtmna- 'speaking'.

Transfers to the ^-Conjugation (thematic).

529.

number of

transfers

from the Root-Class

to the ^-conjugation are to be found.

1.

Indicative,

2.

Imperative,

YAv. stav-a-vuha
3.

i.

they say'

i.

said' Ys. 45.2.

thou'.

H. MID.

YAv. mrav-Si (for -Shi

502) 'if thou
YAv. (above in paradigm) mrav-5're 'if

ACT.

H. MID.

452 end.

Optative,

4.

ACT.

'praise thou'.

Subjunctive,

say' Ys. 71.15.

GAv. mrav-a-f 'he

YAv.mrav-a, mrv-a 'say

b. Pret.

ACT.

i.

i.

ACT.

YAv.

stav-di-} 'he

might

praise'

beside

stuySf.

530.

Inflection of Av.

Skt. yas-,

531.
Av.

ah-mi

2.

ahi

3. s-to
1
i.

e.

cf.

Ya

^'j

k- <to be'

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Indicative.

a.

Singular:

for ah-hi:: Skt. dsi for ds-si.

only act.
636.

Present.

................
................
.................
Dual:
.................

1.

3. as-ti

i.

s-,

cf.

Skt.

ds-mi
dsi
ds-ti

s-tds

The non-0-Conjugation

mahi

Cl. 2 (]fah-}.

Plural:

Av.
1

(unthematic)

cf.

s-thd
s~dnti

A-9ifti

Preterite.

b.

532.

Singular

as*

Skt.

s-mdsi (Ved.)

2. s-tff*
3.

jcc

as (Ved.)

as

Dual:
akv& (GAv.)

1.

as-va

Plural:

ds-an

h-tn

3.

2.

533.

Imperative.

Av.

cf.

Singular:

2.

z-di (GAv.)

3.

as-tu

Skt.

i-dhi
as-tu

Plural:
3. h-Siit*

j-o/

(GAv.)

534.

3.

Subjunctive.

Av.

cf.

Singular:

aA-<?

2.

Skt.

as-a-3
ds-a-ti

(GAv.)
v
'

ds-a-t

{auh-a-'ti
aA-a-f
Plural:

ds-a-n

avh-9-n

3.

535-

4-

Optative.
cf.

Singular:

Ay.
4

1.

h-yi-m (GAv.)

2.

b-ya (GAv.)

3.

h-y&-t (GAv.), h-yd-t (YAv.)

1.

h-y^-mO, (GAv.)

2.

h-yt-tS (GAv.)

3.

h-yS-n (GAv.), A-j<J-

Skt.

s-yA-m
s-y&-s
6

s-yd-t

Plural:

s-yd-ma

536.

(YAv.), >i-^!r

5.

(YAv.)

....

Cf.

cf.

"For

140.
Cf.

132,

133.

s-fia,

s-yur

Participle.

Av. h-ant-

32.

j-^-/a

cf.

78 a.

See

Skt. s-dnt-

192 Note.

Cf.

Inflection

156

Conjugation of Verbs.

Forms
YAv.,

537-

to be observed.

Yt

in a late passage

notice

24.12 (2

opt. with

pi.

primary ending!) %-y5-fia 'might ye be'.

Transfers

538.
avh-a-f.

3.

Subjunct.
Beside

539-

made from

there

is

9ha

etc.

606

sg.

Indie.

Pret.

3 sg.

of the

present-system,
perfect

root ah 'to be', as in Skt., a regular

Skt dsa

Class

I.

avh-a-*ti.

the above paradigm

all

this

Class
540.

to the s-conjugation

etc.

Reduplicating Class.

3.

Class.

Reduplicating

3.

The

root

reduplicated to form the present stem. The stem then

shows a variation of strong and weak forms ( 509); the

is

endings are attached to

The
above

general

465.
taken:

may be

rules

it

directly.

for

reduplication have been given

of formation, the following

As examples

Av. y~dd-

'to give, to place'

(Stems dado-, dadd-;

dad-, dap-, dad-,

82, 83, 86), da-dd-Hi (YAv.), dadd- i ft(GAv.), da-dq-m, da-pq-m = Skt. dd-d(k)d-ti, d-da-

Av.

d(h)d-m;

yd-

'to atone'

d-kay-af 3 sg. subjunct.

'to follow', hi-shaty-ti,

Av. Vjan-

si-fak-ti;

Skt.

(Stems d-kay-/-),
dkayat; Av. yhact

hi-sc-a-maide (Ys. 40.4)

'to

slay',

ni-ja-jn-3iiti

=
=

Skt.
Skt.

ji-ghn-anti.

Paradigm of Class
(Cf.

Skt.

Whitney,

Av.

Gram.

3.

647

seq.)

541.
give,
-3 yddYAv. dadd, GAv.dadd-; wk. stem YAv.

dad-}

Skt.

ydd-,

'to

ydhd

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Note.

Av. as da-,

Observe that
82, 83.

place' (str.

dad-, dap-,

stems dad(h)d-, dad(k)

stem

GAv.
,

cf.

667 seq.

orig. da-,

On

to

dkd- are practically fallen together

the interchange of

d,

d, /,

see

in

82, 83, 86.

The non-a-Conjugation

Indicative.

i.

542.

(unthematic)

2.
i

cf.

Singular:

..........
dadd-hi ..........
..........
.......
(YAv.)
dad'-mahl .........
.........
(GAv.)
(YAv.) .......

Skt.

dad(h)a-mi
ddd(h)a-si

dadd-iti

ddd(h)s-ti

\das-ti

157

Present.

a.

dadd-mi

1.

*'

Cl. 3 (redupl.).

ACTIVE.

i.

Av.

Plural:

1.

2.

*
j/trA
dada-*ti

(.1
4

\dad(h)-ati
I

cf.

Singular:

da ld-e (YAv.), dad-e (GAv.)

....

Skt

dad(h)-i

...........
(GYAv.) ........
........
(GAv.)
..........

2.

*'

MIDDLE.

H.

Av.

d(h)at-td

ti

3-1
*

(tatt(A}-mdsi(Ved.)

d(h)at-st

das-te

d(h)at-ti

\daz-de

Plural:

dad'-maide
543.

b.

Preterite
i.

Av.

1.

2.
3.

ddd(h)-mahi

Indicative (and Injunctive).

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

Skt.

dapq-m ........
dadm (GAv.) .........

d-dad(h)s-ni

dadd-f (YAv.), dadd-f (GAv.)

d-dad(h)a-t

dadfy-m,

d-dad(h)S-s

Dual:

3.

..........
...........
(GAv.)" ........

daid-i-hm

d-d(k)at-tam

Plural:

2.

ddS-ta*

3.

dad-af

From weak stem

dadmi.~*\s.
8

Note.

Note

2.

dad-.

46.1, i.e. -//.

542 Foot-Note
*

Ys. 32.14,

i.

e.

I.

On
4
i.

s,

e.

Cf.

*dad-nt.

d-d(h)at-ta

d-dad(k)-ur
*

cf.
-fiti,

Cf. Epic Skt.

151, 170.
6
uncertain, Yt. 10.3.
541

550,

449 Note.

151,

445

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

158

U.

Av.
3-

......

ddS-ta

2.

544.

daz-di l

3.

dadd-tu

cf.

......

Skt.

d-d(h)at-ta

Imperative.
i.

Av.
2.

MIDDLE.

Singular:

ACTIVE.

Singular:

...........
(GAv.) ........
...........
...........

cf.

Skt.

d(h)i-hi

ddd(h)s-tu

Plural:

3.

das-fa-

U.

2.

dasva*
545.

3.

i.

3.

d(h)at-nm

Subjunctive.
I.

Av.

d(k)at-td

MIDDLE.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

...........
dada-p ...........
..........
dapd-ma
..........

dapd-ni

Skt.

cf.

ddd(h)&-w
ddd(k)s-t

Plural:

i.

H.

I.

dapd-ne

546.

4.

Optative.
i.

Av.
1.

dad(h)&~ma

MIDDLE.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

..........
...........
..........

daid-yfym

2.

dalp-ym

3.

da'p-yd-t

cf.

Skt.

dad(h)-yd-m
ddd(h)-y&-s
ddd(h)-yt-t

Plural:

daip-yd-r'S

..........
H.

dad(h)-y-ur

MIDDLE.

Singular:

2.

datf-i-fa*

3.

da.ip-1-ta

..........

(YAv.), d&d-i-td (GAv.)

*Cf. Injunctive
151.
543, 445 Note
distinguishable from augmentless imperfect above.
with variants da'dHa, daftl.

dad(h)-i-td
186.

2.
*

dad(k)-i-tkds

Ny.

4.8.

Not

Yt. 3.1

The non-a-Conjugation
547-

Participle.

5-

ACTIVE.

I.

Av.

Cl. 3 (redupl.).

(unthematic):

Skt.

cf.

dap-3nt-

ddd(h)-at-

MIDDLE.

H.

Av. dap-ana-

ddd(k)-sna-

Porms

to be observed in

There are both

548.

GAv. and YAv.

GAv. and

in

in

YAv.

number

of forms beside the above, that deserve special notice.

I.

549.
dd'tt,

Present,

a.

Indicative.
U. MID.

ACT.

i.

regarded as radical aor. subjunct,

(with v. 1. hiScimaidc) 'we follow'
a,

Bartholomae, K.Z. xxix.

pres.

GAv., observe that the forms

d&te, d&nte resembling pres. indie, forms after Class 2

indie,

act.

550.

Preterite,

pi. pres. indie,

i.

ACT.

mid. Ys. 40.4

(observe

Add

also 3 sg.

Flcxionslchre p.

Vd. 3.5

4).

Skt. jajdnti.

YGAv., observe with interposed

and from weak stem: daid*X (YAv. 2

da*di( (YAv. Yt. 13.12),

(injunctive).

zazatfti 'he produces'

b.

Skt. abrav*t etc.)

paradigm).

273

p.

Remark

dfa'rt*/

pi.

(GAv. 3

in -a(

sg. pret.),

(= -/) GAv.

YAv., observe from

H. MID.

best

are

Note GAv. hiScamaidl

633 below.

cf.

sg.

pret.

daid*t>m (3 du.

jtgtr'zaf

strong

'let

stem, 2

cf.

(like

indie.),

above

them lament'
sg.

pret.

mid.

ji-jai-fa 'thou didst live, mayest live' (^\fgi-, /'-)

3.

55'ci-kay-af (3 sg.

Subjunctive.

YAv., add (regularly) from \~ri- 'to atone',

subjunct.), ci-kay-a-to (3 d u. subjunct. ZPhl. Gloss, p. 92, 34),

Sg. PI.

i.

ci-kaln (3 pi. subjunct.)

ACT.

i.

e.

*ci-kay-m
4.

64.

Optative.

Beside the mid. forms with long

21 Note.
the variants -Tja, -tla, cf.
552.

i (-tla,

-tta) are

found also

Transfers to the ^-Conjugation (thematic).

Class

553.
to the

number of transitions from the Third

^-conjugation

occur.

The

reduplicated

wk. stem dap- (YAv.), dad- (GAv.) of }/~dd- in Av. as in

Skt.
cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
672 thus not infrequently
assumes the inflection of an a-stem,
483.
1

Ys. 9.1.

l6o

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

I.

Indicative,

YGAv.

b. Pret.

ACT.

i.

Pres.

a.

YAv.

dafi-a-'ti,

dap-3-riti.

da^-i-m, da^-o, dafl-a-/, dad-a-(; dap-j-n, dad-t-n

YAv. da-a-'te.

H. MID.

543 Foot-Note).

(beside dadaf

Gh\.

dad-3-ritl 'they are placed'.

Note.

Skt.

transferred Av. zlzamriti, ztzantn, ztzandf from

The Skt. shows jijanat as redupl. a o r. Whitney,

Similarly

"\fzan- 'beget

bear'.

Gram.

864.

Class

The

554.

has for

the class

consonant;

Nasal Class.

7.

roots of the

nasal

its

class

end

all

in

characteristic feature the

assumption of an internal nasal to form the stem. That

is
the root has a -na- (in strong forms) an -n- (in weak
forms) inserted immediately before its final consonant to
form the present stem. The root itself retains its weak
,

grade; the endings are attached directly to the stem.

Cf. Skt. seventh Class, Whitney, Skt. Gram.
683 seq.

Here belong

promise' ci-na-sti;
ri-na-fcti,and

some others

see following paradigm

Paradigm of Class 7.
Whitney, S&t. Gram.
684.)

(Cf.

Av. "\ftH-

555-

mark- (imr'nc-)
Skt.

~\fchid-

'to

'kill',

example: Av. yds- 'to announce,

Av. V*ric- 'to let go' irt-na-%ti=Skt.

for

'to

announce, promise',

'to

cifi-

kart- 'to cut', mis- 'mingle', vid-

5 55

proclaim, think',

'find,

receive'.

Cf.

cut'.

Indicative.

i.

556.

i.

Av.

a.

Present.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

1.

ci-na-hmi (GAv.)

2.

ci-na-sti

cf.

Skt.

chi-nd-dmi
chi-nd-tti

U.

MIDDLE.

Singular:
3.

chi-n-tl

ktr'-tt-te*

Plural:
2.

mtr'-q-g'-duyS (GAv.)

3.

i
nnr*-'H-ca tl (GAv.)

Cf.
141.
as Skt. krntdti.

chi-n-ddhvt

Vd. 7.38,

chi-n-ddte
cf.

Ys. 31.1, -ati

imperat. ktr'ntu,

-nil.

but kr'tita'ti a-conj.

The

non-fl-Conjugation (unthematic)

1.

Av.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

2.

mi-na-if 1

3.

fi-na-s*

......

a.

ACTIVE.

MIDDLE.

Plural:

Av.

560.

4.
i.

H.
cf.

Av.

Skt.

mtrq^-yS-f

chi-n-d-yd-t

561.

5.

Av.

i.

ACTIVE.
.

Forms

cf.

chi-nd-dSmahSi

Optative.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

Skt.

cf.

............

ci-na-f&ma*de*

Skt.

cf.

chi-nd-ttu

Subjunctive.

3.

U.

MIDDLE.

Singular:

3. vi-q-dita*

cf.

Skt.

chi-n-ditd

Participle.

Av.

Skt.

chi-n-ddnt-

H.

vi-ri-dfmna-

to be observed in

MIDDLE,

cf.

....

Skt.

chi-n-d&nd-

GAv. and YAv.

The form Av.

562.
If so

the form

d-chi-na-t

..............

559.

mid.).

.......

Singular:

3. kir'-tt-tu*

3.

d-chi-na-t

Imperative.
1.

Av.

Skt.

cf.

..............

558.

Av.

161

Cl. 7 (nasal class).

b. Preterite.

557.

I.

the

nitr'jfiite stands perhaps for *nt3r*-ri-gte (3 sg.

formation would be regularly after this (7) class.
But

quite uncertain.

is

Transfers to the ^-Conjugation.

The stem mar'nc- 'kill' has practically become
a root according to the <z-conj. by transfer;
as
stereotyped
Pres. Act. 3 sg. mar'ncaiti;
hence the thematic forms:
563.

mzr'ncititi ;

3 pi.

Mid. 3 sg. mWricaite,

Imperat. Mid.

(above).

2 sg.

The root GAv. mard- (as mdr'itdbecome practically crystallized according

3 sg. mor>nda(, 3
1

On

*
!

/,

cf.

mdr'ndin (on

-a-,

cf.

to a-conj.

mi-na-s-s,

-Pret. Act.

39 end).

*
i. e. ci-na-s-t,
192.
158.
8
On -rqa-conj. by transfer as in Skt.
*
162.
Yt. 17.54, with variant vindita (i}.

e.

i.

form

pi.

mar'ncatite

39) 'to destroy' has

564.
likewise

pi.

twr'ncavuha.

Vd. 7.38,
-\- n,
7

In

see

weak
49.

compounds.

62

Inflection

Conjugation of Verbs.

Similar instances of stereotyped forms and transfer to

565.
a-conjugation as also in Skt., are: Av. 2 vid- 'find, obtain' (vind-, like Skt.

Vd. 13.36)
beside unthematic vi-na-sti (GAv.), vi-tp-Jtta (YAv. opt. above).
Likewise
Av. kart- 'to cut' (ktr'nt-, like Skt. kf-n-t-d-ti) ktr'-*-t-a*ti (3 sg. indica-

vi-n-d-d-ti) vi-ti-d-j-q-ti (3 pi. indie.), vi-n-d-S-*ti (3 sg. subjunct.

Also some others.

tive), kir'-q-t-a-l (pret.).

Note.

weak

Peculiar

2 sing. pret. act. mjr'ticainii 'thou didst destroy'

is

Class

are

class

this

The root adds nao- (in the strong

weak forms) to make the present
retains its weak grade.
Here belong

not numerous.

forms), nu- nv- (in the

stem.
The root itself

example: Av. ykar-

for

527 end.

cf.

-Class.

5.

The verbs of

566.

-/=/

On

an (=nn).

nasalized root with added

'to

make'

kar'-nao-ni = Skt. kr-no-ti; Av. VSM- 'to hear' srunao-Hi = Skt. sr-no-ti; Av. y^as- 'to attain' a^-nao-Hi
= Skt. as-no-ti; and a few others.

Paradigm of Class
(Cf.

sri- 'give over',

'press',

i.

Av.
.

5.

Gram. % 698.)

sru- 'hear'.

Indicative.

i.

568.

Skt.

Av. ~\fkar- 'to make', var- 'cover choose', dab- 'deceive',

567.

hu-

Whitney,

Cf.

Skt.

"\fkr-.

Present.

a.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

kar'-nao-mi
1

2.

for'-nu-fi

3.

ksr'-nao^ti

........
..........
..........
.........
.

cf.

Skt.

kr-w-mi
kr-p6-fi
kr-yo-ti

Plural:

3.

ktr****v-anti*

H.

MIDDLE.

Singular

3.

vw'-nu-ite

3.

var'-nv-aife

..........
(GAv.) .......
:

Dual:

Note

On

a,
8

3.

cf.

60 Note

Ys. 31.17.

b.

Yt. 13-26,

so

metrically.

Cf.

68

The non-a-Conjugation

Cl. 5

(-class).

Plural:

Av.

V9r9 -nv-a inte'*-

3.

(unthematic)

.........
b.

569.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

..........
.......
(GAv.)
...........

3.

tor'-nao-f

2.

d'b-*nao-td

3.

hu-nu-ta

Skt

kr-vv-dti

Preterite.
1.

Av.

cf.

163

cf.

Skt.

cf.

Skt.

Plural:

U.

2.

570.

Imperative.
i.

Av.

MIDDLE.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

3.

far'-nu-idi

2.

siri-nao-ta*

..........
..........

kr-vu-hi

Plural:

571.

Subjunctive.

3.

1.

Av.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

I.

tor'-nav-dni

3.

k*r>-ndu-n*

.........
..........

cf.

Skt

cf.

Skt.

Plural:

\\.

MIDDLE.

Singular

I.

for'-nav-dne

.........

572.

4.

Optative.
i.

Av.

ii.

2.

sfru-nu-yto

3.

tor*-nu-yd(

5-

On

-Sun,

kr-vv-d(n)t-

*
Ys. 32.5, from str. st. form, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
stem form, as Skt. kryota, Whitney, Skt. Gram.
704.

After a-conj.
s

Participle.

hu-nv-ana-

MIDDLE.
1

..........
..........
.......
........

ACTIVE. Av. hu-nv-a(n)t-

707.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

573i.

Str.
cf.

64.

Inflection

64

Forms

OAv. and TAv.

to be observed in

transfer

Instances of

574.

the 3

Conjugation of Verbs.

to the a-conj. (beside

above) are not infrequent:

Indicative, i. ACT. a. Pres. YAv.

pi.
1.

v?r'-ttav-a-'ti 'he covers'.

b. Pret. k>r'-nav-d 'thou didst make'.

Imperative,

2.

YAv. hu-n-v-avuha

i.

Subjunctive.

3.

nav-qn

ACT.

I.

The

576.

697

ii.

MID.

ktr'-nav-Sf, ktr*-

after class 9, see

is

seq.)

below

591.

-Class.

8.

eigth class (Skt. tan-class,

(5) class.

preceding

YAv. ktr-nav-a-ki,

made up

instances of kar-

Class

Gram.

ktr'-nav-a 'make thou'.

thou, he, they make'.

'if

On

575-

YAv.

ACT.

'press thou'.

Whitney, Skt.

hardly more than a

variety of the
comprises, however, enough roots

It

to be distinguishable. The present-stem is made by adding to the root ao-, av- (in the str. forms), u~, v- (in the

wk. forms).
Included under this class are the roots

Av. ytan= Skt.

Av.
'drive*
ytan-;
yinLikewise
Av.
'to
reach'
of
here, parts
y~in-.
ydp= Skt. Yap-; Av. Yjzar- 'flow' (pres. participle), cf.
Skt. yk$ar-; Av. yhar- 'protect'.

stretch'

'to

Paradigm of Class

<,

(Cf.

577.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

y-

Av.

578.

Indicative.

a.

Present.

Singular:

3. in-ao-'ti

2.

b.)

ACTIVE.

1.

Av.

698

'to stretch'.

ytan-

i.

8.

tan- 'stretch', van- 'strike', jiar- 'flow',

'to drive',

Cf. Skt.

jlan- 'destroy'.

spaj-u-pa

Skt.

..............
Plural:
.............
(?)

U.

cf.

Skt.

tan-6-ti

tan-u-tha

MIDDLE.

Plural:

3.
1

df-jitte*

...............

Uncertain

Ys. 53.6.

*
i.

e.

*ap-v-antt after a-conj.

tan-v-dtl

On/,

see

95.

The

non-rt-Conjugation (unthematic)

i.

Av.
I.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

Optative.

4-

580.

L ACTI7E.

3.

....

j&ar-v-a(q)t-

cf.

i.

Indie.

Forms
582.

tion).

tan-u-ya

Av.

MIDDLE,

ii.

jion-v-amna

%
.

tan-v-tya

Skt

cf.

tan-v-Snd

to be observed.

Pres. Act. 3 sg. ha*r-v-aiti (after

Mid. 3

pi.

583.

In the ninth class nd-

fyavutttai-ca 'and they rain'

Class

Skt.

cf.

l
.

Skt.

tan-v-d(n)t-

Singular:

Participle.

5-

ACTIVE,

i.

tan-u-yat

581.

Av.

MIDDLE.

U.

Av.

Skt.

cf.

Singular:

van-u-yS/

Skt.

cf.

tan-dv-d (Ved.)

tan-av-a

Av.

165

Subjunctive.

3.

579.

Cl. 8, 9 (-, wa-class).

(i.

e.

a-conjuga-

fyavh-v-arite

63).

0-Class.

9.

added to the root

is

to form the strong present-stem; n-, na- (i. e.

-h#-conj.) is
added to make the weak pres. stem. The form na- (i. e.
tf-conj.) is

commoner than

n-.

directly; the root itself retains

The

The endings are attached

weak grade.

its

Skt. ninth class likewise adds nd- in the strong

forms, but

n-,

m-

(i.

before cons.) in the weak.

e.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

717

Cf.

731.

seq., esp.

Here belong: Av. \ffrt- 'to love' /rz-#-# = Skt.

prl-nd-mi; Av. J/ garw- 'to seize' gar'w-nd-iti = Skt.
var" <to choose' v*ry -q-te = Skt. vrgrbh-nd-ti; Av.
Av.
'-//;
Vgar- 'to sing' gar'-n,-te = Skt. gr-n*-tl.

Likewise some others

see following paradigm

Paradigm of Class
(Cf.

584.

par-

press',
1

cf.

Av.
'fight'.

Whitney,

"\ffrt-

'to

Cf. Skt.

Skt. tart-v-i-ya

Skt.

love',
~\[pri-

62.

'

9.

Gram.

garw-

584.

718).

'seize',

'to please',

var- 'choose',

hu-

'to

~\[var- 'to choose'.

Like a-conj., -amna.

On

o, cf.

39.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

66
585.

Indicative.

i.

1.

Av.

Present.

a.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

..........
..........
.......
fry-q-mahi (GAv.)
...........

I.

Skt.

cf.

frl-nd-mi

gar'w-nd-iti

3.

Plural

3. fri-n-9*lti

H.

prt-v-dnti

MIDDLE.

Singular:

i.

var'-n-e

3.

var'-n-te

..... ......

...........
i.

Av.

mip-nd-f

3.

vr-v?-ti

Preterite.

b.

586.

vr-v-i

ACTIVE.

Singular:

...........
H.

cf.

Skt.

cf.

Skt.

MIDDLE.

Singular:

.........
.......
(GAv.)

fraor'-ii-ta'*

3.

Plural:

v*rf -n~dtd

3.

2.

587.

Imperative.
I.

..........

3. fri-n-31ttU

588.

3.

I.

frz-nd-ni
hu-nd-*ti
I

pri-v-dntu

Subjunctive.
i.

Av.

ACTIVE.
Plural:

Av.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

..........
(GAv.) ........

cf.

Skt.

pri-^ni
pri-v&-ti

Plural:
3.
1

g9r9 W-nq,-n
i.

vtr*-ti-ta,

e.

fri-ft-malii or fry-nn-mahi.
8
62.2.
i. e.
*vrr-n-fita.

cf.

Ys. 57.24; Yt. 10.92,

i.

e.

fra-

Perfect-System

Av.
j

psr'-nd-ne

Reduplication.

cf.
.

SkL

67

68

Inflection

commonly denotes simple

Skt.

in

Conjugation of Verbs.

present time
Note

is

expressed.

An assumed

I.

occurs, see

sometimes

time;

past

periphrastic

form of the perfect sporadically

623.

Note

On

2.

the absence of reduplication, see

620.

Reduplicated Syllable.
Th-e principal points to be observed in regard
to reduplication of the vowels (cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.

593-

783) are:

Internal

1.

or final

or

*z is

regularly reduplicated

by a (sometimes by a cf. Whitney,

For example
occasionally by i.

Skt.

Gram.

7863),

Av. ta-taj-a 'he has formed' (\ftaS-)

Skt. ta-takf-a; Av. daSkt. da-dha-tha; Av. da-dar's-a 'I
da-pa 'thou hast created' (\fda-)

have seen' (j/Var.r-)

Skt. da-ddrs-a; Av. ca-fyr-ar* 'they have
made' (]fkar-)
Skt. ca-kr-ur ; GAv. va-vjr'z-oi 'he has worked"

(mid.) ~\[varz-;

Av. ji-ga u rv-a (observe palatal j

perceived' ("\fgarw-~}

u (sometimes

i,

Av. di-dvaej-a
di-day-a 'he

i,
'I

u).

have

has been able' (]/Vw-)

Worthy of remark

Yt. 13.150

68 b

3.

Skt. ba-bhuv-ur,

c)

'I

have

u are reduplicated
For example
i,

u or

hated'

has seen' (\fdi-)

Note.

465

Skt. ja-grabh-a.

Internal or final

2.

by

I,

(]fdvi3-)

Skt. di-dvif-a;

Skt. di-dhay-a;

Av.

Av. tu-tav-a 'he

Skt. ta-tdv-a.

Av. b&-bv-ar

is

but Av. bv&va

(with a from
(i.

e.

J/>-

'to be')

bu-vav-a, Yt. 13.2,

cf.

becomes

d.

Skt. ba-bhtiv-a.

Initial a by reduplication with

itself

For example
Av. Cb-vh-a 'he has been' (~\fa&-)
4.
i.e.

i-y

Initial

(or u

(or u i.e. u-v),

Av. -jp'W"

(V*'-

yaija

subjunct.
i.

e.

>*O"?

(i-

if

found)

Skt. d-s-a.

reduplicated

by

68 a.

cf.

a-inflect.

=
is

iy-ay-qn) 'they
if

not

may have come'

redupl. pres.).

Ys. 42.6

So also -"Vgof"

iyaffa Yt. 13.99.

The laws for the reduplication of con594.

sonants have been sufficiently treated above,
465 c.

Perfect System

Radical Syllable.

Radical Syllable.
Strong and weak Stem-Forms.

The strong stem or guna-form

595.

of the radical

syllable, as in the non-fl-conjugation (unthematic),

in the perfect-system i) in the Indicative Act.

Pres. Pret.

2) in the

Subjunctive

The

entire.

But numerous fluctuations

Note.

consonant

is

In

GAv.,

I, 2,

Act. 3 sg.
3)
forms
are
remaining

Imperative

3 sg.

in the

in this rule

as in Vedic Skt.,

found

is

weak.

occur.

medial short a before a single

of the 3 sg. pf. act.

lengthened to a in the radical syllable

Y A v. no
GAv. ny-nas-a

For

rule

down.

Cf.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

("\fnas-)

Skt. na-nas-a.

laid

is
is

'it

lost'

793

c.

Thus,

596. With reference to the weak forms, some observations as regards the radical syllable may be made.
An internal or final i, u remains unchanged e. g. iri-rip-ar3

(^rip-}, su-sru-yc 'I have heard' (j/~jrr#-) Yt. 17.17,

yet su-sru-ma 'we have heard' Yt. 13.198; but a number
of roots having medial a between single consonants (cf.
lie'

'they

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

794e) and certain others, by loss of
the vowel in weak forms may undergo some change:
1

'they

Roots

(^\fvarz- i.e.
2.
'I

in

-ar

show weak forms

beside

bore' (^\[bar-~),

two

Roots

GAv.

Roots with

show

vowels

Av. ba-wr-ar*

cons.).

show weak forms

in -am, -an

would have come' (]fgam-)\ GAv.

3.

in -r- before

va-vtr'z-di 'he worked' 3 sg. pf. mid.

initial

ya-, va-

-n- : Av. ja-jm-yqm

have desired' (]/~&an-).

in -m-,

ca-fyi-ar* 'they

by contraction with the reduplicated

weak forms yai- (yoi-) vao- (vau-) i. e. ya-i-, va-u- :

Av. ~\fyat- 'to strive' makes I pi. act. YAv. yaepma, GAv. yoipmH (i. e.
ya-yt-ma, ya-it-ma); Av. ~\fvan- 'win' makes 3 pi. act. vaonar* (i. e. vasyllable

in

vn-ar, va-un-ar).

the

Cf.

63 seq.

final S lose this a before endings beginning

with a vowel, so also before endings where Skt. shows the union-vowel
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
794 end: Av. y*ta- 'to stand', hi-3t-a I, 3 sg. pf.

4.

Roots with radical

',

act.

da-d-a
"\fd&- 'give, place',

(Skt. da-d-i-vqs or da-d-v^s].

3 sg. act., da-'d-e 3 sg. mid.

da-d-v& ptcpl.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

170

Personal Endings
and

their connection with the Stem.

The endings of

the perfect, especially in the

middle voice, are mostly primary. They are attached
directly to the tense-stem as in the unthematic conjuga597.

tion; sporadic traces of a 'union-vowel'

Skt.

Gram.

*,

perhaps however

797 seq.)
tholomae, A.F. ii. p. 97.

(cf.

exist.

Whitney,
See Bar-

The endings agree with those of the Skt.

598.
some forms however are to be specially observed, see be;

low

599 seq.

Perfect Endings.

Personal Endings.

Perfect System:

60 1.

Plural:

Third Person: L
in

J7J

Pluperfect.

GAv.

ACTIVE.

The ending ~rl

(above) beside -ar*

is

found

have thought, taught' Ys. 32.11.

ci-kdit-tr'I 'they

Pluperfect (Preterite).
(Cf.

602.

Whitney,

The

Gram.

Skt.

817

seq.)

of a preterite (pluperfect)
indicative corresponding to the present perfect, seems to
be shown by a few forms. There is, however, some un-

The forms

see Note.

certainty,

perfect

existence

are

made by adding

here recognized as plu-

the

secondary endings

directly to the perfect stem. The strong stem appears

The
in the singular active; the weak stem elsewhere.
thematic a (transferring to the ^-inflection)
found.
Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
817 seq.
There

Note.

is

much

is

sometimes

difficulty in distinguishing a pluperfect

from

Some

of the examples may equally well be

referred to other forms (impf., aor.) of the redupl. preterite.

some other

reduplic. forms.

Mode-Formation of the

603. The
an indicative

perfect like the

Perfect.

other tense-systems shows

(pres. perf.; pret. pluperf.),

imperative,

(prim, and sec.), optative and participle

Skt.
Gram.
808 seq.). These are formed
Whitney,

subjunctive
(cf.

as in the non-tf-conjugation (unthematic) ; the subjunctive

has the strong stem 4- mode-sign a ; the optative has the

weak stem

4- -yd-,

-i-.

number of transfers to the ^-inflection

604.
instead of the thematic are found in pluperfect, imperat.,
subjunct., optative,

and

participle.

See

619.

Paradigm of the Perfect-System.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

Av. "\fgarwydvif-; Av.

Skt.

800

seq.)

Examples of the inflection of the perfect

605
be taken from the following roots:
.

Skt.

'to

seize'

J/"/

rud- 'grow'

may

"^grabh-; Av. ~\fdvii- 'hate'

|/ 1 rudh-; Av. ~\fdars- 'see'

= Skt

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

172

Av.
Av. *\[d&- 'give, make = Skt. ~\fd&-, dhU=
=
'be
able'
Skt.
Skt.
Av.
Y/kan]/"/- Av.
ykan-;
|/V= Skt. "\firu-;
\fdar- 'hold' = Skt. "\fdhar-; Av. "\fsru- 'hear'
Av. ~\[yat- 'strain, strive' = Skt. ~\[yat-; Av. ~\[han- 'earn' = Skt.
Vsan-; Av. ~\[bar- 'bear' = Skt. "\fbhar-; Av. ~\fkar- 'make' =
Skt. ~\fkar-; Av. "J/~/r- 'support, nourish'; Av. ~\fman- 'think' =
Skt. yman-; Av. J/Vf- 'consider, see' = Skt. \~dhl-; Av. |/"^ rWobstruct' = Skt. ~\[2rudh; Av. ~\fsac- 'learn, can' = Skt. iacAv. \fqs-, as- 'attain' = Skt. qs-, ai-; Av. ~\fvaz- 'carry' = Skt.
= Skt. ~\far-; Av. "\fhar- 'protect';
"\fvah-; Av. ~\far- 'go, rise'

Skt.

-\fdari-;

'love'

Av. ]fgamAv. "\fah- 'be'

Skt. ~\fas- ; Av. |/"zra2- 'proceed'
win'
come"
Skt. ~\fgam- ; Av. "\fvan- 'strive
contend
'go
Skt.

Indicative.

i.

a.

Av.

(ji-ga

u rv-a,

Singular:

dl-dvae$-a

u ru-raod-a, dd-dar'S-a

a-d-a

Perfect

....
....

........
.....
.........
........

ca-kan-a, tu-tav-a
I

da-ddr-a

(Present).

ACTIVE.

I.

2.

-\fvan-.

606.

'\

cf.

Skt.

ja-gr&bh-a, di-dvlf-a

ru-rodh-a, da-dars-a

da-d(h)S-tha
cs-kan-a, ta-tdv a

da-dhdr-a, da-dhdr-a

Dual:

yaet-atar3

3.

Plural
I

di-dvl$-ma

'\yaep-ma*
ha-vhdn-a

2.

ba-wr-ar3 ,

3.

3
,

SU-Srti-ma

....

........
........

Cd-tyr-ar'

.....

U.

(yit-atur)

di-dvif-i-md, vi-vif-md

(yit-i-md)

ja-bhr-ur, cd-kr-ur

MIDDLE.

Singular :

........
........
ma-man-dHe* .......
.........
1

I.

su-sruy-e

3.

tu-pruy-e

su-sruv-i

su-sruv-t

Dual:

da-g-de*

cf.

ma-mn-dti

!
8
20.
ZPhl. Gloss, p. 56.11.
On F after v cf.
Ys. 13.4, Bartholomae, K.Z. xxix. p. 288
FUxionslehre
GAv. Ys. 30.4, cf.
600.

Ys. 71.10.

596.3.

p. 17, 19.

Perfect-System:

Pluperfect

b.

607.

1.

Av.
1

3.

Paradigms.

(Preterite).
ACTIVE.

Singular:

.........

dl-dae-m

cf.

Skt.

a-ja-grabh-am

"ru-raos-t

a-ti-ki-t

Plural:
3.

sa-sk-^n 4
H.

MIDDLE.

Singular:

(GAv.)*

3.

Sn-dJis-td

3.

vaoz-i-ram*

Plural:

608.

2.

Imperative.
L ACTIVE.

Av.

cf.

Singular:

3.

ni-sa-vhar-a-tu

2.

dr'-fvd (GAv.)

ii.

609.

Skt.

3.

MIDDLE.

Subjunctive.
I.

ACTIVE.
Plural:

1.

mvh-ama*

2.

vaordz-a-pd (GAv.)

ss-5ma
va-vraj-a-tha

U.

MIDDLE.
Plural:

3.

covh-a-ire

6 10.

Optative.

4.

i.

Av.
1

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

ja-jnt-yqm

Skt.

ja-gam-y&m

2.

tu-tu-ya^

ta-tu-yts

3.

VdOn-yqt

ma-ma-ySt

*
be redupl. pret. Cl. 3.
cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
*
* cf.
Ys.
i. e. saikni-cS.
rudh-, cf.
53.1
151.
1
*
cf.
Ys. 58.4, a-inflect.
Bartholomae, B.B. xiii. p. 65.
455, 616.
1

Can

8i8a.

by

transfer,

as

Skt.

well

V*

Whitney,

9
end.
cf. a-inflect.
used as 3 sg.

Skt.
I0

Gram.
Ys. 9.23,

814.
cf.

cf.

452,

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

v.

1.

awhtfr'.

813

Ys. 9.29,

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

174
611.
i.

ii.

Participle.

5.

Skt.

cf.

ACTIVE. Av.

ha-vkan-vah-

sa-san-vds-

MIDDLE.

ha-vhan-ana-

fa-san-and-

Forms

Indicative,

i.

6l2.

GAv. and YAv.

to be observed in

Perfect.

a.

Singular:

First Person: ii.

on -si- cf.
-Su, from

MID.

GAv., add Urdi

On

56.

see
~\fd&-,

Third Person:

i.

have earned' (\far-} Ys. 33.9,

'I

a possible 1st. sg. mid. in -6

599 above.

(i.

e.

-8u)

= Skt.

Observe radical & in (root with medial a before

YAv. Jadara 'he fixed'
'it is lost',

ACT.

one consonant) GAv. nfndsS

see
595 Note, but likewise &, YAv. cakSna 'he loved' (|/"^a-),
yayata 'he strove' (\fyat-), bav&ra 'he bore' (^bar-). Again from
weak stem (final radical S lost before vowels,
596.4) da-d-a 'he

made'

GAv.

(|/ d&-~].^\\. MID.

va-vtr'z-di 'he has worked',

also (with strengthened reduplication)

cf.

Add GAv.

56.

Srai-cS 'has been

earned' (\far-~) Ys. 56.3.

Dual:

613.

Third Person:

i. ACT. GAv. (note -a-) vaocStar* 'they both have spoken',

v&vir^z&tari 'they both have done" Ys. 13.4.

Plural:

614.

First Person: i. ACT. GAv., note ydip'ma 'we

YAv. yaifrma above.
Second Person: i. ACT. YAv., note the long S
above

in

i.

YAv. from weak stem

ACT.

vowels

596.4) and

dadhur.

Likewise note
(i.

56) beside

(--

strongest stem in havhSna

paradigm.

Third Person:

strove'

strive'

e.

str.

va-vn-ar

62.2)

596.3).

GAv.

made' Vd. 4.46.

(final

radical

lost before

redupl. d&-d-ar* 'they made' (\fd&-}

= Skt.

YAv. vaonar', GAv. vaonar*

Long

redupl.

syl.

'they

cH-fr-ar* 'they have

also (suffix -tri) ci-koit-tr3 'they thought'.

b. Pluperfect.
6 IS-

Singular:

Third Person:

U. MID.

GAv.

paradigm, see Foot-Note) pre-

in&fyJtS (in

sents 'Attic reduplication'.

6 1 6.

Plural:

Third Person:

ii.

MID.

paradigm shows 3
Skt.

Gram.

455 end.

YAv. vaozirtm

ending in
834 b, 867) with
pi.

(i.

e.

-nm

-va-vz-i-nm ~\fvaz-} above in

Skt.

connecting

-ram
vowel.

Whitney,
See above

(cf.

Perfect-System

Paradigms.

7c

Optative.

4.
Plural:

617.

First Person:

YAv., perhaps here da'dyama Yt. 24.58.

ACT.

i.

Participle.

5.

6 1 8.
350.

i.

On

ACT.

inflectional forms of the pf. act. ptcpl. see

349,

H. MID. Also suffix -ana (beside -and) vavaz&na- 'driven', dadrana-,

dadr&na-

'held'.

Transitions
619.
cf.

thematic

to the

A number of transfers to

(a) inflection.

the ^-inflection occur

604.
Indicative,

1.

formed'

i.

2.

Imperative,

3.

Subjunctive,
Ys. 42.6

Yt. 10.45,

ACT.
i.

Sg.

ACT.

3.

Sg.

Sg.

YAv.

3.

GAv. ni-3ahar-a-ta
3.

ta-tal-a-f 'he

iyeyq (iieiiq

3.

(in

YAv. OvhSf 'may

not desiderative).

(if

cf.

i.

PL

tevhattm Yt. 13.12;

(j/"*-)

b. Pluperf.

ACT.

ja-jm-a-f.

= *iy-ay-a-an)
H. MID.

PL

paradigm).

be';

'they

YAv.

3.

Du.

may

3.

go*

ffiv/ta're

452, 486.

Absence of Reduplication.
In Av., as in Skt., the absence of a redupliis met with in a number of cases.
This is

620.

cated syllable

vaeda

familiar in

forms.

As example

621.

G(Y)Av. Yvid-

ap&nd

know'

'to

a.

Imp e rat. PL

3.

Sub June t

Sg.

4.

Op

3.

5.

Par tic.

a. Perf.

t.

Sg.

2.

and

in

some other

790.

lacking reduplication may be

vaida, 2. voista, 3. vaida, vaida (YAv.).

viizdum Ys. 33.8.

I.

vaida Ys. 48.9;

PL

2.

vagdddQm

Other examples of

cafdd

'attained' (ptcpl.

~\[ap-\

pf.

39).

vidy&t.

I. ACT. vJdvak- (GAv.), vtfvah- (YAv.).

Ys. 34.7, valdtmna- (themat.).

pi.

given

~\[vid-.
I.

Sg.

act.),

(i

Gram.

Skt.

Indie,

622.

Skt. vfda,

of perf.

I.

dna-

cagma

'oloV

Whitney, Skt.

Cf.

pf.

wanting redupl. are

(3 du. plpf.),

cagv&

GAv.

(ptcpl.).

H. MID. val-

"]fcag- 'grant',

Also GAv.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

176

In

623.

Periphrastic Perfect.
YAv. traces of a periphrasis which may

Cf. also
be construed as forming a perfect are found.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
1070, 1072. In Av. the ace. sg.
fern,

of the pres. participle

is

united

with the perfect of

may have

clung' (subjunct.), astara-

the auxiliary ah- to be:

YAv.
ye^'ntim

had

'he
cf.

srae^ye'ntim <6vh&t

&vh&t 'should have

'it

corrupted'.

Perhaps also here bhviv&vha

frightened' Yt. 19.48,50 (? nom. sg. ptcpl.

~\[ln

1~

&t>ha,

variants).

III.

AORIST-SYSTEM.
Aorist.

(Chiefly found in

Gatha Avesta.)

General Remark. In regard to form the

Av. may perhaps best be defined as a preterite,
whose exact corresponding present is missing and which
consequently attaches itself to an analogous present and
624.

aorist in

preterite,

and forms a new system subordinate to these.

meaning the aorist in Avesta commonly

In regard to

denotes a simple past action, usually but not always momentary. It may often, as in Skt., be rendered by our
'have'.

The

instances of aorist formation are found chiefly in

the Gatha portions of the literature, but occurences in the

later parts are by no means uncommon.
Note.

The resemblance

in

form which

the

bears

aorist

to

the

whether certain given

preterite (imperfect) sometimes gives rise to question
the decision
forms are to be classed as preterite (imperfect) or as aorist
depends chiefly upon whether or not we assume a present to the form
;

e. g.

cf.

Bartholomae, Verbum

625.

Two

63 seq.

may conveniently be
non-sigmatic, 2. sigmatic.

groups of aorists

distinguished; they are

i.

These comprise several

Skt.), as follows.

p.

Cf.

sub-varieties of formation (7 as in

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

824.

Non-Sigmatic Group,

Aorist-System:

i.

Root- Aorist.

177

Root-aorist.

Simple a-aorist (thematic).

2.

II.
3. Reduplicated
Aorist-System

<j

Sigmatic

ii.

626.

aorist.

4> A- (s-) aorist.

5.

ha- (sa-) aorist (or A-thematic).

6.

tf-aorist,

Augment and Endings.

aorist forms as elsewhere

Av.

in

is

The augment in
commonly missing;

the augmentless forms, moreover, often have a subjunctive

445 Note 2 injunctive). The
(imperative) signification (cf.
in the indicative are the

endings
627.

Modes

of the Aorist.

tive, subjunctive (prim., sec.),

secondary.
The modes impera-

optative

of the aorist are

formed according to the regular laws of the other systems.

Note. Observe the existence of a form 3 sg. imp era
mid. in
-qm = Skt. -am: GAv. tr'iucqm 'speak', vidqm 'it shall decide' Ys. 32.6,
t.

cf.

Skt.

duham, Whitney,

aorist,

2.

The

618.

Non-Sigmatic Group.

i.

628.

Gram.

Skt.

aorists of the non-sigmatic

group

I.

root-

simple 0-aorist (thematic), 3. reduplicated aorist

resemble preterites (imperfects) which correspond respectively to the root-class, the ^-conjugation (thematic),
and to the reduplicated class.
i.

(Cf.

629.

The

Root- Aorist.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

root-aorist

is

like

829.)

an imperfect of the

root-class without a corresponding present indicative. The

endings are attached directly to the root in its strong or
its

weak form.

forms

is

systems.

distribution of strong and

in general the same as in the present

The modes show

Example of
GAv.).

630.
clusively

The

weak stemand perfect

their characteristic mode-signs.

root-aorist inflection (almost exla

Conjugation of Verbs.

Inflection:

178

Av. -^j
Skt.

~\fda- 'to give,

Vdai.

631.

do,

make

Aorist

Indicative.
i.

(str.

Gram.

dha-, Whitney, Skt.

da-, da-,

wk. stem

829.

(Preterite).

ACTIVE.

Singular:

(G)Av.

stem

1.

cf.

Skt.

d-d(h)a-m

2.

dm, dms-cd

3.

dd-(

d-d(h)s-s

d-d(h)s-t

Plural:
1.

dd-md

d-d(h)a-ma

2.

dd-td

d-d(h)S-ta

3.

d-ar'

d-d(h)-ur
H.

MIDDLE.
Plural:

d-dtd

3.

2.

632.

Imperative.
I.

2.

dd-*di

3.

dd-tit

ACTIVE.

Singular:

(G)Av.

3.

Subjunctive.
I.

ACTIVE.

Singular

dd-hl

3.

dd-iti

d(h)d-ti

Plural:
2.

jfomahi*

3-

dq,-n
ii.

MIDDLE.

Singular:

dd-ne*

i.

dm-vhe

do)-K>ha

2-

3.

dd-*te

3.

da-nte

Plural:

i.e.

Skt.

d(h)a-tu

633.

2.

cf.

d-Ma.

Ys. 68.1.

Ys. 44.9.

</-)

Aorist-System

634.

Root-Aorist.

i.

170

Optative.

4.

i.

ACTIVE.
cf.

Singular:

(G)Av.
1.

d-yqnt

2.

da-y&

3.

d-ydf, da-ydf*

2.

dd-yata*

d-yd

Skt

d(h)g-ySm
1

dd-yce*

Plural:

ii.
.

2.

d-tfd

3.

d-ydtcpn

635.
i.

MIDDLE.

5. Participle.

ACTIVE. Av. daiit-

Forms

to be observed in

Some

636.

and some forms also

i.

637.

examples of inflection
YAv. may be observed.

in

Indicative.

in

GAv.

Aorist.

Singular:

First Person:
serve

GAv. and YAv.

further

-?-,

ACT.

i.

Second Person:
Third Person:

GAv. dar'stm

'I

saw'; note srn-i-m

'I

heard' (ob-

like

i.

527, 550).
i. ACT. GAv. var'S 'thou hast done' (varz -(- s
165).
ACT. GAv. moist 'he turned' (l/V/^-), cor'f 'he made'

-aHere probably also yaogf Ys. 44.4.

39).
Observe GAv. sSA-f-f 'he taught' (sSA-), YAv. va*n-i-{ 'let conquer'
Ys. 60.5 (if not opt. with wk. ending).

(\fkar-, -o-

Dual:638.
Third Person: ii. MID. GAv. asrv&tim
639.

'they called'.

Plural:

First Person:

ii.

MID.

YAv. yaofyma'de 'we

joined',

GAv. var'maidl

'we have chosen'.

Third Person:
also

i.

ACT.

YAv.

bun 'they become'.

fracarttita

a-1k-ar' 'they

GAv.

_/>,

elapsed'

gmn

(Ysac~) v d.

'they came'.

ii.

1.4;
MID.

'they provided' (\fkar-} Vd. 2.11.

*
From strong stem. So metrically Yt. 10.114; Ys. 57.26.
From
8
From str. stem. So metrically Yt. 13.50, cf. Vd. 3.32.
strongest stem.
4
8
From strongest stem.
i. e.
*diya.
1

80

Inflection

Conjugation of Verbs.

Imperative.

2.

Singular:

640.

Second Person: H. MID. GAv. Atr'jva 'make thou'.

Third Person: H. MID. GAv. (ending -qm above
456,
cqm 'speak

627 Note)

'shall decide'.

vidqm

right',

Plural:

641.

Third Person:

GAv. sca^ia

ACT.

I.

'let

them

follow' (\fsac-).

Subjunctive.

3.

Singular:

642.

First Person:

YAv.

ACT.

i.

varSiri 'I will choose

//<? 'I
'.

ii.

GAv. yaojd

will stand'.
MID.

will yoke',

'I

gtr'zoi 'I will complain',

gir'zi,

sruyt 'I may be heard', YAv. buye 'I may be' (\fbu-) Afr. 1.10,11.
Third Person: j. ACT. YAv. l>va 'will become'. G\\.jima( 'he may come'.

Dual:

643.

Third Person:

GAv. jamaitS

H. MID.

'they

may

come'.

Plural:

644.

First Person:

i.

Second Person:
Third Person:

YAv. jimama 'we

GAv. vt-cayaJiS

ACT.

ACT.

i.

ACT.

i.

GAv.

bvariti-cS

shall come'.
'ye distinguish'.

'and they

will be',

jimjn 'may

they come'.
4.

Optative.

Singular:

645.

Second Person: i. ACT. YAv.,

Third Person: i. ACT. YAv. also

similarly fyjnuy<B 'thou mightest rejoice".

str.
stem) jam-ySf 'he might come';
again (from wk. stem as above) dis-yaf 'let him show' Afr. 3.7 etc.,

(from

GAv. mipyaf 'he might deprive'.

might hold' (\fdar-).

likewise

H. MID.

GAv.

drlta 'he

Plural:

646.

First Person: i. ACT. YAv. jamy&ma beside jamyama 'we might come'.
GAv. buySma 'we might be'. H. MID. GAv. va'rima'dt 'we might
choose'.

Second Person:

i.

Third Person:

ACT.

Note.

lomae,

For

ff.Z. xxiv.

647.
are found,
'he

e.

i.

ACT.

fuller
p.

YAv. buy&ta 'might ye

YAv.
GAv.

313

seq.

bityqn,

lists

in regard to the root-aorist see Bartho-

Flexiomlehre

Transfers to
g. GAv. vafyH-a-f

came' (\fgatn-).

be'.

buyar'i 'they might be'.

the

p.

44

seq.

thematic a-in flection

'he increased', GAv./rd-jjn-a-{

The

648.

very numerous;
is

it

Reduplicated Aorist.

181

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

instances of the simple 0-aorist are not

Av. this aorist plays a part similar to

in

Rig Veda.

that in the Skt. of the

flection

3.

Simple a-Aorist (thematic).

846 seq.)

2.

(Cf.

0-Aorist.

2.

Aorist-System:

formation and

In

identical with a preterite (imperfect)

in-

of the

in its weak form simply assumes the

thematic vowel a; the secondary endings are then added

The root

6th class.

for the indicative.

649.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Cf.

846.
of the ^-aorist (chiefly GAv.) are

Examples

the following:
1. Indicative,

i.

ACT.

Aor.

Sg.

(pret.)
'

side

3 sg. pres. pret. virid-af)

ii.

ti}.

MID.

Imperative,

2.

them

'let

PI. 3. #/?*/<*
j.

vidaf 'he found' (be'

(beside

pres.

'

rule'.

Subjunctive,

4.

Optative, ii. MID. Sg. 3.

P a r t c p 1 e. i. ACT. vidat
i

3.

he absolved

the y ruled> (!/"$<*-)

ii. MID. PI. 3.
ACT, Sg. 2. vida 'find thou'.

3.

5.

bujaf

i.

ACT.

Sg.

I.

hanani,

3.

hanof

'let

me, him

earn'.

faaeta 'might he rule'.

(in

compounds).

Likewise some other forms might be added.

3.

(Cf.

Reduplicated Aorist.
Skt. Gram.
856

Whitney,

seq.)

650. The reduplicated aorist is comparatively rare.

The stem is made by reduplicating the root which then

appears

in its

weak

form and assumes the

thematic

The secondary endings are added for the indicative.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.
856.
651.
Example of inflection, Av. -r-0 vac '

a.

Cf.

<to

-vaodlina,

vaocama.

speak' (stem vaoc-a- i.e. va-nc-, va-vc-} = Skt. y~vac- (voca-):

i. Indicative. I. ACT. Sg. I. vaocjm, vaocim
30), 2. vaoco,
(
vaocas-cS, 3. vaocaf, fuaocaf
a.
3.
4.

Note

Skt.

i.

32, 466).

PI.

I.

Imperative, i. ACT. Sg. 2. vaocS.

Subjunctive, i. ACT. Sg. I. vaoca (Ys.
Optative, i. ACT. Sg. 3. vaocoif. PI. I.
Similarly

GAv. nqaaf

'he disappeared'

45.3), 3. vaof&j.

(i.

vaocoimd.
e.

na-ns-a{, ~\fnas-

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

82
Note

To

2.

the redupl. aor. possibly belong the obscure forms

urti-rud-u-ja 'thou didst grow' 2 sg. mid. Ys. 10.3,

The

been accomplished'.

may be

anaptyctic, or

GAv.

qs-aj-u-tS

is

from a

it

YAv.

'it

has

pres. for-

mation?

strengthened reduplication
856) are
(3

y~var-

see

cause to

opt. mid.), vduroietc. for vd-vr-d^e

vdurayd (i sg.
On vdurdl te

(i pi. opt. mid.).

62, 2 above.

Note

Gram.

with

Gram.
1046,
believe', GAv. vdur&te

Whitney, Skt.

(cf.

'to believe,

sg. subjunct. mid.);

m&dl

causative aorist

Instances of the true

652.

i.
The forms zlzamn, zizanSf (cf. Skt. ajtjanat, Whitney, Skt.
864, 869) are best reckoned under Cl. 3 in Av. on account of

pres. indie, zizamriti Yt. 13.15.

Note
above

The form vaozirtm

2.

ii.

reckoned under pluperf.

Sigmatic Group.
A- (s-) Aorist.

4.

Whitney,

(Cf.

The

653.
orig.

Yt. 19.69 is

6 I 6.

Gram.

characteristic

sibilant s (= Av.

The

Skt.

h, s, s)

878

seq.)

mark of this aorist is an

which is added in forming

the endings
is unthematic,
different
which
shows
attached
the
root
directly to.
being
654.
degrees of strengthening, see next section
The indicative sg. act. has the vrddhi-strengthening
654.
the

stem.

inflection

the indie, plur. act. and generally both numbers of the indie, mid. have
The imperative mid. and the entire subjunctive
the guna form.

act show

likewise guna.

plur. mid. generally

The optative and some

have the

weak

instances of indie,

form.

655. Examples of inflection of this aorist are

taken from the following roots:

Av. Ye/1- 'regard, think'

Skt. ~\[dhl-; Av. ~\[dar- 'hold, hold
Skt. "\fdhar-; Av. "\fsand- 'show, present, appear'
Skt.
Av.
Av.
'think'
Skt.
142;
~\[]rwarsychand~\[man~\[man-;

back'

'shape, create'
tect'

Av. ~\ffras- 'ask'

Skt. ~\fprai- ; Av. "\fprS- 'proAv. ~\[van- 'win'
Skt. ~\fvan-; Av. yinqs-,

Skt. ~\[tr&-;

nas- 'cause

to

vanish'

Skt.

]finqs-, nai-;

Av. "\fvarz- 'work'

Aorist-System

= Skt.
= Skt.
~\f

4. h- (s-) Aorist.

g7

Skt. YfS-; Av. -\[vac- 'speak'

Vvarj-; Av. |/>J- 'protect'
= Skt. ][d&-, dhd-; Av.
\fvac~; Av. "|/Va- 'give, do, make'

nqs-, nas- 'attain'

~\f

nas-.

'2 nqs-,

Aorist

Indicative.

i.

656.

Skt.

(Preterite).

ACTIVE.

i.

.........

ddi-S, Sqs

3.

ddr'St, dor'St*, S%S*

Skt

cf.

Singular:

(G)Av.
2.

MOi-s*, ach&n

.....

a-bh&r*. achdn

MIDDLE.

ii.

Singular:

.......
..........
..........

1.

mzvh-i

2.

mtygha

3.

mq,S-td

1.

a-mzh-mcpdi' , mSh-maidV

fra$-i

tnqt-i

mqs-ta

Plural:

....

pwaroz-dum*

2.

2.

657.

a-gas-mahi

........

d-vr-4hvam

Imperative.
U.

MIDDLE.

Singular:
2.

f'rasva

2.

prdz-dum

Plural:

658.

3.

trA-dhvam

Subjunctive.
i.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

(G)Av.
I

.......

VStlvh-Wtl

'

V2llgh-at

cf.

.........
.........

Skt.

vqs-ati

vqs-at

Plural:
I.
(

.........

'

Wh.,

vSllgh-3n
Ys. 46.19.

Skt.

Gram.

Wh.,
890.

||7i

179-

Skt.

Gram.

i?'.

891.
7

Also minhi.

i.

io

vqs-an
Ys. 43.11.

39.
e.

158

wk. form, *masmatfi from

-y

*.

'

165

.-f/.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

184

MIDDLE.

H.

Av.

Singular:

Skt.

cf.

1.

p&vh-e, mSngh-di*

mqs-ai*

2.

P&vk-ahe*

mqs'asg

3.

var'f-a'te*

mqs-au
Plural:

d&vh-5dum*

2.
3-

d&s-adh-vam

va^nte*

vaks-antl

659.

Optative.

4.

ACTIVE.

i.

Av.
i.

Plural:

Skt

nd$-tma (YAv.)
660.

Participle.

5.

mavh-dna(Y)Av.
v
'

'

H. MIDDLE.

'( (G)Av. di$-amnaForms

GAv.

66 1.
Note.
cf.

....

dhis-amana- (RV.)

to be observed.

ra)-vhan)h-5i 'thou wilt give' 2 sg. sub-

junctive mid. Vrd-,

mqsSi

cf.

YAv. p&vhahe

cf.

GAv. minghsi (above)

(in

paradigm).

by transfer thematic

is

like

Skt

663.

5.

(Cf.

662.

The

ha- (sa-) Aorist.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

916

seq.)

(= Av. ha, who)

orig. .ra-aorist

really only a variety

by transfer

of the preceding 5-aorist.

of the j-aorist to the ^-inflection.

in
It

Av.

is

arises

663. Examples of the ha- (sa-) aorist inflection

are the following:
x. Indicative, i. ACT. 85.3. YAv. asqs-a-{ 'he fulfilled,
(Y^and- above
656) Vd. 19.15 = Skt. d-chant-s-at.
2.

Imperative,

(V>-)
1

themat.

i.

ACT.

PI. 3.

YAv. javhititu

offered'

'they will smite'

Vd. 2.22.
661.
call'.

"\fvac- 'say,
8
Cf. Whitney, S*t.

Yt. 8.1.

Ys. 70.4,

Gram.

165.

2 nas~\[

897.

Ys. 45.1,

= orig.

themat. Ys. 51.1.

a.
39, 5
Yt. 8.47.

cf.

-s -\- s.

Aorist-System

Subjunctive,

3.

6. ii- Aorist.

5. 6a-(sa-)Aorist.

ACT.

i.

Sg.

3.

YAv.

7. A/7- Aorist.

n5j-S-*ti 'will disappear'

Skt. Vinos158); jafiSf Ny. i.i.

(\finasYAv. na$-&-*tl. Likewise here I sg. subj. mid. mirigh&i above

Yt. a. 1

5. Participle, ii. MID. GAv. jfttaof-ytana- (\f%jnu660.

dijtmna above in paradigm

MID.

ii.

66 1.

'to gratify'),

//-Aorist.

6.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

(Cf.

185

898

seq.)

664. One or two instances (GAv.) of the ?j-aorist

see Whitney, Skt. Gram.
898 are quotable. They are

from yku-,
I.

c*u- 'look for,

Indie.

v see
3.

hope', Yty$nu- 'gratify, delight':

H. MID. Aor. (pret.). Sg.

I.

c'v-if-i

(on long

-/-

after

20). 3. c'v-rj-tS.

Subjunct.

1.

ACT.

Sg.

I.

7.

(Cf.

An

665.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

911.)

instance (YAv.) of the his- (sis-) aorist

is

apparently the following:

I.
cf.

Indie,

i.

ACT.

Sg.

da-hiJ 'thou hast made' (\fda-] Yt. 3.2

2.

Skt. glasts, Whitney, Skt.

No

666.

to be found in

Gram.

912, 913.

instance of a

certain

precative seems

A vesta.

Aorist Passive, third Singular.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Av. as

Skt.

Gram.

842.)

an aor. 3rd. singular in -/

667.
with passive meaning occurs, though it is not of common
use.
The form is made by adding i to the verbal root
In

in Skt.

The

which has either the vrddhi or guna strengthening.

form may take the augment as in Skt.
of 3rd. sg. Aor.

Examples

668.

Pass,

are

the

following:
(a)

(GAv.)

With

vrddhi.

From Av.

Skt. vdci, avdci

Skt. srdvi; so Av. S'di

'is

avSci
"\fvac- 'speak, call' v&ci
Av. "\fsru- 'hear, call' srSvi (GAv.)

said,

spoken

of

"\fad- (so Geldner)

Skt.

86

Inflection

Conjugation of Verbs.

From Av. ~\fmru- 'say'

aA-.^(b) With guna (or middle) form.
mraol (GAv. i. e. rnrav-i), Av. ~\fvat- 'understand' va'tt (GAv.),
Av. "\fjan-

made, not

'slay'

ja'nt (YAv.).

The form YAv.

Note.

directly

from the

IV.

'it was
granted, obtained* (\f ar ~} K
but from the prepared stem trf -nu-, >r'-nau-.

tr'n&vi

root,

FUTURE-SYSTEM.
Future.

(Cf.

Avesta as

seq.)

the

future

13 3) = Skt. -sy- (-$y-)

assumes the gun a- form;

in Sanskrit is -hy- (-$y-

added to the
the inflection

Gram.

932

The characteristic mark of

669.
in

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

The root
thematic (-hya,

root.
is

932

Cf.

-$ya).

Whitney, Skt.

seq.

Modes

of the Future.

The

instances of the future are in general not

670.
very numerous; they are confined to the indicative mode
and to the participle. The place of the other modes is
often taken

used

by a subjunctive of other

in a future

sense.

Cf.

of the verb

parts

Whitney, Skt.

Gram.

938.

Future Formation and Inflection.

671.

Examples

of future formation and inflection are

taken from the following roots.

Av. "\fvacSkt.

'to

672.

Indicative.
i.

Av.
I.

vafy-<iy-d

Skt.

Future.

.......
11.

yVtf-.

ACTIVE.

Singular:

(GAv.)

933.

YVOC-; Av. "^Aarz-.'let go, drop'

\fsarj-; Av. ~\[sa~ 'further, save'

i.

Gram.

Cf. Whitney, Skt.

speak' = Skt.

cf.

Skt.

vak-ty-ami

MIDDLE.

Singular:

3.

vafy-Sy-eite

.........
........

-vak-ty-ati

Plural:

3.
1

Har'-Sy-etlte*

Ys. 19.10; Vsp. 15.3.

Skt. varkfyanti from

Vsp. 12.1.

On

sark-ty-anU

z-\-s see

165.

Cf.

Future-System.

2.

673.
KIDDLE.

Passive.

187

Participle.

ACTIVE. Av. sao-sy-atlt-

I.

ii.

Secondary Conjugation:

Skt. kfl-fy-dnt-

cf.

har'-Sy-amna-

yak-fy-dmdna-

Foras to be observed.
Notice the long vowel instead of strengthening in the Av.
674.
participles ba-$y-atit- from ~\[b-a-, opp. to Skt. bhav-i-fydnt- ( 61 Note 2),
cf.

Skt.

RV.

sA-fy-ant-.

Observe also

%rvt-$y-at[t- beside $rvf-fy-artt-

from

l/~$rvi- 'be raw, bloody'.

V.

SECONDARY CONJUGATIONS.

The secondary conjugations consist of the

675.
formations
following
(thematic), a. Passive, b. Causative,
c.

Denominative,

d. Inchoative,

e.

Desiderative, and

f.

In-

tensive (unthematic).

A. Passive.
(Cf.

676.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

General Remark.

The

768

seq.)

passive force may be

employing the middle

given in any tense-system simply by

voice in a passive sense. In the present-system, however,
there is also a formative passive made by means of the
passive sign -ya- (cf. Cl. 4) attached to the prepared root.
The connection between this formative passive in ya and
Note.
4 of the present-system is generally acknowledged. In Skt. the difference of accent distinguishes the two
the passive having accented yd,
Cl.

but Cl. 4 an unaccented ya.

As no written accent is found in Av.,
such a distinction cannot always be sharply drawn
it is therefore some;

times doubtful whether a given form

is

really a passive or merely a

middle

used with passive sense, e.g. manyeti (pass.) Ys. 44.12 identical in form
with manyete (mid.) Yt. 10.139
Skt. manydtl, many ate.

Formation of the Passive. The passive

677.

sign

(= Skt. accented -yd-} attached to the root which

then assumes the weak form.
is -ya-

Note.

MS.
e. g.

The

variations

as

ar-roots
to

the

Av. ~\fmar- 'to die',

Vd. 3.33

= Skt.

require

way

in

some remark

as they frequently

which the radical r-vowel

mir-ye-'ti,

mir-ye-'te,

mriydtl; again Av. ykar-

'to

is

mfr'-ye-'ti,

show

expressed:
ma'r-ye-'te

make', kir-ye-*ti Yt. 10.109,

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

88

The development

v. 1. ka^-ye-^te Vd. 3.9, cf.

48 above.
such cases evidently is
*mf-ya-tl

kir-ye-'utt

Av. mar-ya-te

(or -a'r-

or mir-ya-te (-*>-

Skt. mr-'-yd-M

48)

mr-i-yd-tl

70)

form assumes

In Skt. the passive

Endings.

678.

in

some exceptions with active endIn Av. also,

cf.
occur,
774.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
ings
the middle endings are used but the active ones likewise are not very uncommon. Observe especially the MS.
variants in final e, i (
35 Note 2) kirye*ti, kiry&te. The
the middle endings, but

seems therefore to

intransitive passive force

lie in

the ya-

element.
Note.
An undoubted example of act. ending but passive force is
fr&-yez-y&t in Yt. 13.50 kahe vo urvS (nom. masc.) frSyezySf 'of which one
of you will the soul be worshipped?' Apparently also with active ending

(from

daySf (subjunct.) Vd. 3.32, ni-dayat (impf.) Yt. 12.17,

</<!-)

Modes

of the Passive.

679. The modes of the passive are the usual ones

of the present-system; a complete list of forms, however,
cannot be gathered from the texts.
Passive Inflection.

680.

Examples

of passive voice with middle and

active endings are the following:

Indicative,

I.

borne', kirye'ti v.

ye'nte 'they are

v.

mir*yavha,

1.

1.

a.

made'
3.

Pres.

48).

is

3.

bair-yeHe

made'
Pret.

Sg.

v.

1.

ba'ryefti 'he

PI. 3. kiryeiqte v.
2.

ma'ryavha

1.

is

ka'r-

'didst die'

vl-sruyata 'was heard', ni-dayaf 'was placed'.

Subjunctive. Sg.

3.

Sg.
'it

kirye'te

destroyed, dies'; yezyaf

'is

3. ma'ryS'te v. 1. mirya'te
miry&'ti Ms
worshipped'; PI. 3. fiairyOtyte 'they will
,

be borne', jany&nte 'they will be slain' Yt. 14.43.

Av. suyamna- 'being advanced, saved'.
5. Participle.
Note.

on

o,

From ]fvar-

cf.

681.

'to

cover*

is

found a form ni-vd'r-ye-'te

(v.

1.

//),

39.

Perf. Pass. Participle in -ta or -na also

See
710 below.

belongs to the passive conjugation.

Secondary Conjugation:

Put. Pass. Participle (Gerundive) in

formed according to
716 below.

is

The Aorist Passive 3rd. Singular

683.
falls

l&Q

682.

ya-

Causative.

under

this formation.

It

is

likewise

treated above,

668.

B. Causative.

General Remark. In Av. as

like the Denominative is

684.

sative C-aya-),

in Skt. the cau-

form

identical in

with Cl. 10, the latter being originally a causative formation.

The causal is found in the Present-System.
Note.

In Skt.

many of

the so-called causatives do not have a strict

causative value and are therefore reckoned

number of

Class(io); similarly in Av., a

above under Class 10,

482

cf.

as belonging to the Skt. cur-

causative forms have been treated

seq.

Formation. The present-stem of the causa685.

tive is formed by adding the causal formative element -ayato the root which is usually strengthened. The strengthening of the root is subject to certain variations.
a. Internal or initial a before a single consonant
lengthened

vrddhi )

but sometimes

it

is

generally

remains unchanged

thus

comprehend', caus. 'make known'

Av.
Skt.
valdya-;
vataya~\[tap- 'to warm, be warm', caus. 'make
warm' t8f>ayaSkt. t&pdya- ; Av. ~\[gam-, Jam- 'go, come' jamaya-

Lengthened

Av.

S,

=
= Skt. g&mdya- (Whitney,
Av.

"\fpat-

sadaya-

'to

"\fvat-

Skt.

Gram.

1042

g).

Unchanged

S,

Skt. patdya- ; Av. ~\fsad- 'appear'

patayaSkt. chaddya- ; Av. ~\fap- 'obtain', apaya-, opp. to Skt.
'to

fall,

fly'

apdya-.
b.

Internal and initial a

before

two

consonants

(i.

e.

long

by position) remains unchanged Av. ~\fda^i- 'to know, cause to

know' dalfiaya- = Skt. dakfdya-; Av. ~\fva^- 'grow, cause to grow'
:

Skt. vakfdya-; Av. "\fband- 'bind' baqdayaSkt. banSkt. jambhdya-.

dhdya-; Av. "\fzamb- 'crush* ztmbayac. Final long a disappears: Av.
stand'
"\fsta- 'to stand, cause to
vafyjlaya-

slaya- opp. to Skt. slh&pdya-,

d.

Internal

or initial

/',

10421.
Whitney, Skt. Gram.
u before single consonants (i. e.

cf.

in

have the guna-strengthening Av. ~\fvid- 'to know',

caus. 'inform' vaidayaSkt. vlddya-; Av. "\fruc- 'light up' raolight syllables)

caya-

Skt. rocdya-.

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

IO/>

Final u

e.

'to

(or

hear' srOvaya-

Note

receives the vrddhi-strengthening

i)

The nasal of

I.

the

present-stem (Cl. 9) appears in Av.

kr*ntaya- from ^karl- 'to cut' as in Skt. krnt&ya-,

1042 h. So also Av. bunjaya- from "\fbuj- 'to

Note 2. The
Gram.
1042.
Note

root zd- 'to let go'

Observe with

3.

Av. "\fsru-

Skt. irttvdya-.

cf.

makes zayaya-,

lengthening

Skt.

Whitney,

Gram.

release'.
cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

instead of strengthening of

6l Note) GAv. *rapayt*na 'they cause pain' (\frup-~)

Skt. ropdGAv.
'he
caused
to
lament'
Skt.
yanti;
*rtidoyata
rodhdyata.
root

Modes

dicative,

of the Causative.

The Causative shows

686.
2.

cluding also

the

same modes,

i.

In-

3. Subjunctive, 4. Optative, inas the present-system naturally does.

Imperative,

5 Participle,
.

Inflection of the Causative: Present-System.

The

687.

causal in the present-system

is

inflected

after the ^-conjugation (thematic), see Cl. 10 above,

481,

482 seq.
Other Causative Formations.

To

the causal formation belongs not only the

causative of the present-system, but also a causal aorist

688.

(see

652);

possibly likewise a causative perfect (plu-

perfect), and some other parts.

On the reduplicated Causative Aorist,
689.
690.
Possibly here belongs as
Av. biwivOtvha 'he had frightened', see
691.

see

652 above.

Periphrastic Perfect

(Plupf.),

623.

causal derivative from "\ffrap- 'to sleep' is made by at'to make, do' in its causal form directly to the radical

taching the root dS-

element; thus, Av. hrabdaye'ti 'puts to sleep'.

692.

but

without

Other causative derivatives made with root dacausal

form,

are ava-vhab-daeta 'he

(cf.

would cause

691)

to sleep'

(\fhap-), Iraoidaf 'caused to howl' (~\f^rus-}, yaoidSHi 'makes pure' (Vyaol-).

Some forms with causal signification but without the -aya693.
formation occur: Av. vafaj 'he caused to grow' Ys. 48.6 opp. to va$faya-to 'they both cause to grow' Ys. 10.3.

694.
is

An

occasional verbal noun (infinitive) or adjective (participle)

likewise to be noted under the causal formation:

Av. frasruta- 'made

Secondary Conjugation:

Denominative.

famous, renowned', *rvatita- 'turned' Ys. 11.2.

Cf.

|OI

Whitney,

Gram,

Skt.

1051 seq.

C. Denominative.
(Cf.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

1053

seq.)

695. Denominative verbs are formed from a noun-

=
(substantive or adjective) by adding -ya or -a
Skt. -yd or -a to the stem.
In Skt. the -yd is accented,
but as there is no written accent in Av. it is sometimes
stem

hard to decide whether a certain given verb-form in -aya

be really a denominative from an #-stem or not rather

As

simply a causative.

to

denominative

the

meaning,

usually signifies 'to make, use, cause, be, or practise' that

which the noun-stem itself denotes.

Formation and

696.
native

adding -ya (= Skt.

more rarely
The inflection

or

-yd},

directly to a noun-stem.
of the present-system

conjugation
1054, 1068.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

1.

ya added

Av. a fa-

gain by holiness', afaye'li

vSra-yt-mi
avhu-ya-

namasya-;
a debt',
2.

The denomimade I. by
(= Skt.

2.

-a

is

therefore that

-a)

Cf.

(thematic).

'holiness' (a-stem)

n.

= Skt. rtayd- ;

is

denom. afa-ya- 'to

'rain' denom.

Av. v&ra- m.

Av. avhu- m. 'lord' (-stem) denom.

down';
become lord of, avhuy&ife ; Av. nimah- n. 'homage'

'I rain

'to

(cons, stem)

'to

Inflection.

found in the Present-System and

is

denom. mma^-ya- 'do homage' mma/iy&mahi

f.
'debt (cons, stem) denom. i$ud-ya1

Av. ijud-

i^dy&mahl

Simple a added:

Skt.

'incur

Skt. ifudhyd-.

Av. pa'ti- 'lord' (/-stem) denom. pa'py-aAv. fyratu- m. 'wisdom'

Skt. pdtya- ;

possess as lord', #a'ye'ti

(w-stem) denom. fyrafw-a- 'be wise', ptcpl. mid. fyrajrwtmnahe 'of

him that is wise*
Av. fyavhu- m. 'mist' (#-stem) denom. fyavhv-a;

'to

fall

'sin'

as mist', fyavhuntal-ca

(cons,

63, 493, 582);

stem) denom. alnavh-a-

'to

commit

Av. alnahsin',

n.

alnavha'ti

Ys. 9.29 opp. Skt. Inas-yd-.

Note.

Final a of a noun-stem

in Skt. after n or

r,

Whitney,

Skt.

seems occasionally

Gram.

10590).

ya-ti etc. 'he practises healing' Yt. 8.43 (baljaza-

n.),

pasture' (v&stra- n.), par'san-ye-'ti 'he asks' Yt. 8.15.

to disappear

(cf.

Thus, Av. baijazv&stryal-ta 'let him

So probably

also

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

IQ2
Av. fyjana'ti 'he
Skt.

Gram.

(ptfana-

fights'

ft/ana-

n.,

cf.

f.),

Skt. Pftanyati, Whitney,

060.

D. Inchoative.

The

697.

Gram.

Stt.

(Cf. Whitney,

608, 747.)

existence of the inchoative in Av., as in

shown by a few verbs. The inchoative sign

is s = Skt. ch (
142) added directly to the root in its
weak stage. The thematic ^-inflection is then assumed.
Skt., is

The

instances of inchoative are comparatively so few that

these inchoative J-forms have sometimes been reckoned as

independent roots.

and

of Inchoatives. The formashown by the following instances.

Examples

698.
tion

inflection is

Av. ~\fgam-, jas- (i.

Skt. gd-ch-a-ti; Av.

s-a-ite

us-J-)

'to

cf.

(L

e.

Av. "\ffras-, ptr's-

taf-s-a-f,

cf.

Lat. ttpesco.

~\ftras-; Av.

sweat' -\fhid-

{Jdoxet

pari-i-) 'ask'
us- (L e.

~\fvah-,

\ftap-, taft- 'to

Also a few others.

Observe the assimilation and loss of consonants before

the following examples: Av. (tr'sa'ti 'he trembles'

Skt.

(i. e.

= Skt. pr-ch-a-ti; Av.

us-a-t'ti = Skt. uchdti
Av.

up'

light

cf.

ym-i-') 'come, reach' ya-

Lat. po(r)scit

warm, grow warm'

Note.

^yam-, yas-

Skt. yd-ch-a-tl ;

pfr'-s-a'te,

>-*-) 'to go, come' f ja-s-a-*ti,

e.

ttsa'ti

just

above

Skt.

-\fsvid-.

(Cf.

Whitney,

See

698.
184,

(i.

e.

*ttr's-s-a*ti)

So Av. bisa/

'he

J in
,

began

cf.

to

185 above.

E. Desiderative.
Skt.

The

Gram.

1026

seq.)

desiderative
Av. resembles the Skt.
699.
in formation and signification.
The root is reduplicated
and the formative element -ha (-vha, -fa, -zd) = Skt.
in

sa as desiderative sign

is

added.

The vowel of

the re-

21 Note); the
duplicated syllable
always
(-?initial consonant of the root in reduplicating follows the
is

usual rules above

-i-

465.

The root of the desiderative appears ordinarily in its

weak grade; sometimes, however, in its strong (middle)

Secondary Conjugation

The

form.

Inchoative; Desiderative

desiderative

is

the inflection (-ha, -sa)

is

Intensive.

confined to the present-system

thematic.

700. Examples of Desiderative Formation.

instances of the desiderative are not very numerous;

The

the following
Av.
ji-ji-sa;

may be

Av.

noted.

= Skt.

conquer, win', desid. jt-ji-ja- 'seek to win over'

"\fji- 'to

desid. ci-finu-$a- ; Av. ~\fznii-

"\ffifnu- 'gratify, rejoice',

'know', desid. zi-$?n<B-v/ta-

465 Note

164,

= Skt. ji-jfia-sa-;

2)

Av. ~\fdab- 'deceive', desid. GAv. di-w-ia- (i. e. di-^bh-la

89) 'seek
to deceive'
Skt. dipsa- ; Av. "\fsac- 'teach, learn, can', desid. sffae. *si-J&-sa-)
Skt. si-k-fa-. Likewise a few other forms, e. g.
(i.

dtdzr'Za- from ~\fdarz-

'make

mimajZa- from

firm',

~\fmatij- 'magnify',

vtvar'/a- from "\fvarz- 'do*.

701. Examples of Inflection.

fined to the present-system thematic.

Indicative,

1.

Pres.

a.

ACT.

i.

PI. 3.

H. MID. PI. 2. di-draj-soiiuyg Ys. 48.7.

$HU-$O

Ys. 45.9.

ACT.

i.

to surpass' (\fvan-\

i.

YAv. ji-ji-jS-iti.U.
Participle,

5.

A Per

f.

ji-ji-jmtt Ys. 39.1.

Fret.

I.

ACT.

Sg.

2.

'-

GAv. vi-vingka-tii 'let him seek

YAv. mi-mar>fy-$avu/ia.
Sg. I. GAv. ci-fyfnu-ja Ys. 49.1;

Sg.

ACT.

MID.
ACT.

i.

YAv. zi-li$n&-vh}mnaNote.

b.

3.

H. MID. Sg. 2.

Subjunctive,

3.
3.

GAv.

H. MID. Sg. 3. didar'-$al& 'he held back' (\fdar-~).

Imperative,

2.

These are con-

Sg.

GAv.

mi-marfyia-itl.

3.

ti-fenu-/atit- Ys. 43.15.

465 Note

Participle of the desid. Act.

desire to slay' (]fjan-) ZPhl.

H. MID.

2.
is

ja^jav^ 'having the

Glossary p. 92.

F. Intensive.
(Cf.

702.

The

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

1000

reduplication and the unthematic

tion,

seq.)

characteristic features of the Intensive are

the Intensive

in

Av., as

in

inflection.

In forma-

Skt., closely resembles

the reduplicating class (Cl. 3) of the present-system; it is

distinguished from Cl. 3 by having a strengthened re-

duplicated syllable.
703.

As

regards the

tion of the Intensive in

Av.

reduplication,
is

twofold.

the forma-

Inflection

04

Conjugation of Verbs.

1. The
reduplicated syllable is made by repeating the initial consonant followed by the radical vowel in a strengthened form (a being strengthened to 5; i to al, di; u to ao).
1002.
Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.

2.

Cf.

The

reduplicated syllable

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

made by

is

1002

repeating the entire root.

ii.

As regards the radical syllable itself, this

704.
assumes sometimes the strong form, sometimes the weak
grade, according to the person or the mode in which it
is

The

found.

Examples

705.
to

above is unthematic.
of Formation. As instances

inflection as stated

the

illustrate

formation

Intensive

the

following

may

be taken:
1.

pir*t-;

Strengthened Reduplication: Av. "\fpart- 'to fight', intens. p5Av. J/Vj'j- 'show, teach' dai-dois-, dai-disSkt. di-des-,

di-dis-; Av. ~^vid- 'find' voi-mdSkt. jo-hav-,

zao-sao-

Skt. vt-vid-;

Av.

2.

dar-;

Repeated Root: Av. ~\fdar- 'to

Av. ~\fkar- 'make' car-kjr*-

yz-

'call'

tear'

dar-dar-

Skt.

cdr-kr-;

Av. ~\[jlar-

Skt. dar-

'stream, flow' jiar-jiar'- (in participle) opp. Skt. ca-kfar-.

Note.

An

intensive with the j/a-inflection (Cl. 4 thematic)

found in the following instance

(indie.) Ys. 47.4;

Av. ~\frai-

'to

but un-thematic

Skt. r5-rakf-; see also Whitney, Skt.

1

'be heated, boil yagfya-

(i.

e.

to

be

YAv. ra-n^-ya-rito (nom.

GAv. rS-nf-o (ptcpl.) Ys. 49.2 cf,
Gram.
1016. Similarly, Av. ~\fyah-

r&-r>$-yqn (subjunct.) Ys. 32.11

1 1.6;
pi. ptcpl.) Yt.

is

wound-, GAv. rS-rtj-ye^ti

;

ya-if-ya-) in the ptcpl. yagjyatit-

Skt.yd-yas-.

706. Examples of In flection. These are confined to the present-system unthematic, and they are mostly

from GAv.
i.

Thus:

Indicative,

GAv. car*-kjr>-mahi
b.

Fret.

Sg.

3.

a.

Pres.

i.

ACT.

Sg.

ii.

MID.

Ys. 58.4.

GAv. zao-zao-mt; PL
Sg. I. GAv. voi-vid-g.

I.

I.

dae-doiS-t.

i. ACT.
Sg. 3. YAv. dar-da'r-ySf (with
stem -dar- instead of expected wk. -d)r'-\

4.

Optative,

5.

Participle,

i.

Transfers

707.
Indie. Pres. 3 sg. act.

ACT.

YAv.

sir.

rad.

jiar'-jiar-ttjt- (a-inflect).

to the ^-inflection are found, e.g.

YAv.

nae-niz-aiti

'it

removes', et

al.

Verbal Abstract Forms:

195

VERBAL ABSTRACT FORMS.

VI.

Gerund,

Participle,

To

708.

Participle.

Infinitive.

the verbal system there also belong the

Participle or verbal adjective, the Gerund, with

rundive, and the Infinitive or verbal noun.

Ge-

A. Participle.
Participle in -ant, -at (Act.)

I.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

583, 584 etc.)

Participial forms

709.

-mna, -dna (Mid.).

in -a^t , -at (i.e.

-/),
the Active, and forms in -mna, -ana
(-ana) in the Middle, are found in each tense-system. As

fern,

'olitti,

-aitl in

these attach themselves directly rather to the tense-systems,

they have been discussed above under the respective systems,
cf.

488, 533 etc.

2.

(Cf.

710.
ciple, is

made

Passive Participle in -ta.

Skt. Gram.
952 seq.)

Whitney,

passive

participle

in Av., as in Skt.,

or past passive parti-

by adding the

suffix -ta

Skt. -td (accented) directly to the verbal root, which is

subject however to certain euphonic changes. This verbal

adjective in -ta (m. n.) -td (f ) is regularly declined ac236, 243. Examples of the
cording to the ^-declension
formation are Av. pdta- 'protected' (}//-) = Skt. pdtd-;
,

= Skt. grbh!td; Av.

Av. gar'pta- 'grasped' (Ygarw74)
=
'deceived'
Skt.
(ydruj90)
drugdhd-.
drufytaTreatment of the Root before -ta. The
711.
form of the root is subject to modification and is liable
to vary before the added suffix.
The following points
be
noted:
may
I.

form,

The
if it

dropped.
ptcpl.

root very commonly (but not always) shows the weak

has one, before -ta; a penultimate nasal is accordingly
Thus, with weak form, from Av. ~\fvac- 'to speak'

u^ta-

Skt. uktd-

Av.

"\fhit-

'press out' huta-

Av. "\[panj- 'draw, drive' pa^ta- ; Av. ~\fhanj-

= Skt. sutd-;
hafta- =

'encircle'

Inflection

0,6

Skt. svuktd-; Av.

Conjugation of Verbs.

*\[band- 'to bind' basta-

form or unchanged, Av.

Strong

hitd-; Av. "\ftai- 'cut, form' laitta2. Roots in final -d retain this.
stSta-

1/W-

'bathe'

Roots

3.

-ar'la,
(e. g.

Av.

Skt. stkitd-;

opp.

Skt. snStd-

in -ar often

Ys. 62.9)

yVaAv.

Skt. baddhd-.

Skt. taffd-.

Thus, Av.
'place'

show MS.

"\fsta-

'to stand'

Av.

opp. Skt. hild-;

~\fpa- 'protect'

Thus, Av.

47 Note.

cf.

151)

data- opp. Skt.

~\fda- 'to place"

variations

Skt. fata-.

between -trta and

bar'ta~\fbar- 'to bear' btr'ta-,

Skt. bhrtd-; Av. ~\[star- 'stretch, strew' frastir'ta-,

frastar'ta-.

Roots

4.

~tptd);

ya/a-

~\[gam-

-a, -am

in

in Av.,

as in Skt., often form -ata

(i.

e.

sometimes they show -ata. Thus, Av. ~\[jan- 'to slay'

Skt. tnatd-; Av.
Skt. hatd-; Av. J/Owaw- 'think' *wa/a-

-/,

a/a-

'go'

Skt. gatd-;

Av.

za-

'beget,

bear' zJ/a-

Skt. jStd-.

-am

often retain the nasal (m being assiAv. "\fkan- 'to dig' "ka^ta- (cf. also
Thus,
t).
kata-} opp. Skt. khatd-; Av. yzaw- 'know' za^ta- ; Av. ~\fgram-

But roots

5.

in -an,

milated to n before

'be angry' grayta-.

Sometimes a

6.

20.

cf.

~\[dru- 'run' drUta-

The

712.
in Skt.,

radical

Thus, Av.

appears as long

short

~\fsru- 'to

hear' sruta-

before

Skt. irOtd-;

-/a,

Av.

Skt. druld-.

past participle in -/to, although common

in Av.
the instances Av. dar$ita-

hardly appears

Ys. 57.11 = Skt. dhr$itd-, Av. raodita-, z&rita- are best

treated under Suffixes below,
786 Note I.
3.

(Cf.

713.

Passive Participle in -na.

Whitney, Skt. Gram. % 952.)

The wa-formation of

the passive participle

is

very rare in Avesta. The instances are hardly distinguishable from adjectives.
As examples may be given, Av.

Ytan- 'to stretch' us-tdna- 'upstretched' = Skt. uttdnd-;

Av. YU~ 'be wanting* una- = Skt. und-; Av. YP ar~ '^
-

Skt. purnd-.
4.

Perfect Active Participle in -vah.

(Cf.

7 4.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

802.)

The formation of the Perf. Act. Participle has been

treated above under the Perfect-System, see

61

1,

618, 399.

Verbal Abstract Forms:

Participle, Gerundive.

Perfect Middle Participle in -ana,

5.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Gram.

Skt.

IQ7

-fina.

806.)

715. On the formation of the Perf. Mid. Participle,

see above under Perfect-System,
6n, 618.

B. Gerundive and Gerund.

Gerundive:

i.

(a) Fut. Pass. Participle in -ya (declined).

(Cf.

716.
force
tive

Whitney,

declined

made from some

is

Gram.

Ski.

961.)

derivative adjective with verbal

verbs by attaching the forma-

Such an adjective

element -ya to the root.

is

regu-

according to the ^-declension. In meaning,

often corresponds to the Latin form in -ndus; it is there-

larly inflected
it

fore

called a gerundive or future passive participle.

commonly

Examples are from Av. y/7i/ya-

Skt.

Skt. "kj-fya-

ifya-;

'to wish', a gerundive (vbl. adj.)

Av. "\fkar3- 'draw furrows, plow' karjya-

Av. ~\fvar- 'choose, believe' va'rya-

Skt. varya-.

Other instances occur.

2.

Gertindive: (b) Fut. Pass. Participle in

(Cf.

717.

Whitney,

declined

Gram.

Skt.

-tva,

966

-p-wa (declined).

a.)

derivative adjective of like signi-

716) is made by. add94, 96; see also under Suffixes)

ing -tva, -pwa, -diva (
Such a verbal
directly to the root in its strong form.

fication (-ndus) with the preceding

regularly inflected after the ^-declension.

is

adjective

Examples are: Av. jqpwa- 'worthy

to

Av. fanaopwa- 'worthy to be

varftva- 'to be done' (]fvarz-) mqpwahantva-

'to

Gerund (Absolutive)
(Cf.

718.

seems to occur
ing'

B.B.

killed' ("|/yaw-)

'to

= Skt.

(Yfifnu-);

Av.

be thought', vafrtfwa-

be spoken".
3.

in

be

satisfied'

species of

in

237.

Skt.

Gerund

in -ya (indeclinable).

Gram.

989

or Absolute

seq.)

(indeclinable)

in -ya

the following instances with daipt: Av. aibiga*rya 'seiz-

Skt. "gtrya;
xv.

Whitney,

Av. pa'tirlcya 'throwing away'.

But

cf.

Bartholomae

Inflection: Conjugation of Verbs.

198

C. Infinitive.
(Cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram,

538, 968.)

The Infinitive is a verbal noun, an abstract

719.
derived from a verb. It is formed either directly from the
root, or

noun

is

sometimes from a tense-stem. Such a derivative

used with an infinitival or a semi-infinitival force.

The noun form

is

found most often in the dative case;

The abstracts used
in other cases.

sometimes, however,
as

are

infinitives

most commonly cases of a substantive

stem made by means of the suffix -di, -ti, -ah; less often
they are formed from stems in -man, -van, -a; or they
are from suffixless stems.
720. Examples of Infinitives or Verbal Nouns so
used, are the following. Cf. also Whitney, Skt. Gram.
970.
1.

Ending Av.

-dyai,

(Chiefly

-dyai dative

GAv.

rare

Skt. -dhyai.

YAv.)

From root: GAv. djr'dyai 'for holding' (]fdar-\

stem: GAv. vtrzye idyai 'to work', YAv. vaza'dy&i
(\fvaz-} Yt. 15.28, srSvaye'dysi 'to proclain
2.

Ending Av.

-tfe,

-tayai-ca dative

From
'for

pres.

driving'

Yt. 24.46.

Skt. -tayi.

(Only YAv., but frequent.)

From root: YAv. anu-matie, anu-matayal-ca (254) 'to think,

according to' (^man-) = Skt. dnu-niatayg; Av. kir'tie 'for making*
= Skt. kftayg; Av. brtSe 'for bearing', etc.
(\fkar-)
3.

Ending Av.

-avhe dative

(Chiefly

Skt

-asl.

GAv.)

From pres. stem: GAv. valnavhg 'to see' tyvain-}, sravaGAv. avavhl, GAv. ava'yke, avavhai-ca 'to aid' ("\fav-}.
From a or. stem redupl., GAv. vaocawhl

yeighl 'to repeat' (\fsru-, causal),

'to

speak' (1/Wr-).
4.

Ending Av.

-ma'ne, -va'ne dative

Skt. -mane, -van!.

(GAv. and YAv.)

From pres. stem: YAv. staoma'ne

vldvanoi

'to

know' (\fvid-)

56.

'for praising'

(|Ar/-),

Also a couple of others.

GAv.

Periphrastic Verbal Phrases.

5.

Ending Av.

jog

dative (a-decl.)

-ai

Skt. at.

(GAv. and YAv.)

From root: YAv.

fradap&l

'to

6.

From stem: GYAv.

win' (|/yV-).

'to

jayai

promote' (J/V5-).

Ending Av.

-e

dative (radical)

From root: GAv.

Skt.

-S.

GAv.)

(Chiefly

dar'soi 'to see' (\fdars-], sttye, savoi 'to profit,

save' (y~j-), poi 'to protect'.

7.

Ending

locative.

-te

(GAv. and YAv.)

From root: GAv.

YAv.

</<? 'to

go

to'

From stem:

Ys. 31.9.

(J/V-)

daste 'to put, make' Vsp. 15.1.

721.

number of other formations

the ace.,

in

may be regarded as ingen., loc.,

finitives. For examples, see Geldner, in K.Z. xxvii. p. 226;
Bartholomae, in K.Z. xxviii. p. 17, B.B. xv. p. 215 seq.
cases of abstract nouns

VII.

PERIPHRASTIC VERBAL PHRASES.

722. In the Av., there is an inclination occasionally

to use periphrastic phrases made up by means of an adj.,
a participle or a noun, with a copula verb or auxiliary,

The auxiliary
instead of a regularly formed tense-stem.
even be omitted. The periphrastic phrase

may sometimes
is

found

chiefly

in

cognized

The

723.

in

GAv.

been noted above,

YAv.;
Cf.

its

presence,

Whitney,
existence of a

possible

however,

Gram.

Skt.

re-

is

1069

secl-

Periphrastic Perfect

has

623.

number of Periphrastic Expressions made

by means of an adjective, a participle, or a noun com724.

bined with a verb, deserve special mention.

1.

Skt.

Periphrastic with Av.

Gram.
2.

1075 a

With Av. \fah-

Skt. "\fstha-,

cf.

aite 'remains', tl

"\fi-

'to go'

GAv. stavas aytnl

'sit'

Whitney,
Aijfteifti

=
Skt.

Skt.

J/"<fr-,

Gram.

Skt.

'I

J/V-,

and Av.
10750.

jiar'jiaryitti? 'they

cf.

shall praise

|/".r/<f-

Whitney,
Ys. 50.9.
'stand'

YAv. upa.maHim

keep

flowing'.

2OO

Inflection

Conjugation of Verbs.

With Av. Yah- 'be'

3.

Skt.

|M4*?-

mmna

us

'let

cijfnufo

'let

possessed

cf.

Whitney,
both pray

one be

of; YAv.

4.

become

-\fas-,

Skt.

Gram.

to',

1075

d.

du. injunct. Ys.

pa'rikjr'^tiJ avhtn

cleansed",

and Av.

GAv.

-\fkil-

'be

GAT. ahva fri~

89.5; GAv. fiySf

isva hqs 'being able,

'may be looking about';

YAv. yaf
may be conquering' YAv. yaold&ta bun
vavam buye 'become victorious'.
Cf. also /rao'rist& Yt. 13.25.

~\fda- 'give, make, do'. So apparently YAv. a'bigairyd

do accept', pa*liricya daipl 'he does throw away' cf.
718.

With
'I

Skt.

gratifying' Ys. 43.15;

YAv. yaoldayqn avhtn.

bav&ni a*wi.vany& 'that
'they

INDECLINABLES.
725.

General Remark.

The

indeclinable

words

in

Avesta, correspond
general to those in Sanskrit and in
the other Indo-Germanic languages.
Under Indeclinables
in

are comprised Adverbs,

Interjections.

Conjunctions,

Prepositions,

These may be taken up

and

in detail.

A. Adverbs.

The adverbs in Av., as in Skt, may be made

from a pronominal stem or from a noun-stem by
means of a suffix, or their forms are merely crystallized
cases of old or abandoned nouns.
726.

either

Adverbs made by

i.

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

(Cf.

Suffix.

1097.)

number of adverbs are made by adding

727.
suffixes to a noun or an adjective stem, or especially to
a pronominal stem.

Their meaning

728.

The

various.

Adverbs of Place.

a.

Whitney,

(Cf.

is

Gram.

Skt.

1099,

noo.)

principal adverbs of place

made by means

of a suffix are:
Suffix Av. -to = Skt. -las, Av. a*wito 'around' = Skt. abhitas.
Suffix -pra = Skt. -tra, Av. ktipra 'where' = Skt. kutra; Av.
Suffix -da = Skt. -ha, Av. ida
hafrra 'along, with' = Skt. satrd.
Likewise a number of others.
'here, now' = Skt. ihd.
b.

(Cf.

729.

Skt.

Gram.

1103.)

The number of temporal adverbs

made by means of a
in

Adverbs of Time.

Whitney,

suffix is

that

are

not extensive but corresponds

proportion to the Sanskrit.

Examples

are:

2O2

Indeclinables.

Suffix GYAv. -<U, -<& = Skt. -da, -dha,

= Skt yadd; Av. kada, kada 'when?'

'when'

ada 'then'

c.

yada
So Av.

kada.

Skt. ddha, adha.

Adverbs of Manner and Degree.

Gram.

Skt.

Whitney,

(Cf.

-dha, Av. yadtt,

= SkL

uoi, 1104

seq.)

The adverbs of manner and degree made by

730.

means of a

numerous.

suffix are

Skt. -tha, GYAv. yaj>a, ya]>a 'as'

SkL ydtha;
Av. apt, apa 'so'
Skt. atha (dtka).S\iiiir. -/=Skt -s
(Whitney,
SkL /r/j. Suffix -ti
SkL -ti (Wh.,
1105), Av. /r// 'thrice'

Suffix Av. -p&=

102), Av.

Wti

-vaf (aCc. sg. advbl.)

1106), Av. vacastaXtivaf 'after the manner of the

(Wh.,

Av. haktr't 'once'

larly

Suffix

'thus'.

a.

(Cf.

-vat

Simi-

text'.

Skt. sakft.

Case-forms as Adverbs.

Whitney,

Many

731.

= Skt.

mo

Gram.

Skt.

adverbs

in Av., as

seq.)

in Skt., are really

only stereotyped cases of nouns, adjectives, or pronouns,

used with an adverbial force.
1.

(a)

Accusative

as

Adverb

From pron. stem, Av.

Skt. kdt; Av.

/ particle

= Skt.

noif,

eft;

Av. ntirqm

Av.
(ace.

sg.

= Skt.

nalda
f.),

frequent

if 'even'

'not'

nUnm

Av.

cit;

= SkL

(cf.

Skt.

*'//

1 1 1
Whitney,
Av. kaf 'how'

w.

coif (cpd.

nit.

/) particle

From adj.

(b)

1)

stem,

(ace. sg. n.) 'now, quick', cf. Skt.

ntinam; Av. apartm 'hereafter'

Skt. dparam.
Skt. ndma.
stem, Av. nqma 'by name'

(c)

From noun-

2.

Instrumental as Adverb

(cf.

pron. stem, Av. yavata 'as long'

therefore', yd 'by which, whereby
1

Skt.

Wh.,

1112):

y&vata; Av.

Gii 'thereby'

(b)

431).

From

(a)

ta 'by this,

From

SkL ddkfi&na; Av. yesnyata

adj., Av. dafyjina 'to the right'
1112 d); Av. tarasca 'across' ( 287 above)
'praiseworthy' (cf. Wh.,
SkL tiraica; Av. fraca 'forth' Ys. 9.8 (cf.
287), cf. Skt. praca.

3.

'for

Wh.,

(cf.

second, third time', Vd. 16.15, v

4.

stem,
(b)

Dative as Adverb

Ablative as Adverb

(cf.

From noun-stem, aritar.nalmSf

5.

afar'

= Skt. darai;

Genitive as Adver b

Av. tfapo

'at night*.

in

Av

lityai, prily&i

Wh.,

af (GAv.), Saf (YAv.) 'then'

Av. dUraf 'from

1113):

cf.

1114): (a)

431 above

'within'.

(c)

Skt. it.

From adj.

Av. paskSf 'behind'

temporal sense

From pron.

(cf.

stem,

= Skt. paicat.
Wh.,

1115):

Adverbs, Prepositions.

Locative as Adverb

6.

(cf.

Wh.,

From noun and

adj.

Av. asne, asnai-ca 'near1

Miscellaneous Adverbs and Particles.

3.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Gram.

Skt.

1122.)

number of adverbial words, chiefly monoforms, deserve mention here.

Examples are

732.
syllabic

Av. kva (k a va) 'where'

Skt. kva; Av. haca 'with,
Skt. s&ca; Av. paryytar* 'outside*.
Likewise some others;

a. Place.

forth'

see
b.

728 above.
Time. Av. nu 'now'

38)

1116):

'afar' =. Skt. dtiri;

stems, Av. du*re, dtiral-ca

17)

d. Negative.

Skt.

Av.

'soon, quickly*

'differently,

ndnS; Av. ca 'how*.

m&

'not*

(prohibitive)

Av. ba 'indeed,

Asseverative.

e.

n&; Av. mogu

Manner.

c.

specially'

= Skt. nu,

Av. pascaetS 'after'.

Av. agva 'so*
Skt. evd; GAv. nana

Skt. makfti;

Skt.

bada

truly',

md.
'even,

indeed,

always'.
4.

(Cf.

Adverbial Prefixes.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

nr8

seq.)

Here belong the verbal prefixes treated below

some of which however show at times more or

733.
(

749)

less distinctly their original adverbial value.

Examples are

= Skt. dpi; GAv. a'ti,

a'pi (GAv.) 'even, for,
YAv. a'wi 'to, unto* (occasionally advbl.) = Skt. abhi; Av. ava,
avli (GAv.), avo (Ys. 30.10 extra metrum) 'down* = Skt. ava, avas
Av. paro 'forth, before, beyond' = Skt. paras Av. haca 'with, forth'
= Skt. sdcff; Av. upa'ri 'above* = Skt. updri.
Av.

afterward'

a*pi,

B. Prepositions.
(Cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

Prepositions in the

1123

seq.)

sense of words that 'govern'

734.
oblique cases do not strictly exist in Avesta, any more
than in Sanskrit.
There are, however, a number of adverbial

words which are used with the oblique cases and

which define such cases more precisely. Their office is

thus directive. These are termed Prepositions, and sometimes they seem really to govern the cases with which

they stand.

Indeclinables.

204

fuller discussion of the Prepositions and of the

735.
cases with which they are used, belongs rather to Syntax.
mere enumeration of these forms in comparison with the

here given. Some of the words are case-forms used

adverbially with a prepositional value; see under Syntax.

Skt.

is

Principal Avesta Prepositions.

GAv.

a'wi,

Skt.

cf.

ana

(w. ace.) 'along, upon',

anu

(w. ace.) 'along, after, according to'

cf.

Gk.

cf.

apa (w. dat.) 'away, off',

arSm (w. abl., Ys. 51.14)
abl.,

Gk. &n6

cf.

Skt.

dnu

Gk. imo

ace., loc.) 'unto, in', cf.

dram

Skt.

upa'ri (w. ace., instr.) 'above, over', cf. Gk. \mip

faro, tarasca (w. ace.) 'through, across', cf. Lat. trans
gen., loc.)

pa*ri (w. ace., abl.) 'around,

para

cf.

pascaita (w. ace.)

pasne (w.
(w.

abl.,

= Skt.

behind'

= Skt. prdti

Skt. part

= Skt. pdrd
rcdpog = Skt paras

Skt. paicd

following'

gen.) 'with'

ace., instr.,

tiros, tirascd

nipa.

cf.

'behind, on the other side of,

ace., gen.)

instr.,

haca (w.

'after,

'in'

Skt. a

upa
= Skt updri

nspl

abl., gen., loc.) 'before, beside',

ace., instr., abl., gen.) 'after,

pasca (w.

maf

cf.

(w. ace., instr., abl., gen.) 'before, from',

pard, GAv. par? (vi.

(loc.)

with', cf. TCOTI

'to, at, for,

from around',

antdr

dpa

gen., loc.) 'hither, from, to, until'

pti'ti (w. ace., instr., dat., abl.,

= Skt.

Lat. inter

upon'; (w. abl.) 'from';

'to,

= Skt. abhi

(adv.)

Skt.

among',

'without', opp. Skt.

avi, aoi (w. ace., dat., gen.)

ace., dat.,

adhdr

dvdc

atftar' (w. ace., instr., loc.) 'between,

upa (w.

Skt. dpi

a'6i (w. ace., dat., loc.) 'to, unto, upon', cf. dnqpt

ada'ri (w. ace.) 'under, beneath',

a (w.

Gk. inl

a*pi (with ace., loc.) 'upon, after, for', cf.

Skt.

abl., gen.) 'with, in

smdt

'with,

Lat. pone

=
= Skt. satrd
= Skt sahd.

consequence of

dat.) 'with, along with'

hapra (w. ace., instr:,

hada (w. instr., dat, abl.)

cf.

140 above)

along with'

Skt. sdcd

The Prepositions, as in other languages, are

736.
not infrequently placed after the case which they determine, instead of before it; they thus become 'Postpositions'.

Examples are numerous:

Av. aptm a 'to the water', raocamm pa'ti

haca 'in accordance with righteousness', etc.
case -hva, -fva
likewise.

-|-

a ; so

ahmya

'therein'

'at

the window', afSf

Similarly in the loc.

= akmi -J- a.

Others

Prepositions, Conjunctions.

The

737-

205

phrase YAv. a^taraf naemdf 'within'

abl.

in addition to its adverbial use, also with a force that

valent to a preposition

is

is

employed,

practically equi-

Av. aqtaraf naemdf yar'drajo 'within a year's time';

wombs'.

an.taraf tiaeniaf banprifua 'within the

(Cf.

C. Conjunctions.
Skt. Gram.
1231

Whitney,

seq.)

The

conjunctions and particles of adverbial

part been treated above under Adverbs. It

738.
value have in

remains only to emphasize the conjunctive force of some

of the most important Co-ordinates and Subordinates. They
are mostly postpositive in position.
1.

Co-ordinate Conjunctions.

739- The chief co-ordinate conjunctions, copulative,

adversative, etc. are here noted.

uta

'not'

uta 'both

c.

d.

and'

e.

etc.,

Skt. uta
.

The
Av.

noif

naif,

uta.
.

Negative
naeda,

Causal.

only one in use seems

z'5

'or,

Skt.

'either ... or'

TJ&

Av.

in Skt.)

nava

Av.

Av.
.

ca

tidif
.

noif

to be Av. tu

zl 'for'

(orig.

e.g. Vd. 12.1

else',

va

= Skt.

va;

va.

asseverative,

and often so used

Skt. hi.

Here may be noticed Av. apa

Perhaps also some others.

Illative.

2.

740.

=
.

Skt. tu.

Disjunctive.

Av. as

'so,

therefore"

Subordinate Conjunctions.

The subordinate

conjunctions, temporal, modal,

with adverbial force, have been noted above

under Adverbs
that',

nor'.

Skt. dtha.

'as,

Skt. niti; Av. naif

however'

Av. va

final,

Skt. ca

Adversative.

b.

'but,

and'

'neither

in

Av. ca 'and, que'

Skt. ca; Av. ca
Skt. utd;
ca; Av. uta 'also*

Copulative.

a.

'both

etc.

To

728

seq.),

these

e. g.

Av. yada 'when', yapa

may be added

conjunction Av. yezi, yedi

'if

the

Skt. yddi.

conditional

2o6

Indeclinables: Interjections.

D. Interjections.

few exclamations are worthy of notice; they

of cases of unused words crystallized
remnants
are, in part,
as Interjections.
Examples are not numerous.
741.

The most important

742.

= Skt.

di; Av. usta

Interjections are:

Av. di

(an old loc.). Likewise a few others, probably originally case-forms of nouns
or adjectives, e. g. Av. dvoya 'alas* (old instr.), cf. dvoya
'O' (w. voc.)

me bdvoya
'ha, here',

'woe,

woe indeed

tinja 'ho, there'.

'hail'

to me' Yt. 3.14; Av. inja

WORD-FORMATION,
FORMATION OF DECLINABLE STEMS.
General Remark. Words are made from roots
an affix, or they are more comformed
means
of added suffixes, or again by
monly
by
743.

either directly without

composition.

Only a small proportion of declinable stems, how-

(1)

made directly from verbal or pronominal radicals

root-form without any affix. The simple

ever, are

in their bare

root does sometimes serve as a declinable stem (see discussion below,

744), but this happens chiefly in com-

pounds.
(2)

The
is

great majority of words, in Av. as in other

derived from radicals by assuming an affix

tongues,
(suffix or prefix).
fundamental idea

The

root-part of the word contains the

the prefix or suffix modifies its meaning.

method of making new words is by combining words already formed so as to build up a compound.
The formation of verbs and pronouns has been suffi(3)

third

ciently treated

above; attention
mation of noun-words.
i.

is

here given to the for-

Suffixless Formation.

Root-Words.
(Cf.

744.

and

limited

adjectives, in

a simple root

Whitney,

SAt.

Gram.

1147.)

number of declinable stems, nouns

Av. as

in

Skt

are

made

without assuming any

directly

suffix.

The

from
suffix-

Word-Formation

208

Declinable Stems.

stems have been discussed above, under Declension

248, 261 etc.
They occur oftenest as finals of com-

less

pounds

they are therefore frequently

made up with

verbal

prefixes.

As

signification, the root-words, as in Skt.

1
147 a), are action-words, espe(cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
or they may be nouns of agency. Somecially infinitives
to

times they are adjectives.

As examples

745.

may be given:
Av. vac-

= Skt. adruh-;
Note

Skt. driih-;

Av. aiwi-$ac-

Skt. vac-;

Av. druj-

some

'following'

(a) Internal a

variation,

'de-

Av. adruh- 'undeceiving'

= Skt. abhi-$dc-.

In Av., as in Skt., root-words at the end of a

I.

are subject to

word'

'voice,

ceit, Fiend'

of Root- Words without Suffix

is

often

compound

lengthened, anujf-

(c) Roots ending

(b) Radical i, u remain unchanged.
a short vowel including -ar usually assume a /, as in Skt. (cf. Whitney,
Skt. Gram.
1 147 d), Av. Mtrt- title of a priest
(V^ar-), cf. Skt "bhrt-,

hac- 'attending'.
in

Whitney, Skt. Gram.

pound, Av. sruf.gaojajif.aja- (;/>'-),

Note
loc. pi.

2.

cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Reduplication

tatujjva Vd. 6.51,

2.

Similarly in the prior

383 h.

member

of a com-

'of listening ears' (\fsru-\ cf. Skt. irut-karpa-;

cf.

is

Gram.

Av.

h.

11476, 383
perhaps to be sought in Av. tu-tuc-,

cf.

Skt. tvdc-.

Derivation by Prefix and Suffix.

Whitney,

(Cf.

Words

Skt.

Gram.

1118, 1136.)

from radicals chiefly by

746.
the addition of prefixes and suffixes.
The Prefixes and
Suffixes may now be taken up in detail.
are derived

PREFIXES.
a.

Prefixes, Substantive and Adjective.

1121.)
(Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Nominal

747. A number of prefixes are used in making new

words of substantival or adjectival value out of words already formed; these may be called nominal or noun-

Nominal and Verbal

Prefixes.

2O9

The most important Nominal

Prefixes (subst. and

adj.) in Av. are: a- negative, hu- 'well', dus- 'ill'.
prefixes.

Examples of nouns and adjectives formed with

748.

modifying nominal prefixes are:

Av. a- negative (an- before vowels,

before v; rare ana-)

3-

Skt. a-, an-: e. g. Av. a-sruJti- 'disobedience'

Skt. anartha-;

Av.

3-visti-

'ignorance*

Av. an-ar'pa- 'wrong'

Skt. dvitti-; Av. ana-

maridika 'unmerciful'.

Av. hu- (occasionally hao-} 'well'

Skt. su- : e. g. Av. ha-jitiSkt. suksiti-; Av. hao-zq/nva- 'friendship'.

'prosperity'

Av. du?- (sporadic <#/-)

1

duf-fi/t-

86)

'distress';

= Skt. dus-:

'ill'

Av. dufiti-

e. g.

Av. d/uf-srava/i-

sporadic

(i.

e.

'inglorious'.

Likewise a few others.

Verbal Prefixes.

b.

749.

Skt.

Whitney,

(Cf.

Gram,

number of verbal

1076

seq.)

prefixes or so-called 'pre-

positions' occur in combination with

verbs; they modify

or define the meaning of these more clearly. Some of
these prefixes were originally stereotyped cases of nouns
that have

assumed an adverbial character,

The most important verbal prefixes

in

750.

are the following.

The meanings given

general and approximate.

See Whitney, Skt. Gram.

1077.

over, beyond', ~\fbar- -\- a*ti 'bring over to'

Skt. aft
on',
a'pi 'upon,
"\fjan- -j- a'ft 'smite upon"

Ay.

a'ti

Av.

are of course only

'past,

Skt. dti

GAv. a*lri 'to, upon, against", "\fgam- -j- a'wi, a>/>t 'come upon' = Skt. abhi
ami 'after, along', "J/V- -}- ami 'go after' = Skt. ami
a*wi,

atjtar* 'between,

among', "\fmru-

-}-

antar* 'interdict'

Skt. antdr

apa 'away, forth, off', ~\fl>ar- -j- apa 'bear away' = Skt. dpa
ova 'down, upon', "\fjan- -j- ava 'strike down' =: Skt. ava
avi,

&

aoi

'to,

upa
us,

'to,
ttz

'to,

unto',

upon', ~\fbar- -\- avi 'bring

Y6ar--{-a

unto, toward', ][bar- -\-

'up,

forth, out',

ni 'down, in, into',

nil,

'bring to'

"\fjan- -j-

forth',

to'

Skt.

upa 'bring up'

~\fbar- -\- us,

nil 'out, forth, away',

para 'away,

'smite

down'

upa

Skt.

-\-

away'

nd

Skt. ni

"\fbar- -j- nil, nil 'bring

"\fbar- -J- para 'bear

fa'ri 'round about, around', "\fbar-

Skt.

uz 'bring forth"

away'

Skt.

Skt. nit

para

fa'ri 'bear around'

Skt. fdrt

14

2IO

Word-Formation: Prefixes and

frS

fore,

'forth,

Suffixes.

forward', \~bar--\-frH 'bring forth'

Skt.

pa'ti 'towards, against, back', ~\fbar- -\-paili 'l)ring towards'

vt

away,

'apart,

hqm,

hart-,

Skt.

asunder

"\[bar- -\- vt 'bear

out',

GAv. hSm,

hJtf-

'together',

~\fbar- -\-

Skt. vt

hqm

'bear together'

sdtti.

Instances of stereotyped case-forms of a noun

Note.

prd

= Skt./r<M

verbal combination

as

prefix

yaoi-dS'ti 'makes pure',

cf.

be found

are to

Av. yaoi Ys. 44.9

e. g.

entering

Av. yaoi

into

-j- \fdS-,

Skt. ySs.

751. The connection between the prefix and the

verb, in Av. as in Vedic Skt. (Whitney, Skt. Gram.
1081)
is

very loose

several words, therefore, often intervene be-

tween the prefix and the predicate, so that sometimes it

is difficult to tell whether the prefix is to be connected
directly with the verb or is to be regarded merely as an
adverb: e. g. apa haca qzakibyo mtfra barois 'mayest
\

thou,

away from

Mithra, bring us

distresses' Yt. 10.23,

beside apa-baraiti 'he brings away' Vd. 5.38.

repetition of the prefix is not uncommon,
752.
that is, the prefix may stand at some distance before the

predicate and then be repeated in combination with the verb

As an example of such repetition compare, Av.

hc^in ida ^aetsm hqm.baraym 'let them collect
together

possessions
Note

I.

In

there'

metre shows

the

GAv.,

Vd. 4.44.
that the second prefix

is

re-

mazda [li?m']-fraJtS
be expunged: e.g. GAv. hya( him voh&
manavhd 'when he conferred with Vohu Manah' Ys. 47.3. Again hya(
gularly to

PW&

\\

cajmaini [hfy]-grabim 'when I conceived thee in mine eye'

Similarly us
[uz]-jSn Ys. 46.12; et al.

/iS/ti

Ys. 31.8.

In the case of a long predicate, when several subjects or

to
the same verb, the verb itself is sometimes expressed
belong
objects
but once, the prefix being then repeated each time with the subject or

Note

2.

as

the

object

afava
his

case

may be

frd vohu mano

faith

frS

e. g.

according to this law,

ahuro inaztl&
aya dalnaya fraorf^la
'Ahura Mazda professed
frS
\

fra

Vohu Manah

professed

it

so did' etc.

Ys. 57.24.

753.
to which

it

When

the prefix immediately precedes the verb

belongs, the form of the prefix is sometimes

Verbal

made

211

Prefixes.

subject to the rules of sandhi (see Sandhi

sometimes, however,
to remain unaltered,

below)
undergoes no change but is allowed
cf.
Thus:
51, 52 above.

With Sandhi.

(a)

Yaz

Av.

upa, para may

(upa-\-az), pardzanti (para -f as) ;

Av. y/tac-

Av, yharz-

'let

'follow',

ava,

az), updza*ti

Av.

]/"/-

'to go'

cf.

52

upavhacaifi (upa 4-

hac);

-f-

utydd),

go', upawhar'zaiti,

Without Sandhi. Av.

(b)

spoke' Ys. 9.2, and aipyufyda- (alpi

Note

para gives upaeta- (upa -\- ita), parditi (para

Av.
vac <to speak' shows paHyaolita 'he

aeiti);

-\-

drive'

<to

give avdzoif (ava

4- upa,

it

Yas

fravhar'za^i.
<to reacn ob-

tain', ava.a$na&ti , pa^i.a^nao^ti (beside frafna&ti

with sandhi). Also many other examples.
Note I. The metre sometimes determines whether sandhi is to take
place,

or whether the

hiatus

is

to be allowed

to

remain;

compare

in-

stances like paiti.apayaf Yt. 8.38, patriMfaya Yt. 10.105, et a ^

fore

but

Note 2. The forms us,

voiceless consonants,
this rule

is

w/7 (with voiceless j) are used chiefly bethe forms uz, nil are used before voiced;

likewise by no

means without exception.

nifqsya Ys. 50.12, arin^da-

Note

The

3.

(s

Thus Av.

before voiced).

preposition Av.

hqm

'ouv'

= Skt. sain

appears in various

forms, the form being assimilated to the sound following: thus,

fore vowels),

hqm

uz/>a-

before voiced sounds); but usaja-,

rfnti, uzufy$yqn, nilbjr'ta, so 3r*Zufyia- (z

ham- (be-

some other consonants), Aay (before

him, Afy- occur in GAv.
Examples are

(before labials and

gutturals, palatals, dentals), also

Av. hamar'na-, hqmbaraytn , /uitikSrayetni Ita^jasyttle Aatt/aca'tt. Some

exceptions to the law of assimilation occur, e. g. ma'nyu./iqm.taita- 'con,

structed by the spirit'

et al.

754. Specially to be observed in compounds is the

treatment of an original s after a prefix ending in i, n.

The

as expected,

becomes

.? after i, u,
cf. Whitney,
(Ys(u-) Yt. 14.42; YAv.
niilayeili (\fstS-) Yt. 10.109 (but GAv. pa*tistavas with s Ys. 50.9);
Av. a'wig&t~ 'accompanying' Ys. 52.1= Skt. abhif&c- ; Av. pa'tiima-

Sltt.

rtinna-

original

Gram.

///;-

(v.

185.

1.

s,

Thus, YAv.

nilta'ti

pa^ti-imanmna-, pa'ti.martmna-) 'thinking upon" (Av.

Skt.

"\fsmar-

140)

Yt.

0.86.

Similarly

in

internal

Word-Formation: Primary

212

Suffixes.

reduplication, unless followed by

/
155, 109. Thus, Av. hiimaBut (with j/) Av. li'upostntim
hisposjmna

'remembering'.

rttit-

'spying' Yt. 8.36, Yt. 10.45.

Frequently the peculiar writing //4, J/A> is found after i, ft.

to be an attempt at etymological restoration.
Thus, Av.
Untd.hac- 'attending' Ys. 31.12
Skt. Snufdc- ; Av. a'wijf/iuta- (v. 1.
2.

seems

It

= Skt. ~\f
= Skt. paripvakta- ;

st< ~)

a'lvii.huta-} 'pressed haoma-juice' (Av. "\fhu-

Av.

pairiUJvafyta- 'encircled' Ys.

'soundly sleeping'

cation, Av. hifhafyti

1.8

95) Ys. 57. 17. ^Similarly in internal redupli'it

clings' (\ftiac-}.

Complicated are the following formations

him protect' Ys. 58.4 (beside Av. nt

3.
'let

YAv.

Vs> Ix< 3!

Av. huSha/a

GAv. ni!-a~Aaratt?

Aara'te Ys. 19.10);

'he settles down' Ys. 57.30 (beside niJddayaf

Av. pa'riav/tarl/a- 'imbrued' (beside v. 1. pa'rivharilta-.)

niS-a-vhasti

Ys. 9.24)

SUFFIXES.
755.

are

Most

responding suffixes
into

Av. as in other languages,

These resemble the corand they may likewise be divided

derivatives, in

made by means

of suffixes.

in Skt.,

two general classes:

Primary

a.

Suffixes, or those

added

directly to

original roots or to words resembling such.

b. Secondary Suffixes, or those added to deri-

vative stems which have

already been formed with

suffix.

These two

classes

may now be

taken up

in detail.

A. Primary Derivatives.
(Cf.

756.

Whitney,

A Primary

Ski.

Gram.

1143.)

Derivative

is

a word that

is

formed by adding one of the so-called Primary Suffixes

directly to an original root.
757. Form of the Root. The root to which the
primary

is added may undergo more or less change

Most generally the root is strengthened
Such variations
the guna or the vrddJii stage.

suffix

in its form.

either to

Primary Derivatives.

213

most part answer to corresponding changes in Skt.

n o t be taken up in detail here reference may be
they
made to Justi, Handbuch der Zendsprache pp. 366383.
for the

will

758. Some general remarks, subject to excephowever, may be made with regard to the strengthening of the root.

tions,

In Av., as in Skt., internal radical a

(a)

before the suffix a; but

suffix

commonly vrddhied

/.

(b) Internal

and

initial

(c) Internal

and

final

/,

/,

u are gunated before the

suffix

a and

/.

are gunated before the suffixes -ana,

-pra, -fnva, -man.

-ah,

(d)
fixes

The

-la,

root generally

-ti,

-u, -pu,

The
(Cf.

759.
here be given

Gram.

Skt.

is

commonly remains unchanged before the

it

-ra,

remains unstrengthened before the sufand in some other cases.

-van,

Principal Primary Suffixes.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

1146

a.)

of the principal primary suffixes may

connection with the Sanskrit, see Whitney,
1146 a. One or two of these here given
list

in

might perhaps be further resolved and regarded as secondary, but it is found convenient to include them here.
I

-a

Word-Formation

2 4
1

A
A

760.

Primary Suffixes.

few other Primary

few other suffixes occur

Suffixes.

and may also

sporadically

for

convenience be classed under the primary division, though their secondary

As examples may be taken:
origin may be possibly traced.

Av. ~aya in zar'daya-; Av. -Sra

Av. -lak in paritSh- (Whitney,

Suffix,

in

in

Ja^Hra-; Av. -ura

razura- ;

some

11522).

Likewise

others.

Discussion of the Primary Suffixes.

I. Av. -a = Skt. -a (Whitney,
148).
1

With

761.
are formed.

this suffix a great

Their signification

is

jectives, action-nouns, agent-nouns.

by gu$a or

strengthened

numerous

vrddhi.

number of

The

derivatives

they are ad-

various;

root

is

generally

Examples are very

= Skt.
(masc., neut.). Av. vdsa- 'strength'
=
Skt. meg/id-; Av. gao$avdja-; Av. maeja- 'cloud'
ear' = Skt. gho$a~; Av. ca^ra- 'wheel' (neut.) = Skt.

Noun

Ad

cakrd-,

ec

v e.

Av. asdra- 'headless'

amfta-; Av. draoja-

many
2.

762.

Av. ama- 'strong' = Skt. dma- ;

Av. amjja- 'immortal' = Skt.
'deceitful' = Skt. drogha-.
Also

others.

Av. -an
This

Skt. -an (Whitney,

suffix

1160).

forms a limited number of neuter

and masculine nouns of action and agency, including also

a few adjectives.

Examples

are:

Av. t/$fan- in. 'ox'

Skt. ukfdtt- ; Av. tafmi- m. 'shapcr'
Skt. lakfan- ; Av. u rvan- m. 'soul'; Av. niasan- n. 'greatness' --

NToun.

Skt.

ma/idn-.

Av.

'not

receiving';

Skt. -ana (Whitney,

1150).

Adjective.

tvitjtlan-

Av.

tarv(iii- 'conquering'.

3.

tives,

Av. -ana (-jna)

This suffix, as in Skt., forms

763.
nouns and adjectives of varied value.

commonly

many
Roots

receive the ^w/w-strengthening before this

derivain

i,

suffix.

Primary Derivation:

Suffix -a, -an, -ana, -a'ni, -an/, -ar, -ah.

2\^

Some

of the adjectival derivatives made with this element

can hardly be distinguished from participles. Examples are
Noun. Av. vavhana- n. 'clothing' = Skt. vdsana- ; Av. Sianja:

= Skt.

niana- n. 'assembly*
17, 30;

bhajana-,
'light,

window'

764.

After an

r,

n.

rocana-.

Adj.

Skt.

Av. -ina

belief

As examples

Skt. -ana

Skt. varayd-

(i.

e.

'side, shore' Yt.

be found.

some instances
-'na, see

(i.e.

to

802).

n.

'battle

conflict'

Skt.

But observe Av. karana- (-ana)

opp. to Av. kar'na- (-na) 'ear' Yt. 1 1.2

Skt. -na,

Skt. -ani (Whitney,

Sporadic traces of the

suffix

1 1

after r,

are

59).

-ani in Av., as in Skt., are to

As example may be quoted:

Av. dui-a'ni-

Av. -ant

adj. 'evil'

(~9tit,

This

766.

-if(.t)

is
It

participles.

Vd. 14.5.

Skt. -ant (Whitney,

1172).

the suffix which forms the pres. and

has been sufficiently treated above,

5H-

477,
6.

Av. -ar (-ara)

This

767.

Skt. -ar (Whitney,

169

1151

a,

forms a limited number of nouns;

suffix

of the neuter gender.

all

n.

'wintry'.

Av. vartna- m. 'choice,

tia),

Av. haimrma-

etc.

5.38

Av. -a'ni

4.

most

Skt.

Skt.

765.

fut.

after r:

kdrna-; yet consult the variants.

(b) Examples of Av. -ma (i. e. ->a)
802.
given below under -na

5.

'dish*

Likewise some others.

samdrana-.

Av. zayana-

corresponds to -na

it

n.

Av. raocana-

'dwelling';

the Av. form ->na answers in

orig. -ana, while in others

These must be distinguished.
(a)

Av. bajina-

sqgdmana-

Av. inaepana-

occurs

It

likewise

in

1).

they are

al-

adverbs and pre-

probably there representing old case-endings. In some nouns

form becomes -ara by the a-transfer. The prefix -ar must be connected with -an, cf.
337.
Examples:
positions,

the

Av. vadar-

n.

'man'

tween,
7.

768.
Skt.,

Av.

-alt

From

Skt. vddhar-;

(o-inflection) 'thousand';

Skt. nar-, nara-.

inter'

'weapon'

Av. batvar-, balvara-

Av. zafar- n. 'jaw';

Av. nar-, nara- m.

Observe the adverbs Av.

an.tar*

'be-

Skt. antdr; Av. ijar* 'immediately*.

Skt. -as (Whitney,

this

very

common

1151).

suffix,

in

a great number of derivatives are made.

Av. as

They

in

are

Word-Formation

Primary Suffixes.

nouns and some adjectives (probably

originally distinguished from the latter by a difference of
accent, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
11516). The roots in
i, u show ^/^-strengthening before this suffix. Examples are
chiefly abstract neuter

'

Noun. Av. avahn.

'sin'

faunas-;

n. 'aid

Av. raocah-

GAv. dvae$ah-

= Skt.

Av. hmah-

Skt. /nas-;

n.

dvas-; Av. aenah-

n.

'darkness'

Skt.

Noun, Adjective.

'light'.

dvae$ah- adj. 'hateful' Ys. 43.8

= Skt. dv/$as~; Av. vasah- n. 'will', vasah- adj. 'will11516.
ing' Ys. 31.11, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
n. 'hate',

feminine noun
'dawn'
8.

Skt. n$ds-,

Av.

-a

as in Skt.,

in Av.,

is

Av.

f.

357 above.

cf.

Skt. -a (Whitney,

1149).

This suffix makes feminine

769.
answering to masculine and neuter fl-stems.

adjectives
It

also

a considerable number of feminine action-nouns.

is

ufa/i-

makes

Its

form

25, 17, 1 8.
frequently appears as a
have been given under declension of fem. nouns

often obscured, as

Examples
and adjectives
9.

it

362, 243.

Av. -ana (-ana)

770.

This

suffix

Skt. -ana (Whitney,

used

in

passive participles; it
the different tense-systems,

477, 507
are:
mid.
and
participles
pass,

Av. isdna-

1175).

forming middle and

has therefore been treated under

is

'ruling'

etc.

Examples of

Av. mavhdnaAv. yasdna- 'worshipping',

Also others.
Skt. isana-;

'thinking' (aorist ptcpl.);

pdpjr'tdna-

Note.

form with a-lransfer,

10.

77

'fighting'.

few noun-stems

Av.

With

-i

in -an also

arcana- 'male'

e. g.

Skt.

-i

show -ana
3 IC

1155).

(Whitney,

number of deand substantives.

this suffix a considerable

rivatives are formed.

They

as a sporadic heavy

are adjectives

Primary Derivation:

The masculines

Suffix -S, -Una,

-if,

-ift.

217

are chiefly agent-nouns; the feminines are

an occasional neuter. The root generally
stage.
Examples are:

abstracts; there

is

shows the guna

Nouns.

Av.

dhdsi-; Av. maeni-

m. 'dragon'

azi-

kavi- m. 'Kavi, king' = Skt. kavi-.

circuit' = Skt. kr$i-; Av. ddhi-

-ina,

-in,

-i,

Skt. dhi-;

Av. kar$if.

f.

'creation'

Av.

'circle,

Skt.

'wrath, punishment' Ys. 31.15,

f.

Av. aft- n. 'eye' = Skt. dkfi-.

Av.
zairi'yellow, golden' = Skt. hdri-;
Adjective.
Av. dar$i- 'bold', etc.
44.19

Skt. meni-.

On
On

772.
773.

Av. -Ha
Av.

Av. -in

II.

774.

-iti

= Skt.
= Skt.

-it a,

see
see

-iti,

786 below.
789 below.

Skt. -in (Whitney,

Only a few undoubted instances of

1183).

asaprimary

this suffix

use in secondary formation of possessives is more

familiar (
not
so common as in Sanskrit.
Quotable exam835), though
ples of the primary usage of this suffix are:
derivative are noted

Noun.

its

Av. kafnin-

'maiden*.

f.

Av.

Adjective.

tadn

(in

afjlacinu) 'flowing, running'.

Av. -ina

12.

775-

Examples

Skt. -ina (Whitney,

11770).

There are a few quotable derivatives that show

Adjective. Av. Ja^ina'golden'

776.

'right'

Skt. ddkfina-

Av. za*rina-

Skt. harina-,

13.

Av.

small

-//

Skt. -is (Whitney,

number of neuter nouns

1153).
are

made by means

of

Instances are:

this suffix.

Noun.

Av. far'zil-

n. 'cover, mat", cf. Skt.

barhis-; Av. hcuii?-

'abode'; Av. vipii- n. 'judgment', sna'fi?- n. 'weapon',

14.

this suffix.

are:

Av.

-tfi

777. This

Skt.

-ift

suffix

(cf.

Whitney,

cf.

1153,

n.

359 above.

11563).

belongs perhaps rather under secon-

dary derivation than under primary endings. It occurs in

only one or two words and may best be mentioned here.
It

seems to answer as a corresponding feminine formation

Word-Formation

fore

Primary Suffixes.

The root

to the preceding -is.

Examples are:

is

strengthened be-

it.

Noun. Av.
Av.

hd'riji-

On

778.

This

= Skt.

'power, might'

f.

tdvisi-;

'mother'.

-iSta in superlatives see

Av.

15.

ta/z'/z-

f.

-z

Skt.

-i

813 below.

(Whitney,

1156).

be sought in feminine nouns

779.
and adjectives, cf. also Whitney, Skt. Gram. 1 156 b. Such
feminincs correspond for the most part to masc. and neut.
stems in -a, -i or a consonant. Sometimes it is doubtful
whether

it

suffix is to

would not be better to regard some of the

nouns and adjectives as secondary in origin.

Noun. Av. matyst- f. 'fly', vafdi- f. 'stream, river'.
Adjective. Av. daevi- 'fiendish' = Skt. devt-; Av.
drivl-

f.

'poor'

Av.

6.

-u

This

780.

m.

187, fern, to driju-

wise certain others,

cf.

Skt.

suffix

n.).

Like-

362.

(Whitney,

1178).

which closely resembles the corforms derivative nouns and ad-

responding one in Skt.,

jectives. The nouns are chiefly masculine. Examples are:
Noun. Av. qsu- m. 'branch, twig' = Skt. qsu-;

Av.

tfu-

m. 'arrow'

Skt. pasu-;

cattle'

Skt.

Av.

tfit-;

Av. pasu-

tanu-, tanu-

f.

'small

'body' =

Skt.

tanii-, tanu-; Av. madu- n. 'honey' = Skt. mddhu-.

Adjective. Av. p^ru- 'full' = Skt. puru-; Av.

vavhu-, vohu- 'good'

= Skt.

vasu- ; Av. driju- 'poor'.

Likewise others.
781.
782.

On
On
1

7.

This

nouns.

= Skt. -una, see 802

= Skt. -ura, see 816
-/ = Skt. -us (Whitney,

Av. -una

below.

Av. -ura

below.

Av.

1 1

54).

forms a few derivatives; they are chiefly neuter

783.
As examples may be quoted
suffix

Av. ar*dui-

n.

'person' Ys. 43.7,

'assault,
cf.

360.

battery',

Add

garbui- n. 'milk', tanul- n.

manul- masc. nom. propr.

also

Primary Derivation

Av.

18.

With

784.

this suffix

Suffix

-u,

-/,

-ujf,

Skt. -K (Whitney,

-u, -ka,

2IQ

-fa.

1179).

only an occasional feminine noun

As an example may be quoted Av.

tanft- (tanu-)

f.

'body'

is

made.

Skt. tanu-

(tanti-).

and

mon.

suffix

is

more com-

Examples of -ka as primary suffix are:

Noun.

Av. adka- m. 'garment, robe' Yt. 5.126

Skt. dtka- ;
Skt. markd-.
Adjective. Av. huSka-

Av. mahrka- m. 'death'

'dry'

20.

1186).

forms a few primary derivatives; they are nouns

use in secondary derivation, as in Skt.,

Its

adjectives.

Skt. -ka (Whitney,

Av. -ka

19.

This

785.

Av.

Skt. siifka-.

-fa (-ita, -ata)

The

= Skt.

-fa (-ita, -a fa),

Whitney,

1 1

76.

used chiefly (i) in forming

786.
past-passive participles directly from the conjugation-stem
as explained above under Participles,
710 seq. It apsuffix -fa is

pears also (2) in a few general nouns and adjectives which

show more or less of a participial character. The feminine

form shows

-fa.

(i)

above.

Examples

are:

Past-Passive Participles in -fa, see 711

(2) Nouns and Adjectives: Av.duta-m.

= Skt.

dutd-; Av. angusta- m. 'toe' = Skt.

avgu$tha-; Av. zasta- m. 'hand' = Skt. hdsta-; Av. a$a= Skt. ftd-; Av. andhitdn. 'right' (-fa = -rta,
163)
'messenger'

fem. 'Anahita'
Note

The

nom. propr.

Av. -ita
Skt. -if a (Whitney,
H76d) appears
a few adjectives: e.g. Av. za'rita- 'yellow, green'
Skt. harita-; Av.
mtuita- 'great' perhaps in Av. raodita- 'red'. Likewise in the ptcpl. adj.
i.

suffix

in

Av. Jar$ita- 'emboldcnd, daring

712 above.

Note

2.

may be assumed
gerundive

force.

(]/"<///-) Ys. 57.11

Skt. dhrfita-, cf.

= Skt. -ata (Whitney, U76e)

/<*)
few nouns and adjectives which show partly a
Av. tr'zata- n. 'silver'
Skt. rajatd-; Av. yazata- m.

suffix

in

-ata (stem a -\-

'adorable, divinity*.

Note

3.

The

suffix

-ta is

sometimes

disguised as

-da in accor-

dance with certain phonetic changes

cf.
89 etc. Av. vtr'zifa- 'grown
Skt. Vfddhd-. So Av. dnwda- Yt. 13.1 1.
great, mighty' (i. e. van/A -f- to)
Likewise -r-ta is often disguised as -/a, cf.
163.
,

Word-Formation: Primary

22O
Av.

21.

787.

-tar (-dar)

This

The

321 seq.
radical

i,

Skt. -tar (Whitney,

suffix is

1182).

forming masculine, and

and
relationship, cf.
agency
attached directly to the root; and

used

suffix is

a few feminine, nouns of

Suffixes.

in

u are generally strengthened before

There

it.

is

a corresponding feminine -prl besides. Examples of -tar are:

Av. ddtar- m. 'giver,
(i) Nouns of Agency.

creator'

=
priest

Skt. hotar- et

ship. Av. patar- m.

kdfar- m.

i.

The

'eater'

Note
dug*Jar-

'mother'

f.

Note

f.

Note

2.

Av. saotar- m. name of

Skt. d(h)dtar-;

N o u n s ofRelation= Skt. pitar-; Av. mdtar-

(2)

Skt. mdtdr-.

suffix -tar

Av.

al.

'father'

Observe

is

m.

fidfar-

sometimes disguised

'rider'

form of the

the

in

suffix

YAv. dujJar-, GAv.

'daughter' Yt. 17.2, Ys. 45.4

Skt. duhitar-.

Observe -tar as neuter

in

infin.

3.

(perhaps here hartyrt

22.

Av.

v.

YAv.

vidoipre Yt. 10.82

Ys. 62.2).

1.

-//

163): Av.

(cf.

Skt. bhdrtar-.

Skt.

-//'

(Whitney,

1157).

788. This suffix is used in forming a large number

of feminine nouns, chiefly abstracts, and also an occasional

masculine noun or adjective. The suffix is added directly

to the root in its weak form.
Examples are numerous:

Noun. Av.

anuma'ti-

Av.

Skt. dnumati-;
stuifi-

f.

'praise'

cisti-

'thought, agreement' =
'wisdom* = Skt. citti-; Av.

f.

f.

Skt. stuti-;

Av.

f.

supti-

'shoulder'

Av. p&ti- masc. 'lord' = Skt. pdti-.

Disguised form, Av. afi- f. 'Rectitude' = *ar-ti 163.
789. A form Av. -ill = Skt. -Hi (Whitney,
H57g) is found in
Skt. supti-;

a few words:

23.

790.

Av.

spafiti-

Av.

With

-tu

Yt. 19.6, askt'ti-

(cf.

32) Ys. 44.17.

Skt. -tu (Whitney,

this suffix, in

Av. as

161).

in Skt.,

a number of abstract and concrete derivatives.

prevailingly masculine. The root
before the -tu.
Examples are:

is

are formed

They are
commonly strengthened

Primary Derivation:

Av.ydtu- m.
'bridge'

Suffix 'tar,

'sorcerer*

Skt. s/tu-

Av.

221

-tra, -tva.

-tu,

-ti,

Av. haetu- m.
m. 'wisdom' = Skt.

Skt. ydtu-;
fyratu-

krdtu-; Av. pitu- m. 'food' = Skt. pitu~; Av. vantua s c. 'spouse' Av. jydtu- (fern. ?) 'life' = Skt. jivdtu-.

24.

Av. -tra

The

791.

(-pra, -dra)

-tra (-pra, -dra, -dra)

suffix

merous nouns, which are

The

tives.

sometimes

Skt. -tra (Whitney,

1185).

forms nu-

and a few adjec-

chiefly neuter,

root usually has the ^-ww^-strengthening

it

of the suffix

The

remains unaltered.

original form

but

(i) -tra

preserved only after sibilants or a written

nasal ( 78); otherwise it becomes regularly (2) -pra ( 77, 2).
The forms (3) -dra (in -f'dr-, -fydr-} and -dra (in -zdr-, -zdr-}
is

appear only under special circumstances, see

79, 89, 90.

The corresponding feminine is

Noun. Av. ustra- m.

are:

vastra-

n.

'garment'

-tra.

Examples

'camel'

Av.

Skt. u$fra-;

Skt. vdstra-.

Av. pupra- m.

Av. fy$apra- n. 'rule, kingdom* =

Av. "yaotydra- n. 'girdle' Yt. 15.54 (cf.
= Skt. yoktra- ; Av. vatydra- n. 'word', cf. Skt.
79)
vaktrd--, Av. vazdra- m. 'bearer'.
Adjective. Av.
u rvaestraAv.
frao
broipra- 'cutting'
'productive'.
Yt. 10.130 etc. (Ybrt-).
Av. mqzdra- 'learned, wise'
(
90), sizdra- Yt. 8.36; Vd. 13.2.
'son'

Skt. putrd-;

Skt. ksatrd-.

Note.

few feminines with

suffix

Ii85d) may here be noted: Av.

taofira-

f.

'libation*

792.
in

f.

'goad'

Skt. -tra (Whitney,

Skt. df(rS-\

suffix -tva,

forming the Gerundive

or

(-fiwa,

Skt. -tva (Whitney,

-dwa

declinable

94, 96)

is

future-passive

966
used

Gerundive. Examples of the suffix so

a. Noun.
Av. staofiwa- n. 'praise';

given above.
-

f.

'herd*.

a).

(l) chiefly

participle of ad-

value (Latin -nifus) as described above

But
717.
also (2) in a few abstract nouns.
The feminine form is -trS,

jectival

I.

Av.

Skt. h&tra-.

25. Av. -tva (-pwa, -<hua)

The

Av. -trd

aftrti-

it

found

is

-Jrjv3.

used have been

tiqsMl-

f.

'skill

Word-Formation: Primary

222

Suffixes.

Av. -pa (-da, -da) = Skt. -tha (Whitney,

1163).
With the suffix -pa (-da, -da
79389, 90, 77
Note 3) are made, in Av. as in Skt., a number of actionnouns of different genders, and a few verbal adjectives
26.

The

with passive signification.

weak form. The feminine

is

root usually appears in its

Examples are

regularly -pa.

rapa- m. 'chariot' = Skt. rdtha-; Av.

m.
'foe'; Av. mcipa- m. 'decision'; Av.
hamzr'paAv. ar'j>a- n. 'subject, thing' = Skt.
z<%pa- m. 'birth'.

Noun. Av.

hymn' = Skt. gdthd-; Av.

Av. cipd- f. 'penalty'.
gaepd'being,
Av.
Adjective.
utyda- 'spoken, word' ( 77 Note 3)
= Skt. ukhthd-; Av. prqf'da- 'gratified'; Av. yiilidaAv. gapd-

drtha-.

'girt,

Note

I.

Note

2.

'song,

compact' Yt. 10.127.

On Av. -da = orig. -to,

see

786 above.

The form -0/0

(probably thematic a -\- /)

occurs in some words: Av. va^apa-

11630)

(Whitney,

f.

creature';

f.

Skt. -atha

n.

'growth'

Skt. vakfdtha-.
27, 28. Av. -//, -pu

The

794.
it

is

suffix

Av.

Skt. -//', -thu (Whitney,

-//

= Skt.

-thi

-1164).

occurs in one or two words ;

Skt. -thu
The suffix Av. -pu
disguised as -/;'.
Both of these elements are used in making nouns,

also

quotable.

being attached to the weak form of the root.

Suffix

So Av.

-//':

astl-

Av. dpi-

f.

m. 'minister

'punishment'; Av. aipi-

Examples are

cf.

Skt. at'thi-;

Av.

795-

Suffix -pu: Av. hipu~ m. 'dweller,

C> n tne f rm -P ra see ~ tra
79 1 above.

796.

On

the form -Jnua, see -tva

797-

820 below.
-pwan, see -van
the form -/nuaiit, see below,

suffix

n.

'thigh*

socius'.

>

On
On
On
On

798.
799.

800.

80 1.

Av.

the

'dread, terror'.

hafyti-

Skt. sdkthi-.

29.

f.

likewise

is

802.

The

793 above.

793.

the form -dra see -tra, -pra

-na, (-una)

821.

786, and -Pa

the form -da, see -ta

-da see above, -pa

792 above.

791 above.

Skt. -na, (-una), Whitney,

suffix

-na

is

used

past-passive participles equivalent

to

(i) in

those

1177.

making a few
in -ta.

It

is

Prim. Deriv.

also

Suffix -pa, -pi, -fu, -na, -una, -nah, -ni, -nu, -fnu.

employed (2)

in

22$

forming some abstract nouns and

likewise adjectives whose verbal character is easily recognized.

The root is generally not strengthened.
(i)

Passive Participle

formation have been given at

this

Noun. Av. fra$na- m.

(2)

Examples of

-na.

in

713 above.

'question'

Skt. flrasnd-

Av. yasna- m. 'sacrifice' = Skt. yajnd-; Av. Jvafnam. 'sleep' = Skt. svdpna-. Av. par'na- n. m. 'wing'
= Skt. parqd-. Av. haend- f. 'army* = Skt. s/nd-.

Adjective. Av. majna- 'naked' =

kamna- 'few'. See also
713.
The

803.

suffix

form Av. -una

doubtless of secondary origin,

runa- 'young'

The

than in Sanskrit.
before

it;

suffix
It

= Skt.

'fiery'

Skt. ~nas (Whitney,

-nah

is

11770),

ta-

Skt. arund-.

1152).

perhaps somewhat more common

forms neuter abstracts.

a remains unchanged.

Radical

Av.

in

are strengthened

/',

Examples are:

Av. raefynah- n. 'possession'

'splendor'; Av. draonah- 'offering'
n. (in

-una (Whitney,

Av.

distinguishable in a few words: Av.

Av. a*runa-

Skt. tdru\ta-;

30. Av. -nah

804.

is

Skt. iiagnd-;

par'navhun.t3ni) 'fulness'

Skt. rtknas-

Av. har'nah-

n.

Skt. dravinas-; Av. par*nah-

fdrtnas- ; Av. rafnah-

Skt.

n.

'help, comfort'.

31. Av. -ni

With

805.

this

Skt. -ni (Whitney,

suffix

as in Skt., are

1158).

made

a small number of

nouns and adjectives. Strengthening of the root occurs. Examples are

Av. varjni- m. and adj. 'virile, male'
Skt. vffni-; Av. sraoni:

f.

'hip'

Skt. Sroni-;

32. Av. -nu, (-jnu)

With the

806.

or adjectives are

made.

Av. bSnu- m.
Skt.

Av. fjaoni-

'fatness'.

Skt. -nu, (-snu), Whitney,

suffix

-nu , as in

Skt.,

a small

1162, 1194.

number of nouns

Examples are:
'light, ray'

= Skt.

gfdhnu-; Av. tafnu- m.

'female, cow'

f.

bh&nu-; Av. gar'nu- m. 'itch'

Skt. tapm'i-.
Av. dainu-

'fever'

f.

'dust',

cf.

f.

Skt. dhinii-.

The suffix Av. -/nu

Skt. -snu (Whitney,
807.
wise quotable: e. g. Av. rao^jnit- m. 'light, brightness'
Av. pqsnti-

Skt. ptjsu.

1194)

is

like-

Skt. rdc'fau-;

Word-Formation: Primary

224

33. Av.

With

808.

made; they

The

root

are

adjectives

Noun.

Av. -man

are chiefly masculine.

Examples are:

Skt.

soma- ; Av. aijma- m.

Av. gar*ma-

'growth'.

Adjective. Av. "bam a

Av. gar'ma-

'strong, swift';

taty/iia-

The nouns

and nouns.

Av. haoma- m. 'haoma'

gharmd-.

1166).

a considerable number of derivatives are

Av. "ruftnta- m.

-ma (Whitney,

Skt.

this suffix

often strengthened.

is

'fury*

-ma

Suffixes.

'shining'
'hot'

n.

Skt.

'heat'

Skt.

bMma-; Av.

Skt.

gharmd-.

-man (Whitney,
1168).
suffix
The
-man
in
as
in
forms a
Skt.,
Av.,
809.
number of derivative action-nouns; most of these are neuter;
a few are masculine. The root generally shows the guna34.

Skt.

are:

Examples

strengthening.

Noun.

Av. as man- m.

'stone,

rastaan- m. 'column, rank'.

heaven'

Skt.

Av. tiSman-, nqman-

n.

dsman- ; Av.
'name'

naman- ; Av. vaesmanvciman- ;

= Skt.
=

Skt.
'dwelling' (in vaismtn-da Yt. 10.86)
Av. taofyman- n. 'seed*
Skt. tokman- ; Av. bar'sman- n.

'barsom'.
35. Av. -mi

810.

This

feminine nouns.

Skt. -mi (Whitney,

suffix, as in Skt.,

is

1167).

found in a very few masculine and

Examples are:

Av. var'mi- m. 'wave, billow'

Skt. 6rmi-; Av. dqmi- m. 'creaAv. bunri- f.
Skt. jami.
tor* Ys. 31.8; Av. "zami- m. 'birth'
'earth'
Skt. bhumi-, bhiimt-.

36.

Av. -mna, -mana

811.

This

suffix

Skt.

-mdna (Whitney,

used

is

in

(passive) participles of the different systems.

37.

812.
(fut.

Av. -ya

pass, ptcpl.

has been

etc.

Skt. -ya (Whitney,

suffix is

used

in

1213).

making the Gerundive

716) and also verbal adjectives;

like-

sometimes difficult, in Av. as in

to distinguish the primary from the secondary deri-

wise a few nouns.

Skt.,

709

-;/.svo;)

This

It

Furthermore on Av. -mna,

18 Note 2.
to
Skt.
-mdna, see
opp.

discussed above,

-mana (Gk.

1174).

forming the middle

It

is

-man, -mi, -mna, -mana,

Suffix -ma,

made with
The corresponding
vatives

-ya, -yah, -ifla, -yu, -ra, -ri.

The

this suffix.

feminine form

Gerundive and Adjective

root

is

is -yd.

usually weak.
are:

Examples

716): Av. ijya- 'desir-

also

(cf.

22$

Av. jivya- 'living, fresh'

Skt. jivya-; Av.
Skt. satyd- ; Av. ma'dyama'rya- 'deadly'; Av. katyya- 'true'
Noun. Av. hahya- n. 'grain'
'middle'
Skt. mddhya-.
Skt.
able'

Skt. ifya;

sasyd-; Av. qtyya- fern, 'beam',

38.

Av.

-yah, (-ista)

Lat. antae.

cf.

Skt. -iyas, (-iffha), Whitney,

1184.

These suffixes are used respectively to form

813.
the comparative and superlative degree of a number of
old adjectives
The form -ista is perhaps more strictly
secondary, but as both forms are practically added directly
to the crude stem (
365) it is more convenient to keep
both together under the head of primary derivation. For
examples, see

365.

39. Av. -yu

814.

This

Skt. -yu (Whitney,

attached

suffix is

root remains unstrengthened before

m.

Noun.

Av. ma'nyu- m.

'death'

(\fmar

fern,

da'yhu-

as

(-

Av. -ra

815.

This

'spirit',

in

cf.

Skt.)

manyu-; Av. mtr'pyu-

Skt.

Skt.

Skt. -ra (Whitney,

common,
formed by

suffix

Skt. cakrd- ; Av. hura-

Av. ujra- 'mighty'

Av. sufyra- 'red'

= Skt.

in

is

all

mftyu-; Av. daJiyu-

f.

it;

1188).

Av. as
these

'a drink'

ugrd- ; Av.

in Skt.;

adjectives

The root

three genders.

Examples are:
usually weak.
Noun. Av. vazra- m. 'club' = Skt.

816.

vdjra-; Av. ca^ra-

= Skt.

sura-.

cifrra- 'bright'

-ura

gufra- 'deep'.
Skt. -ura (Whitney,
:

are: Av.

Skt. citrd-

f.

n88f)

Skt. -ri (Whitney,

f.

used

'forest'.

1191).

found in a very few derivatives.

Examples
'abundance', cf. Skt. bhurt-; Av. tijri- m. nomen propr.

This

fai'ri-

'wheel'

Skt. iukrd-; Av.

The form Av.

41. Av. -ri

n.

Adjective.

apparently as a primary suffix has sporadic traces Av. razura- m.

Perhaps also ar'zura- n. nomen propr. Mt. Dem&vand (-ura).

817.

The

'country', cf. Skt. ddsyu-.

40.

few nouns.

Examples are:

it.

numerous adjectives are

may also be used as nouns of
is

1165).

in forming a very

suffix

is

15

Word-Formation: Primary

226

42. Av. -ru

8 1 8.

This

Suffixes.

Skt. -ru (Whitney,

1192).

occurs in a very few words.

suffix

Noun and

adjective

examples are quotable:

Noun.
vandru-

Av. asru-

n.

'tear

Skt. dJru-.

Adjective. Av>

Uncertain amru-, camru-.

'desiring'.

43. Av. -va (-dwa, -spa) = Skt. -va (Whitney,

1190).
With this suffix are formed a few derivative
819.
The root generally appears in its
adjectives and nouns.
weak form. The suffix is sometimes disguised in "spa, "dwa
The corresponding feminine form is -va.
96, 97.

Noun.
m.

'horse'

'bitch*.

Av. sarva- m. nomen propr., cf. Skt. iarvd- ; Av. aipaSkL diva- ; Av. avftvS- f. 'soul' Av. gadwa- i.
(
97)
Skt. sdrva-; Av.
Adjective. Av. ha*rva- 'whole'

tyraoldva- 'hard*

arva-

Av. tr'dwa- 'high, arduus'

=
= Skt.

tirdkvd-

Av.

'speedy

44. Av. -van (-]nvan)

The

Skt. -van (Whitney,

1169).

comparatively rare in Avesta. It forms

The root remains unstrengthened. A t
derivative nouns and adjectives.
is added, as in Skt., to roots ending in a short vowel, including -ar ; this
820.

-van

suffix

is

gives rise to the form -fwan

Noun. GYAv.

94.

Examples are:

advan-, advjan- m. 'way'

Skt.

adhvan-; Av.

Skt. kftvan-;
see just above)
ktr'Jnoan- m. 'doer' (\fkar
|- /,
Av. karivan~ f. n. 'clime, zone'.
Adjective. Av. irvan- 'able,

With
potent' (]fis-).
it-van fr. ~\[yat^).

reduplication Av. yoipwan- 'active'

45. Av. -van.t (-pwanj)

The ending

821.

Some

chiefly verbal adjectives.

Skt. -vant (Whitney,

-vayt as primary suffix

(i.

e.

ya-

I233g).

occurs in a few words,

of these derivatives bear resemblance to

As above

a / is added after a root

(
820)
ending in a short vowel, including -ar; this gives rise to the form -Jrwan.1
The weak form of the root is the rule. The suffix -vaqt some94.

an

aigl-participle of Cl. 8.

times seems

add the force of possession

to

as

it

does when secondary.

Examples are:

Av. a*rvanj- adj. and noun 'swift, courser*

SkL drvant-;
Av. s*runvan.t- 'audible'; Av. b)zvan.t- 'advantageous' ( 31); Av.
Skt. vivdsvant-; Av. stfr'frwan.tvivaahvan.t- m. nomen propr.

'levelling

pauses'

tystar-

(V&ar-

-f-

-j- /

/,

see above)

added).

Av. vitfr'pwanj- 'divided, having

Primary Derivation:

46. Av. -vah (-vcovh-, -us) = Skt. -vas (-vqs,

With the

822.

made

227

Suffix -ru, -va, -van, -vatit, -vah, -var.

suffix

-j^Whitney,

-vah (-v&vh

1173.

-us wk.)

str.,

is

The root is redupliparticiple.

a few words which make the perfect withactive

the perfect

cated except in
out reduplication.

For examples, see

348 seq.

Av. -var (-vara) = Skt. -vara (Whitney,

1171).
823. With the suffix -van (-vara) are made a considerable number of neuter nouns. They commonly show
a parallel stem with suffix -van ( 820). The form -var a
47.

arises

by

transfer to the ^-declension.

Av. karfvar-

Examples are:

beside karfvan- 'clime, zone' Av. za/ar- (i. e.

beside zafan- 'jaw' ; Av. batvar- n. beside baevanSo mibwara- n. (-vara) beside mibwan- 'pair'. Observe

*zap-var

95)

'myriad'.

Av. srvara-

n.

f.

n.

(for

sruvara-

68) 'horned, Sruvara'.

B. Secondary Derivatives.
(Cf.

Whitney,

The

Skt.

Gram.

1202

seq.)

are those
824.
Secondary
which are added to make new derivatives from primary
derivatives or words which already show a suffix.
The
forms thus arising are termed Secondary Derivatives.
so-called

The

great majority of
are nouns.

them are

Suffixes

adjectives, but often they

Form

of the Stem. In assuming the secondary suffix the stem, though it is already prepared, may
still undergo other changes in form.
825.

(a)

Final

-a of a

stem disappears before

suffixes

beginning with

a vowel or y.

Final -i, -u of a stem are generally strengthened before sufbeginning with a vowel, though u, as in Skt, sometimes remains unchanged, cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
1203 a, b.
(b)

fixes

(c)

Final

-an of the stem appears as -an, -n, depending chiefly

of pronunciation (cf. Whitney,

12030): Av.
bar'smanya- 'relating to the barsom', vya\a*nya- 'ruling in the
council'; Av. v&r*prajni- 'victorious' (from a-stem), cf. Skt. var-

upon the

trafAna-.

difficulty

Word-Formation: Secondary

228
(d)

The initial

of the

syllable

Suffixes.

stem receives the vrddhi-

secondary derivation less often in Av. than

in Skt., cf. Whitney,
1204.
Examples of vrddhi (cf.
60) are:
Av. Shu'ri- 'of the Ahurian', cf. Skt. fisuri-; Av. m&zdayasni- 'bein

strengthening

Av. gSvya- beside gaoya- 'belonging to the worship of Mazda'

longing to the cow', opp. Skt. gdvya- ( 60 Note d); Av. h&vaniAv. arUtya- 'belonging to a spear'. For guna'relating to Havana'
;

forms, see above

The

60 Note

Suffixes.

Principal Secondary

(Cf.

c.

Whitney,

Silt.

Gram.

1207.)

of the principal secondary suffixes may

here be given in connection with the Sanskrit, see Whitney,
826.

Skt.
i

Gram.

list

1207.
ii -u

-a

2 -aina (-aini, -aini)

3 -aona

4 -an
5

-ana (-ana, -ani)

21 -na

12 -ka (-aha, -ika)

22 -ma

13 -ta

23 -man (-mana, -inna)

14 -tara, -titna

24 -mqnt

15 -tat

6 -aye

25 -ya

26 -ra

-ti

-i

17 -Pa (-da)

-in

9 -ina
10 -

27 -va
28 -van

8 -Pya

29 -van a
30 -van.t

19 -pwa
20 -pwana

few other Secondary

few other secondary

for convenience be mentioned here.
827.

Suffix.

Av. -/va

suffixes

Suffixes.

occur sporadically and

in numerals, prijva- 'a third', cafirufva- 'a fourth',

1

pavtavhva- 'a fifth Ys. 19.7. Also Av. -sa

1229), Av. navasa-, ijasa-, aejasa-.
i.

Av.

-a

may

Skt. -a (Whitney,

Skt. -ia

(Whitney,

1208).

This sufnx, in Av. as in Skt., is very comforms secondary derivatives from nouns or from

828.

mon.

It

adjectives.

The

derivatives

thus

made

tives denoting 'relating to', 'of, 'with'

are chiefly adjec-

but there are also

numerous nouns, including patronymics.

The secondary a is especially common

in

compound

words, transferring the whole compound to the #-declen-

Secondary Derivation:

sion

Suffix -a, -alna,

the treatment of that

-aona, -an, -ana.

however, does not really be-

Examples of a as secondary

long here.

22Q

Noun. Av. haozqpwa-

suffix are:

'the

n.

goodly company';
Av. ayavha- m. n. 'iron' Ys. 11.7 = Skt. dyasd-; Av.
narava- m. 'descendant of Naru' (patronym.).
Adjective. Av. tzmanha- 'dark' = Skt. tdmasa- (w. vrddhi);

Av. upa-sm-a- 'upon the

Note.

Final

appear as

(kavi-)

(fr.

of the

huzaritu-}

-ay-,

836.
generally, but not

al-

above

-av- before this suffix.

828.

Av. -alna (-aini, -aini)

2.

earth' (z'm-)

primitive

Thus, Av. kavaya- 'kingly'

Skt. k&vyd-; Av. dar'ja.arUaya- 'long-speared'; Av. ma'nyava(ma'nyu-). But simple y, v in staomya- (fr. staomi-), haozqpwa-

ways,

'spiritual'

-/,

Skt. -ina (Whitney,

1223

e).

Av. makes adjectives of material of. Skt.

samidhind-, Whitney,
1223 e. The form -aini is found beside it in the
same adjectives; the sporadic -aini appears to be a mere variation of the
This

829.

latter,

in

suffix

193 Note 2. Examples are:

Av. ayavhaena-, ayavhaini- 'made of iron' Av. tr'zataSna-, aini'of silver' Av. zaranaena-, acni- 'golden' Av. bawraini- 'of beaver-skin'.

cf.

Av. -aona,

3.

cf.

Skt. -ana.

-stem -j- ana

832) occurs
Skt. traitand-; Av. ar'jaona- m. nomen
Av. praitaona- m. Thraetaona'
Perpropr. Yt. 13.117 (? cf. Skt. arhana- n.); Av. pitaona- m. nomen propr.
830.

This

suffix

(perhaps primitive

in

haps also in Av. mar$aona4.

831.
tives occurs in

final

This

adj. 'deadly'.

Av. -an

derivative

a few words.

(cf.

suffix
It

Skt. -in).

forming secondary nouns and adjec-

corresponds in part to the Skt. suffix

-in.

stem vowel disappears before it. Examples are:

Noun. Av. mqfiran- m. 'prophet', cf. Skt. mantrin-; Av. havanan- m. nomen propr.
Adjective. Av. pufran- 'having a son",
cf. Skt. puirin-; Av. vtsan- 'possessing a house'.

5.

Av, -ana

(-ana,

-dm)
1

Skt. -ana (-ana, -dm), Whitney,

175

a,

1223

a, b.

832. This suffix is a patronymic and is found chiefly

proper nouns and adjectives. Before -ana a final stem
vowel a may be dropped, or it may coalesce with the
in

Word-Formation

2 7Q

Secondary

ending, thus giving -ana,

final

Suffixes.

strengthened before

/ is

The form -ant (-dm) seems to be a corresponding

The initial syllable is not always strengthened.

-ana.

feminine.

are:

Examples

Noun.

Av. jSmSspSna- m. 'son of Jamaspa'

Av. gaoray&naAv. vthrk&na- m. 'Hyrcania'; Av.
'daughter of Ahura'.
Adjective. Av. halfaf.asfSna;

m. 'son of Gaori" Yt. 13.118;

ahurSni-

f.

'descended from Haecataspa'

Av. Zpwyftna-, UpwySnf- 'belonging to

the Athwyas' (Skt. aptyd-).

6.

Av.

833.
prepositions
It

may

-an.c,

-ac

Skt. -afic, -ac (Whitney,

The ending Av.

and some other words

to

make a few

be regarded as a secondary

practically

407

-aye, -ac (of verbal origin)

seq.).

combined with

is

derivative adjectives.

See

suffix.

287 above.

Av. pa*rvavc- 'advancing' ( 287 above) Av. frayc-, frac- 'forward'

Skt. pr&fic-, pr&c-; Av. nyan.c- 'downward'
Skt. nyanc-;
;

Av. vltvane- 'on

Av.

7.

With

834.

all

sides'

Skt.

-i

=
-/

Skt. viyvanc-,

(Whitney,

this suffix are

1221).

made some

derivative ad-

and substantives chiefly patronymic. They are

formed from noun-stems in -a; and most of the examples

jectives

show the vrddhi-strengthening.

Skt.
Noun. Av. fiSvani- m. nomen propr. (cf. Av. havanasdvana-); Av. uzdalzi- m. beside uzdagza- 'heap'; Av. kvavhrvi- m.
'blessedness' Ys. 53.1.
Adjective. Av. Shu'ri- 'of the Ahurian'
(

Skt. dsuri-;

cf.

60),

yasna-)

Av. mSzdayasni- 'Mazdayasnian'

Av. var'^rajni-

Pujtri- 'of Zarathushtra'

Av.

mSzda-

raji- 'belonging

to

Ragha' (raja-).

SkL

-in (Whitney,
1230).
used as a secondary ending in Av., as in
forming possessive adjectives. They are not numerous. A final
8.

835.
Skt., in

Av. -in

(fr.

vdrtraghna- ; Av. zSra-

'victorious', cf. Skt.

The

suffix -in is

vowel disappears before the

suffix.

Examples are

Av. ptr'nin- adj. 'having a feather" (par'na-) Yt. 14.38

Skt.
parnin- ; Av. myezdin- 'having offering' Yt. 13.64; Av. drujin- 'possessed of a devil' (druj-) Yt. 4.7.
9.

may

Av. -ina

Skt. -ina (Whitney,

209

c).

secondary suffix -ina (apparently an a-inflection of -in)

be assumed for a few nouns and adjectives. As examples:
836.

Suffix- aye, -ac,

-ina,

-in,

-i,

-ka,

-u,

-t,

-fa,

Noun. Av. rapifwina- m. nomen propr. Av.

propr.
Adjective. Av. vacahina- 'consisting
;

Vd.

(fr.

magfi-),

10.

Av.

tiS'rt-

f.

Skt.

-t

to

'woman' (observe vrddhi)

Av.

The

838.

12.

in

one

distinctive secondary origin,

Skt. ndri-.

//.

forming secondary derivatives,

Noun. Av. hajdavhu- m.
:

is

to

'satis-

Ys. 62.9.

fill'

faction,

used

u,

suffix

one or two instances

in

a).

have been treated above

show a more

II.

be recognized

-f

m. nomen

of a word, verbal*

1156

Whitney,

(cf.

ujahitta-

in Av. mai/ini- 'belonging to

-ini

ending

derivatives in

seem

or two words however

Av.

-f

The primary

837.

e. g.

the

Similarly

4.2.

sheep'

2\l

-tj/tia.

-tara,

Av. -ka (-aka,

-ika)

Skt. -ka (-aka, -ika), Whitney,

1222 seq.

With the

839.

nouns and adjectives.

suffix -ka

are

The forms

in

conveniently grouped with it,

The corresponding feminine

cf.
is

made a number of
-aka, -aka, -ika may

Whitney,
-kd.

i86c,

181 d.

As examples:

Noun.

Av. araska- m. 'disorder'; Av. pasuka- m. 'cattle, beast';

Av. draffaka- m. 'banner' (in drafjakavatit-} Av. dahaka- m. nomen
;

propr.;

Av. majy&ka- m.

Av

'man';

marldika-

n.

'mercy'

(cf.

Skt. mrdikd-; Av. ainika- m. n. 'face'

Skt.
Ii86c)
Av. tiS'rikS- f. 'woman'; Av. pa*rik8- f. 'fairy, Peri'.
dnika-;
Adjective. Av. karvika- 'trifling' Av. kutaka- 'small'. Pronominal

Whitney,

Av. ahmttka-

adj.

cf.

yufmika-,
13.

840.
jectival

and

'ours'

= Skt.

asmdka-; Av. fyjmaka12220.

Whitney,

Av. -ta

Skt

-ta (Whitney,

This ending as secondary

substantival.

suffix

'your'

= Skt.

12450).

occurs in a few words, ad-

Examples are:

Noun.

Av. prita- m. 'Thrita', cf. Skt tritd- ; Av. bajyqstS- f.

'Bushyansta'.
Adjective. Av. afavasta- adj. 'righteous', m. 'righattr'tateousness* Av.
;

14.

bx.-tara, -tema

'winged'.

= Skt.

-tama (Whitney,
are used respectively

-tara,

1242).

in form841. These suffixes

ing the comparative and superlative degree of adjectives,
the latter also in the ordinals visqshma-, satotoma; ha-

Word-Formation: Secondary

232

The treatment

zavrotema-.

Suffixes.

of the stem-final before these

endings has already been given. Examples, see

Av.

15.

-tat

This

842.

dependent origin

Skt. -tat (Whitney,

shown,

is

f.

'supremacy'

'completeness, Salvation'

Av.

16.

The

-ti

abstracts.

for example, in

beside yavaetd'taeca Ys. 62.6, Yt. 13.50,

Av. uparatSt-

1238, 383k).

makes feminine

suffix

= Skt.

364, 374.

Its in-

Av.yavaeca.tdl te

cf.

893. Examples:

upardt&t-; Av. ha*rvatdt-

Skt. sarvdtat-.

f.

Likewise others.

Skt. -ti (Whitney,

H57h).

appears as secondary ending in a few words;

the most important of these are the numerals.
Examples are:
843.

suffix

-ti

f. 'bow*
Skt.
(cf. fanvar-); Av. $/va?ti- 'sixty'
Av. hapta*ti- 'seventy'
Skt. saptatt-; Av. nava'ti- 'ninety'
1= Skt. navati-, see
366 above.
,

,Av. paitwar'ti-

fafti-;

Av. -pa (-da)

17.

The secondary

Skt. -tha (Whitney,

1242

d).

be sought in one or two

numeral and pronominal words. As examples Av. haptapa- 'seventh'
Skt. saptdtha-; Kv.pufyfa- 'fifth', cf. Skt. pafic-a-tha- ;
Av. avafia- 'thus, so'.
844.

suffix -pa

to

is

This

845.

Av. -pya

8.

Skt. -tya (Whitney,

suffix in Av., as in Skt.,

from prepositions and adverbs.

'away, distant' Av. pascqtyya- 'behind'.

adjectives

1245

makes one

As

b).

two derivative

or

Av.

instances:

a'wi^ya-

19.

Av. -pwa

With

846.

'condition', 'state' are

n.

n.

847.
ceding, which

it

as in Skt.,

'lordship'

'good deed'

20. Av. -Jrwatia

This

suffix

is

With
:

Av. ratufwa-

hardly

this suffix

n.

Examples
'mastership'

Av.

Skt. vasutvd-.

1240).

more than an extension of the pre-

resembles in meaning.

21. Av. -na

Examples are

Skt. -tvana (Whitney,

noun, Av. n&'ripwana- n. 'marriage',

848.

1239).

a few neuter nouns denoting

formed from adjectives and nouns.

Av. avhupwa-

vavhupwa-

Skt. -tva (Whitney,

this suffix

cf.

quotable example

is

the abstract

Skt. patilvand-, Whitney,

Skt. -na (Whitney,

1223

1240.

g).

a very few secondary derivatives are formed.

Suffix -lot,

-li,

-pwa, -pwana, -na, -ma, -man, -man.t, -ya.

-pa, -Pya,

Noun. Av. ahuna- m.

Ahuna

'the

fyayana- 'belonging to a well' Yt. 6.2

Av. vahmana- 'praiseworthy'

Av. -ma

22.

formula'.
;

Adjective. Av.

Av. zrayana- 'of the

sea'

Av. airyana- 'Aryan'.

-ma (Whitney,

Skt.

233

1224!)).

as secondary suffix are made a few

superlatives from prepositions, a few ordinal numerals, a
small number of adjectives from nouns, and one or two

With -ma

849.

derivative substantives likewise.

Noun.
aptma-

Av. spitama-, spitama- m. 'Spitama'.

Adjective. Av.
Skt. upama-;
Skt. apamd- ; Av. upama- 'highest'

'last'

487 h) Av.
pratkama- (Whitney,
Av. daliyuma- 'beSkt. navamd-;
64, 374)
the country' (Jafyu-); Av. zaqtuma- 'belonging to the

Av. fratimaii&uma- 'ninth' (

longing to

Examples are:

'first'

Skt.

tribe'.

23. Av.

-man (-mana, -mna)

= Skt.

-man (-mna), Whitney,

very few words

The examples are

850.

-mana, -mna.

show

the suffix

-man,

or

i68i, 12240.
its

variations

Noun.
Skt.

Av. a'ryaman- m. 'connection, family, Airyaman', cf.

aryamdn-.
Adjective. Av. yatumana- 'relating to a sor-

cerer'

Av. zaranimna- 'angered' Yt. 10.47.

Av. -matit

24.

851.

-mant (Whitney,

Skt.

The secondary

1235).

suffix -matit, like -vant

below,

making a number of possessive adjectives from

noun-stems. The noun-stems with which it is used, as in
is

used

in

Skt., are chiefly

-stems.

Examples

are:

Av. Jiratumatit- 'having wisdom' = Skt. krdlumant- ;

Av. gaomatit- 'having milk, flesh' = Skt. gomant-;
Av. madumatit- 'rich in sweets' = Skt. mddhumant- ;
Av. ar'pamatit- 'right, true to fact' (from tf-stem)
Av. afra$lmaiit- 'not progressing' (fr. z'-stem).
;

25.

Av. -ya

(-ay'a)

= Skt.

-ya (-iya, -iya), Whitney,

1214,

68,

i),

1215.

corresponds to Skt. -ya, -iya

and forms a large number of secondary deriva-

852.
(

The

1210,

suffix -ya

Word-Formation: Secondary

234

These are

tives.

The

nouns.

1211)

feminine form

is

Before this

less

adjectives;

is

they are
found in

often

less

vrddhi-strengthening which

Skt. (Whitney,

vowel

chiefly

Suffixes.

often

is

almost wanting in Avesta.

The

-yd.
suffix,

the stems in

their final

drop

-a, -a,

the stems ending in -u retain the u unchanged, un-

unites with a preceding t into PW,

few forms in -aya occur, either

it

by extension ( 68 Note 3),

1214.
Examples of -ya are:

stem-rt, or

Whitney,
Noun.

Av. afyrya- m. 'pupil'

nasatya-; Av. v&strya-

Skt.

cf.

94.

by retention of
compare Skt. -iya,

Av. n&vhaipya- n. nomen propr.

Av.
'farming', m. 'farmer';

adj.

Adjective. From

a-stem: Av. aha'ryaakura-) Yt. 13.82, 14.39; Av. ajryaSkt. dgrya-, agriyd-; Av. haomya- 'relating to haoma"
'topmost'
=^ Skt. somyd- ; Av. fyaflrya- 'kingly'
Skt. kfatriya- ; Av. yesnya'revered'
From <f-stem Av. halnya- 'belonging
Skt. yajfiiya-.

avhuya'lordly'

f.

'lordship'.

vrddhi

(observe

fr.

to

Skt. gdvya-.

From
an army'
Skt. sinya- ; Av. galpya- 'material, earthly'.
a-stem: Av. rapwya- 'reasonable', cf. Skt. ftviya-; Av. po*ruya'first'
Skt. purvyd-; so Av. gaoya-, gSvya- 'belonging to the cow*

From consonant stem: Av.

visya- 'of the clan'

Skt. viiya-.

Observe the few forms that show -aya as remarked upon

c.
Examples are: Noun. Av. zar*daya- n. 'heart' = Skt.

Note.
just

above

852

Ad'green', n. 'verdure', cf. Skt. harmyd-.

Skt. dtvya-;
aspalm] 'belonging to a horse'
68 Note 3.
Av. nSvaya- 'flowing, navigable'
Skt. n&vya.-, cf.
hfdaya-

Av. zar'maya-

jective. Av. aspaya-

adj.

(ace.

Av. -ra

26.

853.

Skt. -ra (Whitney,

1226, 474).

This suffix occurs in a very few words

chiefly

pronominal

Examples are:

derivatives.

Av. adara- adj. 'under, lower*

Skt. ddhara-; Av. afara- adj.
behind'
Skt. dpara-; Av. upara- adj. 'further, above'
Skt.
Skt. upara-.
Probably Av. hazavra- adj. and n. 'thousand'

'later,

saAdsra-.

Observe Av. ahura- m.

'lord,

Ahura'

Skt. dsura-,

1228.

27. Av. -va, (-vya) =. Skt. -va, (-vya), Whitney,

854.
adjectives.

The ending

-va as secondary suffix occurs

These must be distinguished from

to the a-inflection.

a very few

in

orig. ^-adjectives transferred

Examples of -va as secondary

suffix are

Second. Deriv.

Suffix -ra, -va, -vya, -van, -va'rf, -vana, -vatit.

235

Av. ajrava- 'belonging to the head' (ajra-); Av. bftnava- 'belonging to the tail' (buna185).

Note. The suffix Av. -vya

Skt. -vya (Whitney,
12280) is disguised in one or two words, names of kindred Av. br&tu'rya- m. 'uncle'
:

28.

Skt. bhratrvya-.

cf.

191,

Av. -van,

= Skt.

-va'ri)

(f.

-van,

(f.

-vari\ Whitney,

234.

few secondary derivatives are made with

the suffix -van. They show also a corresponding feminine
855.

-va l ri.

are:

Examples
Av. ajavan-

= Skt.

adj. m., afava'ri- (beside afaont-) adj.

f.

'righteous*

Av. apravan- m. 'priest'

Skt. dtharv an-;
(f. -vart);
Av. hapto.karjyan- n. 'seven karshvars", Av. haptd.karj>vairi- 'belongftavan-

ing to the seven karshvars'.

29. Av. -vana

This

856.

suffix

-van to the a-inflection.

Skt.

arises
It

-vana (Whitney,

apparently

1245

1).

by transfer of the preceding

bears also a relation to -var

be recognized in a couple of instances Av. Sfrivanapanvana- m. 'bow' Av. hapravana- adj. 'splendid'.
:

n.

337.

It is

'blessing'

to

Av.

30.

Av. -vant

The

857.
-man.t,

and

like

Skt. -vant (Whitney,

suffix -vatit is closely

the latter

it

is

used

1233).

akin to the suffix

in

making a large

The suffix
adjectives from nouns.
iis
used
with
and
consonant
stems,
-maqt being
a-,
-vatit
-stems as noted above
251.
employed chiefly with
number of possessive

Examples are numerous:

From tf-stem: Av. amavatit- adj. 'strong' = Skt.
dmavant-; Av. pupravan_t- 'having a son' = Skt. /
travdnt-; Av. haomavan^t- 'having haoma' = Skt. soma-

From

vant~.

spring'

'radiant'

/-stem:

Kv

fraza^tivarit- 'having

off-

Av. ndirivarit- 'having a wife' Av. raevant= Skt. revdnt-. From consonant stem: Av.
;

aojavhvan.t- } aojdvhvatit- 'mighty' Ys. 57.11, Ys. 31.4

Skt. djasvant-; Av. tomavhvant- 'dark' = Skt. td-

masvant-; Av. paemavant- 'with milk' (paeman-); Av.

ar$navan.t- 'possessing a stallion'

Word -Formation

236
Note
-vatft (cf.

I.

trace of the

lengthening
be found

to

is

1233^)

Whitney,

Compound

Stems.

of the
in

final

vowel before

Av. za'rimy3va%t- 'pro-

ducing verdure* Yt. 7.5, cf. Skt. vj-fiyydvanl-. So Av. yufmdvatft-, fijmdvattt-.
Note 2. A few words, chiefly pronominal derivatives in -vatjt, have
the

meaning 'like to', 'resembling', cf. Whitney, Skt. Grain.

1233 f.
Examples are: Av. mavat^t- 'like me' = Skt. mdvant-; Av. pw&vaiit- 'like
thee, your Grace' = Skt. tv&vant-. So also Av. visa'tivant- 'twenty-fold'
;

Av. satavaijl- 'hundred-fold',

376.

FORMATION OF COMPOUND STEMS.

General Remark.

858.

Compounds, Verbal and

Av. since
the MSS. and each

Nominal, occur in Avesta as in Sanskrit, but

most words are written separately

is

followed

by a

easily recognized

point, the

in

in

compounds are not always so

nor are the rules of Sandhi

as in Skt.,

so rigorously carried out.

Verbal Composition has been sufficiently treated above,
749 seq. it is necessary here to take up only the Noun;

Compounds.
In

Note.

printed

different editions;

and
dash

retains
(-)

is

the

texts

compounds

Geldner's Avesta has the

are

differently

compound

marked

in

united in printing

the separating point (.)

Westergaard likewise but a small
used; Spiegel's edition does not designate the compounds.
;

NOUN-COMPOSITION.
Noun-compounds have

859.

an adjectival force.

They

more

rarely of three ( 894),

offspring of righteousness'.

composition
or they

may

may be

two members,
drva-a$a-ci]>ra 'the sound
which enter into
members
The
e. g.

nouns,

The final member of

inflection. The first member

tion in form, generally

adjectives,

adjectives,

or indeclinables

be parts of a verb, either radical or

cipial.

860.

either a substantival or

consist usually of

compound receives the

subject to some modificaassuming the weak grade.

Examples
etc.,

parti-

the

is

of different combinations, nouns,

entering into

composition are:

Union of the Members.

Noun-Composition:
Av. vispa'ti (subst.

-f- subst.)

m. 'lord of the clan'

Av. dar'ja.l>azu- (adj. -j- subst.)

liahu-; Av. wspo.bamya- (adj. -\-

adj.

'longimanus'

237

= Skt. vispdti-;
= Skt. dirgha-

adj.) adj. 'all-shining';

(indecl. -J- subst.) adj. 'well-horsed'

Av. kvaspa-

Skt. svahia-; Av. rafaelta-,

rapaeitar- (subst. -j- rad.) m. 'warrior

Skt.
standing in chariot'
Av. nidasnaipiH- (rad. -f- subst.) adj. 'having weapons
laid down'; Av. star'to.bar'sman- (ptcpl. -j- subst.) adj. 'with outLikewise some other combinations.
spread barsom'.

ratheffhd-

Union of the Members of Compounds.

a.

86 1.

The

Contraction and Hiatus.

and

rules of Sandhi for concurrent vowels

consonants are in great measure carried out, though sometimes they are disregarded. Hiatus, for example, is at
times allowed to remain between concurrent vowels.
862.

Examples of the

ment of vowels are

different

methods of

treat-

With Contraction

or

Resolution. Av. a"ru$Sspa- 'having white

horses' (a u ruja -j- aspa); Av.

a'wydma- 'over-mighty' (a*wi -j-

Av.

fa'^i.asti-), paipyesti- 'repetition' (pafti

pa'lySsti-, pa'tyasti- (v.

-j- as

} Ys. 53.3, Afr.

1.8,

1.

aw);

Vd. 22.13; so Av. u^tyaojana- beside

'//

Av. paityaotya beside paiti aofyta 'he answered'; Av. mazdaofyta- 'spoken by Mazda' (a -j- ufcta) Ys. 19.16.
With Hiatus. Av. asu.aspa- 'swift-horsed'
Skt. Sfvasva-;

aojana- 'thus

speaking';

GAv. cipra.avah- beside YAv. cipravah-

'manifestly aiding' Ys. 34.4,

Ny. 3.10; Av. %/viwi.iJfu- 'having darting arrows'. See

Note.

compounds

are

In the Gathas, as
are to

be resolved.

is

shown by the metre,

See
51 Note 2.

all

51,52 above.
contractions in

863. Examples of consonant Sandhi in compounds

common. The following examples illustrate the inter-

change of voiced and voiceless

Av. duifktr'la-

seed'; Av. dulutyaevil conscience'

b.

74.

Observe

= Skt. dufkftd-; Av.

= Skt. durukla-;
'ill-spoken'

'ill-done'

Av. -vavhazdah- 'giving what

is

orig. s.

duJcipra- 'of evil

Av. duldalna- 'of

best'.

Treatment of the prior Member.

864.
Owing to the tendency in Av. to write all
words separately the connection between the parts of the

Word-Formation: Compound Stems.

238

noun-compound

much looser

is

than in Skt.

hence the

frequent variations in the form of the prior member. Observe particularly that the first member often assumes the

form identical with

nominative

its

pal points may be presented

The

singular.

princi-

in detail.

Final -a of the stem may remain unchanged before con865.

more
often it appears as -o like the nominative. Occasionally,
but
sonants,

though more

rarely,

it

is

lengthened.

Av. hazavra.gaofa-

Examples are

hazavro.gaoja-,

eared* Yt. 17.16, Yt. 10.91, Yt. 10.141 etc.

composition, ktidata- 'self-governed

hazattra .gaoja-

'thousand-

So kX-, kva-

'self in

kvavastra- 'self-clothed'.

Observe that a when preceded by y may give ya, yd, y3,

(
67) are found, e. g. Av. na're.manah-

Note.

but sporadic traces of reduction

(na'rya

-\-

m)

'manly-minded' Ys. 9.1

Similarly traces of

Py&.var'z-.

1,

for va,

beside haipy&.d&ta- Yt. xi-3, hai-

v& are found

Av. var*dusma-

in

'soft-earth' (var'dva-).

Original a of feminine stems

866.

sometimes, like

a,

becomes

it

-o.

may remain unchanged

but

Examples are:

Av. dalna.vazah- nomen propr., daino.disa- m. 'teacher of the

law'

urvaro.6aejaza-

(dalna-) ,

adj.

the

'having

balm of

plants'

(urvara-).

Note.

mS

Original

YAv. makasvil mastrt

(prohibitive) appears as

'no

dwarf, no woman'

ma-

et al.

in

composition in

Yt. 5.92;

GAv. ma-

vaefa- 'not failing' Ys. 41.1.

867.
the

Final

member

prior

i,

;,

u,

of a

(u) of a stem remain as a rule unchanged in

compound, though T usually appears for f.

Examples are:
Av. zairi.gaona- 'yellow-colored'
the

fist'

(za*'ri-},

muilti.masah- 'large as

(muiti-), nS'ri.cinah- 'seeking a wife' (tiS'rt-).

Av. Ssu.-

kairya- 'quickly working', voTu.gaoyaoiti- 'having wide pastures'.

Note

I.

The

-stems

occasionally

show -/,

like

the nominative

Av. b&zuf.aojah- 'strong-armed' (observe -/), nasuj.ava.dfrta'corpse-defiled'. Somewhat different is the -/ in Av. Snui.hac- 'accompany-

singular

e. g.

ing' (Skt. Snufdc-),

Av. pasuH.ha*rva- 'cattle-protecting', see above

754, 2.

Observe also YAv. nasuspaeya- 'corpse-burning' (with j before /,

754).
Note 2. Av. g&u-, gao- 'cow' appears in composition as gao-, gava~,
gavo- (cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.
361 f): e.g. Av. gaoyao*ti- 'cow-pasture'

= Skt. gdvy&ti- Av.

= SkL gosthana-.
;

gavaJiti- 'abode of cows', Av. gavo. s tana- 'cow-stall'

Noun-Composition

Treatment of the Prior and Final Member.

/ show

868.
Simple stems ending in
nominative singular. Examples are:

239

forms identical with the

Av. aflcipra- 'containing the seed of waters' (ap-), awldSta'contained in the waters', ktr'flhvar- 'corpse-eating' (kthrp-).

The

869.

Sometimes, however, they show

Examples

295.

tive,

show the weak form

aift-stems as a rule

of a prior member.

-6,

-as,

-a/ as final

like

nomina-

are:

Av. rafva.as/>a- 'having splendid horses', var'da^alpa- 'increasAv. baro.taopra- (observe -0), beside taraf.zaopraing the world'.
(observe -af) 'bearing the libation' Yt. 10.30, Yt. 10.126; ratvas.cipra- 'of splendid family* (but

also

cf.

51).

Observe the form th instead of / in Av. zaralhultra- 'Zoroaster',

hamaspaf>maidaya- name of a season.
Note.

The a-stems show a

870.

in composition as in Sanskrit (cf.

13153), or they appear as -o. Examples are:

Gram.

Whitney,, Skt.

Av. ajavajan- 'slaying the righteous' (afavan-J, nqma.azb&'tiby name', r&ma.jayana- 'having an abode of repose*

'invocation

Beside Av. r8rnd.fiti- 'abode of repose* (rSman-), zrvo.-

(ra'man-).

d&ta- 'created in eternity' (zrvan-).

The or-stems naturally have anaptyctic

As examples may be noted:

871.

ar, 9rf

respectively

(')

72,

and form

Av. ayar*J)ara- 'day's journey', hvar*J>ar*zah- 'height of the

mr.bar*zah- 'height of a man'. Observe commonly Ottr*.-

sun';

pttta-,

Httr.savah-t Sttr'-

13.102, but Stravafta- name of

etc. Yt.

priest Vsp. 3.6 etc.

The <M-stems may appear in their original form

(
no), but otherwise they become -d

872.

circumstances

certain
(

-as under
as

usual

Examples are:

120).

Av. timascipra- 'containing the seed of darkness', manaspao*ryaAv. ayd.fyaoda- 'having a helmet of iron'

'having the mind pre-eminent'.

(ayah-), savd.galfa- 'useful to the world', hrar'no.ddh- 'glory-giving'.

Note

Observe

I.

Remark

Ys. 65.12.

also the

170) in Av. vatthazdah- 'giving what is better'

weak form of -vah in Av. yaltuigao- nomen

propr. Yt. 13.123, viduj.yasna- 'knowing the Yasna'.

Note

Observe the peculiarity (-ah retained)

2.

speaking' (mifahc.

-}-

v)

Treatment of the

873.
in Skt. (cf.

The

in

mipahvaca

'false-

Ys. 31.12.

final

member

Whitney, Skt.

final

of a

Gram,

Member.

compound

in

Av. as

1315) often undergoes

Word-Formation: Compound Stems.

240
changes

be noticed

in its original inflection; these will

in

the following in detail.

There

874.

is

a special tendency

for

the

final member of a

compound to assume the ^-inflection a compound is often thus transferred from the consonant to the vowel declension (cf Whitney, S&t.
Gram.
Examples are:
13160).
;

Av. hvar> .dar'sa- (Skt. svarrffs-) 'sunlike', beside paro.dar's-,

paro.dar'sa- ; Av. ator'.vafyja- title of a priest, beside attr'.va^(cons.).

An a-stem in the

875.
as in Skt.

Whitney,

(cf.

Skt.

final

member

Gram.

often undergoes transformation,

As examples may be taken

1315).

Av. cafiru.cajma- (observe -a) 'four-eyed', beside bafvar'.cajmana(observe -and) 'thousand-eyed', from cabman-.

The

876.
to an original

causes

(cf.

final

member sometimes undergoes

change of accent

Whitney,

Skt.

abbreviation, owing

assuming the weak form

in

Gram.

or to other

As examples:

1315).

Av. upasma- 'upon earth* (z'm-), frabda- 'fore part of the foot"
of cattle' (pasu-).
Likewise others.

(pada-), frafju- 'abundance

Case-form appears

d.

877. In Av., as in Skt.

a case-form

Accusative

mfr'w-

(cf. Whitney,

sometimes found

Examples

compound.
a.

is

in prior

-J-

Member.
Gram.

the prior

member

250),

of a

are:
(especially before radical finals).

'destroying the soul',

(ahm maoja,

in

Skt.

m =

m,

ahmaoja- 'confounding
1

86),

Av. ahtim.righteousness'

ahumbiS- 'healing the

soul',

Av. yavae-jt- 'living for

b. Dative.
daeum.jan- 'daeva-smiting'.
Av. z'mascipra- 'having the seed of earth'.
c. Genitive.
ever'.
d. Locative. Av. duraedars- 'seeing at a distance', rafiaeSta-,
1

rapailtar- 'warrior standing in a chariot (rapt-), ma'dyoi.pa'tiitSna'to the middle of the breast'.

Classes of Compounds.
(Cf.

878.

pounds

in

Whitney,

Skt.

Grain.

1246 seq.)

Modelled after the Sanskrit Grammar the comAvesta may conveniently be divided into the

following classes:

Classes of

i.

11.

Compounds.

Copulative.

Determinative

<
[

a.

Dependent.

o.

Descriptive.

iii.

Secondary Adjective Compounds

iv.

Other Compound Forms.

24!

Word-Formation: Compound Stems.

242

member as though it were governed by the latter.

The force of the prior member is that of an oblique
case (ace., instr. gen. etc.) depending upon the latter;
the latter

and actual case-forms

see

in

such instances do sometimes occur,

The compound has noun or

877 above.

value according to

its

final

adjectival

member.

1. Noun value (Whitney,

1264): Accusative relation. Av.
Gen. relation. Av.
mipro.druj- m. 'one that breaks his pledge".
Loc. relation. Av. rafiaiita- m.
vispani- m. 'lord of the clan'.

'warrior standing in a chariot' (rape

actual loc.,

Adjective value

cf.

877).

Av.
(Whitney,
1265):
Dat. relation. Av. damiddta- 'created
kanur'dd.jan- 'smiting the head'.
Instr. relation. Av. ahuradata- 'made by Ahura'.
for all creatures'.
2.

Ace. relation.

Abl. relation. A\. qzo.buj- 'freeing from distress'.

Av. z'mar'guz- 'hiding in the

b.
(Cf.

882.

Descriptive Compounds.
Skt.

Whitney,

Gram.

1279

Descriptive Compounds

are those in which the

case-relation but in

Loc. relation.

earth'.

seq.)

Karmadharya)

(Skt.

former member

stands not in a

attributive relation to the second

it.
The value of the com-

and adds some qualification to

pound itself is substantival or

final member.
1. Noun value
(Whitney,
long residence', pir'no.m&aha'she-camel',
2.

cf.

Whitney,

Ski.

n.

adjectival according to

I28ob, d): Av. darjo.$iti'full-moon'

Gram.

Adjective value (Whitney,

'a
f.

I28od.
1282): Av. vispo.bamya-

upard.kairya- 'making higher, raising up'.

fixes

an-,

With advbl.

'all-

pre-

hu-, duS-, ar?- etc.), Av. hukfr'ta- 'well-made', Av.

arlu^da- 'right-spoken'.

iii.

f.

Av. ultradaenu-

brilliant',
(a-,

its

Likewise some others.

Secondary Adjective Compounds.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Skt.

Gram.

1292 seq.)

The secondary adjective compounds are of

883.
two kinds, (a) Possessive, (b) those with governed' final
member.

Determinative, Adjective Compounds.

Noun-Composition:
a.

(Cf.

Possessive Compounds.
Skt. Gram.
1293

Whitney,

Possessive

884.

243

seq.)

Compounds (Skt. Bahuvrihi) are

composite adjectives formed from a corresponding Determinative

compound ( 880) merely by adding to the latter

the idea of 'having' or 'possessing' that which the determinative itself denotes.
The Skt. shows

885.

Determinative and

difference

of

accent between

corresponding Possessive'; in Av., as there

written accent, the distinction cannot be drawn in that manner.
its

nerally a substantive

The

no

The second member of the Possessive is gethe first member may be a substan-

886.

tive,

is

adjective, pronoun, numeral, participle or indeclinable.

force of the compound always remains adjectival.

Noun

Possessive Adjectives.
seed

the

of waters'.

arms, longimanus'.

ya.jyaopna-

ing',

Adj.

Pron.

'having

initial.

what

initial.

Ys. 31.16.
ears'

(cf.

'with

Whitney,

uplifted

clothinitial.

1300).

banners'.

1304). Av.aka/tui- 'not-sleeping', a'wyania-

'having excessive might' (Whitney,

b.

own
Num.

Av. hvavastra- 'having

actions'

Av. hazavra.gaoSa- 'having a thousand

Av. utgir'ptS.draffaPtcpl. initial.
Indecl. initial (Whitney,

Av. aftcipra- 'having

Av. dar'jo.lazu- 'having long

initial.

1305).

Adjective Compounds with governed

1309
(Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.

Member.

final

seq.)

These adjectives are exactly the reverse of

Dependent compounds; they are attributives in which the
first member practically governs the second member. The
second member is always a noun and stands in case-relation
887.

to the

The compound

first.

This

itself

has an adjectival value.

group shows two subdivisions,

Prepositional, according as the prior

Details follow.
participle or a preposition.
(2)

I.

Participial Adjective
(Cf. Whitney, Skt. Gram.

These compounds are old

(i) Participial,

member

is

Compounds.
1309.)

Av. as they are in Sanskrit.

The prior member is a present participle which in meaning governs the
second part. The whole is an adjective.
Examples are
888.

in

Word-Formation: Compound Stems.

Av. vanaf.pjfana- adj. 'winning battles', var'daf.gat^a- 'increasing
the world', inktr't-uitSna- 'cutting off life'.
Likewise in no mi n a

propria

hatcaf.aspa- 'Haecataspa'.

Prepositional Adjective Compounds.

2.

889.

Gram.

Skt.

Whitney,

(Cf.

These are combinations

position (adverb) that governs the second

is

equivalent to an adjective.

1310.)

which the

in

member

Examples are

first

in

member is a preThe whole

meaning.

Av. 8$fnu- 'reaching to the knee", cf. Skt. abhijftu~ (Whitney,

1
310 a); Av. a*wi.daJiyu- 'around the country', aqtar'.da/iyu- 'within
the country'

(cf.

Skt. antarhastd-'), Av. uzdafyyu- 'out of the country'

Av. upas ma- 'upon the earth' (zm-

152); Av. paro.asna- 'beyond

the

153,

present'

(i.

e.

paro

azan-}

-f-

taro.yara- 'beyond a year',

cf.

Skt.

cf.

parokfa-; Av.

Skt. tirbahnya-.

Other Compound Forms.

890. Beside the above regular compounds, in Av.
Skt., there are also some other composite forms that
iv.

as in

require notice.
a.

Numeral Compounds.
Gram.

Skt.

Whitney,

(Cf.

1312.)

Numeral Compounds

(Skt. Dvigu) are a

have a numeral as prior
member, and which are commonly, though not always,
used as a singular collective noun in the neuter gender.

891.

species

of determinative

Examples

that

are:

Av. prig&ya-

n. 'space of three steps', pripada- n. 'three feet,

a yard', nava.karja- n. 'the nine furrows', nava.fy$af>ara- n. 'space of
Av. parica.yaftii;! (fern. ace. pi.) 'five twigs'.
Av.
nine nights'.

haptoiringa

(masc. plur.
b.
(Cf.

892.

made by
noun

Adverbial

'the

Great Bear*.

Adverbial Compounds.
Skt.

Whitney,

Compounds

Gram.

1313)
are

(Skt. Avyayfbh&va)

as final

member, combined

to

neuter accusative used adverbially,

form an indeclinable noun

cf.

934.

The

instance or two: Av. apritlm 'up to three times',

pa'tySptm 'against the stream, contrary'

class
cf.

is

Skt.

composites
a

member and

the union of a preposition or a particle as prior

or

rather

quotable in an

advadasdm; Av.
= Skt

934) Ys. 65.6, Vd. 6.40

Other Compound Forms.

Noun-Composition:

Sandhi.

245

Skt. Reader p. 195); Av. fra.apim, nyaptin, upa.(cf. Lanman,

'from
to the water' Vd. 21.2.
out,
down,
apjin

pratipdm

c.

One

893.

pounds and
has

Loose Compound Combinations.

Skt. Gram.
1315.)
(Cf. Whitney,

or two other points in regard to commay be noticed here.

their formation

1.

The nomen

its

component elements separately declined,

propr. na*ryo.savha- m. 'Nairyosangha'

e. g.

Yt. 13.85, Vsp. II. 16, beside na^yii.savhalte Ny. 5.6.

derivative

Yt. 13.50,
i/ffj,

yavaeca.ta'te
cf.

842.

beside

So

yavacla'tacca

in verbal

'for

derivatives,

sometimes

na'ryehe savhahe
Similarly, the

Ys. 62.6,

ever'

zPrazda-,

z a rasca

etc.

Observe

2.

later

words of chapters

(cf.

such agglomerations
especially from initial
Te Deum), as Av. kamnamaezqm haHtm 'the
,

mmoi zqm) Ys. 46 end; tat>pwa.p)r*sawords This-I-ask-Thee'. Likewise in nomina

whither-to-turn Chapter' (ka/n

'beginning with

the

propria, resembling the Puritanical names, e. g. Av. a$3tn.ycvhe.raoc&

nqma

'Bright-in-Righteousness by name' Yt. 13.120, et

are not

common

al.

Avesta;
894. Long compounds
as examples merely may be quoted, Av. frdda$.vtspqm.in

hujyaiti- 'advancing all

good life', nairyqm.hqm.var'tivaiitu

3
'having manly courage', po ru.sar do.viro.v({pwa 'having a
crowd of many kinds of male offspring' Vsp. 1.5.

Sandhi with Enclitics.

(Cf.

Whitney,

Gram.

Skt.

109 seq.)

The principles of euphonic combination may

895.
be regarded as twofold: (i) as applied in the building up
of a word from its elements (2) in the union of words in
a sentence.
The former may be called Internal Com;

bination
wanting

in

or Word-Sandhi

Av.,

is

the latter, though practically

called External Combination or
;

Sentence-Sandhi.
896.

The

laws for the internal combination of

for-

mative elements and endings have been treated above under Phonology.

Sandhi with

246

Sentence-Sandhi, or the external combination

897.

of words

except

in

wanting

in

the Avesta

of enclitics and

in

compounds, and

a sentence,

the

in

Enclitics.

case

is

there only conditionally.

The words othenvise

4)

are writ-

ten separately, each followed by a point. Thus, GAv.

yapd ahu Ys. 27.13; GAv. ymscd uHl Ys. 39.3; YAv. nl

amam

YAv.

Ys. 9.17;

a'pi

imqm

Ys. 57.33,

and count-

less others.

Note

I.

In Geldner's

Mttrik pp. 54

collected where external sandhi

numerous instances are

57,

apparently to be accepted, but they are

uncertain, and in the edition of the Avesta texts Geldner has rightly folis

lowed the MSS.

Note. 2. Observe the MS. reading GAv. ztf 'for indeed' (but in
metre properly zf //) Ys. 45.8. Conversely GAv. yjpsii (so also according
to metre, but better MS. authority for yaj>a Si!, Geldner) Ys. 33.1.

Combination with Enclitics and Proclitics.

898.

Instances of Sandhi are

of enclitics like

tu, he, cif,

common

in the case

ca which form a unit with the

often written together with it but

even here the manuscripts often preserve the usual law of

preceding word and are

keeping each word separate and unchanged.

YAv. Patrice

As examples:

'round him' (combined like Skt. hi

Gram.
188) Ys. 9.28, beside ni

fa(t Whitney, Skt.

him (uncombined) Yt. 13.100. Again YAv. skandam

$e mano k^r'nu^i 'make his brain cracked' Ys. 9.28;
GAv. kas.te 'who to thee' Ys. 29.7 GAv. kasnd (cf.
Germ, 'man') Ys. 44.4. So GAv. sask*n-cd (observe n)
;

Ys. 53.1 beside uzutysyq/n-ca (observe ) Yt. 13.78.

Similarly with Sandhi after the manner of enclitics

and proclitics, GKv.huz*ntus> spJtitoYs. 43.3; YAv.

3
havay&s' tanvo 'of his own self GAv. vasas fysaprahyd Ys. 43.8 YAv. yas ta^mo 'I who am strong'
;

Yt. 19.87;
#*'/*'

aojano.

YAv. uityaojand

'thus

speaking',

beside

Sandhi in Nominal and Verbal Composition.

Note

24?

In the MSS., enclitics and proclitics are frequently written

I.

together as a single word, e.g.

GAv. kamma

for ka.mj.na Ys. 50.1;

lapwa

for ta.pwa Ys. 31.13; tSqga for tSrtg.a Ys. 46.13; na'riva for nah-i.va Ys. 41.2.

Likewise YAv. ataf and a.ta^ Vd. 5.2, and many others.
Note 2. Observe that -ca 'que' is always written together with the
preceding word; notice the difference of treatment of vowels and consonants before
120,

124,

it.

See

(-aca, -Sea, -ica, -asca, -<&sca, -Ssca)

19,

26 Note,

129.

899.

Special attention

ment of words before an

may be drawn

enclitic

to the treat-

beginning with

In

t.

word before
of compromise form made by a

several instances, especially in the Gathas, a

a ^-enclitic takes a sort

mixture of the usual pause form and the grammatical Sandhiform.

Thus are
GAv.

vSsta

Ys. 46.17;
.

GAv.

to be explained:
(compromise between vas.ta and
ysrigstu (mixture of ySiig tu and

GAv.

akas-tSrig

(&s-\-t)

But GAv. ds-tti Ys. 28.7,

fa,

hence

yqs.tu).

S,

j)

Contrast

Ys. 50.2, with Av. gae]>s-ca (&s-\-c).

cf.

124 above.

Observe likewise YAv. kas*.J>wqm yas'.JnuS, a compromise

between ko pwqm and kastvqm etc.
78 above.
Note.

900.

The laws

Compounds

been treated above

remark here.

NounVerbal-Composition have

of euphonic combination in

and also

in

753, 86 1 seq.; they require no further

(The Sketch of the Syntax and Metre follows

in Part II.)

Indexes
to

Part

I.

Order of Letters.

Vowels.
o,

n,

(S

Av.

a,

ai,

au, af, ao

5, Si,

Su

i, t

a,

t,

e,

q.

Consonants,

k,

niy

v (y)

(i), r

$,

g j

c,

s,

/,

/,

j
/,

t,

p, d,

e, $

h,

d,

h,

f
h.

p, f,

b,

v,

?,

AVESTA-INDEX

I.

(Grammatical Elements).
The

references throughout are to the sections

Abbreviations

are

For example,

readily recognized.

means declension;

'dcln.'

but

extensively used;
'cpd.' is

compound,

'endg.' ending;

stand for primary, secondary; 'pdgm.'

The Indexes are comparatively full but
,

head

the appropriate

look for

letters

its

it

'cpsn.'

composition;

'prone.' pronunciation;

'scdry.'

under one of

().
believed they will be

is

it

if

under one of

its

other letters, or under

Remember

in the other Indexes.

'primy.',

paradigm; etc.
an element is not found

is

that long

and short

vowels sometimes interchange in Avesta.

Av. "
a,

= Skt.

prone. 6;
1

a-class 574, 578, 582; transfer

a.

a 15; for Skt. 5

interchanges with a

MSS. 18
bialized

38, 39

causat.

685

str.

825

loss of in

a; a-anaptyctic

a-,

-a,

in

general

469-506; classification and formation 470; class (first) of

verbs

470,

470, 479-507

478-507;
;

-a'ni, primy.

480-507; (tenth aya) 470, 481

till 507
transfer from root-class
;

529; transfer from redupl. class

-,
S^S-S, 573; transfer from

2.

765.

scdry. 829.

Skt. I 54-5
strengthening of i 60; for aya 64.
-alna (-aim), scdry. 829.

prone. 7

aim, for -ayam 494.

Av. -oy&m 62 N.
(orig.)

-aevam

ao, prone. 7

(sixth)

(fourth yn) 470,

in

-a'te (== -pti etc.) 452.

ag,

seq., 431.

final

cpds. 874;

interchange in MSS. 193 N.

at, as,
-a*ti,

dcln. 236; transfer of *'-,

w-stems to a-dcln. 256 N., 269.

pronom. stem 422

in

cpds. 865.

-aini,

a-conjugation (themat),

707.

primy. 761, scdry. 828.

a-inflection

72.

o-stems,

intens.

a-aorist (themat.), formation 648.

in

lost after n, r, etc.

clenom. 696 N.

scdry. deriv.

streng-

thened or contracted 60

in

in

N., 498; la-

472

N.,
to

(<t)

from

aoi,

=
= Skt. o 54,

57

2.

streng-

thening of u 60; for ava 64.

aon (dun), aor, for orig. avy,
avn, avr 62.

-aona, scdry. 830.

-aom, -aon, for -avam 494.

-ao! (accent)

-tuj!

265

(gen.).

Indexes to Part

252

-ava-, in loc. sg. w-stem 265.

-aka, scdry. 839.

-ata,

primy. 786 N.

-ada,

in abl. sg.

-at

as (old),

222.

aon

aoi,

when

retained in Av.

is

it

20 N.

(= -/) 455.

ah, for Skt. as

112-116.

aA-stems, dcln. 339; in cpsn. 872.

-ans- 126.
infin.

Av.

(Sun), aor 62.

2.

-avh-, for orig. -as- 117-119; for old

av/ie,

avy, avn, avr (orig.)

see -anc.

~ac,

I.

~\fah- 'to

720.
;

ar-stems 311; compar. of aitstems, 365 N. 2

in cpsn. 870.

pdgm. 530

be',

seq.

it

forms periphrases 623, 724.

a-stems, dcln. 300 interchange with

-ah,

primy. 768.

Av.

-an, ptcpl. of roots in -an 711 (5).

-ait,

primy. 762, scdry. 831;

treat-

ment of -an in

825 c.

scdry. deriv.

a,

-ana (-tna), primy. 763, scdry. 832.

in cpds.

treatment of

869.

a,

-a,

-a (final),

-ay-, -av-, for -y-,

-v-

68 N. 3

for

-u- 828 N.

scdry.

852 N.
Av.

-9e 66.

rules

for

redupl.

in

verbs 465 b.

(neut.)

(radical)

336-7 in composhion87 1
;

ar 48.

-ar'la, -tr'ta, in ptcpl.

-ava-,

in

1st.

222.
Skt. Si 54, 59; for

endg.

instr.

pi.

au, prone. 7;

= Skt.

ava 65.
-Sum, in ace.

sg.

-S{,

224.

Su

54, 59; for

265.

in abl. sg. lightened to

-/

19.

711
reduced to -ao- 64.

770.

-Sna (-Sni), scdry. 832.

-<B&iif,

-obis',

variants 354.

-Sr*i, -ar>,

r 47 interchanges with
r in MSS. 47 for Skt. ir, ur,

Ir,

written for -a/ii 357

aya 65
N. 2
-a(h)i 450, 462 N., 502.

a-stems

329; dcln.

-ar (-ara), primy. 767.

ar*, for Skt.

222.

sg.

Sna, -ana, in perf. mid. ptcpl. 715,

ar-stems, interchange with

311; dcln.

treated in cpds. 866.

prone. 7;

-Sijf,

(for -ya}

how

-aa(, in abl. sg.

Si,

to 507.

for

52 c; as

primy. 769.

-aya-, -ava-, reduced to -al-, -0^-494.

aya- (tenth) class of verbs 470, 481

-aye (orig.)

= ya)

pers. sg. 450, 456.

I/a/-, perf. ptcpl. 622.

ar (r- vowel),

instr.

endg.

ap-, see Sp-.

-aya (suffix) 760;

y5

5-stems, dcln. 243 seq.

-ff, in fern, formation
362

primy. 766.

-/-,

e.

(i.

Skt. a

51;

strengthening of a 60.

M,

833.

aj?/-stems, dcln. 291;

-arit,

a 15,

in contractions

8;

after

flK-stems, dcln. 287.

-aye, -ac, scdry.

a.

= Skt

prone. 6;

endg. 455, 464.

Ss 'was' 192 N.
asu-, Ssyah-,

Sh,
(3).

compar. 365.

old as 122.

5^-stems, dcln. 352 seq.

'sit',

in periphr. expressions 724.

Avesta-Index (Gram. Elements).

I.

Av.
prone. 6;

i,

Reference to the

Av.

i.

Skt. * 15

Skt.

tic i

(-in,

-m)

sonants

after

30

for

Av.

for

palatal

con-

ya 63

orig.

i,

for

final

60

to ao

685

strengthened in caus.

stands

Av.

23; strengthened
for

70 prothetic

u, epenthetic

262

pronominal stem, dcln. 397.

u-, tf-stems, dcln.

/'-,

f-stems, dcln. 251 seq.

u- (eighth) class of verbs

n periphr. phrases

primy. 771; scdry. 834;

(final)

--,

-Hi, suffix

789.

z'M-stems,

dcln. forms 316;

-in, -ytn

786 N.

-tna, primy.

-iitti,

for

ori g-)

iv (Av.)

-ijf,

vr

Skt.

==

(orig.)

422

yv

-///

-w/i,

20

in

Skt.

fern,

scdry.

to -vah-, see 362.

fern,

prone. 6

i.

'this',

-i!,

-ui,

= Skt.

52

ti

c.

w-stems, dcln. 262 seq.

S-,

-tf/,

784.

as general plur. case 231.

i
Skt. F
15;
formation 362;

pronoun nom.

= Skt.

20; for H after

777.

cpds. 867.

fm

191.

(vl)

Av. v (y) 68.

Av. ^ a.

primy. 779; scdry. 837; (final)

in

3.

62.

formation 365, 813.

Av. v
prone. 6;

(final)

-/, primy. 783.

seq.

(i) 68

-a, primy.

i,

pdgm.

-/, wk. form 349-50, 822; see vah.

-ujf, like nom. in cpds. 867 N.

664.

-iSta, superl. adj.

/-stems, dcln. 358.

scdry. 836.

u,

primy. 776;

470

of fa-stem 63 N.

vy 62 N.

orig.

z'jstems, dcln. 358.

z'/-Aorist

seq.

-ura, suffix 760; primy. 816.

uv

-nti 491.

= Av
= orig.

anap-

for -van- in verbs 493.

urv

primy. 766.

-ima, pronom. stem

*>

-in for

491-92.

775

780; scdry. 838;

-urn, ace. sg.

-uy

primy. 774; scdry. 835.

-iqt,

-una, primy. 802-3.

scdry. 839.

-Ha, pass, ptcpl. 712; primy.

-in,

in cpds. 867.

in

cpds. 867.
-ika,

576-582.
-u, primy.

724.
-

N. 3

tyctic 72.

i-,

va 63

orig.

w (= orig. bK) 62

v,

stands for t 193 N. 2.

epenthetic 70; prothetic 71.

1/V- 'to go', use

in ace. sg.

20; lengthened

before

interchanges with fin opt. 552.

strengthened to ae 60; strengthened in caus. and scdry. deriv.

825 b; stands

Skt. a 1 5
Skt. u
prone. 6
21
lengthened before epenthe-

u,

21; long in vicinity of v 23;

lengthened before final m 23

685,

253

Av.
i,

prone. 6;

t.

= Skt. a

before m, n, v

28-9 interchange with a in MSS.

29 N. becomes i after palatals
;

sg. fern.

422.

as general plur. case 231.

30

stands sporadically for u,

Indexes to Part.

254
in

GAv.

31, 193 N. 2;

N.

(= ya) 63
9,

for -*-

-oyum

primy. 766.

-r,

prone. 6;

Av. K" a.

-trq-

Skt.

r 47-

&oh
Av.

28, 32

-<ftf<>

character in

its

prone. 6;

/.

"{

= orig. -ans (final) 32 N.

?u, prone.

-3u$

(final)

Old

123, 224.

124 N.

-<Jj

Av.
4,

prone. 6

jr 4.

Skt. a, q with nasal

45-6.

prone. 7

old as

anaptyctic 72.
old -ans 129.

-it,

=
=

-4.

-<?"

-<?.

-aye 66.

193 N.

Skt. o 54, 58.

= Skt. i (final) 35;

= Skt. a, & after y 28, 34;
= orig. ya (final) 67, 493; inter-

prone. 6;

/-final

35 N.

Av.

-qh

k,

prone. 8

*.

Skt.

found chiefly

in

k 78;

Skt.

36;

*ka,

primy. 785

stands for

scdry. 839.

~\fkar-

prone. 6;

stands for

o.

au

Skt.

'to

555
(final)

a through

a,

42;

labiali-

606

pdgm. 567

aor.

637-40

seq.

pass.

680; intensive 705-6.

a 38.

o,

of k (I)

ka- t interrog. 406.

perf.

Av.>

character 76
loss

187 (5); interchange of k\c 76 N.

(final)

-ai 55.

prone. 6; in -ao- 37;

sg.

N., 640.

k.

general

~\fkar- 'to make',

o,

224; 3

627

old -ans 126-7.

Av.

2.

(jj

prone. 6;

pi.

aor. imperat. 456,

=
I,

3.

?0 e.

changes with

MSS. 45

N. 2 pleonastic spelling 45 N.
old -ans 129.
-qn, -q

-qm, dissyllabic gen.

e,

MSS.

in

interchange

I.

q(n), defective spelling in

-aoJ (accent) 265 genitive.

old -ans- 128-9.
-> -M-

Av.

dual 223.

GYAv.

stands for an, ah, & before b 33

/ (-3s-ca)

-os in

r-\-n 49.

orig.

2.

Skt. as 43, 124;

a, prone. 6;
Skt. a 44
interchanges with
Skt.
-au, -at in MSS. 193 N. 2

tna (-ana), primy. 763-4.

-tttt,

-afvam 63 N.

orig.

-dhu, -ohva, loc. pi. 342.

3.

anaptyctic 72.
old -ans- 126.

-nh-

3,

I.

ki-,

ti-,

cut',

seq.,

interrog.

y^-, f-,

conjugation

forms

565.
pron. 407.

aor. 664.

zation (rounding) 39; anaptyctic

72;

=old

-as

240; for an
oi

Skt. I 54, 56;

sg.

pres. 450.

Av.

20; in dual 223,

in cpds. 870.
(final)

in

^,

1st.

prone. 9

Skt.

<!r

general

kk 77;

f
character 77

SkU k

introduced before / 77 N.

I,

77;
188-

YAv.

in

\t,

ff 77 N.

-fydr-

ft

sumption of

ment of

kf 158 N.

aor.

649.

-fa,

g, prone. 8;

g.

Skt.

enclitics before / 899.

ptcpl.

68 1, 710;

786;

scdry.

840;

comes -da 786 N.

^A 82-3.

/ar-stems, dcln. 321.

forms 584.
"\fgarw-, conjugation

-tar, primy.

-gd- 89.

-tara,

YAv. v 187
Av.

,/,

prone. 9;

^1, in

GAv.

(i).

Skt. g,

scdry. 842.

gk 83.
-tu,

89!

interchange of

primy. 790.

-t>m, 3 du. 454.

-tuna, superl. adj. 363 seq.

-tayagca, infin.

-tie,

c.

character 76

general

841.

seq.,

primy. 788; scdry. 843.

-//,

Av. K
prone. 8

363

adj.

760.

,;.

jiar-, intensive 705-6.

c,

787.

compar.

-tah, suffix
-t&t,

be-

3.

conj. forms 579-80.

~\[tan- t

"\fgam-, jam-, aor. 642-7.

gv (GAv.)

root
treat-

820;

I,

ending pass,
primy.

Av.

151; as-

pronom. stem, dcln. 409.

ta-,

aor, 664.

-,

after short

745 N.

in deriv.

orig. klr 79.

255

becomes Av.

orig. /

90.

3.

Skt.

/-,

Reference to the

Avesta-Index (Gram. Elements).

I.

448

N.,

451.

76 N.

c\k

720.

(beside -/0), ending du.

-to
;

'

-ca 'que',

cons, before
c\j,

pdgm.

26

N.,

622.

perf.

conjugation

forms

-tra,

primy. 791.

-pri,

fern,

to -tar 362.

ts

555.

Av. fy

p, prone. 9

gam-,

MSS. 193 N.

Av.

= Skt.

10

143.

character 77

general
t

77;

stands for Av.

change of Pjd in
stands for / in

2.

-Pa, primy.

aor. 642-7.

general

Skt. th,

N. 2

-pi,

prone. 8

jlz, j\c in

Av.

Skt. i ^^

d 86

inter-

t,

gerundive 716; primy.

Av. 6 p.

character 88

general

(orig.)

= Skt./, k 88 = Skt. g 88 N. 2
= Skt. gh 88 N. 3 interchange

"\fjam-,

N.

Skt. tv 94.

162.

($)

Av. iJ.
prone. 8

of

-tva, -pwa, in

55i-

j,

tr 79

orig.

-tra,

792.

V7-, pdgm.
ey (old)

tv (Av.)

ci; interrog. pron. 407.

~\fd- 'to atone',

for -Py- 79 N.

ty,

tr (Av.)

124 N.
MSS. 193 N. 2.

it

interchange in

~\fcag-,

and

treatment of vowel

t.

-po (beside

character

78; loss of

76

-/(?),

scdry.

PW

2;

844.

794.

ending du. 448 N.,

45'-

187(6);

793

-pu, primy.

MSS. 193 N.
cpsn. 869 N.

Skt. tv 94.

Indexes to Part

256

I.

dcln. 439.

222

-pwa, in gerundive 716; scdry. 846.

-pwan, see -van 820.

379-

Pwa-

'tuus',

-p-wana, scdry. 847.

Av. v /.
/, prone. 8

791.

"\fpar-,

Av. _j

prone. 8;

ptr

d.

Skt.

d 85

internal

dh

d,

82-3;

dropped between

conj.

(orig.)

(=

dad-,

dap-,

pv

(orig.)

ps

(orig.)

forms 588, 591.

Av.

primy. 786 N. 3.
interchange of stems

-ta),

76

as final in cpsn.

= Av. f*dr 79.

= Av. / 95.
= Av. // (fi) 144,

consonants 187(2).
-da

78-9

868.

-pya, scdry. 845.

d,

character

general

= Skt. /

-fiwaqt, see -vatft 821.

-pra, primy.

in ace. sg. of neut. pron.

/, prone. 9;

0>

6 1.

/.

character 77;

general

= Skt. /, ph 77 = orig. pv 95.

f'd (Av.) = orig. // 77 N. 3.
f'dr (Av.) = orig. ptr 79, 791.
/? (Av.) = orig. ps 144.
;

541-2, 553.
"\fdar- 'hold', perf. ptcpl.

aor.

618;

opt. 645.

~\fdar- 'tear', intens.

\fda-

'give, place'

63 1 seq.

dv

692

Av. _j

pass.

(2) ; in periphrases 724.

b,

"\fbar-,

-btt,

d,

prone. 9

pdgm. 482

-bis,

-byd,

-biS,

-dar

dw

a,

th

orig.
;

77 N. 3

(Av.)

(=

-dyai,

orig. dv,

infin.

-dra, primy.

aor.

~\fbu-,

dhv 96.
792.

prone.

fb etc.

81

ptcpl.

674.

Skt.

b,

bh 83

Av.

87.

primy. 819.
89,

80.

720.

AV.

/.

general
;

fut.

becomes v

-wa (in -tfwa),

wi = Skt. -ps-

v,

/,

ending 22, 224; as

642-6;

w, prone. 9

791.

Av.

pada-endings

Av. QW w.

-tva), primy.

-dySi,

inter-

interchange

(= -pa), primy. 793.

(= -tar), primy. 787.

-dvja

seq.

-bya,

instr.

of Av. d\P 86.

-da

b.

b,

general plur. case 229.

d.

dh 83

Skt. d,

22, 85.

treatment in Av. 96.

Av.

= Skt.

bh 82-3
change of b\w, v 62 N.

prone. 8

-bi$,

dr 85.

(orig.),

conj. forms 584.

pdgm.

Skt. -dhve 452, 498.

Skt.

~\ffri-,

dcln. 396.

pronom.

dr

caus. forms

1 1

ptcpl. 7

-duye

aor.

pdgm. 540;

pres.

di-,

706.

= Skt. ~\fdS.-, dhS-,

prone.

y,

?,

10;

-a v, r-

general

character

104.

character fk,

in abl. sg. -af, -&}

vuh (Av.) = orig. -sv- 130.

vr
orig. -sr- 139.

Avesta-Index (Gram. Elements).

I.

vh,

>'yA,

interchange in MSS. ii8N.;

vhv (Av.)

pdgm.

pres.

sv 130.

orig.

n,

,p n, n-

i,

Ugh

= Skt.

orig.

orig.

-sr-

139 N.

128.

-ns-

764

in verbs 590.

primy. 802

ns

~\[nqs-,

ya

initial

vocalized

by abbrevia-

92 N.

initial

internal

becomes Av.

-6

in voc. sg. 193;

m.

interchange of

480-507.

gerundive

852

final in cpds.

865.

yah, compar. adj. dcln. 345-6, 365,

-ya,

-ma'ne,

ye, for -ya- in verbs 492.

813.

720.

primy. fern. 812.

ff/a-stems, dcln. 300.

-yeht,

~\[man~, aor. 656.

-yu,

scdry.

and gerund 716,

718; primy. 812; scdry. (aya)
in

-ya,

ing of ace. sg. 222.

-ma, primy. 808 scdry. 849.

809;

63

67, 222

pron. dcln. 399 seq.

rel.

_ya-(fourlh)class of verbs 470,

MSS. 193 N.; end-

in

(-1-)

formative element in

is

-/'-

-e (final)

pass. 676-7.

primy.

Skt. v (in
y 92
92 N. 2, 190; y lost

uye~)

(instr.)

658, 663.

m, prone. 10; general character 105;

Skt. sin 140; instead of

-man,

8 N. 2

(i).

91 N.;

= Skt.

(orig.),

ya-,

infin.

by resolution

written

becomes Av.

aor.

//

after / 187 (3).

Av.

final

Av. -vh- 125.

nas-,

62

91
Av.

primy. 806.

(orig.)

for

in reductions 6

91;

primy. 805.

nu- (fifth) class of verbs 470, 566-74.

-,

tion for iy 68,

-nah, primy. 804.

na- (ninth) class of verbs 470, 583-92.
-ni,

to

scdry. 848.

1 1

(i)> prone.

ending pass, ptcpl. 68 1, 713,

-na,

aor. 3 sg.

-mana

(\y

Av. ro

weak form

-na-,

7 seq.

primy. 811.

102-3.

ngr (GAv.) .=

general character

prone. 10;

n,

668.

-mna (-mana)
Av.

257

"\fmra-, opp. Skt. ytrii- 105 N.

134, 135.

orig. sy

Reference to the

(-man,

yv

fern,

compar. to -yah 363.

primy. 814.
(orig.)

Av. -iv- 62.

-mana, -mna) 850.

Av.

-man.t, scdry. 851.

~\fmar-, mid.-pass. 680.

r,

prone.

~\[mark- (mjr'nc-), conjugation forms

1 1

r(I)ioo;

555-63.

"\

r.

r-vowel

r-stems, dcln. 333 seq.

ma

-ra,

(=. ma), neg. in cpds.

tmr'qc-, see ~\[mark-.

mdr'n.d-, sec ^mard- 564.

position 191.

~\[mard-, conjugation forms 564.

-mi, primy. 810.

60

= orig.jr 138;

866 N.

primy. 815; scdry. 853.

"\fras-,
-ri,

-ru,

intens.

forms 705 N.

primy. 817.
primy. 818.

'7

Skt.

trans-

Indexes to Part

258
-r?m, secondary ending 3
-re,

455.

pi.

= Av.

Av. / 163;

orig. z

inchoative 697

Av. -fa 786 N.

re-

(-}-) 153;

of nom. sg. 222;

tr't-

163 N.
-rta (orig.)

152;

tained before -ca 189;

3 pi. pres. 452.

rt (orig.)

I.

ending

Skt. ch in

how

j-prefixes,

treated 754.

3.

j-stems (orig.), dcln. 338 seq.

Av.

() v

1}

(u).

sa-,

j-,

-sa,

2d pers.

tion 52; in reductions 6l; voca-

-sa,

scdry. 827.

for

uv 68

68 N. 2

iv

Av.

for

= Skt. bh
= Skt. v

87

uv 93 N.

by ab-

written

for

breviation
iv,

for

K 62

lized to

Skt.

87

93

combined with

consonants 94; for gv 187 (i).

z/a-stems, have ace. sg. -um 63 N. i.
-va, primy.

~\fvac-,

aor. 651,

~\fvan-,

668;

fut.

st,

~\fsta-,

sn

aor.

sy (orig.), treatment in Av.

-sva,

672; pass,

658.

palatal s (-j-

seq.

ending

act.

perf.

ptcpl.

714;

(orig.)

-vya, scdry.

j,

prone.

9;

= orig.
= older
dental

J>t,

-rtar 787 N.

orig.

I.

Skt. in

Skt. sf

159.

60.

primy. 807.
older cy 162.

ending

loc. pi.

written in

224; scdry. 827.

compounds 754.

log seq.;

= orig.

palatal i

(-{- /)

as ligature 3;

///,

orig.

s.

142;

In

$y (j)

159-60

//,

-/va,

Av.

-jqm, pronom. gen. plur. 380.

-/,

Av. -uy- 62.

854 N.

k>

'

older

66; /in prefixes 745.

orig. -rta 163, 786 N. 3.

(Skt.//)

-far (Av.)

primy. 822.
-v&vh, see -vah.

vy

zt

-fa (Av.)

vaA-sttms, dcln. 348 seq.

158;

or -J-

'

658.

pdgm. 621.

perf.

/,

a ^ er

aor.

/.

/,

= Skt. rt 163 in jn older zn

164 / = older ss 165 = older

seq., 584.

-var (-vara), primy. 823.

482

/,

= orig- s
= Skt. ks

155-6;

scdry.

ro

eg,
;

147-9

primy. 82 1

-o,

/ /> prone. 9
general character
106 N., 154 seq.; / in Av. //

8S7-

~\[varz-, pres.

130.

456.

iinperat.

-fi'a,

Av.

567

131.

treatment in Av.

(orig.),

-vana, scdry. 856.

~]fvld-,

in periphrases 724.
older zn 164 N. I.

/>

~\fvar- 'choose', forms

656.

Skt. iv 97.
sp (Av.)
-spa, see -va 819.

-van, primy. 820; scdry. 855.

-vaqt (-pwarit),

//.

Skt. -thU: 453.

192.

origin

71 1(0-

ptcpl.

sg.

~\[sand-, sad-, aor.

sva

819; scdry. 854.

to -van 855.

fern,

-va'rf,

-vafi,

j//-aorist, see

by resolu-

1 1

(%), prone.

146;

ts

= orig. s

Av. /

143;

= orig.
(-j-

m)

z,

prone. 9;

169;

:.

Skt. J, h

= j-voiced

170,

88,

168,

872 N.

I.

=
=

zb

h- (s) stems, dcln.

2.

Skt.

259

seq.

h- (s) aorist,

hv 99.
Av. sm 152.

-ha- (-vha-), in desiderative 699.

(orig.)

338

dh 89, 171.
Av. sn 153.

Slit,

zn (orig.)

zm

685 N.

caus.

"\fza-,

zd

Reference to the

Avesta-Index (Gram. Elements).

I.

pdgm. 653

seq.

ha- (sa) aorist, forms 663.

fut.

yAari-,

672-3.

^7-aorist, formation 665.

Av. OO

5.

"]f.Jtu5,

prone. 9

= Skt.y,

88 N.

//

i,

177,

'press

pres. forms 567, 588,

591-

/-voiced 179;
89, 164 N. 2;
Skt. As 181;
Skt. 4, 4/t

Skt. -sya, ending gen. sg. 222.

-he
Am, as ligature 3;
orig. -sm- 141
element in pronom. dcln. 379-81.

182-3.

hy,

178; in combination

j,

wl, zn

hy

131-3.

orig. sy

-hy&, -fyyaca, in gen. sg. 222.

Av.
h,

ft,

**

or,

/^,

/,

h>.

hr,

prone. 12; general remark 184;

orig. j
//

(=

s)

187(4).

no;

orig. -sy- 137;

dropped

before

h>,

for -r-

hv,

as

100 N.

i.

ligature

prone.

orig. sv 130.

-hva, -jva, ending loc. pi. 224, 736;

ending 2

sg.

iinperat. 456.

AVESTA-INDEX

II.

(Word-List).
Av. "
affi-

avuhe

a.

794-

f.

a'wi-gac- 745.

a'wyo dat.

pi.

3-

a'ryaman- dcln.
alia- pron. stem,

417 seq.
aim dcln. 422

seq.

aeva- dcln. 369.

1

417

seq.

aoi 62 N.

3.

aoim 369.

S^/ww/ 77 N.

5y 'was' 453, 532.

nom.

sg.

5 2 ^.

341.

I, 889.
aa/ advbl. 731 (4).

Str-,

apr-

dcln.

331-

apravan- dcln. 313 N.

Sfbitim 375.
5/-, a/- dcln.

com-

67.

a/dun-

str.

form

315, 62 N.

aoj<$s-ca pi. 343.

aa-

a/auw voc.

313,

nom.

286.
sg.

281,

formation 745 N.
aftnte 578.
anui.hac- 754
a>o*' pf.

(2).

612.

5j 'was' 453, 532.

I.

SsiJtta-

I.

313.

sg.

3l>fr{-

iti-

365.
789.

aikar' 639.

aciSta- 365.

apa*run- 313 N.

aaV# nom.

668.

ajaoni- dcln. 257, fern.

ajaunqm 62 N.

'bad' 365.

asrvaljm 638.

a/a^

526.

a0/<9

291.

parative 365 N. 3.

aojana-, aojjmna-

a/,

Star-,

794.

astvatft- dcln.

a/az/aw- dcln. 313,

90.

a'di aor. pass.

avavayt- dcln. 442.

ajaonijf neut. pi. 315.

527.

a<?/<3,

pronom. stem 432.

a^tu'rfm 375.

aj,

5.

/ 53, 73i (4)-

362.

90.

"-

ava>t t- dcln. 441.

asti- suhst.

418.
alfa- (alia-) dcln.

436 N.

reflex.

Av.

ar/- in cpds. 882.

az/a-

ae/a as nom. sg. m. 4 1

-*-

783.

dcln.

275.

ahmaktm 440 N. 3.
ahmya loc. sg. 736.

(4),

<ya- instr. 429.

ar'dus- dcln. 360, form

286 N.

sg.

antar.naim&t 731
737-

aipya loc. sg. 281.

aogd&

aku nom.

265.

ahmaka- 839.

a'fAe 136.

aotyta

dat. sg.

a;w- pron. stem 426.

sg.

i.

a$yah-, a/a//- 347, 365.

315.

adwan- 820.

a/a- (adka-) 8 1 N.
apjr'st 484 N.
afStacino 774.

I.

Av.

w.

atapa 486.

v^ta- 711

a;/w dcln. 386.

upasma- 876, 889.

uboibya 68 N. I.

azdbis

general

229.

ahe 137.

pi.

case

(l).

"ruraost 607.
"riiruduja 651 N.

2.

I.

II.

Avesta-Index (Word-List).

urudoyata 685 N.

3.

Reference to the

26l

Indexes to Part

262
Av. _3

drrwda- 786 N.

d,

hlia, da'difa 463 N.

da'dii 550.
da'yhu-,

drvaijt-,
<A/a-,

Av.

63 N.,

abl.

pa'lyafjm, advl. 892.

5992.

678 N.

ace. plur.

pa'ri.aitrSuJ,

dazde, pf. mid. du. 600,

dStar-, dcln. 322.

dcln.

bu*ri-,

dug*dar- 787

31.

bratu'rya- 191, 854 N.

sg. 295.

wa5

17.

pjr'nine, dat. sg. 316.

ar-, dcln.
aj^,

nS'dyah-, dcln. 346.

tianttnff 229, 308.

190, 370.

rtW-,

dW-

pavhahe 66 1.

22.

Av. ^ /.
/'</r<?,

(/.

f'droi 322, 325.

fyavhuqte 493, 582.

</$* 318 N. 2.

fraca,

instr.

advl.

287,

fraf$u- 876.

drivi- 362, 779.

drfgvaqt-, form 3 1 dcln.

,

308.
3 sg. 525-

nijrS're 452, 486, 521.

/'/-,

!-,

753 N.
nuruyd,

73'-

3.

draomibyo 307.

332.

imperat. 493.

namqn

864.
duz-vacah-, dcln. 339.
d*b*naota 569.

naoma-, ti&uma- 64.

p>r'navd, nom.

<fcyj

in cpds. 882,

408 N.

nalcii

nagniia'ti 707.

735.

ffr'sanye'ti 696 N.
u
po ruyO 62 N. 2.

2.

euph.

750,

2.

mruyd 62

N. 3,

332.

332 N.

I.

frabda- 876.

*wr<?/ 49,

framru

ntriul, ace. pi. 327.

275.

frastir'ta 711

8 N.

dcln. 295.

t-,

Av.

pap-, dcln. 3 IO.

731.

dijtmna 660, 663.

fem.

sg.

245.

891.
-,

didrajioduye 498.

291.

672.

nom.

374.

didar'jata 701.

drtg-v&tS. 295.

252.

fut.

brvafbyqm 223.

pancanqm 373.

didactn 607.

dqnmahi 45 N.

I.

buyama 463 N.

tidi,

/a/-, dcln. 288, 310.

665.

drtgvSftl

787 N.

buyata,

(3).

fa'rifkafta- 754(2).
pao'ryo 62 N. 2.

qn 308.

dujdar-,

7.

327-

patar-, ptar-, dcln. 322.

606.

dahdka, dah&k&ca 19.

<>.

du. 451.

-,

pa'ri.ayharJta- 754

dasanqw 373.

N.

/.

/JJ/ar-

dar'ja- 48.

damqm,

bara'te,

pa'tLJmarfmna- 7 54 ( i ).

sg.

dayfif as pass.

Av. _j

8 1,

batuar'btS 336 N.

Av.

349.

sg.

dam-, dcln. 318 N.

ofltt/frf/

/.

tfagfa/i-

fkaejah-,

bajina

daduja 350.
dado, pf.

3.

dcln. 291.

-,

dcln. 243.

daj>u<[a{,

287.

sg.

fryqinahl 45 N.

96 N.

239daftiS-,

nom.

dcln.

da/iyu-,

ace. sg.

3.

drvo 295.

dcln. 370.

269.

daium,

I.

(3).

nfndsS 612.

frasruta 694.

*// 731.

frSyezydf as pass. 678 N.

d> 389.

ttqsaf, redupl. aor.

nm&naya,

65

loc. sg.

Av.

Reference to the

Avesta-Index (Word-List).

II.

N.

239.

m.

-6

yavaetuHe 842, 893.

yasna-, dcln. 236 seq.

u&unui 350.

j5// as general

vatoyotii

384.

pi.

yahi, loc. sg. 353.

ma-, mavaril-, pronom.

435, dcln. 438.

314 N.

voc. sg.

I.

mainyu-, dcln. 262.

magavan-, magaun- 3 13

yti-, dcln. 276.

N.

mattima 63 N.

3.

marnnuH 350.

m. for

aaho,

sg.

pi.

(4),

instr. advl.

yesnyata,

399,

Av.

mazatjt-, dcln. 298.

maz5na,

instr.

rag-,

raose,

305.

mazdah-, form 89, dcln.

mazyah- 365.
mahrka- 100 N.

ar, dcln. 249,

785.

I,

705 N.

mimar'^avuha 70

2.

mar'ng'duye 556.
aor.

pass.

sg. pret.

519.

mravS're 452, 486, 521.

;<?^-,

-,

mOvhd,

rel.

279.

num. 374.

vispa-,

dcln. 443.

visptm 20.
vispaiS 229.
V3r*prajan', dcln.

compar. 365 N.
V3r 3pravan-,

365 N.

317,
3.

comparat.

3-

vfr'zyatqrn 485.

O>)-

'we' 389.

/ 'you' 393.

va'ntf 637.

vohu-, compar. 365.

valda, pdgm. 621.

vdijnauyo 62 N.

vaZni 386.

z/# 393.

dcln. 355.

dcln. 399.

atfi; 593(4).

637.

750 N.

Av.

vaozirxn 607, 616, 652

N.

668.

mravl,

()

3.

3,

247.

vaotatar* 613.

mirqjyftl 560.

3 sg.

Av.

dcln.

visa'ti,

ztf

mavdya 386.

mipahvac& 872 N.
minai 557.

787 N.

vtr*nva*te, du. 451, 568.

66 1.

oi

m&tirq$-c& 49, 327.

mraol,

viddiprt, infin.

ra$nvo, gen. instr. 265.

razura- 8 I 6.

ma-cii 408 N.

456,

vidvah-, dcln. 349-50.

z/w-,

r.

rar'S-, intens.

2.

627 N., 640.

330, form 877, 881.

356.

359.

sg.

vivy^ghatu 701.

2 sg. 518.

raJ>alJla-,

loc.

vidoyum 63 N.

73 1.

dcln. 277.

r&i-,

wk. stem 349-50.

z//////,

619.

340-

maz-, compar. 365.

c.

560, 565.

vipuS-,

3.

383 N.

yw (Mi) 593

mas-, niasyah- 365.

niasy,

f.

39 N.

vidqm, imperative

y&lmaktm 440 N.
y eight, form 136,

i.

3 sg. aor. pass. 668.

vitidita

403,

a,

var'prajni- 825

yuvan, yuan-, dcln. 314

N. i.

mainya, opt. 504.

263

salna- 187

2.

z>a/fc/o,

dcln. 285.

vaftfye'te

672.

J.

(3).

ja/a 374.

sanaf 591.
dcln. 335.

vacastaftivat, advl. 730.

jar-,

vacah; dcln. 339.

saikin 607.

vavhu-, compar. 365.

jAif/ 527, 637.

vavuhi-, fern. 362.

san- see

vavho, -vahyo 347.

z/ar7 637.

jd*>^ 452,

vastra-,

dcln. 237.

star-,
slS,

j/a- 314 N.
526.

dcln.

sto

531.

329.

Indexes to Part

264
slSumi 525.

sizatuyti 553 N.

ace. pi. 327-9.

strJu?,

dcln.

sit ii',

span-,

N.

I.

314

ff

i.

tu 465.
hu- in cpds. 882.

zizamn 652 N.
z<, nom. sg. 318 N.

hud&h-, dcln. 353.

533-

htijtili-

spa$upa 578.

zyam- 'hiems', dcln. 318

N. 2.

srivlin 637.

zraya,

spajiti- 789.

sita'fiiS-,

sravi,

dcln. 359.

3 sg. aor. 668.

loc.

zrayili,

341, 357 N.

314 N.

zrri/tf

sg.

2.

i.

//Cr<J,

AP//

532.

dcln. 394-5Ao (hvo) 416 N.

hi,

A<J,

/<?,

^5, /a/, dcln.

//<?/w,

Av.
fSfyit/i

&

/.

Av.

//,

h,

h.

ha"iva'li 582.

haom 440 N.

dcln. 394-5.

/*, nom.., fern. 250.

haoy& 68 N.

Av. ro

I.

73-

162.

h-vacah-,

869

Note.

*//-

z.

Aaz/fl-

~\fzan-,

see Az/a- 440.

hazavra- 374.

823.

forms 553 N.

^5 as nom.

zam-, z'm-, dcln. 318.

sarattaSmS 591.

h&iriii-

zaranya- 48.

//<7/w

zi%$nOn>h3mna701.

465 N.

sg.

hipau$,

qm 357

N.

I.

Avar-, dcln. 334.

hfar'na, instr. sg. 344.

hvavoya 436 N.
698 N.

h&u, pron. 432.

8 N.

i.

ace. 325.

h>ar'naauh&, "uQttm 295.

m. 411.

777.

dcln. 339.

kavh&nm,
hvap<&,

har'prt, infin. 787 N. 3.

Av.

dcln.

hava-,

Aa/^, reflex. 436 N.

affa 487.

hamaspapniaidaya

A'rt-,

440.
baepa'pe, instr. 239.

/.

Hyaopium 162.

409 seq
753 N. 3.

hyaf 403.

Az/a-,

440 N.

dcln. 256.

ha^aya,

Aftj-

/*///, Ay*/ 535.

i.

3,

toktr't 375,
A<7^/-,

him,

hy&r', hyqn 455.

162.

S&vayoif 162.
./?,

or, (jj,

31.

gen. sg. 334.

3.

oqm 278 N.

hisposjmna- 465, 754.

3.

gen. sg. 334.

hvqmahi 45 N.

3.

hv&voya 398, 416,

436 N. 3.

Az/J,

GENERAL INDEX.

III.

the

Ablative,
to

-<?/

222

tion

ending -St lightened

remarks on forma-

239

19,

seq.

Abbreviation

advl. use of 731.

of

final

member

of

Agglomerations 893.
Aggregative compounds 879 N.
Alphabet, characters and transliteration

i.

Anaptyxis 2 N., 69, 72.

compound 876.
Absolutive (gerund) 718.
Accents, not written in Av. MSS.

Anusvara

2; effect of 265, 341, 885.

Accusative, formation 222 seq.; neut.

Aorist-system,

sg. in

pronouns 379; as

721

as adv. 731

in

infinitive

compounds

877, 881.

Active

endings with passive force

678 N.
dcln. 344;

transfer

from

cons,

from vah stem 351;

355,357 N. 3; from

<J//-stem

//-stem 359 N. See also Transfer.

Adjective,

of adj.

dcln.

219

seq.;

pronominal dcln. 443; comparat.

degree 345-6, 363 seq. adj. prefixes 747-8; formed by
primy.
;

and

scdry. derivation

761 seq.;
adj. denoting material 829; adjective cpds. 881-3, 887.
Adverbial prefixes 733; advl. uses
of prep, phrase 737; adverbial

how

represented in

synopsis

and forma-

tion 447-8, 624-68; radical aor.

subjunct. 549;

626

augment missing

has scdry. endings

626; modes of aor. 627; redupl.
in aor.

aor.

aor.

650-2; causative forms 652;

sigmatic

a-declension,

from

(Skt.),

Av. 46.

aor.

653

passive

seq.;

3 sg. 667-8.

Aspiration, pronunciation of h 12.

Aspirate mediae -\- t or -{- J 89.

Assimilation of consonants

Augment,

185.

rules for in Av. 466;

omission of aug. 466, 626;

restored for metre 466 N. 2.

Augmentless preterite as injunctive

466 N.

3.

a-vowel, contraction 60 seq.

Avyayibhava

(Skt.)

compound

in

Av.

892.

Bartholomae's law, statement

cpds. 892.

com-

mon

of, 89.

Adverb, numeral 375; multiplicative

376; pronominal 436; formation
of adv. 726-32 shows case-forms
;

731-

Agency, nouns of 787.

Cardinals

see Numerals.

Cases in declension 2 20 seq.; interchange 233; case-forms in adverbs 731; in cpsn. 877.

Indexes to Part

266

Causal signification without form 693

formation

modes

causative 684-94;

Av. 192; interchange of cons,

MSS. 193

causal conjunctions 739.

Causative aorist 652

I.

of

of caus.

686; inflection 687-8; aorist 689.

N. 2;

rules

in

for redu-

plicating cons, in verbs 465.

of vowels 50 seq.

Contraction,

in

cpds. 862.

346; fem.
comparat. of

Dative, dual -we for -bya 67; general

a-stem 365 N. 3; in -tara 841.

Compound stems, in general 858-95

remarks 222 seq.; as infin. 720;

as adverb 731; in cpds. 877-81.

Comparative, adj. dcln.

form

in -yehi

363

how written

in MSS. 858 N. union

members 86 1 seq. hiatus in

of

cpds. 861-2; treatment of orig. s

after

/',

754; contracsandhi in cpds.

in cpsn.

tion in cpds.

862

case-forms

863;

in

877;

cpsn.

classes of cpds. 878-91; copulative cpds.

N.

879; aggregative 879

determinative 880-2; depen-

dent 88 1

descriptive

882

scdry.

adjective cpds. 883-9; possessive

884-6; participial

adj. cpds.

888;

Declension, classes of 219 seq.; dcln.

of comparat. adj. 346; of stems
in -vah

348

352

(-5s)

seq.

seq.

of stems in -ah

of stems in

-ijf,

-uS

of numerals 369 seq.

of
pronouns 377 seq.; of pronominal

358;

adverbs 437 seq.

See Stems.

Declinable stems, formation of 743

seq.

Demonstrative pronoun 409 seq.

Denominative verbs, formation and
inflection 695-6.

become s before

prepositional adj. cpds. 889; nu-

Dentals,

meral cpds. 891; adverbial cpds.

892 loose combinations and ag-

Dependent compounds 88 1.
Derivation, see Word-Formation 743

glomerations 893 long cpds. not

common in Av. 894.
Conjugation of verbs, in general 444

Derivatives, numeral 375; pronomi-

seq.;

mode, tense 445;

voice,

infinitive

446;

446, 719-20; participle

synopsis of conj. system

secondary

447-8;

447-8,

conj.

675-707; present-syst. 468-591;

469 seq, thema-

classes of verbs
tic

or a-conj. 469-507;

transfer

in conj. 471, 529, 553, 563, etc.

Conjunctions 738-9.
Consonants how written in Av.
,

prone. 6 seq.

cons,

general system 73

seq.; assimilation of 185;

not allowed

dropping of 187-8;

in

seq.

nal 436.

Desiderative, form
inflection

498 formation and

699;

double

Av. 186;

final cons, in

ptcpl.

pf.

compounds

Descriptive

701 N.

882.

Determinative compounds 880-2.

Diphthongs, prone.
5 3 seq.

7;

their

origin

by protraction 53; by

reduction 53; proper diphthongs

54

eq.

Dissimilation of u,
I

dentals 215.

to t 31.

Distributive force in pronoun 408.

Double consonants, not allowed

Av.

86.

its

form

Dvandva

(Skt.)

Dual,

in verbs

451 seq.

compounds 879.

in

III.

Enclitic forms of

General Index.

pronoun 386 seq.

Reference to the

sandhi with enclitics 895.

Hiatus, in

267

compounds 51

N., 52 N.,

861-2.

Endings, paJa-endings in dcln. 85;

noun-endings 221-2; primy. and

scdry. of verbs 448 seq. of im;

perative

448

626

448

d,

seq.; of sub-

of opt.

462;

junctive
perfect

456

c,

464;

597-600; of

of

aorist

of passive 678.

person 447 N.

first

Imperative,

comparat. -yefii 363; fern, and

neut. forms interchange 232, 383.
Final consonants 192; member of

of non-

of a-conj. 474, 500-1;

<z-conj. 501.
Imperfect, see Secondary formation.

mation 669; modes 670;

fut.

671;

pass,

ptcpl.

for-

forms
ge-

(see

See

Inchoative, formation 697-8.

Increment, causes vowel-lightening 1 9.

Indeclinables 725-42.

seq.

Future-system, synopsis 447-8

2.

Injunctive.

Indefinite

compound 873

end-

Improper subjunctive 445 N.

Feminine, formation 362, 769, 779;

448 c, 456 seq. 3 sg. in -qm

456, 627 N. mode-formation 460
ings

pronoun 408.
of

Indicative,

496;

-conj. 473,

of

non-a-conj. 501, 525; of redupl.

class 549-50; of perfect 612-16.

446 causal 694 formation

in -pre
and examples 7 1 9-2 1

Infinitive

rundive) 682.

occasional

Gender,
Skt.

difference from

220 N., 232, 283;

distinction

of gender in pronouns 384, 399.

General

plur. case

(-tar) 787 N.

308,

466 N.

Injunctive 445 N. 2,
Insertion of
in

228,

3.

315,

3.

before / 188; of nasal

7th class 554; of

after root

745 N. I.
general remarks 222

in derivation

384Genitive, sg. -ahe for orig. -asya 67

gen. plur. of personal

440 N. 3; gen.

pronouns
877, 88 1.

in cpds.

716-17;

Gradation, see Stem-gradation.

Guna and Vrddhi 60

seq.

to diphthongs 53; in

481 N.

caus.

685

deriv.

3,

in intens.

derivation

825.

formation

inflection

Karmadharya

(Skt.)

406

seq.

compounds 882.

give rise

nouns 235

509 seq.
702

and

Interjections 741-2.

Interrogative pronoun

in -ya 812.

in verbs

seq.; as adv. 731; in cpds. 881.

Intensive,

702-7.

Gerund, remark 718.

Gerundive 682; formation
form

Instrumental,
;

in

in primy.

in

757 seq.;
scdry.
See Strengthening.

Labialization of a (a) to d 38, 39.

Lengthening, of u (to u) before epenthetic

20; of final vowels in
/'

monosyllables 24; of final vowels

in

GAv. 26;

in causative

6853;

takes the place of strengthening

syllable not strengthened 481
N. 3; form -&na (-an) 770.

Heavy

685 N. 3 lengthening before -vatit

;

857 N.

I.

Indexes to Part

268
Ligature, written in

hv

MSS.

hm,

3;

tv,

13.

3,

Liquid, prone, of r \ I / wanting in

Av. ii N. nature of r 100.
;

Non-a-conjugation, formation 516-92.

Non-sigmatic aorist 628-52.

Noun-declension, 2 19 seq. composi;

tion 859-95.

Locative,

formation

222

loc.

seq.;

721; as adverb 731; in

compounds 877, 881.
infinitive

Loss of a consonant 187-8.

I.

nu-

(fifth) class

of verbs 470, 566-74.

Number, remarks on 220.

Numerals 366-76; cardinals 366; formation 367-8, 374; num. adverbs

Loose compound combination 893.

375; multiplicatives 376; in -pa

844; in -ma 849; numeral com-

Material, formation of adj. denoting

pounds 891.

material 829.

Mediae

(g, d, b,j), prone. 8 character

82; med. aspirate -j-/ or -\-s 89.
Members of compound 861-77.
;

Metathesis of r 191.

Optative, mode-formation 463; endings 464; of fl-conj. 476, 504-5;

of non-a-conj.

of redupl.

514;

class 552.

Metre, shows augment 466 N.

dropping of prefix 752 N.

see Numerals 366 seq.

i;

shows

Ordinals

I;

shows

Original r-sonant 47 seq.

Sandhi 753 N. I, 897.

Middle voice 445 N. i
with

pass,

force 676; mid. pass, ptcpl. 811.

Mode,

in verbal inflection

mation 45 9 seq.;
perative
opt.

460;

indie.

445

for-

459; im-

subjuncL

461-2;

463-4; in a-conj. 473 seq.

in non-a-conj.

603-4; in

510

aorist

seq.

627;

in

in perf.

future

670; in passive 679.

Pada-endings, -biS, -bit 22, 85.

Av. s, /, i 145 seq.
Palatal i
Palatalization of 9 (a) to i 30, 491,

593 ()
Participle, dcln. pf. act.

-ant,

n;

character 101; in

yth class of verbs 470, 554-65;

in causative 685 N. I.
Nasalization of a (&) to q 45, 46, 201.

Neuter, endings 225-7;

ace. sg.

of

681,

682

713, 802

endings

proprium, formation 893.

Nominative,

sg. fern, -e for orig. -ya

in first
67; formation 222 seq.
member of cpd. 864, 867 N. I.
;

694

pf.

pass,

fut.

pass,

forms

in

participial

com-

adj.

aor. 3 sg. pass.

667-8; form, and pdgm. 676-9;

endings 678; pass, force with act.

pass.

Nomen

causal

pounds 888.
Passive voice 445 N.

with

232, 383.

seq.;

passive
710-11, 786; -ita 712; -na

pronouns 379; form interchanges

fern.

710

-mna, -ana 709, 8 1

in -ta

Nasals, prone,

of a-conj. 475, 506-7;

ptcpl.
ptcpl.

Monosyllables, long 24.

348 general

formation 446, 477, 709-15, 822;

678 N.

679;

modes of the

fut. pass, ptcpl.

pass, ptcpl.

in

-ta,

681-2;

-na 710-13,

786, 802.
Patronymics, formation 828-34 show
vrddhi strengthening 834.
;

Reference to the

General Index.

III.

Perfect, act. ptcpl. dcln.

348 perfect;

system synopsis 447-8; personal

endings 448 d, 597-600; of ahin-

Proclitics, see

539;

flection

592-623; redupl. syllable

385 seq.

592-4; pluperfect 602; modes of

the perf. 603-4 pdgm. 605 seq.

rogative

periphrastic form 623; perf. pass,

ptcpl.

68 1;

701 N.

desid.

perf.

act. ptcpl. in

-vah 714, 822; mid.

ptcpl. in -ana,

Periphrastic, perf.

-ana 715.

Sandhi 898.

Pronominal, dcln. of adjs. 443; derivatives 857 N. 2.

'to be'

perfect-system

269

Pronouns, synopsis 377 seq.

relative

406

seq.

personal

399 seq.
;

inter-

indefinite

408

demonstrative 409 seq. possess.

434-5, 44<> N. 3; reflexive 435-6.
;

Pronunciation 6 seq.

Proper diphthongs 54 seq.

Prothesis 69, 71.

623 verbal phrases

;

Protraction-diphthongs 53.

method

Punctuation,

722-4.

in

MSS.

5.

Person in verbal inflections 447.

Personal pronoun 385 seq.; endings
of verbs 448; of perf. 497-600.

Skt.

15; different

228

Plural, general plur. case

6;

seq.

Polysyllables, shorten final long vowels

Radical syllable, in perfect 595-6;

in intensive

25.

Possessive pronoun 434-5,

440 N.

3;

cpds. 884-6.

704.

Reduction-diphthongs 53; reduction

of ya, va to i, u 63
in verbal
forms 493-4; of ya to e in com;

Postposition of preposition 736.

Postpositive a in abl.

and

from Skt.

rules for vowels 23 seq.

Pluperfect 602.

and

loc.

222-4,

379-80.
Precative, not quotable 666.
Predicate verb, used only once

when

ing with verb 751; repeated 752;

separated from verb 753.

in postpositive position

placed

736.

468-591;
See Indicative.

causative

Preterite, see pluperfect 602.

See In-

ment of root 757-8.

465

540-53; redupl. syllable of perf.

592-4; absence of redupl. 620;
redupl. in aorist 650-2;
siderative

703

in

in

de-

in intensive
699-701
nouns 745 N. 2 redupl.
;

of orig. j 754 (2).

Reflexive use of personal pronouns

395;

reflex,

pronoun 435-6.

Relationship, nouns of 321, 787.

Repetition of same syllable avoided

194; of pronoun 408; of root in
intensive 705; of prefix 752.

dicative.

Primary, derivation 756-823;

239.

rules

Relative pronoun 399 seq.

Prepositional adj. cpds. 889.

Present-system

instr.

cf.

general

redupl. class (third) of verbs 470,

repeated 752 N. 2.
Prefixes, advl. 733; nominal 747-8;
verbal 749-54; rules for connect-

Prepositions, in general 734-7

pounds 865 N.,

Reduplication,

prefix

687.

Quantity, agreement between A v.

treat-

R6sum6

of Phonology 195 seq.

Resolution of vowels 52, 862.

Indexes to Tart

270

of verbs 470,
516-39; root aorist 629-47 root
repeated in intensive 705 forma-

Root-class (second),

of root-words 744-5

tion

in primy.

deriv.

root

757-8.

I.

weak

Strong and

in

467, 509;

perf.

445 N.

in cpds.

prefixes 753;

endings 462
with

861 seq.

2,

466 N. 3 mode;

persons 462;
formation in a-conj.

first

475. 5 O2 -3; in non-a-conj. 512;

in redupl.

class 551.

with enclitics 895-900; with pro-

Suffixes 755-857; primy.

elides 898.

Suffixless formation

Secondary conjs. 447-8, 675-707,

448 b scdry. suffixes 826, 844-5 7
;

compounds 883-9.

scdry. adj.

Semivowels, y, v 91-3.
Sentence-sandhi 897.

76 seq.
Thematic vowel

Sigmatic aorist 653 seq.

Sonant, see Surd, Voiced.
Sonantizing of s to z 170; of /toi 179-

Stem-gradation

voiceless

seq.;

in

cpds. 88 1.

(Skt.),

Tense 445 seq.

Tenues (k, t, p, c), prone. 8

Simple a-aorist (thematic) 648-9.

d,

363

-ttma 841.
Surd and sonant (voiceless and voiced)

Tatpurusa

Sibilants 106.

77; voiced j,

formation

Superlative

756-823.

744-5

74-

Shortening of vowels 25, 51.

Spirants^ prone. 9

See

improper subjunct. or

Subjunctive,

formation 461;

verbs

595-6.

Stem-gradation.

injunct.

Samprasarana 203.
Sandhi, occurrence in Av. 75

in

forms,

/,

82.

character

verbs 461; the-

in

matic or a-conj. of verbs 469-507

a-aorist 648-9.

234 seq. of /-stems

256 N. of -stems to

Transfer, in dcln.
to a-dcln.

235, 284564., 290,

320, 595-6. See Strong and Weak.

Stems, dcln. of stems in a 236 seq.

a-clcln.

269; of consonant stems

to<7-dcln.

283 N., 297, 309, 3 13

N.,

in a 243-9;

2 57! strong and

weak 284-8; in radical i 261;

in u, a 262-75; i n 5 * 2 77; * n
aw 278; in consonants 279 seq.
;

without

suffix

in -artt,

279;

in

aye 287;

-va%t 289 seq.

in
in -an, -man, -van 299 seq.
-ma%t,

in orig. -r

319

-ar

seq.

in -ah

seq.,

321;

339

in
;

333

-m 317;
seq.

orig. -s

and

inflection 471,

529,

553, 563-5, 574, 604, 619, 707.

Transition, see Transfer.
Transposition, see Metathesis.

Union of members of cpds. 86 1 seq.

Unthematic conjugation 516-92.

in

w-stems,

338

show

trace

of accent

in

genitive 265.

formation 743

Verbs

seq.

Strengthening, in intensive 702

derivation 825.

classes

-in 316; in radical -n,

-tar,

3i 4 N.2, 332N.2, 344, 351, 355,

357 N- 3 359 N. transfer of conj.

in

see Conjugation.
Verbal system, synopsis 447-8; prefixes

749-54;

composition

749

General Index.

III.

858; abstract forms

seq.,

(infin.

47

r,

how

Av.

in

represented

seq.

Voice, in verbal inflection 445.

Voiced and voiceless 74; voiced
spirants j, d,

206; voiced and

ypiceless consonants in cpds. 863.

See also Voiceless and Sonant.

74;

voiceless

spirants

204;

voiceless

consonants

753 N.
Vowels,

2.

%,

streng-

thened 60 seq. help-vowel (anap;

71; fluctuations in writing

aS 193 N. 2; vowel-variation

ai,

reseq., 595-6
235, 467,
duplication in verbs 465, 592-4;
treatment in causatives 685.
;

Vowel-variation 235, 467, 509 seq.,

595-6-

Vrddhi, diphthongs 53;

strengthening in patronymics 834. See also

Guna.

See.Voiced and Sonant.

how

wrilten

in

Av.

I,

2;

prone. 6 seq.; system 14; agree in

quality

59

222-4.

/,

contraction and resolution 50 seq.

tyctic)

Vocative of aw-stems 193; formation

Voiceless

271

short in contraction 5

ptcpl.) 708.

Vocalic

Reference to the

and quantity with Skt. 14;

vowel-gradation
and lower grades

8 N. 2

8 N. 2 weaken-

higher

ing through increment 19; long

in vicinity of v 20; long and
short fluctuate in
for quantity
for long in

MSS. 21

23 seq.;

GAv.

rules

preference

24, 26;

leng-

Weak

i8N.;
29 N.

of vowels 50; co-alesce 50 seq.;.

by

MSS.

in

between

between

N. 2; between

47

method

prefixes

t,
e,

a,

2,

4; fluc-

a, S
MSS.
MSS. 35
MSS. 45

between

tuations in spelling

quality from Skt. 28

concurrence

in perf. ptcpl. 350.

Word-sandhi 895.
Writing,

N.

-/

746-54; by suffixes 755-7.

in monosyllables 24; shortened in polysyllables 25; treatment before -ca 26 N. differ in

thened

stem,

See also Strong.

Word-formation 743 seq.

in
in

in

defective (and pleonastic)

writing of q (n) 45 N. 1,2; fluctua-

between -ar', -tr* in MSS.

manner of writing an older iy,
uv 68 N. 2 -ai for -ahi- 357 N. 2.
tion
;

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Corrections.

a.

A
page

few obvious misprints are passed over without notice,

vii

3
6

ii

for practise read practice.

17)

(line

(foot-note)

(
(

19

59

1.

29

antar' read a^tar'.

fawing read fawning.

14)
1.

28

,,117

1.

1.

9)

apti^taraf read apafytaraf.

e read

i)

6)

evisti

'9 2 ^-)

'thou didst promise' read 'he promised'.

ii

omit gen.

(foot-note)

a.

read wistt.

sg.

take and

strike

out

foot-note.
n

I2 5

*37

148
,,

151

16)

for

4^6

1.

13)

strike out

3)

for

516

1.

505

1.

576

1.

i)

637

1.

5)

191

694

1.

4)

v& a r<> read v&ur.

vdf~tt read vd$-fi.

12)

179

164
,,

yavdku read yuvaku.

Note 2.

44

--

,,

eigth read eighth.

,,

eor*f read c6r'{.

,,

Ys. read Yt.

b.

P aS e
n
,,

I0
15

add: Av. vSyu- 'wind'

5)

32

I0 )

51

1.

16)

Additions.

GAv. tqm
Note

4.

'her' Ys.

Skt. v&yu-.

53.4

In the Gathas,

the metre,

all

as

Skt. t&m,
is

shown by

contractions are to be re-

solved.
'

,,

29

77

1.

9)

,,

Kv.va1i$a]>a- 'growth

Skt. vak$-

dtha-.
38
,,

42

53

95

(109
(

I02

1-

1.
1-

4)

,,

9)
I0)

Av. zafar-, zafan-,

cf.

^[ztmb-.

,,

Av. raocas.pairista-.

So Av. mtrqjyaf from mar'nc-

Additions and Corrections.

P a g e 57

83

4)

a<*d:

So

also Av.

^f^-,

58

187

1.

4)

,,

273

zoildiSta-,

zoilnu-,

cf.

Skt.

Av. voiMayayt-, voiidaf,

hli}- ;

Skt.

*#.

So

also in

cf.

Av. yazdi Yt. 10.14

= yaza(h)i.
59

93

Og

'4)

becomes Av. km,

/*

GAv. hahmi

Geldner.

>-

59

Note

193)

Av.

3.

(haf-jiz),

cf.

YAv.

u,

u occasionally

= Skt. a

from nasal sonants), e. g. Av.

vatdjuta- 'wind-riven' (cf. Skt. k$a-ta-},

(derived

tan-\
Av. vayd.t&itf 'storm-bound'
(l/~
Paul Horn.
11

75

2 54 abl.)

Observe
(afiti-)

.,

,,

286

1.

2)

Dat. ape, ZPhl. Gloss, p. 86.

95

331

1.

4)

afirat (a-dcln.) Afr. 4.5.

103

362

1.

10)

,,

660

1.

i)

concord'

mae$a- (m.) 'sheep, ram', mael'ewe'; fyjjapra- (m.) 'lord, king',

fyjtaprt-

184

'in

3.1.

84

(f.)

,,

YAv. a^taed-a

abl.

Vd.

YAv.

(f.)

'mistress'.

vatohant-

with

fut.

Justi

s.

aor. act.

ptcpl.

meaning Yt. 13.155. See

v.

V van-.

BINBiMC LltT MAY151W6

University of Toronto

Library
CO:

C
-$

01

rl
01

03 d
CD .H
-P
oo q

CV2

10

OJ

DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS

POCKET

e Library

Card Pocket

LOWE-MARTIN CO.

LIMITED